Nortel Ospf PDF

Part No. 214371-C Rev.
00
March 2004
4555 Great America Parkway
Santa Clara, CA 95054
Reference for Passport 4460

Command Line Interface (CLI)
Copyright 2004 Nortel Networks

All rights reserved. March 2004.
Originated in Canada and the USA
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. The statements, configurations, technical data, and
recommendations in this document are believed to be accurate and reliable, but are presented without express or implied
warranty. Users must take full responsibility for their applications of any products specified in this document. The
information in this document is proprietary to Nortel Networks Inc.
The software described in this document is furnished under a license agreement and may be used only in accordance
with the terms of that license. The software license agreement is included in this document.
Trademarks
Nortel Networks, the Nortel Networks logo, the Globemark, Unified Networks, Marathon, Passport, and Preside are
trademarks of Nortel Networks.
Adobe and Acrobat Reader are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
Ethernet is a trademark of Xerox Corporation.
Microsoft, MS-DOS, Windows, and Windows NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
Netscape and Netscape Navigator are registered trademarks of Netscape Communications Corporation
Pentium is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation.
SPARC and SPARCstation are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sparc International, Inc.
Java, Solaris, Sun, and Sun Microsystems are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc.
UNIX is a registered trademark of X/Open Company Limited.
All other trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
The asterisk after a name denotes a trademarked item.
Restricted rights legend

Use, duplication, or disclosure by the United States Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph
(c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013.
Notwithstanding any other license agreement that may pertain to, or accompany the delivery of, this computer software,
the rights of the United States Government regarding its use, reproduction, and disclosure are as set forth in the
Commercial Computer Software-Restricted Rights clause at FAR 52.227-19.
Statement of conditions
In the interest of improving internal design, operational function, and/or reliability, Nortel Networks Inc. reserves the
right to make changes to the products described in this document without notice.
Nortel Networks Inc. does not assume any liability that may occur due to the use or application of the product(s) or
circuit layout(s) described herein.
Portions of the code in this software product may be Copyright 1988, Regents of the University of California. All
rights reserved. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms of such portions are permitted, provided that the above
copyright notice and this paragraph are duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation, advertising materials,
and other materials related to such distribution and use acknowledge that such portions of the software were developed
214371-C Rev. 00
3
by the University of California, Berkeley. The name of the University may not be used to endorse or promote products
derived from such portions of the software without specific prior written permission.
SUCH PORTIONS OF THE SOFTWARE ARE PROVIDED AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
In addition, the program and information contained herein are licensed only pursuant to a license agreement that contains
restrictions on use and disclosure (that may incorporate by reference certain limitations and notices imposed by third
parties).
Nortel Networks Inc. software license agreement

This Software License Agreement (License Agreement) is between you, the end-user (Customer) and Nortel
Networks Corporation and its subsidiaries and affiliates (Nortel Networks). PLEASE READ THE FOLLOWING
CAREFULLY. YOU MUST ACCEPT THESE LICENSE TERMS IN ORDER TO DOWNLOAD AND/OR USE THE
SOFTWARE. USE OF THE SOFTWARE CONSTITUTES YOUR ACCEPTANCE OF THIS LICENSE
AGREEMENT. If you do not accept these terms and conditions, return the Software, unused and in the original shipping
container, within 30 days of purchase to obtain a credit for the full purchase price.
Software is owned or licensed by Nortel Networks, its parent or one of its subsidiaries or affiliates, and is copyrighted
and licensed, not sold. Software consists of machine-readable instructions, its components, data, audio-visual content
(such as images, text, recordings or pictures) and related licensed materials including all whole or partial copies. Nortel
Networks grants you a license to use the Software only in the country where you acquired the Software. You obtain no
rights other than those granted to you under this License Agreement. You are responsible for the selection of the
Software and for the installation of, use of, and results obtained from the Software.
1. Licensed Use of Software. Nortel Networks grants Customer a nonexclusive license to use a copy of the Software
on only one machine at any one time or to the extent of the activation or authorized usage level, whichever is applicable.
To the extent Software is furnished for use with designated hardware or Customer furnished equipment (CFE),
Customer is granted a nonexclusive license to use Software only on such hardware or CFE, as applicable. Software
contains trade secrets and Customer agrees to treat Software as confidential information using the same care and
discretion Customer uses with its own similar information that it does not wish to disclose, publish or disseminate.
Customer will ensure that anyone who uses the Software does so only in compliance with the terms of this Agreement.
Customer shall not a) use, copy, modify, transfer or distribute the Software except as expressly authorized; b) reverse
assemble, reverse compile, reverse engineer or otherwise translate the Software; c) create derivative works or
modifications unless expressly authorized; or d) sublicense, rent or lease the Software. Licensors of intellectual property
to Nortel Networks are beneficiaries of this provision. Upon termination or breach of the license by Customer or in the
event designated hardware or CFE is no longer in use, Customer will promptly return the Software to Nortel Networks or
certify its destruction. Nortel Networks may audit by remote polling or other reasonable means to determine Customers
Software activation or usage levels. If suppliers of third party software included in Software require Nortel Networks to
include additional or different terms, Customer agrees to abide by such terms provided by Nortel Networks with respect
to such third party software.
2. Warranty. Except as may be otherwise expressly agreed to in writing between Nortel Networks and Customer,
Software is provided AS IS without any warranties (conditions) of any kind. NORTEL NETWORKS DISCLAIMS
ALL WARRANTIES (CONDITIONS) FOR THE SOFTWARE, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND ANY WARRANTY OF NON-INFRINGEMENT. Nortel Networks is not obligated to
provide support of any kind for the Software. Some jurisdictions do not allow exclusion of implied warranties, and, in
such event, the above exclusions may not apply.
3. Limitation of Remedies. IN NO EVENT SHALL NORTEL NETWORKS OR ITS AGENTS OR SUPPLIERS
BE LIABLE FOR ANY OF THE FOLLOWING: a) DAMAGES BASED ON ANY THIRD PARTY CLAIM; b) LOSS
OF, OR DAMAGE TO, CUSTOMERS RECORDS, FILES OR DATA; OR c) DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS OR SAVINGS),
Reference for Passport 4460 Command Line Interface (CLI)
4
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE) ARISING OUT OF YOUR
USE OF THE SOFTWARE, EVEN IF NORTEL NETWORKS, ITS AGENTS OR SUPPLIERS HAVE BEEN
ADVISED OF THEIR POSSIBILITY. The forgoing limitations of remedies also apply to any developer and/or supplier
of the Software. Such developer and/or supplier is an intended beneficiary of this Section. Some jurisdictions do not
allow these limitations or exclusions and, in such event, they may not apply.
4.
General
a) If Customer is the United States Government, the following paragraph shall apply: All Nortel Networks Software
available under this License Agreement is commercial computer software and commercial computer software
documentation and, in the event Software is licensed for or on behalf of the United States Government, the respective
rights to the software and software documentation are governed by Nortel Networks standard commercial license in
accordance with U.S. Federal Regulations at 48 C.F.R. Sections 12.212 (for non-DoD entities) and 48 C.F.R. 227.7202
(for DoD entities).
b) Customer may terminate the license at any time. Nortel Networks may terminate the license if Customer fails to
comply with the terms and conditions of this license. In either event, upon termination, Customer must either return the
Software to Nortel Networks or certify its destruction.
c) Customer is responsible for payment of any taxes, including personal property taxes, resulting from Customers use
of the Software. Customer agrees to comply with all applicable laws including all applicable export and import laws and
regulations.
d)
Neither party may bring an action, regardless of form, more than two years after the cause of the action arose.
e) The terms and conditions of this License Agreement form the complete and exclusive agreement between Customer
and Nortel Networks.
f) This License Agreement is governed by the laws of the country in which Customer acquires the Software. If the
Software is acquired in the United States, then this License Agreement is governed by the laws of the state of New York.
.
214371-C Rev. 00
Contents
Chapter 1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
What is the Command Line Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
What Should you Know Before Using the CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Time-outs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
CLI priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
IP address prompt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Getting Started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Logging into and out of the CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Navigating the CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Automated Prompting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Using the CLI for Remote Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Components of the CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Command Verbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Configuration Verbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Utility verbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Debug Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Value Prompts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Interpreting CLI Responses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Command Successful Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Unsuccessful Responses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Command Failed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Invalid Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Invalid Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Invalid Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Client Timed Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Client Failed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Contents
Trap Responses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Table Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
NVM Parallel Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
SNMP Group Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Chapter 2
Add Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
add aot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
add aot interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
add aot peer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
add arp entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
add bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
add bridge base port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
add bridge etypeFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
add bridge sapFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
add filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
add filters ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
add filters ipx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
add fr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
add fr line user mpanlLMI service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
add fr port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
add fr switch map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
add fr tunnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
add gcm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
add gcm backuplink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
add gcm link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
add gcm timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
add hpip virtualPort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
add ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
add ip address entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
add ip route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
add ipx circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
add isdn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
214371-C Rev. 00
Contents
add isdn directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

add isdn peer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
add lapb virtual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
add nac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
add nac cache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
add nac server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
add ospf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
add ospf host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
add ospf neighbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
add ospf stub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
add ospf virtualInterface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
add rsi server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
add sna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
add sna llc port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
add sna sdlc linkstation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
add system trapsubscription . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
add voice vip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
add wan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
add wan channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
add wan ifindexconn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
add x25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
add x25 pvc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
add x25 routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
add x25 virtual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Chapter 3
Define Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
define bridge global . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
define filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
define filters ip forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
define filters ip dscp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
define filters ipx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
define fr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
define fr line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
define fr line network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Contents
define fr line network pvcSignalling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
define fr line network pvcSignalling netN392 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
define fr line network pvcSignalling netT392 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
define fr line network rfc1604Service VCSignalProtocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
define fr line user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
define fr line user baseDLCMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
define fr line user basePVCLMI bidirectional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
define fr line user basePVCLMI lmiMode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
define fr line user baseSVCLMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
define fr line user dlcmiPVC lmitype . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
define fr line user mpanlLMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
define fr line user mpanlLMI netlink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
define fr line user mpanlLMI service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
define fr line user pvcLMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
define fr port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
define fr switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
define fr switch pvc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
define fr switch svc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
define fr system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
define fr tunnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
define gcm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
define gcm backupLink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
define gcm timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
define gcm unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
define hpip virtualPort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
define ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
define ip base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
define ip base rip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
define ip base ripCompatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
define ip bootp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
define ip invArp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
define ip console pcIpAddress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
define ipx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
define ipx circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
define ipx system basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
214371-C Rev. 00
Contents
define isdn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

define isdn dialControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
define isdn physicalIf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
define lapb parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
define msm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
define msm dteLink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
define msm lapfParameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
define msm profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
define ospf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
define ospf area importStatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
define ospf host metric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
define ospf interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
define ospf interfaceMetric value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
define ospf neighbor priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
define ospf parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
define ospf stub metric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
define ospf virtualInterface authenticationkey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
define ospf virtualInterface authenticationtype . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
define ospf virtualInterface helloInterval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
define ospf virtualInterface retransDelay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
define ospf virtualInterface rtrDeadInterval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
define ospf virtualInterface transmitDelay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
define nac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
define rsi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
define rsi parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
define rsi server name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
define rsi server type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
define sna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
define sna llc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
define sna sdlc port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
define sna sdlc linkstation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
define sna switching node . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
define sna switching linkstation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
define tm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
define wan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
10
Contents
define wan channel timeslots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
define wan IfIndexconn toIfIndex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
define wan port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
define x25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
define x25 parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
define x25 pvc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
define x25 routing destinationIfIndex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
define x25 routing dnaPattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Chapter 4
Delete Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
delete aot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
delete aot interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
delete aot peer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
delete arp entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
delete bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
delete bridge base port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
delete bridge etypeFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
delete bridge sapFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
delete filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
delete filters ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
delete filters ip forward port incoming/outgoing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
delete filters ip forward system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
delete filters ip dscp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
delete filters ip rip gateway/incoming/outgoing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
delete filters ipx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
delete fr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
delete fr line user mpanlLMI service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
delete fr port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
delete fr port pvcLANData . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
delete fr port spvcLANData . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
delete fr port svcLANData . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
delete fr port virtualPort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
delete fr switch map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
delete fr tunnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
214371-C Rev. 00
Contents
11
delete gcm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

delete gcm backuplink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
delete gcm link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
delete gcm timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
delete hpip virtualPort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
delete ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
delete ip address entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
delete ip route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
delete ipx circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
delete isdn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
delete isdn directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
delete isdn peer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
delete lapb virtual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
delete nac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
delete nac cache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
delete nac server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
delete ospf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
delete ospf host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
delete ospf neighbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
delete ospf stub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
delete ospf virtualInterface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
delete rsi server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
delete sna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
delete sna llc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
delete sna sdlc linkstation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
delete system trapSubscription . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
delete voice vip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
delete wan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
delete wan channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
delete wan ifindexconn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
delete x25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
delete x25 pvc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
delete x25 routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
delete x25 virtual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
12
Contents
Chapter 5
Set Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
set aot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
set aot interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
set aot peer connectionOriginator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
set aot peer enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
set bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
set bridge base port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
set bridge macFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
set bridge misc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
set bridge spanningTree parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
set bridge spanningTree port pathCost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
set bridge spanningTree port priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
set bridge spanningTree port status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
set csu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
set csu 56k . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
set gcm unit command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
set ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
set nac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
set nac parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
set nac server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
set nas basic agingTime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
set port adminStatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
set rsi parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
set snmp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
set snmp authenTraps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
set snmp keepTraps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
set system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
set system administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
set system communityString . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
set system consolePort baudRate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
set system daylightSavingTime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
set system firmware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
set system masterClock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
set system rollback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
214371-C Rev. 00
Contents
13
set system timeOfDay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

set system traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
set tftp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
set t1e1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
set t1e1 ds0Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
set t1e1 lineParameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
set t1e1 profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
set t1e1 systemTest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
set t1e1 testLine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
set voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
set voice channelActions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
set voice egressTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
set voice HHtraps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
set voice ingressTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
set voice parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
set voice profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
set voice switchingProfile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
set voice systemActions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
set wan async . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Chapter 6
Utility Verbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
confirm rollback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
download base image default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
download base image specific . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
download voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
download voice allChannels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
download voice channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
logout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
ping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
reset system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
reset system cpu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
reset system current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
reset system default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
14
Contents
reset system nac cache allLearnedEntries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
reset system rsi allEntries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
reset system voice allChannels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
reset system voice channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
save configuration update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
upload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
upload base config default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
upload base config specific . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Chapter 7
Show Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Using Show . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Entry and Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Configured and Operational . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
show aotIfIndex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
show aot interface (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
show aot peer (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
show aot statistics (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
show aot system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
show arp (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
show bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
show bridge base port configured (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
show bridge base port operational (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
show bridge basic port (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
show bridge etypeFilter (configured/operational) (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
show bridge forwarding (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
show bridge global . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
show bridge macFilter (configured/operational) (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
show bridge misc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
show bridge parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
show bridge sapFilter (configured/operational) (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
show bridge spanningTree parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311
show bridge spanningtree port (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
show bridge transparent parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
show bridge transparent port (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
214371-C Rev. 00
Contents
15
show csu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

show csu 56K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
show csu e1t1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
show csu e1status (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
show csu t1status (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
show ethernet statistics (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
show filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
show filters ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
show filters ip forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
show filters ip dscp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
show filters ip rip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
show fr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
show fr errorUser (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
show fr line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
show fr port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
show fr switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
show fr system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
show fr tunnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
show fr voice svc circuit (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
show gcm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
show gcm backupLink (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
show gcm global . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
show gcm hwStatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
show gcm link configured (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
show gcm link operational (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
show gcm timer (configured/operational) (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
show gcm unit configured (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
show gcm unit operational (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
show hpip virtualPort (configured/operational) (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
show icmp statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
show ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
show ip address (configured/operational) (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
show ip base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
show ip bootp (configured/operational) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .411
show ip console (configured/operational) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
16
Contents
show ip invArp (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
show ip parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
show ip route (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
show ipx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
show ipx circuit (configured/operational) (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
show ipx remoteServices (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
show ipx rip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
show ipx route (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
show ipx sap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
show ipx services (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
show ipx staticRoute (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
show ipx system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
show isdn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
show isdn dialControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
show isdn physicalIf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
show lapb parameters (configured/operational) (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
show lapb statistics (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
show msm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
show msm dceLinkStatus (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
show msm dnaStatus (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
show msm dteLink configured (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
show msm dteLink operational (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
show msm lapfParameters (operational/configured) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
show msm linkStatus (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
show msm profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
show msm statistics (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
show nac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
show nac cache configured (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
show nac cache operational (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
show nac parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
show nac server configured (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
show nac server operational (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
show nas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
show nas basic (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
show nas mpa (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
214371-C Rev. 00
Contents
17
show nas statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481

show nas system parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
show ospf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
show ospf area configured (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
show ospf area operational (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
show ospf areaAggregate (configured/operational) (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
show ospf host (configured/operational) (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
show ospf interface configured (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
show ospf interface operational (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
show ospf interfaceMetric (configured/operational) (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
show ospf linkState (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
show ospf externalLinkState (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
show ospf neighbor configured (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
show ospf neighbor operational (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
show ospf parameters configured . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
show ospf parameters operational . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
show ospf stub (configured/operational) (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
show ospf virtualInterface (configured/operational) (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
show ospf virtualneighbor (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
show port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
show port ifNumber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
show port parameters (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
show rsi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
show rsi cache (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
show rsi definedParameters (configured/operational) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
show rsi server configured (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
show rsi server operational (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
show rsi setParameters (configured/operational) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
show rsi statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
show sna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .511
show sna llc configured (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .511
show sna llc operational (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
show sna sdlc port configured (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
show sna sdlc port operational (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
show sna sdlc linkstation configured (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
18
Contents
show sna sdlc linkstation operational (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522
show sna sdlc statistics port (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524
show sna sdlc statistics linkstation (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526
show sna switching circuit statistics (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531
show sna switching circuit status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
show sna switching node configured . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
show sna switching node operational . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534
show sna switching linkstation configured (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534
show sna switching linkstation operational (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536
show snmp statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537
show system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539
show system admininistration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540
show system card (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541
show system chassisStatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
show system commitTrack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
show system communityString . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
show system configUpdate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
show system consolePort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
show system firmware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
show system hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546
show system IfIndex (configured/operational) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
show system image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551
show system InterfaceExtension (configured/operational) entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
show system InterfaceExtension (configured/operational) table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554
show system privilege . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555
show system RestartReason . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556
show system rollback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556
show system statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557
show system system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557
show system timeOfDay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558
show system traps trapSubscription (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558
show system traps threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
show tcp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
show tcp connection (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560
show tcp parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562
214371-C Rev. 00
Contents
19
show tftp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 563

show tftp error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 563
show tftp parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565
show tftp state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565
show tm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566
show tm global . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566
show tm parameters (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567
show tm statistics (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 568
show tm status (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
show traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570
show t1e1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570
show t1e1 ds0Usage entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572
show t1e1 ds0Usage table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572
show t1e1 ds0Signaling entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572
show t1e1 ds0Signaling table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
show t1e1 lineParameters (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
show t1e1 lineStatus (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
show t1e1 profile (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
show t1e1 statistics (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577
show udp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578
show udp listen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578
show udp statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579
show voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580
show voice channelStatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580
show voice egressTable (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583
show voice ingressTable (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584
show voice parameters (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
show voice profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
show voice statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587
show voice switching (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
show wan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594
show wan channel (configured/operational) (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595
show wan ifindexconn (configured/operational) (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596
show wan async (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596
show wan parameters port configured (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597
20
Contents
show wan parameters port operational (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598
show wan statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
show x25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
show x25 callParam (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
show x25 clearedConn (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
show x25 connection (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
show x25 parameters configured (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610
show x25 parameters operational (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613
show x25 pvc (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615
show x25 routing (configured/operational) (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617
show x25 statistics (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617
Appendix A
CLI Value Prompts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621
Appendix B
Value Prompts Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 627
214371-C Rev. 00
21
Chapter 1
Introduction
What is the Command Line Interface

The Command Line Interface (CLI) is a real-time, terminal-based system used to
update the manageable objects of the Passport 4400 unit. It has two functionsit
acts as the interface to the SNMP client and as the interface to the user. The user
interface is accomplished through a Telnet connection over the LAN port or
through an asynchronous interface connection. A set of text commands allows the
user to access all applicable command objects.
Each Passport 4400 unit is configured separately using the Passport 4400 unit
Command Line Interface. The CLI is used locally to configure, provision and
monitor Passport 4400 units. With a telnet connection and the proper security
authorization, you can use the CLI to access any of the Passport 4400 units in your
network. Once you have accessed a Passport 4400 unit, you can examine the
network system, configure system components and modules, and monitor or
update settings.
What Should you Know Before Using the CLI

Each Passport 4400 unit is shipped with the CLI software fully loaded. The CLI
can be accessed by attaching a terminal device directly to the Passport 4400 unit.
To do this, attach a serial cable to the COM port of the terminal and to the
management port of the Passport 4400 unit. A standard terminal emulation
software application must be used to access the CLI. All Passport 4400 units
deployed in your network can have local access to the CLI before any of the
Passport 4400 network topologies can be established.
22
Chapter 1 Introduction
A workstation connected to the same LAN segment as the Passport 4400 unit can
use the Telnet utility to access the Passport 4400 units CLI, provided the
Passport 4400 unit already has an IP address configured.
Note: Set a PC COM port to 9600 bit/s, 8 bits, 1 stop bit, no parity.
For information on installing, connecting, and powering-up Passport 4430/4450/

4455 units, see the Passport 4400 Hardware Installation Manual. For the
Passport 4460 unit, see the Reference for 4460 Hardware.
Time-outs
The CLI can support only one external user connection at a time; therefore,
time-outs must be initiated to avoid conflict on the system. There are two
time-outs available that can be configured. One is for the connection process
which has a fairly short time-out sequence. The other is for idle activity which is a
period of time (15 seconds) when there is no user input detected after connection
to the interface. For either time-out, the connection will be terminated so the
command line interface will be accessible for future connections.
CLI priority
The Passport 4400 unit will give LAN traffic priority over CLI requests. In
situations where LAN traffic is close to capacity, the CLI response may be
delayed.
IP address prompt
The Passport 4400 unit needs an IP stack to disseminate CLI commands using
TELNET. Therefore it is required that the local IP address be set and that an IP
stack be initiated prior to establishing a TELNET session to the CLI.
214371-C Rev. 00
23
Getting Started
After youve connected a PC or a terminal to the management port on the Passport
4400 base unit, and the unit is powered up, use the following procedure to log into
the CLI. For information on connecting a PC or terminal, refer to the Passport
4400 Hardware Installation Manual for Passport 4430/4450/4455 units and the
Reference for 4460 Hardware for Passport 4460 units.
Logging into and out of the CLI

1
Press the Enter key several times until you receive the following prompt:
login:
At the login prompt, enter the following command:

cli
The Passport 4400 unit will then prompt you for a password.
Note: The default password for a Passport 4400 unit is a carriage return.
(Type the Enter key.) However, your system administrator may have
implemented a password scheme using the set system
communityString command. Try typing the Enter key at the
password prompt. If this does not work, contact your system
administrator for a password.
3
At the password prompt, press the Enter key. If this does not work, enter the
password defined by your system administrator. The Passport 4430/4450/
4455 unit will respond with the following message:
Welcome to the Passport 4400 Series Command Line
Interface
Nortel Networks Communication Corporation
CLI>
The Passport 4460 unit will respond with the following message:
Welcome to the Passport 4460 Command Line Interface
Nortel Networks Communication Corporation
CLI>
24
Once you receive the CLI> prompt, you can begin to enter the commands used to
configure the Passport 4400 unit.
4
Exit the CLI utility by entering the following command:

logout
Navigating the CLI

The following information will help you to use the CLI efficiently:
Type the Enter key to complete each command line entry.

If you do not know the parameters to complete a command, type the Enter
key, and the CLI will respond with the next level of options for that command.
If you type the Enter key at the CLI> command line, the Passport 4400 unit
will respond with a list of all command verbs.
To display the last command you entered, type Ctrl-P.
To exit the CLI without using the exit command, type Ctrl-D.
Parameters displayed between angle brackets (the < > characters) indicate
variables that must be provided by the user.
Display string values must be typed between double quotation characters.
Some parameters allow you to set or display values individually or together in
a group. This is the case wherever the CLI displays table and entry. If you
want to access parameters as a group, use table. If you want to access
parameters individually, use entry.
Automated Prompting
The automatic prompting feature allows the system to recognize partial
commands. Instead of typing the entire command, automated prompting allows
you to type only as many characters as is necessary to identify the desired
command. You must enter enough characters to uniquely define the command.
For instance, the Passport 4400 unit will not recognize the letter s, because the
command could be the command verb save, set, or show. When you enter the
letters sh, the Passport 4400 unit will recognize the command verb show and
respond with the next level of options.
214371-C Rev. 00
25
Using the CLI for Remote Configuration

The user can log into any SNMP agent on the network and configure routers and
other devices supporting the enterprise MIBs. This is accomplished through the
use of community strings as passwords. For more information on remote
configuration and community strings, refer to Configuring and Operating
Passport 4400 Software, Administration, User Privileges.
Components of the CLI

The CLI text commands are organized in a hierarchy. At the top of the hierarchy is
a set of command verbs. The command verbs are displayed on the screen when the
Enter key is pressed at the CLI> prompt.
The next level in the hierarchy below the command verbs consists of the services
to which a particular verb can be applied. Although the command verbs are at the
top of the CLI hierarchy, the CLI actually functions according to service.
The following illustration indicates the chapters in which each of the CLI
command verbs is described.
26
To form a command line, type CLI arguments one after another, starting with a
command verb, then entering a service, and so on, until you reach the bottom of
the command hierarchy. At this point, the CLI responds with a value prompt.
Depending upon the choices made, the number of arguments required to build a
command line will vary.
Command Verbs
Individual command verbs are identified in the following tables. These verbs are
used in combination with other command elements to define, modify and display
system attributes. Command verbs are descriptive of the operation they perform.
Functionally, there are two types of verbsconfiguration verbs and utility verbs.
214371-C Rev. 00
27
Configuration Verbs
CLI configuration verbs are used at the beginning of a command to configure the
Passport 4400 unit. These are the commands used to display Passport 4400 unit
parameters and/or to change them according to application and installation
requirements. They are listed in the following table:
Verb
Definition
add
Use add to place new entries into a table. Values programmed using the add command
will take effect once they have been saved and the system has been reset.
Exception: When provisioning bridge filters, the add command takes effect dynamically.
In this case, a <save configuration update> is required if the change is to be retained after
a reset.
define
Use define to establish a new value for a configuration parameter. Values programmed
using the define command will take effect once they have been saved and the system has
been reset.
delete
Use delete to remove entries from a table. Values programmed using the delete command
save
(configuration
update)
The save configuration update command applies to CLI functions beginning with the
command verbs set, add, define or delete. Save configuration update causes the
parameter values to be written into non-volatile memory for permanent storage.
set
The set command is used to establish a new value for a configuration parameter. Values
programmed using the set command take effect immediately without having to reset the
unit. Values programmed or modified using set remain effective until the next system
reset. For values to remain effective after a system reset, the save command must be
used.
show
The show command is used to display the values for operational and configured
parameters and counters. Configured refers to attributes that have been entered using the
CLI but are not necessarily in use by the device. Operational refers to attributes that are
currently in use by the device. Show is for display purposes only. It does not change or in
any way affect the current system settings.
28
Utility verbs
Verb
Definition
confirm
(rollback)
Use confirm to prevent the Passport 4400 unit from resetting to the configuration data
and/or code which was working before changes were made. Rollback is a service whose
primary function is to prevent the Passport 4400 unit from becoming unreachable from the
rest of the network because of new configuration or code, including delete functions. It
can be enabled or disabled, and is disabled by default. When rollback is enabled and a
code or configuration bank change occurs, rollback will cause the Passport 4400 unit to
enable the timer after a reboot. Once the reboot occurs, the timer begins and the user
must confirm the rollback with the command <confirm rollback confirm>.
download
Downloads software from a host device to the Passport 4400 unit. It is used to update
existing software.
logout
Use logout to log out of, or exit, the CLI.
ping
Use ping to poll any remote unit with an IP address. You can ping the network
management core router from any of the branches.
reset
Reset allows start up with the currently configured parameters or with the factory defaults
upon reset. Reset has two applications.
When used with the counters argument, reset clears the counters maintained by the
Passport 4400 unit.
When used with the system argument, reset causes the Passport 4400 unit to start over
from a predefined point. Reset system is used with additional arguments to reset specific
Passport 4400 unit services.
upload
The upload command is used to transfer command data to a specified file location.
Debug Menu
The debug menu is accessed using the management port. Debug can be accessed
while a unit reset is being performed. The debug menu provides high level access
to system software and firmware functions. This menu is designed for diagnostic
use only.
214371-C Rev. 00
29
Services
Services occupy the second level of the CLI hierarchy (verbs are first). To display
a list of CLI services on the screen, type in one of the command verbs at the CLI>
prompt and type the Enter key. A list of CLI services available to the verb will
appear on the screen in alphabetical order.
Note: Not all command verbs apply to all services.
Services available in the CLI:
aot - asynchronous over transfer control protocol

arp - address resolution protocol
bridge
csu - channel service unit
ethernet
filters
fr- frame relay
gcm - global circuit manager
icmp- internet control message protocol
ip- internet protocol
ipx - internetwork packet exchange
isdn - integrated services digital network
lapb - link access procedure balanced
msm - mpanl signaling mechanism
nac
nas
ospf - open shortest path first
port
rollback
rsi - remote server interface
sna
snmp - simple network management protocol
30
system
tcp - transmission control protocol
tftp - trivial file transfer protocol
tm - traffic management
traps
t1e1
udp - user datagram protocol
voice
wan
x25
Value Prompts
When you reach the bottom of the hierarchy for a particular command and type
the Enter key, the CLI may prompt you for a value. The response will appear in
two columns.
The value prompt appears in the first column on the screen within angle brackets,
for example, <ServerIPAddress>. You must provide a value to complete the
operation. In the second column, the CLI displays information about the value.
Here is an example of a value prompt from the CLI:
cli> download base image specific
<ServerIPAddress>
: IPAddress
<RemoteFileName>
: String (1..50)
In this example, the CLI is used to download a file to the Passport 4400 unit. The
CLI prompts you for two values. The first value needed is the IP address of the
server containing the file to be downloaded. This is indicated in the CLI value
prompt as <ServerIPAddress>. The second column of the same line is prompting
you for an IP Address. The second value needed to complete the operation is the
name of the file to be downloaded. This is indicated by the CLI value prompt
<RemoteFileName>. The second column of the same line is prompting you for a
display string within a range of 1 to 50 characters.
214371-C Rev. 00
31
Interpreting CLI Responses

When you reach the bottom level of the command hierarchy and have entered a
value at the prompt, the CLI responds with a message that answers the input.
Responses are limited to 22 lines per page (or screen). The 23rd line holds a space
character and the 24th line displays the following message:
[Q to Quit or Carriage Return to Continue]
The three types of responses are:
Command Successful Response

Unsuccessful Responses
Miscellaneous
Command Successful Response

A successful CLI response indicates that the command was successfully
processed and the SNMP client received no errors from the SNMP agent. The
following message is displayed:
Command Successful
Unsuccessful Responses
An unsuccessful CLI response indicates that the command entered cannot be
processed or understood by the system. CLI responses include invalid command,
invalid parameter, and invalid password.
Command Failed
When the command causes an error, the following message is displayed:
Command Failed
32
Invalid Command
Invalid command indicates that the command entered does not match a pattern
that the CLI can recognize. An example of an invalid command would be a typing
error.
Invalid Parameter
Invalid parameter indicates that the command entered cannot be used by the CLI.
Examples include values that exceed the specified range or values that contain
unknown characters.
Invalid Password
Invalid password indicates that the wrong password was used. If you enter an
incorrect password, the following message is displayed:
SysConfiglock maybe set. Clear it? (y/n):
Note: CLI will not accept passwords or user names that contain the space
character (ASCII Hex 0X20).
Client Timed Out

If the agent does not respond.
If you enter the show table command and the error index is equal to zero, but
the requested table was empty, the following message is displayed:
No Information To Display
Client Failed
This message is displayed when the SNMP client receives an error not equal to
zero from the SNMP agent:
The command entered was not processed.
214371-C Rev. 00
33
Miscellaneous
Trap Responses
A trap is a message sent by an SNMP agent to the network management system,
console, or terminal to indicate the occurrence of a significant event, such as a
specifically defined condition or a threshold that has been reached.
The three CLI responses related to MIB traps include the following:
New Trap Received

Unread Trap Messages Pending
No Traps Pending
Table Response
Functions beginning with the show verb display configuration values and
counters. Many of these values can be displayed individually or together in a
table. This choice is available when CLI responds to a show command by listing
entry and table, as follows:
CLI> show bridge base port config
entry
table
To choose the table option, type table at the end of the command line:
CLI> show bridge base port config table
IfIndex
Type
ethernet
Status
enabled
Priority
128
PathCost
100
MACFilter
disabled
34
IfIndex
EtypeFilter
disabled
SapFilter
disabled
MACFilterType
inclusive
EtypeFilterType
inclusive
SapFilterType
inclusive
IfIndex
Type
frameRelay
Status
enabled
Priority
128
PathCost
100
MACFilter
disabled
EtypeFilter
disabled
SapFilter
disabled
MACFilterType
inclusive
EtypeFilterType
inclusive
SapFilterType
inclusive
To show values individually, type entry at the end of the command line. The CLI
will prompt you for more information, such as an index number:
CLI> show bridge base port config entry
<IfIndex>
INTEGER
(1..255)
Complete the command by entering the required information, which, in this case
is an IfIndex. When the entire command is entered, the CLI will display
information for that single entry:
CLI> show bridge base port config entry 1
214371-C Rev. 00
IfIndex
Type
ethernet
Status
enabled
Priority
128
PathCost
100
MACFilter
disabled
EtypeFilter
disabled
SapFilter
disabled
MACFilterType
inclusive
EtypeFilterType
inclusive
SapFilterType
inclusive
35
Display
The CLI displays data to the screen in two formats. Where displayed data can fit
into a row of 80 spaces, CLI prints the data to the screen as shown here:
CLI> show arp table
IfIndex
PhyAddress
NetAddress
00:40:C5:00:00:01
192.58.9.25
00:40:C5:00:00:02
192.58.9.26
36
Where displayed data will exceed a row width of 80 spaces, CLI prints the data to
the screen in the manner shown here:
CLI> show system admin
ConfigVersion
: "Nortel Networks Passport 4460"
ObjectID
: "1.3.6.1.4.1.335.1.4"
UpTime
: 00Years 002Days 06:31:20
Contact
: " "
NodeName
: "Pubs B"
Location
: " "
Services
: 4
NVM Parallel Display

If a display table contains a Non-Volatile Memory (NVM) object, two values will
be displayed with the object. The operational value indicates the current value
used by the system. The configured value indicates the programmed value that
will take effect upon restart. NVM display format prints a string of dashes (-) at
the end of each table. Note the following example:
CLI> show msm profile
NodeID
: 1 (operational)
: 1 (configured)
CustomerId
: 0 (operational)
: 0 (configured)
DNAPrefix
: "[x121]123456" (operational)
: "[x121]123456" (configured)
214371-C Rev. 00
37
SNMP Group Format

If a display table is not associated with a specific index, the values are displayed in
SNMP group format. The CLI will calculate the width of the display. Depending
upon the width, SNMP group format may be displayed in either one or two
columns. Note the following SNMP group format with data displayed in two
columns:
CLI> show snmp statistics
RxPackets
: 0 TxPackets
: 39
RxBadVersions
: 0 RxBadCommunityNames
: 0
RxBadCommunityUses
: 0 RxASNParseErrors
: 0
RxTooBigs
: 0 RxNoSuchNames
: 0
38
214371-C Rev. 00
39
Chapter 2
Add Commands
add
Use the add command to add network components and services to a table. Use
add to place new entries into a table. Values programmed using the add command
Exception: When provisioning bridge filters, the add command takes effect
dynamically. In this case, a save configuration update is required if the
change is to be retained after a reset. After you enter the command string and
parameters, execute a save configuration update command and a reset
system current reset in order for them to take effect.The following is a list
of services available to you with add:
aot
ip
rsi
arp
ipx
sna
bridge
isdn
system
filters
lapb
voice
fr
nac
wan
gcm
ospf
x25
hpip
Note: You do not have to execute a reset system current reset

after you use the add ip route command. The Passport 4400 unit is
updated dynamically when you use this command.
40
Chapter 2 Add Commands
Note: The parameter IfIndex is used in many of the CLI commands.

For a detailed explanation of IfIndexes, refer to the IfIndexes and
Interface Identification appendix in the Getting Started with
Passport 4460 manual (part number 209664-B).
add aot
interface
peer
Use add aot (Asynchronous Over Transfer Control Protocol (TCP)/Internet

Protocol (IP)) for transport of asynchronous data packets over TCP/IP protocols.
Start and stop bits are used to control data transmission. Refer to Configuring and
Operating the Passport 4400 (document number 206916-D), Async Over TCP,
Add Commands for detailed configuration information.
add aot interface

Use add aot interface to add an Async/TCP interface to the Wide Area
Network (WAN) port that you are using. Refer to Configuring and Operating the
Passport 4400 (document number 206916-D), Async Over TCP, Add Commands
for detailed information about configuring Async/TCP interfaces.
214371-C Rev. 00
41
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
Indicates the IfIndex of the

port you are configuring for
aot.
<AttachTo>
:primary | secondary
Choose between primary

and secondary interfaces
based on whether the
interface is going to serve as
the primary or secondary
interface. The primary
interface polls the
secondary interface to
ensure that the TCP
connection is still active.
add aot peer

Use the add aot peer command to add a peer to an interface such as a WAN
port on the Passport 4400 unit. You are allowed only one configured peer on a
point-to-point mode of operation. Asynchronous data received on this interface is
transmitted to the configured peer. You are allowed multiple configured peers on
a multi-point mode of operation. Asynchronous data received on this interface is
transmitted to all configured peers. For detailed configuration information about
point-to-point configurations and examples Refer to Configuring and Operating
the Passport 4400 (document number 206916-D), Async Over TCP, CLI
Commands for Point-to-Point Configuration. For detailed configuration
information about multipoint configurations and examples Refer to Configuring
and Operating the Passport 4400 (document number 206916-D), Async Over
TCP, CLI Commands for Multipoint Configuration.
42
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

WAN port you are
configuring for aot.
<PeerIPAddress>
:IPAddress
Indicates the IP address of

the remote peer receiving
the call.
<TCPListenPort>
:INTEGER (1000..9999)
Indicates the number of the

port that is being used to
listen for the incoming TCP
connection (not the
originating TCP connection).
<Connect Originator>
:self | partner
Choose self for the local

Passport 4460 unit; (the unit
you are logged into).
Choose partner for the
remote or peer Passport
4460 unit that receives the
data.
add arp entry

Use add arp entry to add an Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) table value.
ARP is a mechanism for mapping network-layer addresses (OSI Model Layer 3 IP Addresses) to data-link-layer addresses (OSI Model Layer 2 - Ethernet). In
most cases, the Passport 4400 unit will learn ARP values from the network
automatically, so you will not need to use this command. You should use this
command to add static entries into the local cache table for sets of addresses that
you use frequently, since the learned table entries time out after a period of time.
The static entries never time out, so you will not be required to repeatedly resolve
addresses if you use this command.
214371-C Rev. 00
43
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

port you are configuring.
<NetAddress>
:IPAddress

the network.
<PhysAddress>
:PhysAddress
Indicates the physical

address of the device.
add bridge
base port
etypeFilter
sapFilter
add bridge base port

Use add bridge base port to customize a port setting for bridging.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

port you are setting for
bridging.
<Priority>
:INTEGER (0..255)
Indicates the value which is

used to assign priority to the
specified port. Priority is
based on packet size and
interface type. The priority
field consists of the first
octet of the bridge port ID.
44

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<PathCost>
:INTEGER (1..65535)
Path cost, which is a value

based on hop count (number
of single links between two
devices on a network), is
used to compare paths
through the network
environment. This value is
used by the routing
protocols to determine the
most favorable path to a
particular destination.
Obtain this number from
your system administrator.
<Type>
:ethernet | frameRelay
Choose ethernet if you are

customizing a setting on the
ethernet port. Choose frame
relay if you are customizing
the WAN port.
<Status>
:enabled | disabled
Choose enabled if you want

to view the ports status;
otherwise choose disabled.
214371-C Rev. 00
45
add bridge etypeFilter
range
singular
Use add bridge etypeFilter to add eType filters to an index and to define
their range. EType filters are used to reduce congestion in Ethernet traffic. EType
filters use eType codes in transparent bridging and source-route bridging access
lists for filtering Ethernet frames. Enter eType filters either as a range of eTypes,
or as a singular eType.
add bridge etypeFilter range

A range filter affects all eTypes within a given range (for example, from 1600 to
64000).
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

<FilterNumber>
:INTEGER (1..32)
Choose an identification
number (between 1 and 32)
and assign it to each filter.
Filter numbers are specific
to each IfIndex and they
represent ethernet
interfaces and virtual ports.
For example, IfIndexes 1
and 2 may each have a
distinct filter labeled as filter
number 1.
<UpperRange>
:INTEGER (1536..65535)
Indicates the highest

number in the eType filter
range.
<LowerRange>
:INTEGER (1536..65535)
Indicates the lowest number

in the eType filter range.
46
add bridge etypeFilter singular

A singular filter only affects one specific eType (for example, eType 4000).
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

<FilterNumber>
:INTEGER (1..32)
Filter numbers are specific
to each IfIndex and they
represent ethernet
<eType>
:INTEGER (0x600..0xFFFF) Identifies a specific eType

filter by number.
add bridge sapFilter
range
singular
Use add bridge sapFilter to add SAP (Service Advertising Protocol) filters
and to define their range. SAP output filters are applied prior to the device
sending information out from a specific interface. SAP filters can be entered either
as a range of eTypes or as a singular eType. SAP filters allow the device to look at
the sapType of the information and determine whether or not to accept
information about a service. Typical services are IP, Novell, and x.25.
add bridge sapFilter range

A range filter affects all eTypes within a given range (for example, from 1600 to
64000).
214371-C Rev. 00
47
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

<FilterNumber>
:INTEGER (1..32)
Identification number
assigned to each filter. Filter
numbers are specific to each
IfIndex.
<UpperRange>
:INTEGER (0..65535)
Indicates the highest

number in the sapFilter
range.
<LowerRange>
:INTEGER (0..65535)
Indicates the lowest number

in the sapFilter range.
add bridge sapFilter singular

A singular filter only affects one specific eType (for example, eType 4000).
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

<FilterNumber>
:INTEGER (1..32)
Indicates the identification

number which is assigned to
each filter. Filter numbers
are specific to each IfIndex
and they represent ethernet
<eType>
:INTEGER (0x0..0xFFFF)
Indicates the specific

sapType filter by number.
add filters
ip
ipx
48
Use add filters for traffic filtering and IP prioritization. You can add three
types of filters for IP: forward, ToS, and RIP. IP Forward and IP ToS can be
applied to any IP packet while IP RIP can only be applied to the RIP packets. This
command allows you to configure the prioritization of an IP packet based on the
layer protocol type, source address, destination address, and port number.
add filters ip
forward
tos
rip
Use add filters ip to add a filter to a port. If you do not have RIP enabled,
then you will have to use forward or tos.
add filters ip forward
port
system
Select port filtering to apply a filter to the WAN port on the Passport 4400 unit or
system filtering to apply filters to all of the ports on the entire Passport 4400
network. Refer to Configuring and Operating the Passport 4400 (document
number 206916-D), LAN Services,Filtering, CLI Procedure for IP Forward Filter
for configuration information.
214371-C Rev. 00
49
add filters ip forward port incoming/outgoing

Select incoming for the incoming filter entry or outgoing for the outgoing filter
entry, or both, depending on which direction of traffic you wish to prioritize. The
parameters are the same for incoming and outgoing.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

port you are adding the filter
to.
<FilterMask>
:IPAddress
Indicates the IP address for

the filter mask.
<FilterAddress>
:IPAddress

the filter address.
<ProtocolType>
:INTEGER (1..255)
Indicates the integer that

represents the correct
protocol type for this
Passport 4400 unit.
Rather than specifying a
specific protocol type, you
can enter the asterisk (*) as
a wildcard character to
indicate any protocol type.
<PortId>
:INTEGER (1..65535)
Indicates the integer that

represents the port ID.
specific port ID, you can
enter the asterisk (*) as a
wildcard character to
indicate any port.
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

port you are adding the filter
to.
<FilterMask>
:IPAddress

the filter mask.
50
add filters ip forward system

Use add filters ip forward system to add filters to all interfaces
receiving packets. When you apply system filtering, you must specify both the
destination and the source IP addresses. The masks provide a range of IP
addresses for matching purposes. The addresses are used for comparison to the
filter entry. The protocol type and port ID, are also used to match filtering criteria.
The IP addresses you provide are compared to the IP packet address. If the
address, protocol type, and port ID match patterns in the filter, then filtering is
applied.
Object
Parameter
Description
<DestMask>
:IPAddress
Identifies the IP address of

the destination filter mask.
<DestAddress>
:IPAddress

the destination IP filter
address.
<SRCMask>
:IPAddress

the source filter mask.
<SRCAddress>
:IPAddress

the source filter.
<ProtocolType>
:INTEGER (1..255)
Identifies the integer(s) that

represent the correct
Passport 4400 unit.
specific protocol type, you
can enter the asterisk (*) as
a wildcard character to
indicate any protocol type.
214371-C Rev. 00
51
Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<PortID>
:INTEGER (1..65535)
Identifies the integer(s) that

represents the Port ID.
specific port ID, you can
enter the asterisk (*) as a
wildcard character to
indicate any port.
<Action>
:forward | discard
Choose forward to seek out

information with the
specified masks and
address and then forward
the information to its
destination, blocking all
other information. Choose
discard to block
transmissions which are
specified in the filter mask
and addresses.
add filters ip dscp
port
system
Select port filtering to apply an IP DSCP filter to the WAN port on the
Passport 4460 unit, or system filtering to apply these filters to all of the ports on
the entire Passport 4460 network. In either case, the filter operates on the values in
the DSCP byte in the IP header.
Refer to the LAN Services,Filtering, CLI Procedure for IP Forward Filter topic in
the Configuring and Operating the Passport 4400 manual for additional
configuration information.
52
add filters ip dscp port incoming/outgoing

Use add filters ip dscp port [incoming/outgoing] to add a filter
entry based on the DSCP byte in the IP packet. Select incoming for the incoming
filter entry or outgoing for the outgoing filter entry, depending on which
direction of traffic you wish to prioritize. The packets on the specified port are
checked against the configured criteria in the filter table.The parameters are the
same for incoming and outgoing. .
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

port to which you are adding
the filter.
<DSCPMap>
:INTEGER (0 .. 63)
or
Hex (0x00 - 0x3F)
Indicates the DSCP byte

value associated with the
filter entry. If the DSCP byte
value in the IP packet
matches this value (together
with other patterns in the
filter entry), the IP packet is
filtered.
<DSCPMask>
:INTEGER (0 .. 63)
or
Hex (0x00 - 0x3F)
Indicates the mask which

will be matched to the DSCP
byte associated with the
filter entry. If the DSCPMask
and DSCPMap match those
in the IP packet (together
filtered.
<Action>
:forward | discard
Choose forward to forward

the IP packet in case of a
match, blocking all other
information. Choose
discard to discard the IP
packet in case of a match.
214371-C Rev. 00
53
add filters ip dscp system

Use add filters ip dscp system to add IP DSCP filters to all interfaces
receiving packets. You must specify both the DSCPMap and the DSCPMask. The
values you provide are compared to the IP packet DSCP byte. If the filter values
match the values in that byte, then filtering is applied.
Object
Parameter
Description
<DSCPMap>
:INTEGER (0 .. 63)
or
Hex (0x00 - 0x3F)

filter entry), then the IP
packet is filtered.
<DSCPMask>
:INTEGER (0 .. 63)
or
Hex (0x00 - 0x3F)
Indicates the mask which

will be matched to the DSCP
byte associated with the
filter entry. If the DSCPMask
and DSCPMap match those
in the IP packet (together
filter entry), then the IP
packet is filtered.
<Action>
:forward | discard
Choose forward to forward

the IP packet in case of a
match, blocking all other
information. Choose
discard to discard the IP
packet in case of a match.
add filters ip rip
gateway
incoming
outgoing
Use add filters ip rip to add a filter to a port using RIP protocol. RIP
filtering must be specified as gateway, incoming, or outgoing. Your choice
depends on how you want to configure the filter. Gateway indicates the IP address
of the destination and you will configure this if the traffic is going into a
subnetwork. Incoming and outgoing indicate the direction of the packet to be
54
filtered. Use incoming if you want to prioritize packets that are incoming; use
outgoing if you want to prioritize packets that are outgoing. You may also want to
configure both incoming and outgoing. For example, you may want to set voice
packets with a higher priority than data packets, so you will have to configure both
ends to avoid voice delay. Refer to Configuring and Operating the Passport 4400
(document number 206916-D), LAN Services,Filtering, CLI Procedure for
Configuring RIP Filter for configuration information. The objects are the same for
gateway, incoming, and outgoing, as shown.
Object
Parameter
Description
<FilterMask>
:IPAddress

the filter mask.
<FilterAddress>
:IPAddress

the filter address.
<Action>
:forward | discard
Choose forward to set the

filter to seek out information
with the specified masks and
address, and then forward
other information. Choose
discard to block
transmissions as specified in
the filter masks and
addresses.
add filters ipx
netFilters
ripFilters
sapFilters
Use add filters ipx to add ipx filters to Netware devices such as servers and
IPX routers on Netware networks. Netware networks use Service Advertising
Protocol (SAP) and RIP to broadcast messages over the network every 60
seconds. These broadcast messages create significant overhead on a slow WAN
214371-C Rev. 00
55
link. IPX Filtering can be used to block these messages where they are not needed.
IPX filtering is configured according to three criteria: network address, RIP, and
SAP. The choice between RIP and SAP is determined by which protocol the user
has chosen.
add filters ipx netFilters

Use add filters ipx netFilters to add an ipx filter to a port on a
Netware device such as a server or an IPX router. NetFilter filters packets
according to the network address.
Note: The object <Instance> can only be set to 1 when you are
configuring IPX filters. The Passport 4400 unit has an internal net ID,
similar to an IPX server. While the net ID in an IPX server is specific and
unique, the net ID of the Passport 4400 unit is set to 0 for simplicity,
and the instance ID is set to 1 since only one instance of IPX is
supported on the entire Passport network.
Object
Parameter
Description
<Instance>
:INTEGER (1 only)
The value for Instance must

be set to 1. See note on
page 55.
<NetworkNumber>
:NetNumber
(0x01 - 0xFFFFFFFE)
Indicates the IPX network

number. Obtain this number
from your system
administrator.
56

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<FilterPort>
:wan | ethernet | both
Choose WAN if you are

going to implement the filter
on the WAN port; choose
ethernet if you are filtering
on the ethernet port; choose
both if you are filtering both
ports.
<Address>
:source | destination | both Choose source if you want

the filter to search for the
network address as the
source of a filtered packet.
Choose destination if you
want the filter to search for
the network address as the
destination of a filtered
packet. Choose both in
order for the filter to search
for both.
add filters ipx ripFilters

Use add filters ipx ripFilters to add an IPX ripFilter to a port on a
Netware device, such as a server or an IPX router. RipFilter filters packets
according to RIP protocol.
Object
Parameter
Description
<Instance>
:INTEGER (1 only)

page 55.
<NetworkNumber>
:NetNumber
(0x01 - 0xFFFFFFFE)

from your system
administrator.
<FilterPort>

ports.
214371-C Rev. 00
57
add filters ipx sapFilters

Use add filters ipx sapFilters to add an IPX sapFilter to a port on a
Netware device such as a server or an IPX router. SapFilter filters packets
according to SAP protocol.
Object
Parameter
Description
<Instance>
:INTEGER (1 only)

page 55.
<SapType>
:sapType
(0x01 - 0xFFFE)
Indicates the SAP type of

the filtered packet. Common
SAP types include unknown
(0x0000), print queue
(0x0003), file server
(0x0004), job server
(0x0005), print server
(0x0007), archive server
(0x0009), remote bridge
server (0x0024), advertising
print server (0x0047),
reserved up to (0x8000),
and wildcard (0xFFFF).
<FilterPort>

ports.
add fr
line
port
switch
tunnel
58
add fr line user mpanlLMI service

Note: The term mpanl and panl are used interchangeably since
mPanl was used on previous platforms. Panl is the currently used
term.
Use add fr line user mpanlLMI service to add mPanlLMI service
parameters into the proprietary frame relay service logical port table. The Closed
User Group (CUG) refers to a group of users whose members are governed by
certain rules of access with respect to communication with each other, with
members of other closed user groups, and with the open part of the network. This
maintains security and prohibits unauthorized access as well as providing a logical
partitioning of the network for better access control.
Object
Parameter
Description
<ServiceIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

your frame relay service
provider.
<CUGFacility>
:NOcug | simpleCUG |
CUGSelection
The value of this object

indicates the CUG facility
type.
<CUGAccess>
:noRight | outgoingAccess
| incomingAccess
|outAndInAccess
Determines the subscribed

CUG access rights.
<CUGICType>
:national | international
Determines the CUG

interlock code type.
<CUGIC>
:String (1..5)
A string with no spaces

enclosed in quotes of up to 5
digits, determined at
subscription time.
<DNASuffix>
:String (0..3)
A user-specified string with

no spaces enclosed in
quotes of up to 3 digits that
identifies the mPANL
service.
214371-C Rev. 00
59
add fr port
pvcLANData
spvcLANData
svcLANData
virtualPort
Use add fr port to add virtual circuits using frame relay for the specified
port.
add fr port pvcLANData

Use add fr port pvcLANData to add the corresponding virtual port on the
frame relay interface.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

frame relay port you are
configuring.
<NetLinkIfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
Indicates the DLCI number

assigned to the unit for user
traffic. If PANL is used,
specify the IfIndex of the
tunnel.
add fr port spvcLANData

Use add fr port spvcLANData to add the corresponding switched permanent
virtual port on the frame relay interface. Specify the virtual port IfIndex, the
identifier and the Device (or Data) Network Address (DNA) of the Switched
Virtual Circuit (SVC). This command will not take effect until the unit is reset.
60
Object
Parameter
Description
<VirtualPortIfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

virtual port associated with
the SPVC.
<RemoteNet>
:INTEGER (16..991)
Identifies the remore net

DLCI.
<SVCDNA>
:Frame Relay DNA (as a

quoted string) (1..34)
Indicates the remote DNA of

the SVC. Refer to the CLI
Procedure for Creating a
Node Profile chapter in the
Getting Started with
Passport 4460 manual (part
number 209664-B) for
information about assigning
DNAs.
<ConnectType>
:slave | master
One end of the SPVC must

be set as master, the other
end must be set as slave.
Master initiates the call and
slave receives the call. Note:
It is recommended that you
set the Passport 4460 unit
as the master and the
Passport 7400/6400 unit as
the slave for quicker service
recovery.
add fr port svcLANData

Use add fr port svcLANData to add the corresponding SVC parameters on
the frame relay interface.
214371-C Rev. 00
61
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

frame relay port you are
configuring.
<DNA>

The DNA must be assigned

within the specified range, in
quotes and in parentheses.
Refer to the CLI Procedure
for Creating a Node Profile
chapter in the Getting
Started with Passport 4460
manual (part number
209664-B) for information
about assigning DNAs.
<TxPriority>
:INTEGER (0..15)
Indicates the priority of the

connection on the SVC.
add fr port virtualport

Use add fr port virtualport to link the frame relay virtual port to the
frame relay physical port using the IfIndex.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

frame relay virtual port.
<Number>
:INTEGER (0..31)

frame relay physical port.
(physical point of
attachment).
add fr switch map

Use add fr switch map to define the frame relay switch map. SwitchType
must be specified as either frame relay Data Communications Equipment (DCE),
HDLC transparent data service (HTDS), cbr, x.25 or sna-sdlc.
62
Object
Parameter
Description
<LocalNetIfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

frame relay service.
<LocalNet>
:INTEGER (16..991)
Indicates the Data Link

Connection Identifier (DLCI)
for the Frame Relay Data
Communications Equipment
(FRDCE) service on the
local Passport 4460 unit.
<RemoteNet>
:INTEGER (16..991)
Indicates the for the FRDCE

service on the remote
Passport 4460 unit.
<SVCDNA>

The required string includes

the DNA prefix of the remote
Passport 4460 unit, followed
by the number 3, indicating
the frame relay service
provider, followed by the Slot
number and the PPA
number of the physical port
on the remote Passport
4460 unit (inside quotation
marks without any spaces).
<ConnectType>
:slave | master
Choose master for the site

that will establish the
connection. Choose slave
for the other site. When
establishing a switch map
from a Passport 4460 to a
Passport 7400/6400, the
Passport 4460 should
always be set to master.
<SwitchType>
:frdce | htds | cbr
Both ends of the connection

must have the same
SwitchType.
Note: If you want to change an entry made using the add fr switch
map command, you must first delete the existing entry prior to adding a
new entry. Use the delete fr switch map command to delete the
first entry.
214371-C Rev. 00
63
add fr tunnel
Use add fr tunnel to add a frame relay Permanent Virtual Circuit (PVC)
tunnel.
Object
Parameter
Description
<TunnelIfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
The ifIndex of the PVC tunnel. To

determine which ifindexes are
available, use show system
IfIndex (configured/operational)
on page 547. The display will show
you which ifindexes are already in
use. Choose from the ones that
are NOT displayed.
<DlciNumber>
:INTEGER (16..991)
Indicates the DLCI number for this

PVC tunnel.
<PhysicalCard>
:base | exp1 | exp2
Identifies the slot of the WAN port;

the physical frame relay link.
<PhysicalPort>
:INTEGER (1..8)
The channel number of this WAN

port.
<Type>
:dte-panl | dce-panl |
standard
Indicates the frame tunnel PVC

type.
<PhysicalChannel>
:INTEGER (-1..30)
Indicates the DS0 channel/bundle

number this PVC tunnel is running
on. -1 indicates there is no channel
(PVC tunnel is not running on a
channelized port) and 0 indicates
that the channel is not being used.
Note: If you want to change an entry made using the add fr tunnel
command, you must first delete the entry prior to adding a new entry. Use
the delete fr tunnel command to delete the first entry.
64
add gcm
backupLink
link
timer
Use add gcm to add link and timer entries to the global circuit manager
configuration table. The Global Circuit Manager (GCM) administers all logical
links between the Passport 4460 unit and the Passport WAN. The GCM is
provisioned to establish which link type (ISDN or frame relay) and which
physical port will provide the primary and backup links. Port 2 is the primary
WAN connection for the Passport 4460 unit.
add gcm backuplink

Use add gcm backuplink to add a backup link by specifying the index values
in the GCM backup configuration table. The backup link is used when a primary
link fails on a branch node.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
Identifies the backup link you

are configuring.
<UnitIndex>
:INTEGER (1..3)
An index value that identifies

an entry in the GCM unit
table. Each unit table entry
represents one unit where
primary and backup links
are linked together to a unit.
<LinkIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

an entry in the GCM link
table as a primary link.
add gcm link

Use add gcm link to add a primary link by specifying its index values in the
GCM link table.
214371-C Rev. 00
65
Object
Parameter
Description
<Index>
:INTEGER (1..255)
Identifies the gcm link you

are configuring.
<Name>
:String (1..16)
Name is an optional string

that can be added to identify
the link. It must be enclosed
in quotes and in
parentheses.
<SignalingType>
:isdn | unusedEverUp
Indicates the type of the

signaling channel, if a
signaling protocol is used.
<SignalingPCMIndex>
:INTEGER (1..65535)
The index value that

uniquely identifies an entry
for the signalling PCM.
<ProtocolType>
:reserved | frameRelay
Indicates the type of protocol

used. Choose reserved for
an unknown type; choose
frameRelay for frame relay
service.
<ProtocolPCMIndex>
:INTEGER (1..65535)

identifies an entry for the
Pulse Code Modulation
(PCM). In the case of the
FRCM, this entry represents
an index for the physical port
of the link.
add gcm timer

Use add gcm timer to add timing parameters to the GCM timer table.
66
Object
Parameter
Description
<Index>
:INTEGER (1..255)
Identifies the timer entry in

the gcm timer table.
<UnitIndex>
:INTEGER (1..3)

<InactStartHour>
:INTEGER (0..23)
Indicates the start hour for

inactivity. This is based on
system time.
<InactStartMin>
:INTEGER (0..59)
Indicates the start minute for

inactivity. This is based on
system time.
add hpip virtualPort

Use add hpip virtualPort to add a virtual port between two Passport 4460
units. The purpose of High Performance IP (hpip) is to create a WAN link with
minimum overhead in the form of protocol switching and encapsulation. Hpip
uses Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) to create an IP-only connection between two
Passport 4460 units. This allows you to collect benchmark performance figures
for IP forwarding. You must configure one end of the link as the listener and the
other end as the caller to prevent timing issues. This is not a dynamic command
so you must reset the Passport 4460 unit in order for the command to take effect.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

virtual port.
214371-C Rev. 00
67
Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<WAN Port IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

WAN port on the Passport
4460 unit that is being used
for the hpip link.
<Mode>
:call | listen
This specifies the mode of

the virtual port. Choose call
and the virtual port will make
the connection. Choose
listen and the virtual port
will listen for incoming
connections.
add ip
address
route
add ip address entry

Use add ip address entry to assign an IP address to the Passport 4460 unit.
This command will not take effect until the unit is reset.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

<IPAddress>
:IPAddress
Indicates the IP address

which you assign to the
Passport 4460 unit.
68

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<NetMask>
:Sub-NetMask
(255.255.255.0.255.255.0.0
or 255.0.0.0)
Enter the subnet mask. The

bits of the subnet mask are
set to 1 if the Passport 4460
should treat the
corresponding bit in the IP
address as part of the IP
network prefix.
<BcastAddress>
:IPAddress
The IP address that you

assigned to this Passport
4460 unit for transmission to
all the other Passport units
in the network.
add ip route
Use add ip route to add values required for IP routing. For each IfIndex,
provide values for the destination address, the hop count metric, the next hop IP
address and the net mask IP address. Do not execute a reset after this command.
Object
Parameter
Description
<DestAddress>
:IPAddress
The IP Address of the

destination node.
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
The IfIndex of the LAN or

WAN port you are adding IP
routing to.
<Metric>
:INTEGER (2..15)
The number of hops

required to reach the
destination IP address.
your network administrator.
<NextHop>
:IPAddress
The IP address of the next

node along the path to the
destination.
<NetMask>
:IPAddress
The subnet mask associated

with the IP address of this
entry.
214371-C Rev. 00
69
add ipx circuit

Use add ipx circuit to add Internetwork Packet Exchange (IPX) circuits and
route values to your Novell network.
Object
Parameter
Description
<SysInstance>
:INTEGER (1 only)
The value for SysInstance

must be set to 1. See note
on page 55.
<CircuitIndex>
:INTEGER (1. .16)
Indicates the identification

number assigned to the
circuit.
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1. .255)
Indicates the number for the

circuit port.
<CircuitName>
:String (0. .48)
Indicates an optional name

which you assign to the
circuit.
<DataLinkType>
:raw | snap | type2 |

type8022
Choices are protocol types:

raw indicates no special
protocol used; snap
(Subnetwork Access
Protocol) operates between
a network entity in the
subnetwork and a network
entity in the end system. The
SNAP entity in the end
system makes use of the
services of the subnetwork
and performs three key
functions: data transfer,
connection management
and QOS selection; type2
indicates an IEEE 802.2
(LLC) connection-oriented
operation upgrade; type
8022 indicates an IEEE
802.2 (LLC)
connection-oriented
operation.
<NetNumber>
:NetNumber (0x01 0xFFFFFFFE)
Indicates the hexadecimal

value for the network.
70
add isdn
directory
peer
add isdn directory

Use add isdn directory to add an ISDN directory.
Object
Parameter
<Index>
:INTEGER (1. .2147483647) A unique value to identify an

entry.
<Number>
:String (0. .131)
<SignalingIndex>
:INTEGER (1. .2147483647) An index pointing to an ISDN

signaling channel. Incoming
calls are accepted on this
signaling channel if the
nvmIsdnDirectoryNumber is
presented as Called Number
in the SETUP message.
214371-C Rev. 00
Description
Directory Numbers are used

to identify incoming calls on
the signaling channel given in
nvmIsdnDirectorySigIndex.
The format of this information
depends on the type of switch
or PBX the device is
connected to. Therefore, the
detailed format of this
information is not specified
and is implementation
dependent. If possible, the
agent should implement this
information using the E.164
number format. In this case,
the number must start with '+'.
Otherwise, IA5 number digits
must be used.
71
add isdn peer

Use add isdn peer to add an additional ISDN backup link or modify an
existing ISDN backup link. For IfIndex, use the number in the IfIndex Table for
ISDN-S or ISDN-U depending on the physical interface type. Where a leased line
is used, enter the appropriate number for the B channel. For OriginateAddress and
SubAddress, enter the new destination telephone number and its subaddress.
Note: You cannot add an additional ISDN backup link when the existing
ISDN backup link is a leased line.
Object
Parameter
Description
<Id>
:INTEGER (1. .2147483647) Identifies a single peer.

There may be several
entries in this table for one
peer, defining different ways
of reaching this peer.
Multiple entries for one peer
may be used to support
multilink as well as backup
lines. Several entries for one
peer MUST have the same
value for <Id>, but different
ifEntries which results in
different values of ifIndex.
Locate the highest index
number in the ISDN Peer
Index Table by entering the
show isdn
physicalIf
signalTable
configured (entry/
table) command. (Note:
Increment the highest index
number by one (where ISDN
is on a dial-up line).
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1. .255)
The ifIndex value of the peer

table entry to which this call
was made. If a peer table
entry for this call does not
exist, the value of this object
is 0.
<BChannel>
:INTEGER (0. .32)

specifies the B channel to be
used for leased lines.
72

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<OriginateAddress>
:String (0. .131)
Call Address at which the

peer is called. This is similar
to the set of characters
following 'ATDT ' or the
'phone number' included in a
D channel call request. The
structure of this information
is switch type specific. If
there is no address
information required for
reaching the peer, as with
leased lines, this object is a
zero length string.
<SubAddress>>
:String (0. .131)
Subaddress at which the

peer is called. If the
subaddress is undefined for
the given media or unused,
this object is a zero length
string.
add lapb virtual

Use add lapb virtual to add the virtual port to the Link Access
Procedures-Balanced (LAPB) transport protocol.
Object
Parameter
Description
<Index>
:INTEGER (1. .255)
Identifies the ifIndex value

for the LAPB interface.
<LowerInterface>
:INTEGER (0. .255)
Identifies the ifIndex of the

interface immediately below
this interface (ie. physical or
virtual port). A value of zero
indicates that this LAPB
instance is not assigned to
an underlying port.
add nac
214371-C Rev. 00
cache
73
server
add nac cache

Use add nac cache to add entries to the NAC cache table.
Object
Parameter
Description
<EgressString>
:String (1. .36)
The telephone number

located at the DNA address
specified in the DNA string.
This number is associated
with a voice channel. Digits
and wild cards are valid.
<DNA>
:String (1. .28)
DNA address of the unit to

which this voice information
belongs. Obtain this identifer
from your system
administrator. Refer to the
CLI Procedure for Creating
a Node Profile chapter in
the Getting Started with
Passport 4460 manual (part
number 209664-B) for
information about assigning
DNAs.
<EntryStatus>
:add | active
Add must be entered;

active is not currently an
option.
<EntryVipAddress>
:IPAddress
Indicates the IP address to

be used if the call is Voice
over IP. (Enter 0.0.0.0 to use
the same IP address as the
one designated for the
Ethernet port on this
Passport 4460 unit.)
74
add nac server

Use add nac server to specify a NAC server from which Passport 4460 units
can request address resolution. NAC is a program that resides on your local
Passport 4460 unit and is used to resolve network addresses of locally dialed
phone numbers. NAC is used when a Passport 4460 unit is the server and the
client. For networks with Passport 7400/6400 units, add rsi server on page 77
Object
Parameter
Description
<IPAddress>
:IPAddress
Indicates the network

address of the server.
<Name>
:String (1. .50)
A user supplied name for the

server. Enter string in quotes
with no spaces between
characters.
<Status>
:enabled | disabled
Choose enabled to
communicate status.
Choose disabled if you do
not want commmunication.
<HelloTime>
:INTEGER (30. . 180)
The interval of time in

seconds between
transmission of two
consecutive Hello
messages. Indicates how
often the local unit notifies
the server of its presence as
an active unit. If the local
unit stops sending signals to
the server, the server may
eventually purge the local
unit from its DNA list.
<Type>
Specifies whether the server

is primary or secondary
(backup). A primary server
is the preferred server which
will be consulted first for
address resolution. A
secondary server is used
as an alternative if the
primary is not responding.
All servers have to be
marked secondary if
round-robin load sharing is
used between servers.
214371-C Rev. 00
75
add ospf
host
neighbor
stub
virtualInterface
Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) is a routing protocol that determines the best
path for routing IP traffic over a TCP/IP network. Each router has a copy of the
database and supplies pieces of the database describing the local environment All
of the routers piece together the different information to form a current map of the
network. Based on the data in the database, the shortest path is calculated using an
algorithm.
add ospf host

Use add ospf host to add an Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) host to a router
and advertise the metric.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IPAddress>
:IPAddress
Indicates the IP Address of

the host.
<Metric>
:INTEGER (0. .FFh)
Indicates the metric to be

advertised.
add ospf neighbor

Use add ospf neighbor to add an OSPF neighbor to the OSPF network.
76
Object
Parameter
Description
<IPAddress>
:IPAddress
Indicates the IP Address this

neighbor is using in its
source address.
<Priority>
:INTEGER (0. .FFh)
Used to determine the

priority of this neighbor in
the designated router
election algorithm. The
higher the number, the
higher the priority. Choose
0 if you do not want the
unit to act as the designated
router.
add ospf stub

Use add ospf stub to add a stub area. This is an area where there is a single
exit point from that area, or where routing to outside the area does not take an
optimal path. Adding a stub area allows you to reduce the topological database
size inside an area, and reduces the memory requirements of routers inside that
area.
Object
Parameter
Description
<AreaID>
:IPAddress
The Area ID uses the same

format as an IP Address, but
defines a summarization
point for Link State
Advertisements. It is an
OSPF Area identifier.
<Metric>
:INTEGER (0. .FFFFFFh)
Indicates the metric to be

advertised.
Note: The only metric used is the stub metric configured on the areas
border router. This metric is used for the default route being advertised
into the stub area.
214371-C Rev. 00
77
add ospf virtualInterface

Use add ospf virtualInterface to add a virtual link which transmits data
over a virtual line without boundaries or constraints. Virtual links in an OSPF
network should be configured in order to link two units in the same area that are
connected to a backbone area and patch the backbone in the event a backbone unit
goes down.
Object
Parameter
Description
<AreaID>
:IPAddress
The Area ID uses the same

format as an IP Address, but
defines a summarization
point for Link State
Advertisements. It is the
OSPF Area identifier where
you want the virtual link to
reside.
<VirtualNeighbor>
:IPAddress
Indicates the router ID of the

OSPF unit you want to use
as the virtual neighbor.
add rsi server

Use add rsi server to add a remote server interface (RSI). RSI is a program
that resides on your local Passport 4460 unit and is used to resolve network
addresses of locally dialed phone numbers. RSI is used when a Passport 7400/
6400 unit is the server and a Passport 4460 unit is the client. For networks without
Passport 7400/6400 units, add nac on page 72.
78
Object
Parameter
Description
<DNAAddress>
:String (1..34)
The DNA is unique to a

given server. This object
helps in tracking the address
resolution by the server. The
DNA identifies services in a
Passport Network. Obtain
this identifer from your
system administrator. Refer
to the CLI Procedure for
Creating a Node Profile
chapter in the Getting
Started with Passport 4460
manual (part number
209664-B) for information
about assigning DNAs.
<ServerName>
:String (0..50)
Indicates the name that you

provide for the rsi server.
<ServerType>
:primary |secondary
Indicates the preferred

server which will be
consulted for address
resolution. A primary server
will be consulted first for
secondary server is used
as an alternative if the
primary is not responding.
(Note: all servers have to be
marked secondary if
round-robin load sharing is
desired between servers.)
add sna
llc
sdlc
add sna llc port

Use add sna llc port to add a Logical Link Control (LLC) port in order to
allow SNA components to connect to the network through a virtual port (whether
PVC, SPVC, or SVC).
214371-C Rev. 00
79
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
The IfIndex of the LLC

connection you want to add.
The ifIndex and the type
should be verified against
the FR port table and the IP
table to ensure that the
correct (type, ifIndex) pair
has been added
<Type>
:ban |enet
Identifies the type of port

used by LLC2. Choose ban
to enable RFC 1490 BAN
encapsulation. Choose enet
to enable SNA over the
ethernet port.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
The IfIndex of the SDLC

connection you want to add.
<Address>
:INTEGER (1..254)
Indicates the link station

address of this port. The
value must be entered in
decimal. For example,
hexadecimal link station
address C1 must be entered
as 193 decimal.
<Name>
:String (1. .8)
Indicates the name of this

port as a quoted string of
alphanumeric characters.
add sna sdlc linkstation
80
add system trapsubscription

Use add system trapsubscription to add an SNMP trap service.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IPAddress>
:IPAddress
IP address of the SNMP

Manager subscribing traps.
<CommunityString>
:String (0..25)
Indicates the community

string (password) for this
subscriber. The community
string is set by your system
administrator.
Object
Parameter
Description
<Address>
:IPAddress

be used for VoIP calls to this
Passport unit.
<CallBundleSize>
:INTEGER (1. .16)
Indicates the maximum

number of speech frames
from multiple calls between
two Passport 4400 units that
can be combined into one
UDP packet.
add voice vip
add wan
214371-C Rev. 00
channel
ifindexconn
81
add wan channel

Use add wan channel to add a DS0 channel(s) to a wan port or an expansion
port.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1. .255)
Choose an unused ifIndex

number for the new channel
to be associated with the
WanIfindex. To determine
which ifindexes are
available, use show
system IfIndex
(configured/
operational) on
page 547. The display will
show you which ifindexes
are already in use. Choose
from the ones that are NOT
displayed.
<WanIfIndex>
:INTEGER (1. .255)

physical wan port that this
DS0 bundle/channel is
associated with. Obtain the
WanIfIndex in the same
manner as the IfIndex, as
noted above.
82

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<ChannelNumber>
:INTEGER (-1. .30)
Choose a new channel

number from -1 through 30
for this WAN port. This
number will uniquely identify
this channel within the port.
-1 indicates no channel; 0
indicates channel not used.
<TimeSlots>
:String of size (0..83;

decimal digits, ', ', and ' - ')

selects the DS0 channels for
the T1/E1 CSU line
connection. Valid characters
are decimal digits, comma
(','), and hyphen ('-').;
Comma (',') is used as a
delimiter between individual
channel selections. e.g.,
13,16 means DS0 channels
13 and 16. Hyphen ('-') is
used only in Set operations
to indicate a range of DS0
channels: e.g., 2,5-8 means
DS0 channels 2,5,6,7, and
8.
add wan ifindexconn

Use add wan ifindexconn to create a data drop and insert connection
between two channels (DSO bundles). The data drop and insert function allows
you to pass HDLC data streams and voice traffic transparently through the
Passport 4460 unit. The data drop and insert function will bypass most HDLC
traffic such as HDLC framed video.
Object
Parameter
Description
<FromifIndex>
:INTEGER (1. .255)
IfIndex of one side of the

drop and insert connection.
Serves as the index for the
WAN ifIndex connection
table.
<ToifIndex>
:INTEGER (1. .255)
Ifindex of the other channel,

which completes the drop
and insert connection.
214371-C Rev. 00
83
add x25
pvc
routing
virtual
Use add x25 to provide x.25 services to users of external x.25 DTE devices. The
Passport 4400 x.25 services provide connectivity between x.25 Data Terminal
Equipment (DTE) devices within a Passport wide area network (WAN). The x.25
services also support x.25 calls between a DTE connected to a Passport 4400 unit
and a DTE connected to a frame relay access device (FRAD), within a frame relay
WAN.
84
add x25 pvc

Object
Parameter
Description
<ifSource>
:INTEGER (1. .255)

physical port or the packet
level IfIndex of the virtual
port.
<CircuitSource>
:INTEGER (1. .4095)
Indicates the source Logical

Channel Number (LCN).
<ifDestination>
:INTEGER (1. .255)

physical port or the packet
level IfIndex of the virtual
port.
<CircuitDestination>
:INTEGER (1. .4095)
Indicates the destination

LCN.
Object
Parameter
Description
<Index>
:INTEGER (1. .255)
Indicates an index number

number for this route.
<DestinationIfIndex>
:INTEGER (1. .255)

local X.25 virtual port (the
packet layer IfIndex).
<DnaPattern>
:String (1. .15)
Indicates the X.25 DNA

address to be assigned to
the local virtual port. The
address must be entered as
a quoted string. You can use
a wildcard (*) as part of the
DNA address pattern.
add x25 routing
214371-C Rev. 00
85
add x25 virtual

Object
Parameter
Description
<Index>
:INTEGER (1. .255)
Indicates an available
IfIndex for the X.25 virtual
port and will serve as the
IfIndex for the packet layer.
<LowerInterface>
:INTEGER (1. .255)
This is the IfIndex you

assigned to the LAPB virtual
port with the add lapb
virtual command.
86
214371-C Rev. 00
87
Chapter 3
Define Commands
Use the define command to establish a new value for a parameter. Values
entered or modified using define are automatically saved to the FLASH memory
for permanent storage. Values using the define command will not dynamically
update the run time parameters. The new values will be stored in the configuration
file and will become operational only upon execution of a reset system
current reset. The following is a list of services available to you with
define:
bridge
ipx
rsi
filters
isdn
sna
fr
lapb
tm
gcm
msm
wan
hpip
ospf
x25
ip
nac

88
Chapter 3 Define Commands
define bridge global
agingTime
arpSpoofing
ipProtocol
spanningTree
Use define bridge global to define optional global bridge objects.
Object
Parameter
Description
<AgingTime>
:INTEGER: (10..1000000)
You can set the time-out

period in seconds for aging
out dynamically learned
information.
<ArpSpoofing>
:enabled | disabled
When you enable IP

arpSpoofing, the unit
intercepts most ARP
broadcasts and handles
them locally. This reduces
the amount of broadcast
packets forwarded across
the WAN.
<IPProtocol>
:bridged | routed
Defines whether IP protocol

will be bridged or routed.
<SpanningTree>
:enabled | disabled
Choose enabled for the

spanning tree protocol to
detect a change in active
topology and allow the root
bridge to communicate
these changes to all other
bridges in the network.
214371-C Rev. 00
89
define filters
ip
ipx
Use define filters to establish new values for filtering parameters.
define filters ip forward

Use define filters ip forward to configure either port filters, which
applies filtering to specific ports, or system filters, which apply filtering to all of
the ports in an entire system.
port
system
define filters ip forward port incoming order

Use define filters ip forward port incoming order to define the
order of packets in the filter table to resolve any conflicts. When you are
configuring several different filters, it is possible to configure some that conflict
with each other. The incoming packets on the specified port are checked against
the configured criteria in the filter table.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
The IfIndex of the port you

are applying filtering to.
<FilterMask>
:IPAddress
The IP address of the filter

mask. The mask provides a
network range for a match.
<FilterAddress>
:IPAddress
Filter packets that match the

IP address of the filter.
<ProtocolType>
:INTEGER (1..255)
The integer(s) that

protocol type for this packet.
90

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<PortId>
:INTEGER (1..65535)
The Transmission Control

Protocol/User Datagram
Protocol (TCP/UDP) port
number associated with the
filter entry. If the destination
TCP/UDP port number in
the IP packet matches this
together with other patterns
in the filter entry then the IP
packet is filtered.
<Direction>
:source | destination
Indicates whether you are

using the source or
destination IP address in
the IP packet for filter
matching.
<Order>
:INTEGER (1..255)
Specify the order in which

the packets in the filter table
should be searched to
resolve filter conflicts. If a
conflict occurs, packets with
smaller order numbers are
processed before packets
with larger numbers.
define filters ip forward port outgoing order

Use define filters ip forward port outgoing order to define the
order of the packets in the filter table to resolve any conflicts.When you are
configuring several different filters, it is possible to configure some that conflict
with each other. The outgoing packets on the specified port are checked against
the configured criteria in the filter table.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
The IfIndex of the port you

are applying filtering to.
<FilterMask>
:IPAddress

mask. The mask provides a
network range for a match.
<FilterAddress>
:IPAddress

address.
214371-C Rev. 00
91
Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<ProtocolType>
:INTEGER (1..255)
The integer(s) that

<PortId>
:INTEGER (1..65535)
The TCP/UDP port number

associated with the filter
entry. If the destination TCP/
UDP port number in the IP
packet matches this together
filter entry then the IP packet
is filtered.
<Direction>
Indicates whether you are

using the source or
destination IP address in
the IP packet for filter
matching.
<Order>
:INTEGER (1..255)

with larger numbers. The
maximum and default value
is 255.
define filters ip forward port outgoing priority

Use define filters ip forward port outgoing priority to
configure outgoing traffic only, although filters can be applied both ways. It
specifies the priority a packet will be forwarded with if it is matched to the
specified port filter and if it is to be forwarded.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
The IfIndex of the port you are applying

filtering to.
<FilterMask>
:IPAddress
The IP address of the filter mask. The mask

provides a network range for a match.
<FilterAddress>
:IPAddress
The IP address of the filter address.
92

Object (continued) Parameter
Description
<ProtocolType>
:INTEGER (1..255)
The integer(s) that represents the correct

<PortId>
:INTEGER (1..65535) The TCP/UDP port number associated with

the filter entry. If the destination TCP/UDP
port number in the IP packet matches this
together with other patterns in the filter
entry then the IP packet is filtered.
<Direction>
<Priority>
:low | medium | high You specify a priority on a packet so that

once a match occurs, the specified
forwarding priority will be used.
Indicates whether you are using the source

or destination IP address in the IP packet
for filter matching.
define filters ip forward system order
Object
Parameter
Description
<DestMask>
:IPAddress
This is the destination IP Address mask

of the packets to be filtered.
<DestAddress>
:IPAddress
This is the IP Address of the destination

of the packets to be filtered.
<SrcMask>
:IPAddress
This is the source IP Address mask of

the packets to be filtered.
<SrcAddress>
:IPAddress
This is the source IP Address of the

packets to be filtered.
<ProtocolType>
:INTEGER (1..255)
The integer(s) that represents the

correct protocol type for this packet.
<PortId>
:INTEGER (1..65535)
The TCP/UDP port number associated

with the filter entry. If the destination
TCP/UDP port number in the IP packet
matches this together with other
patterns in the filter entry then the IP
packet is filtered.
<Order>
:INTEGER (1..255)
You specify the order of the packets to

resolve filter conflicts. If a conflict
occurs, packets with smaller order
numbers are processed before packets
214371-C Rev. 00
93
define filters ip forward system priority
Object
Parameter
Description
<DestMask>
:IPAddress
Packets that match the IP address of

this destination mask will be filtered.
<DestAddress>
:IPAddress

this destination IP address will be
filtered.
<SrcMask>
:IPAddress

this source IP address mask will be
filtered.
<SrcAddress>
:IPAddress
Packets that match the source IP

address will be filtered.
<ProtocolType>
:INTEGER (1..255)
The integer(s) that represents the

correct protocol type for this packet.
<PortId>
:INTEGER (1..65535)
The TCP/UDP port number associated

with the filter entry. If the destination
TCP/UDP port number in the IP packet
matches this together with other
patterns in the filter entry then the IP
packet is filtered.
<Priority>
:low | medium | high
You specify a priority on a packet so that

once a match occurs, the specified
forwarding priority will be used.
define filters ip dscp

Use define filters ip dscp to configure port filters, which applies filtering
to specific ports, or system filters, which apply filtering to all of the ports in an
entire system. These filters operate on the DSCP byte in the IP header.
port
system
94
define filters ip dscp port incoming order

Use define filters ip dscp port incoming order to define the order
of packets in the filter table, to resolve any conflicts. When you are configuring
several filters, it is possible that they may conflict with one another. The incoming
packets on the specified port are checked against the configured criteria in the
filter table.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
The IfIndex of the port to

which you are applying
filtering.
<DSCPMap>
:INTEGER (0 .. 63)
or
Hex (0x00 - 0x3F)

filtered.
<DSCPMask>
:INTEGER (0 .. 63)
or
Hex (0x00 - 0x3F)
Selects the DSCP bits that

are used for filtering. If the
DSCPMask and DSCPMap
match those in the IP packet
(together with other patterns
in the filter entry), the IP
packet is filtered.
<Order>
:INTEGER (1..255)

define filters ip dscp port incoming priority

Use define filters ip dscp port incoming priority to configure
incoming traffic only (although filters can be applied both ways). It specifies the
priority with which a packet will be forwarded if it is matched to the specified port
filter.
214371-C Rev. 00
95
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
The IfIndex of the port to which you are

applying filtering.
<DSCPMap>
:INTEGER (0 .. 63)
or
Hex (0x00 - 0x3F)
Indicates the DSCP byte value associated

with the filter entry. If the DSCP byte value
in the IP packet matches this value
(together with other patterns in the filter
entry), the IP packet is filtered.
<DSCPMask>
:INTEGER (0 .. 63)
or
Hex (0x00 - 0x3F)
Selects the DSCP bits that are used for

filtering. If the DSCPMask and DSCPMap
match those in the IP packet (together with
other patterns in the filter entry), the IP
packet is filtered.
<Priority>
:low | medium | high Indicates the priority with which the packed
is forwarded, if there is a match.
define filters ip dscp port outgoing order

Use define filters ip dscp port outgoing order to define the order
of the packets in the filter table, to resolve any conflicts. When you are
configuring several filters, it is possible that they may conflict with one another.
The outgoing packets on the specified port are checked against the configured
criteria in the filter table.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
The IfIndex of the port to

which you are applying
filtering.
<DSCPMap>
:INTEGER (0 .. 63)
or
Hex (0x00 - 0x3F)

filtered.
96

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<DSCPMask>
:INTEGER (0 .. 63)
or
Hex (0x00 - 0x3F)

packet is filtered.
<Order>
:INTEGER (1..255)

with larger numbers. The
maximum and default value
is 255.
define filters ip dscp port outgoing priority

Use define filters ip dscp port outgoing priority to configure
outgoing traffic only (although filters can be applied both ways). It specifies the
priority with which a packet will be forwarded if it is matched to the specified port
filter and if it is to be forwarded.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
The IfIndex of the port to which you are

applying filtering.
<DSCPMap>
:INTEGER (0 .. 63)
or
Hex (0x00 - 0x3F)

<DSCPMask>
:INTEGER (0 .. 63)
or
Hex (0x00 - 0x3F)

packet is filtered.
<Priority>
214371-C Rev. 00
97
define filters ip dscp system order

Use define filters ip dscp system order to define the order of packets
in the filter table, to resolve any conflicts. When you are configuring several
filters, it is possible that they may conflict with one another. The incoming packets
are checked against the configured criteria in the filter table.
Object
Parameter
Description
<DSCPMap>
:INTEGER (0 .. 63)
or
Hex (0x00 - 0x3F)

filtered.
<DSCPMask>
:INTEGER (0 .. 63)
or
Hex (0x00 - 0x3F)

packet is filtered.
<Order>
:INTEGER (1..255)

define filters ip dscp system priority

Use define filters ip dscp system priority to configure outgoing
traffic only (although filters can be applied both ways). It specifies the priority
with which a packet will be forwarded if it is matched to the specified system filter
and if it is to be forwarded.
98
Object
Parameter
Description
<DSCPMap>
:INTEGER (0 .. 63)
or
Hex (0x00 - 0x3F)

<DSCPMask>
:INTEGER (0 .. 63)
or
Hex (0x00 - 0x3F)

packet is filtered.
<Priority>
define filters ipx
netFilter
ripFilter
sapFilter
system
Use define filters ipx to change filtering parameters in your Novell

network. Netware servers and IPX routers on Netware networks use Service
Advertising Protocol (SAP) and Routing Information Protocol (RIP) to broadcast
messages over the network every 60 seconds. IPX Filtering can be used to block
these messages where they are not needed to minimize traffic.
define filters ipx netfilter
214371-C Rev. 00
address
filterPort
99
define filters ipx netfilter address
Note: The object <Instance> can only be set to 1 when you are
configuring IPX filters. The Passport 4460 unit has an internal net ID,
similar to an IPX server. While the net ID in an IPX server is specific and
unique, the net ID of the Passport 4460 unit is set to 0 for simplicity,
and the instance ID is set to 1 since only one instance of IPX is
supported on the entire Passport network.
Object
Parameter
Description
<Instance>
:INTEGER (1 only)

be set to 1.
<NetworkNumber>
This is the portion of the IPX

address that represents the
IPX network number.
<Address>
:source | destination| both
Choose source if you want

to filter packets according to
their source IPX address.
Choose destination if you
want to filteraccording to the
packets destination IPX
address. Choose both to
filter by both addresses.
define filters ipx netfilter filterPort
Object
Parameter
Description
<Instance>
:INTEGER (1 only)

be set to 1.
100

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<NetworkNumber>

IPX network number.
<FilterPort>
:wan | ethernet| both

configuring filtering on the
WAN port. Choose ethernet
if you are configuring filtering
on the ethernet port. Choose
both if you are configuring
filtering on both ends of the
connection.
define filters ipx ripfilter filterPort
Object
Parameter
Description
<Instance>
:INTEGER (1 only)

be set to 1.
<NetworkNumber>

IPX network number.
<FilterPort>

applying filtering on the
if you are applying filtering
both if you are applying
connection.
214371-C Rev. 00
101
define filters ipx sapfilter filterPort
Object
Parameter
Description
<Instance>
:INTEGER (1 only)

be set to 1.
<SapType>
:SapType (0x01 - 0xFFFE)
SapType identifies the type

of SAP packet. Examples of
possible types are :
unknown, identified by
reserved (up to 8000), and
wildcard (0xFFFF). The filter
is based upon what the SAP
type is.
<FilterPort>

applying filtering on the
if you are applying filtering
both if you are applying
connection.
define filters ipx system
netfilter
ripFilter
sapFilter
102
define filters ipx system netFilter
Object
Parameter
Description
<NetFilter>
:inclusive | exclusive
Choose inclusive if you

want the filter to block
packets that match the
criteria of the filter settings.
Choose exclusive if you
want the filter to pass any
matching packets on and
block all other packets that
do not match the criteria.
define filters ipx system ripfilter
Object
Parameter
Description
<RipFilter>

define filters ipx system sapfilter
Object
Parameter
Description
<SapFilter>

214371-C Rev. 00
103
define fr
line
port
switch
system
tunnel
Use define fr to establish new values for frame relay parameters and objects.
define fr line
network
user
Frame relay line parameters include LMI protocol parameters, PVC signaling
parameters, and data rate and congestion control parameters for each logical
frame relay connection. These parameters are divided into two groups: line
network parameters and line user parameters.
define fr line network
proprietaryService
pvcSignalling
rfc1604Service
For most applications, the optional frame relay line parameters can be left at their
default settings. For each configurable line parameter, enter the IfIndex of the
frame relay service for the port you are configuring; then enter the value or setting
for the parameters.
104
define fr line network proprietaryService
consecutiveFrames
delta
flowControl
maxRxFrameSize
maxTxFrameSize
rateEnforcement
rxBe
rxThroughput
txBe
txThroughput
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (0..255)
Indicates the frame relay

IfIndex. This is assigned by
the Passport 4460 unit when
the hardware is installed
AND the physical port of the
Passport 4460 unit is
configured with a protocol
support type of frame relay
DTE or frame relay DCE.
<ConsecutiveFrames>
:INTEGER (1..100)
Indicates the number of

consecutive frames received
with the BECN bit set before
reducing the Committed
Information Rate (CIR). This
is done to enforce flow
control in FRDCE services.
<delta>
:INTEGER (1..255) secs
Serves as a threshold timer

by monitoring the number of
frames received in FDRCE
services with the FECN bit
cleared or set over a certain
period of time before acting
on them by reducing the
CIR. Decrease the transmit
rate by this time interval.
This object is valid only if
flow control is enabled.
214371-C Rev. 00
105
Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<flowControl>
:enabled | disabled
Enables FECN/BECN flow

control for FRDCE services.
FECNs should reduce the
CIR value on the FRDCE
PVC connection. When
enabled, allows packets
exceeding the current
allowable rate to be dropped
if congestion has been
detected on the network.
<maxRxFrameSize>
:INTEGER (1..4096)
Indicates a default value for

the maximum receive frame
size to negotiate with the
remote.
<maxTxFrameSize>
:INTEGER (1..4096)
Indicates a default value for

the maximum transmit frame
size to negotiate with the
remote.
<rateEnforcement>
:enabled | disabled
Rate enforcement for frame

relay congestion
management. Determines
whether incoming CIR is
enforced for the FRDCE
port.
<rxBe>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec
Defines a default queue size

which will hold packets that
exceed the CIR; the
maximum burst in bits per
second (bps) that will be
received on this IfIndex. The
default is 0, which indicates
that the network default
value is used. Consult your
frame relay service provider
for this value.
<rxThroughput>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec
Defines a default CIR in bps

for all of the FDRCE PVCs;
used for negotiation of
receive data during call
setup. If this value is left at 0,
the default value for the
network is used for this
ifIndex.
106

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<txBe>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec
The maximum burst in bps

transmitted on this ifIndex. If
this value is left at 0, the
default value of the network
is used for this IfIndex.
Consult your frame relay
service provider for this
value.
<txThroughput>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec
The CIR in bps used for

negotiation of transmit data
during call setup. If this
value is left at 0, the default
value for the network is used
for this IfIndex. This value
can be modified for
individual PVCs: See define
fr switch on page 128.
(Note: should be left at
default since the transmitted
traffic has already been
shaped at the egress of the
remote Passport 4460 unit.)
define fr line network pvcSignalling
214371-C Rev. 00
netN392
netT392
107
define fr line network pvcSignalling netN392
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

<NetN392>
:INTEGER (1..10)
Determines the user-side

N392 error threshold value
for this IfIndex.
define fr line network pvcSignalling netT392
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

<NetT392>
:INTEGER (5..30)
Indicates the time interval in

seconds for the T392 polling
verification timer.
define fr line network rfc1604Service VCSignalProtocol

The value of this object identifies the local in-channel signaling protocol for this
frame relay logical port. IfIndex indicates the port associated with this frame relay
line.
108
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

<VCSignalProtocol>
:none | lmi | ccittQ933A |

ansiT1617D-1994
Select the protocol that

matches the LMI protocol on
the attached FRAD. The
default for the Passport 4460
unit is ansiT1617D-1994.
define fr line user
baseDLCMI
basePVCLMI
baseSVCLMI
dlcmiPVC
mpanlLMI
pvcLMI
define fr line user baseDLCMI

Caution: Do not configure these parameters. This command is only used
on the 2.0 platform. Instead, use define tm on page 191 for configuring
traffic management parameters.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
Do not configure.
<infoRateAdjInterval>
Do not configure.
214371-C Rev. 00

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<infoRateAdjTriggNum>
:INTEGER (1..100)
Do not configure.
<negModeDCDef>
:noCompression |
frf9Standard |
nortelProprietary
Do not configure.
<rateEnforcement>
:enabled | disabled
Do not configure.
<retryCountDCDef>
:INTEGER (3..255)
Do not configure.
<retryTimeDCDef>
:INTEGER (1..255)
Do not configure.
<rxBc>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec
Do not configure.
<rxBe>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec
Do not configure.
<rxMaxFrameSize>
:INTEGER (1..4096)
Do not configure.
<rxThroughput>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec
Do not configure.
<txBc>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec
Do not configure.
<txBe>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec
Do not configure.
<txMaxFrameSize>
:INTEGER (1..4096)
Do not configure.
<txThroughput>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec
Do not configure.
109
110
define fr line user basePVCLMI bidirectional
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

<bidirectional>
:true | false
Indicates whether the PVC

LMI will send both status
inquiries and status reports.
Default is false.
define fr line user basePVCLMI lmiMode
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

<lmiMode>
:unidte | unidce
Indicates whether the local

pvc lmi is operating in DTE
or DCE mode.
define fr line user baseSVCLMI

You must enter the <IfIndex> : INTEGER (1..255) in order to configure any of the
objects in the table.
214371-C Rev. 00
111
Object
Parameter
Description
<maxDLCI>
:INTEGER (17..991)
The highest number of

DLCIs that may be
configured for an SVC on
the Passport 4460 unit.
<maxNumberOfCalls>
:INTEGER (1..255)
The maximum number of

SVC connections allowed on
the Passport 4460 unit.
<maxRxFrameSize>
:INTEGER (0..8192)
The maximum frame size in

bytes that will be accepted
on the primary frame relay
link between the Passport
4460 unit and the network.
The default value of 0,
indicates that the maximum
frame size is determined by
the MPANL configuration
(add msm dtelink
command).
<maxRxThroughput>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec
Unless overwritten at
connect time, this data rate
in bits per second (bps) is
used along with
minRxThroughput to
negotiate with the remote
end during call setup. If this
value is left at 0, the network
will determine the data rate.
<maxTxFrameSize>
:INTEGER (0..8192)

bytes that will be transmitted
on the primary frame relay
link between the Passport
4460 unit and the network. A
value of 0 indicates the
maximum frame size is
determined by the MPANL
configuration (add msm
dtelink command).
112

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<maxTxThroughput>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec
used along with
minTxThroughput to
<minDLCI>
:INTEGER (17..991)
The smallest DLCI number

allowed for an SVC on the
Passport 4460 unit.
<minRxThroughput>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec
used along with
maxRxThroughput to
<minTxThroughput>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec
used along with
maxTxThroughput to
<rxBurstSize>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec
The burst size (Bc) in bytes

that the network is
committed to receive. If this
default will determine the
receive burst size.
<rxExcessBurstSize>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec
The uncommitted receive

burst size (Be) in bytes. The
range is from 0 to 2560000
bps. If left at 0, the network
receive burst size.
214371-C Rev. 00
113
Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<t303>
Determines how long the

SVC LMI waits for a
response from the network
before transmitting the setup
message.
<t305>
:INTEGER (1..255) secs.
Determines how long the

SVC LMI waits for a
response from the network
before transmitting a release
message.
<t308>
:INTEGER (1..255)
secs
The length of time in

seconds that the SVC LMI
will wait for a response from
the network before
retransmitting the release
message. When the second
release is transmitted, the
local SVC LMI considers the
corresponding SVC to have
been released by the
network even if no response
has been received.
<t310>
:INTEGER (1..255)
secs
The burst size (Bc) in bytes

that the network is
committed to transmit. The
transmit burst size.
<txBurstSize>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec
The length of time in

seconds that the SVC LMI
will wait for a Connect
message from the network,
after receiving the Call
Proceeding message, before
sending a Release
message.
<txExcessBurstSize>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec
The uncommitted transmit

burst size (Be) in bytes. The
transmit burst size.
114
define fr line user dlcmiPVC lmitype
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
The ifIndex of the physical

interface for the
corresponding PVC LMI
parameters you are
updating.
<LMIType>
:noLMIConfigured | itut933A Choose noLMIConfigured

| ansiT1617D1994
if no PVCs are configured.
Choose itut933A where the
network PVC LMI conforms
to the standard defined by
ITU-T Q933 Annex A.
Choose ansiT1617D1994
where the network PVC LMI
conforms to the standard
defined in ANSI T1.617,
Annex D.
define fr line user mpanlLMI
netlink
service
define fr line user mpanlLMI netlink
dlciAssignMethod
numUnsRstrtAtmpts
rstrtAckT317Timer
rstrtT316Timer
You must enter the <IfIndex> :INTEGER (1..255) in order to configure any of the
objects in the table.
214371-C Rev. 00
115
Object
Parameter
Description
<dlciAssignMethod>
:increment | decrement
The DLCI assignment

method used for the dce
option only.
<numUnsRstrtAtmpts>
:INTEGER (1..5)
The number of unsuccessful

restart attempts.
<rstrtAckT317Timer>
:INTEGER (0..16)
Timeframe within which the

Q.933 Ack message is
restarted. This value is given
in seconds.
<rstrtT316Timer>
:INTEGER (0..16)
Timeframe within which the

Q.933 message is restarted.
This value is given in
seconds.
define fr line user mpanlLMI service
cugAccess
cugFacility
cugIC
cugICType
dnaSuffix
You must enter the ServicefIndex in order to configure any of the objects in the
table.
Object
Parameter
Description
<ServiceIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)
The ifIndex of the MPANL LMI interface.
116
Object
Parameter
Description
<cugAccess>
:noRight | outgoingAccess |
incomingAccess |
outAndInAccess
Determines the subscribed

Closed User Group access
rights.
<cugFacility>
:noCUG | simpleCUG |
CUGSelection

indicates the CUG facility
type.
<cugIC>
:String (1. .5)

indicates the CUG Interlock
Codes (in T.50) that belong
to the particular access
device service. This value is
determined at subscription
time and is provided by the
CUG provider.
<cugICType>
:national | international
Determines the CUG

interlock code type. Select
this option based on your
location requirements.
<dnaSuffix>
:String (0. .3)
A user-specified quoted
string of up to 3 digits that
identifies the MPANL
service.
define fr line user pvcLMI
n391
n392
t391
Used when the logical port is not performing user-side procedures. You must enter
the <IfIndex> :INTEGER (1..255) in order to configure any of the objects in the
table.
214371-C Rev. 00
117
Object
Parameter
Description
<n391>
:INTEGER (1..255)
The number of status

enquiry intervals that pass
before a full status enquiry
message is sent. (Every nth
status enquiry will be a full
status enquiry.)
<n392>
:INTEGER (1..10)

unanswered status enquiries
that will be accepted before
the LMI is declared down.
<t391>
:INTEGER (5..30)
Identifies the user-side T391

full polling cycle value for the
UNI/NNI logical port. If the
logical port is not performing
user-side procedures, then
this value is equal to
noSuchName.
define fr port
pvc
spvcLANData
svcLANData
virtualPort
define fr port pvc
negModeDC
retryTimeDC
retryCountDC
118
define fr port pvc negModeDC
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

IfIndex which is only
assigned when the
hardware is installed AND
the physical port of the
<NetlinkIfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
Netlink (Tunnel PVC) ifIndex

associated with the specified
virtual port.
<DCNegMode>
:noCompression |
frf9Standard |
nortelProprietary |
useLineConfig
Defines the negotiation

mode supported.
define fr port pvc retryTimeDC
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

assigned when the
<NetlinkIfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

virtual port.
<DCRetryTime>
:INTEGER (1..255)
Timeout value for DC

negotiation.
214371-C Rev. 00
119
define fr port pvc retryCountDC
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

assigned when the
<NetlinkIfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

virtual port.
<DCRetryCount>
:INTEGER (3..255)
Retry counter for data

compression negotiation.
define fr port spvcLANData
spvc
svc
Use define fr port spvcLANData to define the default Switched Permanent

Virtual Circuit (SPVC) parameters for the specified interface.
Note: SPVC refers to a connection between a Passport 4460 unit and a

Passport 7400/6400 unit. SPVCs eliminate the need to configure each
node along the connection. The end point is configured, but the
connection route is selected automatically.
define fr port spvcLANData spvc
connectType
localNetDLCI
svcDNA
120
define fr port spvcLANData spvc connectType
Object
Parameter
Description
:INTEGER (1..255)

local virtual port.
<RemoteNetDLCI>
:INTEGER (16..991)

of the remote DCE interface.
<ConnectType>
:slave | master
Choose master to indicate

which end of the spvc
connection initiates the call.
Choose slave to indicate the
end of the spvc connection
that receives the call. Note:
The Passport 4460 unit
should be set as the master
and the Passport 7400/6400
unit should be set as slave
for faster recovery of
service.
define fr port spvcLANData spvc localNetDLCI
Object
Parameter
Description
:INTEGER (1..255)

local virtual port.
<RemoteNetDLCI>
:INTEGER (16..991)

<LocalNetDLCI>
:INTEGER (16..991)
The DLCI value on the local

DCE interface.
define fr port spvcLanData spvc svcDNA
Object
Parameter
Description
:INTEGER (1..255)

local virtual port.
214371-C Rev. 00
121
Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<RemoteNetDLCI>
:INTEGER (16..991)

<SVCDNA>

The DNA for the destination

of the virtual circuit; the
remote DNA of the SVC.
define fr port spvcLANData svc
discardPriority
holdingPriority
maxRxSize
maxRxThroughput
maxTxSize
maxTxThroughput
minRxThroughput
minTxThroughput
rxBurstSize
rxExcessBurstSize
setupPriority
txBurstSize
txExcessBurstSize
txPriority
Object
Parameter
Description
<ConnectId>
: INTEGER (1..65535)
The connect ID of this SPVC

mapping; used to associate
SVCs and connect
mappings.
<DiscardPriority>
:low-trafficPriority |
medium-trafficPriority |
high-trafficPriority
Indicates the likelihood of

frames on this SVC being
discarded during periods of
heavy congestion. The
options are low, medium,
and high-discard-level. A
value of Low indicates that
the frames have a low
priority and therefore have a
high likelihood of being
discarded.
122

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<HoldingPriority>
:INTEGER (1..5)
Indicates the priority that a

path maintains once the
path is established. It also
determines the likelihood of
being bumped by a new
path, thus losing the
bandwidth. A value of 1 is
the highest priority, and 5 is
the lowest.
<MaxRxSize>
:INTEGER (0..8192)

bytes that will be received
into the frame relay network
from this SVC. The range is
from 0 to 8192 frames. If this
value is left at 0 (the default),
the value configured for the
line is used for this SVC.
<MaxRxThroughput>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec
Maximum receive
throughput in bits per
seconds. Used to negotiate
with the remote when used
with the minimum receive
throughput unless
overwritten at connect time.
A value of 0 indicates the
network default values are to
be used.
<MaxTxSize>
:INTEGER (0..8192)

out of the frame relay
network by this SVC. The
frames. If this value is left at
0 (the default), the value
configured for the line is
used for this SVC.
<MaxTxThroughput>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec
Maximum transmit
seconds; used to negotiate
with the minimum transmit
throughput unless
be used.
214371-C Rev. 00
123
Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<MinRxThroughput>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec
The CIR in bits per second

(bps) used for negotiation of
setup. The range is from 0 to
2560000 bps. If this value is
left at 0 (the default), the
value configured for the line
is used for this SVC.
<MinTxThroughput>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec

during call setup. The range
is from 0 to 2560000 bps. If
this value is left at 0 (the
default), the value
used for this SVC.
<RxBurstSize>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec
Indicates the negotiated

receive committed burst size
in bytes to be received on
this interface; used to
unless overwritten at
connect time. A value of 0
indicates the network default
values are to be used.
<RxExcessBurstSize>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec
The excess burst size (Be)

in bits per second in the
ingress direction into the
frame relay network. If this
<SetupPriority>
:INTEGER (1..5)
Indicates the priority of a

path at call-establishment
time, and also determines
the potential for bumping
established paths to acquire
their bandwidth. A value of
1 is the highest priority, and
5 is the lowest.
<TxBurstSize>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec
Transmit burst size in bytes;

used to negotiate with the
remote unless overwritten at
values are to be used.
124

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<TxExcessBurstSize>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec
Indicates the negotiated Tx

excess burst size to be sent
on this interface.
<TxPriority>
:INTEGER (0..15)
The relative priority of the

traffic on this SVC. The
range is from 0 to 15, with
higher numbers indicating
higher priority. Voice traffic
generally has a higher
transport priority than data
because it has a lower
tolerance for delay.
define fr port svcLANData
discardPriority
holdingPriority
maxRxSize
maxRxThroughput
maxTxSize
maxTxThroughput
minRxThroughput
minTxThroughput
negModeDC
retryCountDC
retryTimeDC
rxBurstSize
rxExcessBurstSize
setupPriority
txBurstSize
txExcessBurstSize
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)
The ifIndex of the MPANL

LMI interface.
<DNA>
: Frame Relay DNA (as a

quoted string)(1..34)
The DNA of the remote node

with which the SVC will be
established.
214371-C Rev. 00
125
Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<TxPriority>
: INTEGER (0..15)

higher numbers in the range
(0..15) indicate higher
priority. Voice traffic
traffic due to a lower delay
tolerance.
<DiscardPriority>
:low-trafficPriority |
medium-trafficPriority |
high-trafficPriority

discarded.
<HoldingPriority>
:INTEGER (1..5)
Indicates the priority that a

path is established. It also
determines the likelihood of
being bumped by a new
path, thus losing the
bandwidth. A value of 1 is
the highest priority, and 5 is
the lowest.
<MaxRxSize>
:INTEGER (0..8192)

from 0 to 8192 frames. If this
<MaxRxThroughput>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec
Maximum receive
seconds. Used to negotiate
with the minimum receive
throughput unless
be used. The range is 0 to
2560000 bps.
126

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<MaxTxSize>
:INTEGER (0..8192)

frames. If this value is left at
0 (the default), the value
used for this SVC.
<MaxTxThroughput>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec
Maximum transmit
seconds; used to negotiate
with the minimum transmit
throughput unless
be used. The range is 0 to
2560000 bps.
<MinRxThroughput>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec

<MinTxThroughput>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec

transmit data during call
<DCNegMode>
: noCompression |
frf9Standard |
nortelProprietary |
useLineConfig
Defines the negotiation

mode supported.
<DCRetryCount>
: INTEGER (3..255)
Retry counter for data

compression negotiation.
<DCRetryTime>
: INTEGER (1..255
Defines the timeout value for

DC negotiation.
214371-C Rev. 00
127
Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<RxBurstSize>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec
Receive burst size in bytes;

values are to be used. The
bps.
<RxExcessBurstSize>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec

ingress direction into the
frame relay network. The
bps. If this value is left at 0
(the default), the value
used for this SVC.
<SetupPriority>
:INTEGER (1..5)
Indicates the priority of a

path at call-establishment
time, and also determines
the potential for bumping
1 is the highest priority, and
5 is the lowest.
<TxBurstSize>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec
Transmit burst size in bytes;

values are to be used. The
bps.
<TxExcessBurstSize>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec

egress direction out of the
bps. If this value is left at 0
(the default), the value
used for this SVC.
128
define fr port virtualPort mode

The procedures used to provision IP routing assume the existence of a core router
with inter-LAN switching (ILS) services. If your Passport network does not use an
ILS core router, select the easyrouting option. This option is set to basic (no
easyrouting) by default.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

assigned when the
<Mode>
:basic | easyrouting
Mode of the virtual port;

Easy Routing requires that
data will be switched
between the Virtual Circuits
on the this virutal port.
Basic mode turns off the
switching mode.
define fr switch
214371-C Rev. 00
map
pvc
svc
129
define fr switch map
connectType
remoteNetDLCI
svcDNA
switchType
Use define fr switch map to define the entry used to associate a PVC DLCI
with a virtual port.
Note: CLI command add fr switch map creates a switch map using
one command.
define fr switch map connectType

Use define fr switch map connectType to define whether this end of the
SPVC segment is designated as master or slave.
Object
Parameter
Description
<LocalNetIfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

service IFindex on the port
being provisioned.
<LocalNetDLCI>
:INTEGER (16..991)

of the local network.
<ConnectType>
:slave | master
Choose master for the

Passport 4460 unit that will
establish the connection.
Choose slave for the other
Passport 4460 unit.
130
define fr switch map remoteNetDLCI

Use define fr switch map remoteNetDLCI to define the user-to-user
signaling of the SVC call setup to the remote Passport 4460 unit.
Object
Parameter
Description
<LocalNetIfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

being provisioned.
<LocalNetDLCI>
:INTEGER (16..991)

<RemoteNetDLCI>
:INTEGER (16..991)

for the remote network. (the
remote DCE interface).
define fr switch map svcDNA
Object
Parameter
Description
<LocalNetIfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

being provisioned.
<LocalNetDLCI>
:INTEGER (16..991)

<SVCDNA>

The DNA for the destination

of the virtual circuit.
214371-C Rev. 00
131
define fr switch map switchType

Use define fr switch map switchType to define the type of SPVC
connection. Both ends of the frame relay circuit must be defined with the same
value.
Object
Parameter
Description
<LocalNetIfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

being provisioned.
<LocalNetDLCI>
:INTEGER (16..991)

<SwitchType>
:frdce | htds | cbr

indicates the type of SPVC
connection.
define fr switch pvc
maxRxFrameSize
rxCIR
maxTxFrameSize
txBe
rxBe
txCIR
Use define fr switch pvc to define PVCs and their mappings.
132
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)
Indicates the ifIndex value of the

MPANL DTE/DCE interface
corresponding to the tunneling
PVC in which the SVC is
established.
<DLCI>
: INTEGER (16..991)
The local DLCI for this SVC; valid

only when the SVC is
established.
<MaxRxFrameSize>
:INTEGER (0..4096)
The maximum frame size in bytes

that will be accepted on this
DLCI.
<MaxTxFrameSize>
:INTEGER (0..4096)
The maximum frame size in bytes

that will be transmitted on this
DLCI.
<RxBe>
:INTEGER (0..2560000)
bit/sec
The committed excess size in bits

for the PVC end-point data
received from a frame relay
network.
<RxCIR>
:INTEGER (0..2560000)
bit/sec
The data rate in b/s that the

network agrees to deliver on this
DLCI.
<TxBe>
:INTEGER (0..2560000)
bit/sec
The committed excess size in bits

for the PVC end-point data sent
into a frame relay network.
<TxCIR>
:INTEGER (0..2560000)
bit/sec
The estimated data rate in b/s

that the device on this DLCI
delivers to the network; the
committed bandwidth to be
allocated.
Note: txBe and rxBe are ignored by the system. In effect, the Passport
4460 unit does not burst above CIR with TM enabled.
214371-C Rev. 00
133
define fr switch svc
discardPriority
dna
holdingPriority
maxRxBurstSize
maxRxSize
maxTxBurstSize
maxTxSize
rxExcessBurstSize
maxrxThroughput
setupPriority
txExcessBurstSize
txPriority
maxtxThroughput
Use define fr switch svc to define the switching parameters for frame
relay SVCs. You must supply a unique ConnectID for the frame relay SVC you
are configuring. The system assigns these when the switch maps are configured
and stores them in a table. To obtain the ConnectID, issue a show frame
switch map configured table command.
Object
Parameter
Description
<ConnectId>
: INTEGER (1..65535)
The Connect ID of the

connection group entry to
which this SVC belongs.
<DiscardPriority>
:low-traffic priority |
medium-trafficpriority |
high-trafficpriority

discarded.
<DNA>

The full SVCDNA number of

the destination Passport
4460 unit for this SVC. Enter
as a quoted string, range is
from 3 to 30 characters.
134

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<HoldingPriority>
:INTEGER (1..5)
This indicates the priority a

path has been established,
and also determines the
likelihood of being bumped
by a new path, thus losing
the bandwidth. A value of 1
signifies the highest priority,
and 5 signifies the lowest.
<MaxRxBurstSize>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec
The committed burst size

(Bc) in bits per second (bps)
in the ingress direction into
the frame relay network. The
range is from 0 to 2560000.
If this value is left at 0, the
<MaxRxSize>
:INTEGER (0..4096)

0 to 4096) If this value is left
at 0, the value configured for
the line is used for this SVC.
<MaxTxBurstSize>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec
The committed Bc in bps in

the egress direction out of
the frame relay network. The
<MaxTxSize>
:INTEGER (0..4096)

range is 0 to 4096. If this
value is left at 0, the value
used for this SVC.
<RxExcessBurstSize>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec

egress direction out of the
214371-C Rev. 00
135
Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<rMaxRxThroughput>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec

negotiation of receive data
is from 0 to 2560000. If this
used for this SVC.
<SetupPriority>
:INTEGER (1..5)
This indicates the priority of

a path at call establishment
time. It also determines the
potential for bumping
1 signifies the highest
priority, and 5 signifies the
lowest.
<TxExcessBurstSize>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec

in bps in the ingress
direction into the frame relay
network. If this value is left at
0, the value configured for
the line is used for this SVC.
<TxPriority>
:INTEGER (0..15)

range is from 0 to 5, with
higher numbers indicating
higher priority. Voice traffic
because it has a lower
tolerance for delay.
<tMaxTxThroughput>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec

is from 0 to 2560000. If this
used for this SVC.
136
define fr system
coreTrap
msmTrap
dcSwitch
numberingPlan
panlLmiTrap
plmTrap
maxDLCIPerLine
voiceOverbooking
maxNumberOfDLCI
voicePriority
maxVirtualPort
Use define fr system to define optional frame relay system parameters.
Note: The Passport 4460 unit supports standard FRF9 compression

techniques. Any deviation of the protocol in other manufacturers
equipment will not be compatible with the Passport 4460 unit.
Object
Parameter
Description
<CoreTrap>
:enabled | disabled
This object indicates whether

the generation of trap
messages are enabled/
disabled for the frame relay
core module.
<DCSwitch>
:disabled | enabled
This object enables the data

compression feature.
Note: You cannot enable data
compression unless you have
the correct hardware SIMM.
For detailed configuration
information on software
compression, refer to
Configuring and Operating the
Passport 4400 (document
number 206916-D), LAN
Services, CLI Procedure to
Enable Data Compression.
214371-C Rev. 00
137
Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<PanlLmiTrap>
:enabled | disabled

PANL LMI module. Default is
disabled.
<MaxDLCIPerLine>
:INTEGER (1..255)

DLCIs that are permitted on a
single Frame Relay DCE port.
If you are only using Port 1 on
the Base Module for frame
relay pass-through, you can
leave this parameter at the
default setting of 255. If you
have two Data Expansion
Modules installed and you are
using the maximum allowable
17 Frame Relay DCE ports,
you may want to set this
parameter to15 to ensure you
do not exceed the maximum
total of 255 for the device.
<MaxNumberOfDLCI>
:INTEGER (1..255)
The maximum total number of

DLCIs supported by the
Passport 4460 unit.
<MaxVirtualPort>
:INTEGER (1..32)

virtual ports supported by the
Passport 4460 unit.
<MsmTrap>
:enabled | disabled

MSM module.
<NumberingPlan>
:e164 | x121
The DNA numbering plan used

by the Passport 4460 unit.
<PlmTrap>
:enabled | disabled

Plm module.
138

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<VoiceOverbooking>
:allowed | notAllowed
Choose allowed to allow

overbooking of voice traffic.
This means calls will go out
regardless of bandwidth
available. Choose notAllowed
(the default) to disallow
overbooking of voice traffic.
This means calls will not go out
if the WAN link bandwidth is
full.
<VoicePriority>
:enabled | disabled
Choose enabled (the default)

to specify that VoIP packets
have priority over data packets,
when transported over
RFC 1490 PVCs. This allows
voice and data traffic to use the
same Frame Relay PVC link
without the data traffic affecting
voice quality. Choose disabled
to turn off this feature. When
disabled, packets transported
over RFC 1490 PVCs are not
prioritized.
Note: When Voice Priority is
enabled, it is recommended
that you set the maximum
frame size of the PVC to 300
bytes. This is recommended
because fragmentation is not
supported on RFC 1490 links.
define fr tunnel
consecFrames
rxBc
maxRxCIR
rxMaxFrameSize
maxTxCIR
txBc
minTxCIR
txMaxFrameSize
214371-C Rev. 00
Object
Parameter
Description
<TunnelIfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)
The ifIndex of the tunnel

PVC itself. Use a show
139
system IfIndex
configured to see
which ifindexes are not in
use. To avoid conflicts with
additional modules and
services that you may add to
your Passport 4460 unit in
the future, it is
recommended that you
select an ifindex between
100 and 149 from those that
are available.
<ConsecFrames>
:INTEGER (1..100)
The number of consecutive

frames received with the
BECN bit set before
reducing the transmit rate.
<MaxRxCIR>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec
The receive CIR in bps for

this PVC tunnel data sent
into this unit.
<MaxTxCIR>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec
The transmission CIR in bps

for this PVC tunnel data sent
out of this unit.
<MinTxCir>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec
The minimum transmission

throughput. This should be
equal to (or greater than) the
Rx CIR for the
corresponding PVC.
<RxBc>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec
The receive committed burst

size expressed in bps.
<RxMaxFrameSize>
:INTEGER (1..8192)
The maximum receive FR

packet size expressed in
bytes.
<TxBc>
:INTEGER (0..2560000) bit/

sec
The transmission committed

burst size (Bc) in bits for this
PVC tunnel data sent out of
this unit.
<TxMaxFrameSize>
:INTEGER (1..8192)
The maximum transmission

frame size in octets for this
PVC tunnel data sent out of
this unit.
140
define gcm
backupLink
global
link
timer
unit
The global circuit manager administers all logical links between Passport 4460
unit and the Passport WAN. The GCM is provisioned as to which link type (ISDN
or frame relay) and which physical port will provide the primary and backup links.
The GCM does not contain any protocol information or signaling information.
define gcm backupLink

Use define gcm backuplink to establish new values for the GCM backup
links.
define gcm backupLink linkIndex
Object
Parameter
Description
<Index>
:INTEGER (1..255)

are configuring.
<LinkIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
A value that uniquely

identifies an entry in the gcm
link table. Use the show
gcm backupLink
table command to
determine link index when
you are provisioning an
existing link.
214371-C Rev. 00
141
define gcm backupLink unitIndex
Object
Parameter
Description
<Index>
:INTEGER (1..255)

are configuring.
<UnitIndex>
:INTEGER (1..3)

Unit index is 1 for serial
WAN or 2 for ISDN.
define gcm global

Use define gcm global to establish new values for gcm global configuration
parameters.
Object
Parameter
Description
<adminStatus>
:enabled | disabled
Defines the administration

status as enabled or
disabled.
<autoActStatus>
:hardwareConfig | disabled
Defines the mode of the unit

activation after reading the
configuration file.
<trapStatus>
:enabled | disabled
Defines whether the GCM

traps will be generated.
142
define gcm link
name
signalingType
protocolType
signalingPCMIndex
protocolPCMIndex
Use define gcm link to establish new values for primary link entries in the
GCM link table. All GCM Links are defined and configured in the GCM Link
Table. Each GCM Link consists of a signaling link and a protocol link. In the case
of an ISDN dial up connection, the signaling link uses the ISDN signaling channel
(D Channel). The protocol link can be configured to Frame Relay. Each ISDN
link is configured in the Dial Control MIB, including the remote ISDN address for
a dial up line or the B Channel access parameter for a leased line. At this time, you
can only define the protocol link as Frame Relay. For a serial WAN card, the
signaling link has to be configured to the value unused and the protocol link
configured to Frame Relay. If the GCM activates an ISDN GCM link, the
associated hardware port is activated first and then the configured ISDN link.
After you establish the ISDN connection, the GCM sends an activation request to
the Frame Relay to establish the Frame Relay over the B Channel.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
The index value which

in the GCM Link Table.
<Name>
:String (1..16)
Choose a name as a text

string. You must enclose it in
quotes and parentheses.
<ProtocolType>
:reserved | frameRelay
Define the protocol type.

Choose frame relay or
choose reserved if the type
is unknown.
<ProtocolPCMIndex>
:INTEGER (1..65535)
Defines the index value that

for the PCM. In the case of
the FRCM, this entry
represents an index for the
Passport 4460 unit physical
hardware ports 2 and 3.
214371-C Rev. 00
143
Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<SignalingType>
:isdn | unusedEverUp
Choose from ISDN or

unusedAlwaysUP. The
status of the
unusedAlwaysUP indicates
the signaling channel does
not exist and the status of
the port is always up. This
means that the protocol can
be activated because no
failure exists on the signaling
side.
<SignalingPCMIndex>
:INTEGER (1..65535)

for the PCM. In the case of
the ICM, this entry
represents an index for the
dialCtlPeerCfg table.
define gcm timer
inactDurationHr
inactStartHr
inactDurationMin
inactStartMin
inactFriday
inactThursday
inactMonday
inactTuesday
inactPeriodic
inactWednesday
inactSaturday
unitIndex
inactSunday
Use define gcm timer to establish new values for the GCM timer parameters.
The GCM timer table stores all timer relevant information. Each timer entry is
associated with an entry in the GCM unit table. Issue a show gcm unit
operational table to view parameter values. The two main configurable
timer modes are periodic and inactive. You must enter an <Index> :INTEGER
(1..255) number when configuring any of the objects in the following table:
144
Object
Parameter
Description
<InactDurationHour>
:INTEGER (0..167)
Hours designation for

inactivity duration.
<InactDurationMin>
:INTEGER (0..59)
Minutes designation for

inactivity duration.
<InactFriday>
:enabled | disabled
Timer inactivity
administration for Fridays.
<InactMonday>
:enabled | disabled
Timer inactivity
administration for Mondays.
<InactPeriodIc>
:enabled | disabled
The periodic timer inactivity

administration functionality.
<InactSaturday>
:enabled | disabled
Timer inactivity
administration for Saturdays.
<InactSunday>
:enabled | disabled
Timer inactivity
administration for Sundays.
<InactStartHour>
:INTEGER (0..23)
Hours designated to start

inactivity.
<InactStartMin>
:INTEGER (0..59)
Minutes designated to start

inactivity.
<InactThursday>
:enabled | disabled
Timer inactivity
administration for
Thursdays. .
<InactTuesday>
:enabled | disabled
Timer inactivity
administration for Tuesdays.
<InactWednesday>
:enabled | disabled
Timer inactivity
administration for
Wednesdays.
<UnitIndex>
:INTEGER (1..3)
Uniquely identifies an entry

to the GCM unit table. Issue
a show gcm unit
operational table to
view unit indices.
define gcm unit
adminStatus
name
backupRemainTime
numberLinkFailure
214371-C Rev. 00
backupSwitchDelay
primarySwitchDelay
durationLinkFail
regionalLinkIndex
linkIndex
switchType
modeConfiguration
timerStatus
monitorLinkStatus
145
Use define gcm unit to establish new values for the gcm unit parameters. The
GCM unit table is the central structure of the GCM. Each table entry depicts one
unit where primary and backup links (if configured) are linked together to a unit.
Each entry is administrated separately. You must enter an <Index> :INTEGER
(1..3) number when configuring any of the objects in the following table:
Object
Parameter
Description
<AdminStatus>
:down | up
Value shows the

administration status of the
GCM unit. If the status is set
to down the administration
is disabled for this unit and
all associated links. When
the status is up, the GCM
controls and administers the
unit.
<BackupRemain>
:INTEGER (0..255) mins

minutes that the backup link
remains active after
switching from the backup to
the primary. This object is
used if the object
gcmUnitSwitchType is set to
voice-switch.
<BackupSwitchDelay>
:INTEGER (0..1440)
The number of minutes the

switching has to be delayed
before switching to the
primary link.
<LinkFailMonDurMin>
:INTEGER (1..255)
The number of minutes to

monitor the gcm link failure
monitor threshold activity.
The duration timer starts
when first link failure
occured while the
monitorLinkStatus (below)
enabled.
146

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<LinkIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

in the GCM link table as the
primary link.
<ModeConfiguration>
:branch-node | regional
-node | central-site-node
branch-node - The GCM

will initially try to activate the
primary link. In the case of a
failure, the GCM will activate
one of the the backup links.
During the time the primary
link is active, the backup port
is deactivated.
regional-node - This mode
is identical to branch-node
except the backup link is not
used.
central-site-node - When
this selection is active, the
unit will not have a PANL
DTE connection, so there is
no need to have backup
functionality. The GCM will
enable both ports. In the
case of ISDN, it is possible
to accept incoming calls.
Primary link and backup link
will have the same priority.
<LinkFailMonstatus>
:enabled | disabled
The GCM link failure monitor

status.
<Name>
:String (1..16)
The name of the GCM unit.
<LinkFailThrshold>
:INTEGER (1..255)
Number of GCM link failures.
<PrimarySwitchDelay>
:INTEGER (0..255)
The number of minutes of

delay, once the primary
network has failed, before
the backup netlink is
activated and the primary
netlink deactivated. (See
Note)
<RegionalLinkIndex>
:INTEGER (0..255)

in the GCM Link Table as the
regional link index.This GCM
link is activated only during
the down time of the backup
link.
214371-C Rev. 00
147
Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<SwitchType>
:fastSwitch | voiceSwitch |
backupManualSwitch |
manualSwitching
Type of switching algorithm.

BackupManualSwitch
manualSwitching
<TimerStatus>
:enabled | disabled
The unit timer status. When

set to enabled, the GCM
checks the configured timer
entries.
Note: Note: If you are using <primarySwitchDelay>, notify your service

provider that layer 1 activation mode of the ISDN network must be set to
always on. This prevents the ISDN network from deactivating layer 1
while the PrimarySwitchDelay timer is running.
define hpip virtualPort
wanPort
enable
mode
Use define hpip virtualPort to make changes to a hpip virtual port. These
commands are not dynamic, so if the hpip port does not exist, these commands
will fail.
Note: define hpip virtualPort is not a dynamic command so you

must reset the Passport 4460 unit for the command to take effect.
148
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
This is an index value that

identifies the virtual port.
<WanPort>
:INTEGER (1..255)
Defines the WAN port that

the hpip virtual port is
connected to.
<Enable>
:enable | disable
Choose enable to use the

hpip virtual port. Choose
disable if you are not going
to use the port. If the port is
disabled, calls cannot be
made or received.
<Mode>
:call | listen
Choose call to change the

hpip virtual port to initiate
calls. Choose listen to
change the hpip virtual port
to listen for calls.
define ip
base
bootp
invArp
console
Use define ip to establish new values for IP parameters and objects.
define ip base
214371-C Rev. 00
parameters
rip
ripCompatibility
149
define ip base parameters
bcastAddress
keepAlive
dataLinkType
mtu
forwardBcast
netMask
ipNumbered
routeProtocolType
Enter an IfIndex (:INTEGER 1..255) and an IPAddress for each object.
Object
Parameter
Description
<BcastAddress>
: IPAddress
The value of the IP address

used to send broadcasts on
this IP interface.
<DataLinkType>
: ether | fr | ppp
Choose either frame relay

or ethernet. Choose ppp if
you are adding an IP
interface over an hpip virtual
port.
<forwardBcast>
: on | off
Specify whether IP address

forwarding is on or off.
<IPNumber>
: unNumbered | numbered
Parameter not supported.
<keepAlive>
: on | off
This value determines if

keep alives are sent over
this interface.
<Mtu>
: INTEGER (64..1518)
For interfaces that are used

for transmitting datagrams,
this is the size of the largest
network datagram that can
be sent on the interface.
<NetMask>
: IPAddress

entry. The value of the mask
is an IP address with all the
network bits set to 1 and all
the host bits set to 0.
<routeProtocolType>
: rip | ospf | passiveRip |

disable
Enter rip, ospf, passiverip, or

disable for protocol type.
150
define ip base rip

Use define ip base rip to define ip base rip as on or off.
Object
Parameter
Description
<Rip>
: on | off
Indicates if RIP is turned on

or off on the access device.
When RIP is enabled, the
access device propogates
routing information to other
access devices, gateways,
and hosts.
define ip base ripCompatibility

Use define ip base ripCompatibility to define the version of the routing
internet protocol.
Object
Parameter
Description
<RipCompatibility>
: rip1 | rip1Compatible| rip2
Indicates the Routing

Internet Protocol (RIP)
version. Choose rip1 if you
want only RIP version 1
packets to be broadcast.
Choose rip1Compatible if
you want RIP version 2
packets to be broadcast;
both rip1 and rip2 packets
are understood with this
option. Choose rip2 if you
want RIP version 2 packets
to be multicast.
214371-C Rev. 00
151
define ip bootp
numberOfHops
relayBootpPkts
serverAddress
secondserverAddr
Object
Parameter
Description
<NumberOfHops>
: INTEGER (1..16)
Determines the number of

hops a Bootp packet can
make.
<RelayBootpPkts>
: on | off
Determines if the access

device will relay Bootp
packets.
<ServerAddress>
: IPAddress

which Bootp relay agent will
relay Bootp requests.
<ServerAddress2>
: IPAddress

the second server.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)
Indicates the ifindex

associated with this circuit.
<Protocol>
: ip
Indicates the ip protocol.
<Status>
: enabled | disabled
Choose enabled to allow a

station to request the IP
address corresponding to a
given physical address.
Choose disabled to disallow
the requests.
define ip invArp
152
define ip console pcIpAddress

Use define ip console pcIpAddress to define an IP Address for the
computer dialing into the Passport 4460 unit through the console port.
Object
Parameter
Description
<PcIpAddress>
:IPAddress
Indicates the IP address

given to the PC dialing into
the Passport 4460 unit
through the console port
when in bridging mode for
PPP functionality. In routing
mode, the IP address will be
0.0.0.0. In bridging mode, it
will be a valid IP address.
define ipx
circuit
system
define ipx circuit
circuitName
dataLinkType
existState
ifIndex
netNumber
Use define ipx circuit to establish an ipx circuit. You must supply a system
instance and a circuit index for each of the objects listed in the table below.
System instance uniquely identifies this instance of IPX to which this entry
corresponds and <SysInstance> :INTEGER (1 only) must be defined as 1. See
note on page 55. Circuit index <CircuitIndex> :INTEGER (1..16) uniquely
identifies this circuit within this instance of IPX.
214371-C Rev. 00
153
Object
Parameter
Description
<CircuitName>
: "String" (0..48)
Choose a circuit name as a

string with a range of 1
through 48 and enclosed in
quotes.
<DataLinkType>
: raw | snap | type2 |

type8022
Select data link type from

raw, snap, type 2 and type
8022. Choose raw when no
protocol is used. Choose
snap for Subnetwork
Access Protocol. This
protocol operates between a
network entity in the
subnetwork and a network
entity in the end system.
Type 2 and type 8022
match a protocol defined by
IEEE 802.2 (LLC)
connection-oriented
operation upgrade. Type
8022 is the original version
and Type 2 is the later
version.
<ExistState>
: off | on
Choose an exist state of on

or off. Identifies the validity
of this circuit entry. A circuit
with this value set to off is
deleted from the circuit
table.
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)
Indicates the value of the

IfIndex used by this circuit.
<NetNumber>
: NetNumber(0x01 0xFFFFFFFE)

number of this circuit.
define ipx system basic
netNumber
routerStatus
spoofing
spoofDataLinkType
systemName
wanOptimization
154
Use define ipx system basic to define an entry for each instance of IPX
running on the network. You must supply a system instance for each of the objects
listed in the table below. System instance uniquely identifies this instance of IPX
to which this entry corresponds and <SysInstance> :INTEGER (1 only) must be
defined as 1. See note on page 99.
Object
Parameter
Description
<NetNumber>
: NetNumber(0x01 0xFFFFFFFE)
Indicates the network

number portion of the IPX
address of the system.
<RouterStatus>
Define router as enabled or

disabled. Indicates whether
or not the IPX is being
routed for this instance.
<Spoofing>
Define as enabled or
disabled. Indicates whether
or not the IPX is being
spoofed for this instance.
<SpoofDataLinkType>
: raw | snap
type8022
Indicates which data link

type to spoof on.
<SystemName>
: "String" (0..48)
Define a name for this

system as a text string within
a range of 0 through 48 and
enclosed in quotes.
<WanOptimization>
Define wan optimization as

enabled or disabled
depending on whether or not
it is enabled for IPX for this
instance.
define isdn
214371-C Rev. 00
dialControl
physicalIf
| type2 |
155
define isdn dialControl
callHistory maxLength
configuration
peer
define isdn dialControl callHistory maxLength

Use define isdn dialControl callHistory maxLength to define the
upper limit on the number of entries that the callHistoryTable may contain.
Object
Parameter
Description
<MaxLength>
:INTEGER (0..127)
Indicates the upper limit on

the number of entries that
the callHistoryTable may
contain. A value of 0 will
prevent any history from
being retained. When this
table is full, the oldest entry
will be deleted and the new
one will be created.
define isdn dialControl configuration
acceptMode
trapStatus
Object
Parameter
Description
<AcceptMode>
:acceptNone | acceptAll |
acceptKnown
Security level for acceptance

of incoming calls. Select
acceptNone to accept no
calls. Select acceptAll to
accept all calls. Select
acceptKnown to accept
only calls that are properly
identified.
<TrapStatus>
:enabled | disabled
Indicates whether traps

should be generated for all
peers.
156
define isdn dialControl peer
bChannel
originateAddress
callRetries
permission
closedUserGroup
retryDelay
failureDelay
speed
infoType
subAddress
lowerIf
trapStatus
Configuration data for a single peer. This entry is effectively permanent and
contains information to identify the peer, how to connect to the peer, how to
identify the peer and its permissions. You must supply an <Id> : INTEGER
(1..2147483647) for each of the objects listed in the table below.
Object
Parameter
Description
<bChannel>
:INTEGER (0..32)
Value of this object specifies

the B channel to be used for
leased lines.
<callRetries>
:INTEGER (0..128000)
The number of calls to a

non-responding address that
may be made. A retry count
of zero means there is no
bound. The intent is to
bound the number of
successive calls to an
address which is
inaccessible, or which
refuses those calls. Some
countries regulate the
number of call retries to a
given peer that can be
made.
<closedUserGroup>
:String (0..131)
The closed user group is

undefined for the given
media or call. If the closed
user group is undefined or
unused, this value is a zero
length string.
214371-C Rev. 00
157
Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<failureDelay>
:INTEGER (0..128000)
The time in seconds after

which call attempts are to be
placed again after it has
been determined that a peer
is unreachable.
<infoType>
:other | speech |
unrestrictedDigital |
unrestrictedDigital56 |
restrictedDigital | audio31 |
audio7 | video |
packetSwitched | fax
The information transfer

capability to be used when
calling this peer. Select from
the list to match the peer.
<lowerIf>
:INTEGER (0..255)
The ifIndex value of an

interface the peer will have
to be called on.
<originateAddress>
:String (0..131)
Call address at which the

peer will be called.
<permission>
:originate | answer |
bothOriginateAnd
Answer | callback | none
Applicable permissions.
Callback (4) either rejects
the call and then calls back,
or uses the reverse charging
information element if it is
available.
<retryDelay>
:INTEGER (0..128000)
The time in seconds

between call retries if a peer
cannot be reached. A value
of zero means that call
retries may be done without
any delay. .
<speed>
:INTEGER (0..128000)
The desired information

transfer speed in bits per
second when calling this
peer.
158

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<subAddress>
:String (0..131)
Sub address at which the

peer will be called.
<trapStatus>
:enabled | disabled
This object indicates

whether dialCtlPeerCallInfo
and dialCtlPeerCallSetup
traps should be generated
for the peer.
dialCtlPeerCallInfo - Trap
information is sent to the
manager whenever a
successful call clears, or a
failed call attempt is
determined to have
ultimately failed. In the event
that call retry is active, this
information is sent after all
retry attempts have filed.
Only one such trap is sent
in-between successful call
attempts, and subsequent
call attempts do not result in
a trap.
dialCtlPeerCallSetup - Trap
manager whenever a call
setup message is received
or sent.
define isdn physicalIf
214371-C Rev. 00
basic
causeMap
directory
endPoint
lapd
signal
159
define isdn physicalIf basic
Object
Parameter
Description
<lineTopology>
:pointToPoint |
pointToMultipoint
Line topology for the

interface.
<signalMode>
:active | inactive
If you choose active, the

ISDN D Channel is active
and the device ISDN
protocol stack is running
inside the D Channel. The
ISDN connection to the
ISDN network is a dialup
connection.
If you choose inactive, the
ISDN D Channel is inactive.
No ISDN Signaling protocol
is running inside the D
Channel. This configuration
is used for ISDN leased line.
There is no need to establish
a connection to the remote
peer. Whenever the physical
line is activated from the
device, it can transfer
information through one or
both B channels where one
or two B channels are used
for transmission. Default is
active.
define isdn physicalIf causeMap

Use define isdn physicalIf causeMap <object> <Index>
<newValue> to perform substitutions of standard connection-failure cause
codes. That is, you can map one cause code to another. This allows for changing
the way that a PBX responds to particular events (such as network congestion).
160
Object
Parameter
Description
<object>
: EgressLinkOutOfServ
| ChanOrCircNotAvail
| TemporaryFailure
| SwitchCongest
| ReqChanOrCircNotAvail
| ResourceUnavail
| ServNotAllowed
| ServOrOptNotImpl
| IncompatDestination
The Q.850 cause code.

Refer to Definable internal cause
codes on page 161 for a
description of each object.
<Index>
:INTEGER
(1..2147483647)
The index value is unique for each

BRI or PRI voice port. It identifies
the index of the signal table entry.
You can determine the valid index
values by executing the show isdn
physicalIf signalTable operational
table command. The index value
for voice ports is a 32-bit number
consisting of the expansion slot ID
in the most significant 16 bits and
the port number in the least
significant 16 bits.
<newValue>
:INTEGER (1..127)
The value to which you are

mapping this cause code. Note
that a zero value means that the
disconnect cause code is
propagated unchanged.
Example:
define isdn physicalIf causeMap egressLinkOutOfServ 1310721 27
214371-C Rev. 00
161
Definable internal cause codes

The following table describes the definable internal cause codes and typical
clearing reasons.
Q.850 cause
Typical clearing reason(s)
number
Cause
EgressLinkOutOfServ
(Destination out of order)
Cause 27
A SETUP message is to be sent over

PANL and the link is not in the ready
state;
A restart procedure is in progress;
The PANL link is being torn down while
the call is in the ringing state;
Cannot allocate a buffer for a new UIPE
message.
ChanOrCircNotAvail (No
circuit/channel available)
Cause 34
Cannot assign a DLCI (no available DLCI,

Passport 4400 acting as DCE, or the
maximum number of DLCIs has been
reached).
TemporaryFailure
(Temporary failure)
Cause 41
An address resolution fails or an error

response is received from the SVC LMI
when requesting set up of an SVC.
SwitchCongest (Switching
equipment congestion)
Cause 42
The claimed bandwidth for a DLCI exceeds

the available bandwidth.
ReqChanOrCircNotAvail
(Requested circuit/channel
not available)
Cause 44
An incoming call on a channel has a

restriction set in the voice profile or
switching profile (busy-out mode or outcall
restriction set), or an incoming call is
requesting a specific B channel that already
has a call on it.
ResourceUnavail (Resource Cause 47

unavailable, unspecified)
Cannot allocate resources for a new DLCI.
ServNotAllowed (Service or
option not available,
unspecified)
Cause 63
A call is received without a Channel Id IE, or

a call is requesting a B channel that is not
installed (the channel number is higher then
the number of B channels on that
D channel).
ServOrOptNotImpl (Service
or option unimplemented,
unspecified)
Cause 79
Communicating over PANL with equipment

that does not support SEGMENTATION
and, after message stripping, the message
is still too long.
IncompatDestination
(Incompatible destination)
Cause 88
Passport 4400-to-Passport 4400 IE does

not match the Passport 4400 type in the
global context.
162
define isdn physicalIf directory
number
signalingIndex
You must supply an <Index> : INTEGER (1..2147483647) for each of the objects
listed in the table below.
Object
Parameter
Description
<Number>
:String (0..131)
An entry in the ISDN

signaling table.
1212 for index 1
2323 for index 2
<SignalingIndex>
:INTEGER (1..2147483647)
An entry in the isdn signaling

table. This value
corresponds to the port
index used in the ICM.
1 for index 1 and 2
define isdn physicalIf endPoint
serviceProfileId
teiType
teiValue
You must supply an <Index> : INTEGER (1..2147483647) for each of the objects
listed in the table below.
Object
Parameter
Description
<ServiceProfileIdD>
:String (9..20)
Service profile identifier

(SPID) information for the
terminal endpoint.
214371-C Rev. 00
163
Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<TEIType>
:dynamic | static
Type of TEI for the terminal

endpoint.
<TEIValue>
:INTEGER (0..127)
The TEI value for the

terminal endpoint.
define isdn physicalIf lapd
nm20
timerT202
n200
timerT203
n202
rxFrameSize
timerTM20
rxWindowSize
timerT200
txFrameSize
timerT201
txWindowSize
You must supply an <IfIndex> : INTEGER (1..255) for each of the objects listed
in the table below.
Object
Parameter
Description
<nm20>
:INTEGER (0..500)
Specifies the retry counter

NM20 for TEI management.
<n200>
:INTEGER (0..500)

N200. This is the maximum
number of retransmissions of
a frame.
<n202>
:INTEGER (1..500)

N202. This is the maximum
number of transmissions of a
TEI identity request message.
<timerTM20>
:INTEGER (1..600000)
Specifies the timer TM20

value in milliseconds for TEI
management.
164

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<timerT200>
:INTEGER (1..600000)
Specifies the timerT200 value

in milliseconds. T200 is the
time to wait for an
acknowledgement to a frame
before initiating recovery.
<timerT201>
:INTEGER (1..600000)
Specifies the timer T201 value

minimum time between the
transmission of the TEI
identity check messages.
<timerT202>
:INTEGER (1..600000)

minimum time between the
transmission of the TEI
identity request messages.
<timerT203>
:INTEGER (1..600000)

maximum time allowed
without frames being
exchanged.
<rxFrameSize>
:INTEGER (1..300)
Specifies the maximum

receive frame size in bytes.
<rxWindowSize>
:INTEGER (1..128)

specifies the receive window
size. The maximum number of
outstanding unacknowledged
information frames.
<txFrameSize>
:INTEGER (1..300)

transmit frame size in bytes.
<txWindowSize>
:INTEGER (1..128)
Specifies the transmit window

size. The maximum number of
outstanding unacknowledged
information frames. 7 for PRI
1 for BRI when SAPI=0
3 for BRI when SAPI is not = 0
214371-C Rev. 00
165
define isdn physicalIf signal
callingAddress
infoTrapStatus
protocol
subAddress
priSide
Use define isdn physical signal to define the isdn signaling table
which contains configuration and operation parameters for all ISDN signaling
channels on the Passport 4460 unit. You must supply an <Index> : INTEGER
(1...2147483647) for each of the objects listed in the table below.
Object
Parameter
Description
<CallingAddress>
:String (0..131)
The isdn address assigned to a

signaling channel. This is the
calling address information
element as being passed to the
switch in outgoing call setup
messages.
<InfoTrapStatus>
:enabled | disabled
Indicates whether
isdnMibCallInformation traps
should be generated for calls on
the signaling channel.
isdnMibCallInfomation - This trap
manager under the following
conditions:
Incoming calls rejected for
policy reasons (e.g., unknown
neighbor, or access violation).
Outgoing calls determined to
have ultimately failed, and, if
retry is active, all retry
attempts have failed.
Calls that connect, in which
case the variable
isdnBearerCallConnectTime
should be included in the trap.
166

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<Protocol>
:etsi | ess5 | dms100

| ni1 | ins64 | qsig
The protocol type supported by

the switch providing access to the
ISDN network to which this
signaling channel is connected.
The Passport 4460 BRI Voice
Module supports the following
protocols:
qsig
etsi (Euro-ISDN)
The Passport 4460 BRI WAN
Modules support the other
protocols.
The Passport 4460 T1 and E1
modules provide PRI service,
supporting the QSIG protocol
(release 5.0 and above).
<SubAddress>
:String (0..131)
Supplementary information to the

ISDN address assigned to this
signaling channel.
<priSide>
: nt | te
Selects NT (Network
Termination) mode or TE
(Terminal Equipment) mode.
Note that priSide is used only for
T1 and E1 cards provisioned for
ISDN PRI QSIG support.
define lapb parameters
busyTimer
t1AckTimer
receiveKWinSize
t2AckDelayTimer
rxmitCount
t3DisconnectTimer
sequencing
t4IdleTimer
stationType
transmitKWinSize
Use define lapb parameters to define values for the LAPB transport
protocol parameters. Include the <IfIndex> :INTEGER (1..255) when you are
configuring any of the objects in the table. Issue a show system IfIndex to
view the IfIndexes that are already in use.
214371-C Rev. 00
167
Object
Parameter
Description
<busyTimer>
:INTEGER (0..65535)
The value to be used for the

busy timer (the time to wait
before transmitting an RR
frame after receiving an
RNR from the remote end.)
<receiveKWinSize>
:INTEGER (1..127)
The receive PDU window

size for this interface. This is
the maximum number of
unacknowledged sequenced
PDUs that may be
outstanding from the remote
end at any one time.
<rxmitCount>
:INTEGER (0..65535)
Identifies the N2 retry

counter. This counter
specifies the number of
times a PDU will be resent
after the T1 timer expires
without an
acknowledgement for the
PDU.
<sequencing>
:modulo8 | modulo128
The modulus used for the

LAPB sequence numbers.
<stationType>
:dte | dce
The station type for this

interface.
<t1AckTimer>
:INTEGER (1..65535)
The T1 timer specifies the

maximum time in
milliseconds to wait for an
acknowledgement of a PDU.
<t2AckDelayTimer>
:INTEGER (100..65535)

maximum time in
milliseconds to wait before
sending an
acknowledgement for a
sequenced PDU. 0 means
there will be no delay
generating the
acknowledgement.
168

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<t3DisconnectTimer>
:INTEGER (1..65535)

time in milliseconds to wait
before considering the link to
be disconnected. 0 means
the link will be disconnected
upon completion of the
frame exchange to
disconnect the link.
<t4IdleTimer>
:INTEGER (0..128000)

maximum time in
milliseconds that may elapse
with no frames being
exchanged on the data link.
0 disables the T4 timer
function.
<transmitKWinSize>
:INTEGER (1..127)
The default transmit window

size for this interface. The
transmit window size
specifies the maximum
number of unacknowledged
PDUs that may be
outstanding from this end of
the connection at any one
time.
214371-C Rev. 00
169
define msm
Use define msm to define parameters for the MPANL signaling management
mechanism.
define msm dteLink
dceMaxFrameSize
dceReceiverBW
dteMaxFrameSize
dteReceiverBW
maxSubChannelRange
Use define msm dteLink to define the IfIndex associated with the MPANL
line parameters. You must enter an IfIndex for each of the following objects:
Object
Parameter
Description
<dceMaxFrameSize>
:INTEGER (50..4100)
Represents the maximum

frame size in bytes that the
corresponding MPANL DCE
is capable of receiving at a
layer below the MPANL
layer-2. Value depends on
the DCE receiver bandwidth.
<dceReceiverBW>
:INTEGER
(16000..2048000)
Represents the maximum

throughput in bytes that the
corresponding MPANL DCE
is capable of receiving.
Cannot exceed the access
link bandwidth.
<dteMaxFrameSize>
:INTEGER (50..4100)

bytes the MPANL DTE is
capable of receiving at a
layer below the MPANL layer
2. Value depends on DTE
receiver bandwidth. This
value is signaled from the
DTE to the DCE.
170

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<dteReceiverBW>
:INTEGER
(16000..2048000)
The maximum throughput in

bytes that the MPANL DTE
is capable of receiving.
Cannot exceeding the
access link bandwidth. This
value is signaled from the
DTE to the DCE.
<maxSubChannelRange>
:INTEGER (17..255)
The highest DLCI value

used for sub-channel
allocation. This information
is signaled from the DTE to
the DCE.
Note: Be sure to define the superframe size for the PANL DTE and
PANL DCE parameters when using switching frame relay protocol. The
algorithm is: Superframe size = (Baud Rate)/(64kbps * 80) + 20
define msm lapfParameters
T200
T203
N200
Use define msm lapfParameters to globally configure the T200, T203, and
N200 LAPF parameters.
Object
Parameter
Description
<T200>
:INTEGER (1..600000)
Specifies the T200 timer value in

milliseconds. T200 is the time to
wait for an acknowledgement to a
frame before initiating recovery.
214371-C Rev. 00
171
Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<T203>
:INTEGER (1..600000)
Specifies the T203 timer value in

milliseconds. T203 is the
maximum time allowed without
frames being exchanged.
<N200>
:INTEGER (0..500)
Specifies the retry counter N200.

This is the maximum number of
retransmissions of a frame.
define msm profile
customerId
dnaPrefix
nodeId
Use define msm profile to define an entry in the MPANL signaling profile
parameters table.
Object
Parameter
Description
<CustomerId>
:INTEGER (0..65535)
Unique identification for a

customer. This ID is used in
registering the egress table.
<DNAPrefix>
:String (1..31)
Specifies the prefix of the

directory network address
(DNA) which uniquely
identifies the unit within the
network topology. A
dnaPrefix with a null value
means there is no DNA
configured.
<NodeId>
:INTEGER (1..65535)
A unique identifier for a

Passport 4460 unit. Used as
the index into the MSM
profile table.
172
define ospf
area
neighbor
host
parameters
interface
stub
interfaceMetric
virtualInterface
define ospf area importStatus
Object
Parameter
Description
<AreaID>
:IPAddress

the area you want to
configure.
<ImportStatus>
:externalImport |
noExternalImport
The area's support for

importing Autonomus
System (AS ) external
linkstate advertisements.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IPAddress>
:IPAddress

the host.
<Metric>
:INTEGER (0..FF h)
A metric to be advertised, for

a given type of service,
when a given host is
reachable.
define ospf host metric
214371-C Rev. 00
173
define ospf interface
adminStatus
pollInterval
areaID
retransInterval
authenticationKey
routerPriority
authenticationType
rtrDeadInterval
helloInterval
transmitDelay
ifType
You must supply an <IPAddress> : IPAddress for each of the objects listed in the
table.
Object
Parameter
Description
<AdminStatus>
:enabled | disabled
This enables OSPF or

disables OSPF.
<AreaID>
:IPAddress
The IP Address of the area

you want to configure.
<AuthorKey>
:String (0..256)
This field is only used if you

selected simple password.
This field is Write Only. Once
you have entered this
parameter, it will not be
displayed.
<AuthorType>
:none | simplePassword
Select simple password if

you want a password to be
used to identify the routers
that are participating in the
area.
<HelloInterval>
:INTEGER (0..FF h)
Indicates the length of time,

in seconds, between the
hello packets that a router
sends on an OSPF interface.
<Type>
:broadcast | nbma |
pointToPoint
Enter the type of network

you want to configure. See
OSPF, OSPF Network
Types, for a description of
the network types that
support OSPF.
174

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<PollInterval>
:INTEGER (0..7FFFFFFF
h)
The larger time interval, in

seconds, between the Hello
packets sent to an inactive
non-broadcast multi-access
neighbor.
<ReTransmitInterval>
:INTEGER (0..3600)
Indicates the number of ticks

you want between link state
advertisement and
retransmissions. This value
determines how often the
advertisements are sent out.
<RouterPriority>
:INTEGER (0..FF h)
The priority of this neighbor

in the designated router
election algorithm. The
value 0 signifies that the
neighbor is not eligible to
become the designated
router on this particular
network.
<RouterDeadInterval>
:INTEGER (0..7FFFFFFF
h)
Indicates the number of

seconds that a routers Hello
packets have not been seen
before its neighbors declare
the OSPF router down
<TransmitDelay>
:INTEGER (0..3600)
Indicates the estimated

number of seconds it takes
to transmit a link state
update packet over this
interface
214371-C Rev. 00
175
define ospf interfaceMetric value
Object
Parameter
Description
<IPAddress>
:IPAddress
Indicates the IPAddress of

the OSPF unit you want to
assign the metric value to.
<Value>
:INTEGER (0..FFFF h)
Indicates the value of the

medium the router is
attached to. The default for
this parameter is 3. For
example, if the ethernet port
of a router running at 10Mbs
is configured for OSPF, the
cost might be a value of 10.
define ospf neighbor priority
Object
Parameter
Description
<IPAddress>
:IPAddress
Indicates the IPAddress of

configure as a neighbor.
<Priority>
:INTEGER (0..FF h)
1 is the default. Enter 0 if

you do not want the unit to
act as the designated router.
The higher the number the
higher priority.
define ospf parameters
adminStatus
autoSysRtrStatus
routerID
176
Object
Parameter
Description
<AdminStatus>
:enabled | disabled
This enables OSPF or

disables OSPF.
<RouterStatus>
:true | false
Set this parameter to true, if

you want OSPF RIP
interoperability enabled. (For
example, external routes are
imported from RIP.) Set this
parameter to false, if you
dont want to import external
routes. See OSPF, Border
Routers (ABR) for more
information about border
routers.
<RouterID>
:IPAddress
Every router running OSPF

within a network must have
a unique router ID. This
identification number is a
32-bit number that identifies
one router to another router
within an autonomous
system.
Object
Parameter
Description
<AreaID>
:IPAddress

the area that you want the
stub area to reside in.
<Metric>
:INTEGER (0..FFFFFF h)
Indicates the metric value

that you want used in
calculating the next host to
route a packet to.
define ospf stub metric
214371-C Rev. 00
177
define ospf virtualInterface authenticationkey
Object
Parameter
Description
<AreaID>
:IPAddress
Indicates the IP ID of the

area that you want the
virtual link to reside in.
<VirtualNeighbor>
:IPAddress

act as the neighbor.
<AuthorKey>
:String (0..256)
Enter a string within quotes.

This command is only used
if you entered simple
password in
authenticationKey.
define ospf virtualInterface authenticationtype
Object
Parameter
Description
<AreaID>
:IPAddress

<VirtualNeighbor>
:IPAddress

<AuthorType>
:none | simplePassword
Choose simple password if

you want a password to be
used to identify the routers
that are participating in the
area.
178
define ospf virtualInterface helloInterval
Object
Parameter
Description
<AreaID>
:IPAddress

<VirtualNeighbor>
:IPAddress
Enter the IP address of the

OSPF unit you want to act
as the neighbor.
<HelloInterval>
:INTEGER (0..FF h)
The length of time, in

seconds, between the hello
packets that a router sends
on an OSPF interface.
define ospf virtualInterface retransDelay
Object
Parameter
Description
<AreaID>
:IPAddress

<VirtualNeighbor>
:IPAddress

<RetransmitInterval>
:INTEGER (0..3600)
Indicates the number of ticks

you want between link state
advertisement and
retransmissions.
214371-C Rev. 00
179
define ospf virtualInterface rtrDeadInterval
Object
Parameter
Description
<AreaID>
:IPAddress

<VirtualNeighbor>
:IPAddress

<RouterDeadInterval>
:INTEGER (0..7FFFFFFF h)
The number of seconds that

a router's Hello packets
have not been seen before
it's neighbors declare the
router down. This should
be some multiple of the
Hello interval. This value
must be the same for all
routers attached to a
common network.
define ospf virtualInterface transmitDelay
Object
Parameter
Description
<AreaID>
:IPAddress

<VirtualNeighbor>
:IPAddress

<TransmitDelay>
:INTEGER (0..3600)
The estimated number of

seconds it takes to transmit
a linkstate update packet
over this interface.
180
define nac
customerId
numCacheEntries
Use define nac to define the network address client cache entity.
Object
Parameter
Description
<CustomerId>
:INTEGER (1..99)
An unique number allocated

to a customer that allowing a
single server to serve more
than one customer. This Id
identifies all units belonging
to a particular customer.
<NumCacheEntries>
:INTEGER (100..1000)

address resolutions to be
cached in memory. If this
value is too high the free
memory space on the unit
will be reduced which may
affect the unit's
performance. If this value is
too low, the unit will have to
consult the server too
frequently. The optimum
value depends on the
network size and the
number of frequently dialed
DNs. It is recommended to
start with the value of 100
and tune the value to the
optimum amount by
observing the units
performance.
define rsi
Use define rsi to define the Remote Server Interface (RSI) parameters.
214371-C Rev. 00
181
define rsi parameter
Object
Parameter
Description
<numOfCacheEntries>
:INTEGER (20..100)

number of address
resolutions to be cached in
memory.
<VNCSId>
:INTEGER (1..16)
The unique identifier for

Voice Networking Call
Server (VNCS). VNCS is
used when the DNA server
is a Passport 7400/6400
unit.
Object
Parameter
Description
<DNAAddress>
:String (1..34)
The data network address

(DNA) is used to identify the
endpoints of a virtual circuit
(VC) when connecting two
nodes of the Passport
network. The DNA consists
of a prefix, identifying the
Passport 4460 unit, and a
suffix, describing the type of
traffic carried by the VC.
<ServerName>
:String (0..50)
Designates a name between

1 and 50 characters for the
server; must be enclosed in
quotes with no spaces.
define rsi server name
182
define rsi server type
Object
Parameter
Description
<DNAAddress>
:String (1..34)
The DNA is used to identify

the endpoints of a VC when
connecting two nodes of the
Passport network. The DNA
consists of a prefix,
identifying the Passport
4460 unit, and a suffix,
describing the type of traffic
carried by the VC.
<ServerType>
Indicates server preference

as defined by the DNA
address.
define sna
Use define sna to modify provide the ability to support Systems Network
Architecture (SNA) over Synchronous Data Link Control (SDLC) and Class II
Logical Link Control (LLC2).
define sna llc
portName
xidTimer
t2AckDelayTimer
xidRetries
ackTimer
testTimer
rcvWindow
testRetries
pbitTimer
newWindowAcks
rejTimer
maxRetries
busyTimer
localRingNum
inactTimer
214371-C Rev. 00
183
Use define sna llc to manage an LLC2 port. This command configures the
BAN encapsulation and the LLC2 transport. Include the <IfIndex> :INTEGER
(1..255) for each object which will be assigned to this port. Issue a show system
IfIndex to view the IfIndexes that are already in use.
Object
Parameter
Description
<PortName>
: "String" (1..8)
The name of this port as a

quoted string. The name
must contain only ASCII
printable characters and
must be unique for each
LLC2 port.
<T2AckDelayTimer>
: INTEGER (0..65535)
This is the default

acknowledgement timer.
Enter the maximum time in
milliseconds to wait before
sending an
acknowledgement for a
sequenced PDU. 0 means
no delay for
acknowledgement.
<AckTimer>
: INTEGER (1..65535)
This is the maximum time, in

milliseconds, that the LLC2
port should expect an
acknowledgement to a
transmitted I-frame.
<RcvWindow>
: INTEGER (0..127)
The default receive window

size. Enter the maximum
number of unacknowledged
I-frames that may be
received. 0 tells the
Passport 4460 unit to use
the value determined by the
switching component.
<PbitTimer>
: INTEGER (0..65535)
The time in milliseconds to

wait for a response to a
frame sent with the poll bit
set.
<RejTimer>
: INTEGER (0..65535)
The time in seconds to wait

for a response to a reject
frame.
184

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<BusyTimer>
: INTEGER (0..65535)
The time in seconds that the

LLC2 port waits for an
indication of clearance of a
busy condition at the
adjacent link station.
<InactTimer>
: INTEGER (0..65535)
The time in seconds that a

Receiver Ready keep alive
frame is sent on an idle link.
<XidTimer>
: INTEGER (0..65535)
Enter the time in seconds

between XID retries.
<XidRetries>
: INTEGER (0..65535)
Enter the maximum number

of XID retries. 65535 means
the XID retries will continue
indefinitely.
<TestTimer>
: INTEGER (0..65535)
Enter the interval in seconds

between TEST retries.
<TestRetries>
: INTEGER (0..65535)

of TEST retries. 65535
means the TEST retries will
continue indefinitely.
<NewWindowAcks>
: INTEGER (1..127)
Enter the number of I-frames

that must be acknowledged
before the dynamic window
algorithm increments the
current working window size.
<MaxRetries>
: INTEGER (0..65535)

of times an attempt is made
to retransmit a response
across the interface. This
parameter affects
llcPortAckTimer,
llcPortPbitTimer,
llcPortRejTimer, and
llcPortBusyTimer.
<LocalRingNum>
: INTEGER (0..4095)

ring to which the LAN device
is attached. This is for token
ring networks only.
214371-C Rev. 00
185
define sna sdlc port

Use define sna sdlc port to manage an SDLC port. Include the <IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255) for each object which will be assigned to this port. Issue a
show system IfIndex to view the IfIndexes that are already in use.
Object
Parameter
Description
<connTimer>
: INTEGER (0..65535)
Indicates how long in

milliseconds the data link
layer will wait before failing
to activate a port.
<connTimerRetry>
: INTEGER (0..65535)
The number of times the

data link layer will attempt to
retry activating a port.
(65535 means to retry
indefinitely.)
<maxRcvWindow>
: INTEGER (1..127)

unacknowledged frames that
can be received. 0 means
the value passed on an XID
exchange is used.
<name>
: "String" (1..8)
A quoted string that

identifies the physical port to
which this interface is
assigned. The name must
contain ASCII printable
characters only.
<primaryDuplex>
: full-duplex | half-duplex
Specify whether the primary

station on this link is
full-duplex or half-duplex.
<role>
: primary | secondary
Choose primary if the SNA

device attached to the units
physical port is a terminal or
cluster controller. Choose
secondary if the SNA
device is a host.
<secondaryDuplex>
: full-duplex | half-duplex
Specify whether the

secondary station on this
link supports full or half
duplex.
186

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<slowPollTimer>
: INTEGER (100..6000)
Indicates the elapsed time,

in hundredths of a second,
between polls for a failed link
station address. This
parameter is used only for
SDLC ports where the Role
is set to primary and
Topology is set to
multipoint.
<topology>
: pointToPoint | multipoint
Indicates whether this port is

capable of operating in a
point-to-point or a multipoint
topology. Multipoint implies
that the port can also
operate in a point-to-point
topology. A pointToPoint
port cannot operate in a
multipoint topology.
<useReject>
: yes | no
Specify whether the link can

send a reject whenever an
I-frame is received with an
invalid sequence number.
<writeTimer>
: INTEGER (0..65535)
Enter the maximum time in

milliseconds that the data
link layer allows for frames to
be truncated.
<writeTimerRetry>
: INTEGER (0..65535)

of retries attempted to
transmit a frame. 65535
means to retry indefinitely.
define sna sdlc linkstation
groupPollAddress
replyTO
mRetries
rnrLIMIT
name
rrTurnAroundTimer
nRetries
tRetries
pollIFrame
214371-C Rev. 00
187
Use define sna sdlc linkstation for managing the SDLC link station
table. Include the <IfIndex> :INTEGER (1..255) of the link station and the
<Address> :INTEGER (1..254) when you are configuring any of the objects in the
table. The address is the poll address of the secondary link station for this SDLC
link. It uniquely identifies the SDLC link station within a single SDLC port. Issue
a show system IfIndex to view the IfIndexes that are already in use.
Object
Parameter
Description
<groupPollAddress>
: INTEGER (0..254)
The group poll address for

this link station. 0 means
group poll is not used.
<mRetries>
: INTEGER (0..128)
The number of retries in a

retry sequence for the local
SDLC link station. (A retry
sequence is a series of
retransmitted frames, data
or control, for which no
positive acknowledgement is
received.) 0 means no
retries. If MRetries is 0, then
TRetries must also be 0.
<name>
: "String" (1..8)
A name for this SDLC link

station as a quoted string of
printable ASCII characters.
<nRetries>
: INTEGER (0..255)
The number of times a retry

sequence is repeated for the
local SDLC link station.
<pollIFrame>
: yes | no
Specify whether or not the

link station is permitted to
send an I-frame with the
poll-bit set.
<replyTO>
: INTEGER (10..255)
The reply timeout (in

hundredths of a second) for
this SDLC link station. If the
link station does not receive
a response to a poll or
message before this time,
the appropriate error
recovery will be initiated.
188

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<rnrLimit>
: INTEGER (0..65535)
The length of time (in

hundredths of a second) that
this link station will allow its
adjacent link station to
remain in a busy (RNR)
state before declaring it
inoperative. 0 means no
limit.
<rrTurnaroundTimer>
: INTEGER (0..5000)
The time in milliseconds that

the secondary station waits
before turning the poll-bit
around when there is no
task to be done. 0 disables
this function.
<tRetries>
: INTEGER (0..255)
The length of time (in

hundredths of a second)
between retry sequences for
the local SDLC link station.
define sna switching node
Object
Parameter
Description
<bridgeNumber>
: INTEGER (1..15)
The bridge number for the

Passport 4460 unit. This
number must be unique for
all bridges in the LAN.
<circuitTimer>
: INTEGER (0..65535)
The maximum time in

seconds to reach a target.
<defRcvWindow>
: INTEGER (1..127)
The default receive window

size.
<defSendWindow>
: INTEGER (1..127)
The default send window

size.
<testConnTimer>
: INTEGER (0..65535)
The maximum time in

seconds to establish an SNA
connection via the
configured LAN ports.
214371-C Rev. 00
189
Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<virtSegmentLFSize>
: INTEGER (516..1536)
The largest frame size in

octets that the switching
component can forward on
any path through itself. See
RFC 2024.
<virtualRingNum>
: INTEGER (1..4095)
The virtual ring number in

which this switching
component resides. One
virtual ring must be defined
for all interconnected
Passport 4460 units.
define sna switching linkstation
localMacAddress
localSap
proxXID
remoteMacAddress
remoteSap
Use define sna switching linkstation to transport SNA traffic across

the WAN. For detailed configuration information, refer to Configuring and
Operating the Passport 4400 (document number 206916-D), Data
Services,Configuring SNA Services, Establishing a Connection Using the CLI.
You must enter the IfIndex and Address in order configure any of the objects in
the table. Issue a show system IfIndex to view the IfIndexes that are already
in use.The address is the poll address of the secondary link station for this SDLC
link. It uniquely identifies the SDLC link station within a single SDLC port. You
must enter the IfIndex and Address in order to configure any of the objects in the
table:
Object
Parameter
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)
<Address>
: INTEGER (1..254)
190
Object
Parameter
Description
<localMacAddress>
: MacAddress (size 0 | 12)
Indicates the MAC address

for the local link station. The
MAC address is used only
by the Passport 4460 unit for
transporting SNA traffic
across the network. It has no
relationship to IP or other
network protocols. The MAC
address entered must be
unique within the network.
<LocalSap>
: Sap (0x0 | 0x00 - 0xFF)
Indicates the SAP used to

represent this link station.
<Prox-XID>
: PROX XID (size 8)
Proxy XID (Exchange

Identification) allows the
Passport 4460 unit to
communicate the identity of
a physical unit (PU) in format
0 XID, so that the host will
use the correct PU
configuration. Proxy XID is
optional and you should use
it to handle SDLC secondary
stations that do not support
XIDs. Proxy XID is entered
in the form of a MAC
Address and should only be
configured on the primary
Passport 4460 unit.
Attempting to configure it on
a secondary Passport 4460
unit results in link activation
failures.
214371-C Rev. 00
191
Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<RemoteMacAddress>
: MacAddress (size 0 | 12)

to which this link station is to
be connected. The MAC
address is used only by the
Passport 4460 unit for
transporting SNA traffic
across the network. It has no
relationship to IP or other
network protocols. If this
address is not available,
enter 0. The remote MAC
address must be configured
only for the Passport 4460
unit that initiates the SNA
session. The MAC address
entered must be unique
within the network.
<RemoteSap>
: Sap (0x0 | 0x00 - 0xFF)
Indicates the SAP of the

remote end to which this link
station is to be connected. If
the SAP is not available,
enter 0. RemoteSap must be
entered only if a
RemoteMacAddress is
entered.
define tm
Use define tm to define traffic management parameters. For detailed
configuration information, refer to Configuring and Operating the Passport 4400
(document number 206916-D), Traffic Management, CLI Commands for
Configuring Global Traffic Management Parameters.
192
Object
Parameter
Description
<lineEfficiency>
Designed to make available

any leftover MPANL CIR to
any emission priority traffic.
It is not recommended that
this object be enabled for
most networks.
<rateEnforcement>
Performs CIR ingress rate

shaping on a per-DLCI
basis. This enforcement is
used to determine how
much information per DLCI
is moved into the emission
queue. When the CIR limit is
reached, data for that DLCI
is no longer queued in the
emission queue for the
remainder of the rate
shaping interval (1 second).
The MPANL CIR should be
configured for the line speed
in most cases.
<weightedRoundRobin>
The number of packets that

will be moved from each
DLCI into the emission
queue before switching to
the next DLCI at the same
emission priority. Provides a
more balanced distribution
to each DLCI per emission
queue. Rate enforcement
must be enabled to perform
Weighted Round Robin
queuing.
define wan
214371-C Rev. 00
channel
ifindexconn
port
193
define wan channel timeslots

Use define wan channel timeslots to modify the timeslots associated
with a DS0 channel.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
IfIndex for the WAN port

channel.
<TimeSlots>
:"String" of size (0..83;

decimal digits, ',', and '-')

selects the DS0 channels for
the T1/E1 CSU line
connection. Valid characters
are decimal digits, comma
(','), and hyphen ('-').;
Comma (',') is used as a
delimiter between individual
channel selections. e.g.,
13,16 means DS0 channels
13 and 16. Hyphen ('-') is
used only in Set operations
to indicate a range of DS0
channels: e.g., 2,5-8 means
DS0 channels 2,5,6,7, and
8.
define wan IfIndexconn toIfIndex
Object
Parameter
Description
<FromIfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
Index for the WAN ifIndex

connection table; the IfIndex
of the data port you want to
drop and insert onto the
channelized WAN port.
<ToIfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
Indicates which IfIndex is

connected to; the IfIndex of
the channel you are adding
to the channelized WAN port
for data drop and insert.
194
define wan port
baudRate
mode
encodeMethod
numOfRxBuffers
htdsCutThru
protocolSupport
idleChar
rxQueueSize
syncChar
txQueueSize
ifType
clockSource
maxRxFrameSize
Use define wan port to define the port type.

You must enter the IfIndex in order to configure any of the objects in the table.
Specifiy IfIndex for the port and type that you want to channelize for each object.
Object
Parameter
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)
Object
Parameter
Description
<BaudRate>
: INTEGER (300. .1920000)
WAN port clocking speed in

bits per second. (WAN link
speed) This is required for
DCE and optional for DTE.
<EncodeMethod>
: nrz | nrzi-mark | nrzi-space Indicates the port transmit/

receive data encoding
method.
214371-C Rev. 00
195
Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<HTDSCutThrough>
: yes | no
Choose yes to enable

fragmenting or choose no to
disable fragmenting. If
cut-thru is enabled, the
fragmentSize forwarded is
determined by the
fragmentSize parameter. If
cut-thru is turned off,
fragmentSize is not used.
This parameter is only
available for HTDS protocol.
<IdleChar>
:INTEGER (1..255)
The idle character required

for Constant Bit Rate (CBR)
transfer.
<SyncChar>
:INTEGER (1..256)
The 8 bit Synchronization

character required by the
CBR transfer method.
Note: If you set the
SyncChar value to 256, then
the port starts receiving
CBR traffic as soon as it is
up; there is no need to
receive the defined
syncChar pattern as is the
case if the SyncChar value
is anything other than 256.
<IfType>
: none | rs232 | v35 | x21 |

v36 | 56kcsu | isdn-BRI |
t1csu | e1csu
Signaling characteristics for

the WAN interface.
<MaxRxFrameSize>
: INTEGER (1..8192)
Maximum received frame

size allowed at this port.
196

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<Mode>
: dce | dte | auto*
Determines whether the

Passport 4460 unit receives
or transmits clocking signals.
Choose dce if you want the
port to supply clocking to the
connected device. Choose
dte if you want the port to be
synchronized to the network.
For the auto option, you will
not have to manually
configure this parameter.
The Passport 4460 is
defaulted to this value. This
allows the Passport 4460
unit to auto-sense the cable
type whether it be dte or dce
and then set the mode
according to what type it is.
After you configure the
Passport 4460 unit and
issue a reset command, the
correct type will be
auto-sensed and set for the
<mode> parameter. Issue a
show wan parameters port
operational (entry/table) on
page 598 to check if the
value displays as auto.
*This option is available on

Passport 4460 units
equipped with a Smart
cable.
<NumOfRxBuffers>
: INTEGER (20..255)
Number of configured
receive buffers.
<ProtocolSupport>
: none | standardFr |
switchingFr | htds | cbr | sdlc
| x25 | async | pppHdlc |
channel | hdlc | bypass |
casBypass*
Choose the protocol that you

now want to be supported
on this interface.
*casBypass is only
supported by the T1
expansion module.
<rxQueueSize>
: INTEGER (10..255)
Size in frames of fragments

received for each queue.
(One queue per priority.)
214371-C Rev. 00
197
Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<txQueueSize>
: INTEGER (5..255)
Size in frames of fragments

transmitted for each queue.
(One queue per priority.).
In networks where the jitter
is minimal, set the
txQueueSize lower to
decrease the latency of
information transported
through the Passport 4460.
In networks where
information is susceptible to
delays, increase the
txQueueSize to provide
more buffering.
<ClockSource>
: internal | backplane

specifies the source of the
port clock. Choose internal
if you want the on-board
oscillator to be used as the
clock source. Choose
backplane to use the
Passport 4460 units master
clock as the clock source.
(Refer to set system
masterClock on page 254
for more information about
the master clock.)
Use show system
hardware on page 546 to
determine whether your
Passport 4460 unit has a
clock sync board.
Note: The following modules
cannot receive clock from
the backplane:
56K CSU WAN module
T1 CSU WAN module
E1 CSU WAN module
ISDN S/T and ISDN U
WAN modules
198
define x25
parameters
pvc
routing
define x25 parameters
ackDelayTimer
locChannel
remMaxPcktSize
callTimer
ltcChannel
remMaxWSize
clearTimer
locDefPcktSize
remDefPcktSize
clearCount
locDefWSize
remDefWSize
dbitAction
locMaxPcktSize
resetCount
hicChannel
locMaxWSize
resetTimer
hocChannel
maxActiveCircuits
restartCount
htcChannel
numberPVCs
restartTimer
interfaceMode
packetSequencing
versionSupported
licChannel
Use define x25 parameters to configure various X.25 parameters according

to the requirements of your network. Include the <Index> :INTEGER (1..255)
when you are configuring any of the objects in the table. For detailed
configuration information, refer to Configuring and Operating the Passport 4400
(document number 206916-D), Data Services, X.25 Services, CLI Administration
Functions, Defining X.25 Parameters.
214371-C Rev. 00
199
Object
Parameter
Description
<AckDelayTimer>
: INTEGER (0. .65535)
Select the amount of time (in

milliseconds) that the packet
layer will wait before
acknowledging a received
data packet. 0 means the
packet layer will immediately
acknowledge all received
data packets.
<CallTimer>
: INTEGER
The T21 call timer, in

milliseconds. See RFC
1382.
<ClearTimer>
: INTEGER
The T23 clear timer, in

1382.
<ClearCount>
: INTEGER (0..65535)
The R23 clear

retransmission count. See
RFC 1382.
<DbitAction>
: plp | application
Select whether the

application is required to
acknowledge packets with
the d-bit size, or whether the
packet layer (plp) can
acknowledge the packets.
<HICChannel>
: INTEGER (0..4095)
The highest incoming

channel number. 0 means
no channels are reserved for
this range.
<HOCChannel>
: INTEGER (0..4095)
The highest outgoing

this range.
<HTCChannel>
: INTEGER (0..4095)
The highest two-way

this range.
<InterfaceMode>
: dte | dce
Select whether the packet

layer is to operate in DTE or
DCE mode. Make sure that
one end of the X.25
connection is set for DCE
operation and the other end
is set for DTE operation.
200

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<LICChannel>
: INTEGER (0..4095)
The lowest incoming

this range.
<LOCChannel>
: INTEGER (0..4095)
The lowest outgoing channel

number. 0 means no
channels are reserved for
this range.
<LTCChannel>
: INTEGER (0..4095)
The lowest two-way channel

number. 0 means no
channels are reserved for
this range.
<LocDefPcktSize>
: INTEGER (16 | 32 | 64
| 128 | 256 | 512 | 1024
| 2048 | 4096)
The default packet size for

this interface.
<LocDefWSize>
: INTEGER (1..7)
The default window size for

this interface.
<LocMaxPcktSize>
: INTEGER (16 | 32 | 64
| 128 | 256 | 512 | 1024
| 2048 | 4096)
The maximum negotiated

packet size that will be
accepted by this interface.
<LocMaxWSize>
: INTEGER (1..7)

window size that will be
<MaxActiveCircuits>
: INTEGER (0..4095)

active circuits this interface
can support.
Note: the maximum number
of virtual circuits the
Passport 4460 unit can
support, PVC and SVC, is
96.
<NumberPVCs>
: INTEGER (0..4095)
The number of PVCs

configured for this interface.
<PacketSequencing>
: 8modulo
Specifies the modulus of the

packet layer sequence
numbers.
<RemMaxPcktSize>
: INTEGER (16 | 32 | 64
| 128 | 256 | 512 | 1024
| 2048 | 4096)

packet size that will be
accepted by the remote
interface.
214371-C Rev. 00
201
Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<RemMaxWSize>
: INTEGER (1..7)

window size that will be
accepted by the remote
interface.
<RemDefPcktSize>
: INTEGER (16 | 32 | 64
| 128 | 256 | 512 | 1024
| 2048 | 4096)
The default packet size for

the remote interface.
<RemDefWSize>
: INTEGER (1..7)
The default window size for

the remote interface.
<ResetCount>
: INTEGER (0..65535)
The R22 reset

retransmission count. See
RFC 1382.
<ResetTimer>
: INTEGER
The T22 reset timer, in

1382.
<RestartCount>
: INTEGER (0..65535)
The R20 restart

transmission counter. See
RFC 1382.
<RestartTimer>
: INTEGER
The T20 restart timer, in

1382.
<VersionSupported>
: x80 | x84 | x88
Select the level of protocol

compliance with the X.25
standards.
Note: X.25 PVCs in the Passport 4460 X.25 services might not recover
properly when a reset is requested by the packet layer protocol or when a
reset command is issued from an X.25 terminal.The reset would normally
occur after error conditions such as a protocol violation, out of sequence
error, or network failure. If the PVCs do not recover, you can either issue
a Restart command from an X.25 terminal or you can reset the Passport
4460 unit. In either case, all calls are cleared.
define x25 pvc

Use define x25 pvc to define the parameters of an X25 PVC. Include the
<ifSource> :INTEGER (1..255) and the <CircuitSource> :INTEGER (1..4095)
when you are configuring any of the objects in the table.
202
Object
Parameter
Description
<circuitDestination>
: INTEGER (1..4095)
Indicates the destination

Logical Channel Number
(LCN). This is the LCN to be
used by the destination X.25
port for this PVC definition.
<destPcktSize>
: INTEGER (0 | 16 | 32 | 64 | Indicates the maximum

128 | 256 | 512 | 1024 |
packet size used in the
2048)
egress direction of the
destination port.
<destWindowSize>
: INTEGER (0..7)
Indicates the packet layer

window size to be used in
the destination port's egress
direction.
<ifDestination>
: INTEGER (1..255)
Indicates the ifIndex of the

destination X.25 port.
<sourcePcktSize>
: INTEGER (0 | 16 | 32 | 64 | Indicates the maximum

128 | 256 | 512 | 1024 |
packet size to be used in the
2048)
source port.
<sourceWindowSize>
: INTEGER (0..7)
Indicates the packet layer

window size used in the
source port.
define x25 routing destinationIfIndex

Use define x25 routing destinationIfIndex to enable SVC operation.
Object
Parameter
Description
<Index>
: INTEGER (1..255)
Identifies this entry in the

routing table.
<DestinationIfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)
IfIndex of the X.25 interface

on which the DNA is
reachable; the local X.25
virtual port.
214371-C Rev. 00
203
define x25 routing dnaPattern
Object
Parameter
Description
<Index>
: INTEGER (1..255)
Identifies this entry in the

routing table.
<dnaPattern>
: "String" (1..15)
This object describes the

DNA pattern that is used to
evaluate whether this route
is the best match for a called
address. The DNA pattern of
length 'n' is matched against
the first 'n' digits of a called
X.25 address.
204
214371-C Rev. 00
205
Chapter 4
Delete Commands
Use the delete command to remove entries from a table. Values programmed
using the delete command will take effect once they have been saved and the
system has been reset.The following is a list of services available to you with
delete:
aot
ip
rsi
arp
ipx
sna
bridge
isdn
system
filters
lapb
voice
fr
nac
x25
gcm
ospf
wan
hpip

delete aot
interface
peer
206
Chapter 4 Delete Commands
delete aot interface
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

port that is configured for
aot.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

WAN port you are using for
aot.
<PeerIPAddress>
:IPAddress

the call.
<TCPListenPort>
:INTEGER (1000..9999)

connection (not the
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
Indicates the entry from the

arp configuration table for
the specified IfIndex.
<NetAddress>
:IPAddress

the network.
delete aot peer
delete arp entry
214371-C Rev. 00
207
delete bridge
base
etypeFilter
sapFilter
delete bridge base port
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
Deletes the specified port

profile. Use the show
bridge base port

operational (entry/
table) on page 304
command to list IfIndexes
that are in use. Choose from
the available IfIndexes from
1 to 255.
delete bridge etypeFilter
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
Deletes single etype filters

or a range of etype filters.
Specify IfIndex and filter
number. Use the show
bridge operational
table command to list
IfIndexes and filter numbers.
<FilterNumber>
:INTEGER (1..32)
Deletes the identification

assigned to a filter. Filter
IfIndex and they represent
ethernet interfaces and
virtual ports. For example,
IfIndexes 1 and 2 may each
have a distinct filter labeled
as filter number 1.
208
delete bridge sapFilter
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
The sapFilter table contains

port-specific information for
the device E-type filter.
Specify IfIndex and filter
number. Use the show
bridge sapFilter
operational table
command to list IfIndexes
and filter numbers.
<FilterNumber>
:INTEGER (1..32)
delete filters
ip
ipx
Use delete filters to delete IP or IPX filters.
delete filters ip
214371-C Rev. 00
forward
tos
rip
Deletes the identification

assigned to a filter. Filter
IfIndex and they represent
ethernet interfaces and
virtual ports. For example,
IfIndexes 1 and 2 may each
have a distinct filter labeled
as filter number 1.
209
delete filters ip forward port incoming/outgoing

Use delete filters ip forward port to delete IP filters. Specify the
IfIndex, address, mask, protocol type, port id or other attribute as shown on the
CLI screen for forward, ospf and rip broadcast types. Use the show filters ip
command to list current values.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex >
:INTEGER (1..255)

port you are deleting the
filter from.
<FilterMask>
:IPAddress
Deletes the IP Address of

the filter mask.
<FilterAddress>
:IPAddress
Deletes the IP address for

the filter address.
<ProtocolType>
:INTEGER (1..255)
Deletes the integer that

Passport 4460 unit.
<PortId>
:INTEGER (1..65535)
Deletes the integer that

represents the port ID.
<Direction>
Deletes the filtering action to

forward or to discard.
Forward seeks out
information with the
specified masks and
address, and then forwards
other information. Discard
blocks transmissions as
specified in the filter masks
and addresses.
210
delete filters ip forward system
Object
Parameter
Description
<DestMask>
:IPAddress
Deletes the destination IP

Address mask of the
<DestAddress>
:IPAddress

the destination of the
<SrcMask>
:IPAddress
Deletes the source IP

Address mask of the
<SrcAddress>
:IPAddress
Deletes the source IP

Address of the packets to be
filtered.
<ProtocolType>
:INTEGER (1..255)
Deletes the integer(s) that

<PortId>
:INTEGER (1..65535)
Deletes the destination TCP/

UDP port number.
delete filters ip dscp
port
system
Use the delete filters ip dscp commands to delete IP DSCP filters.
214371-C Rev. 00
211
delete filters ip dscp port incoming/outgoing

Use delete filters ip dscp port [incoming/outgoing] to delete a
filter entry based on the DSCP byte in the IP packet. The parameters are the same
for incoming and outgoing. Use the show filters ip commands to list the
current values.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

port to which you are
deleting the filter.
<DSCPMap>
:INTEGER or (0x00 - 0x3F)

filter entry.
<DSCPMask>
:INTEGER
Indicates the DSCP mask

filter entry.
delete filters ip dscp system

Use delete filters ip dscp system to delete a filter entry based on the
DSCP byte in the IP packet. Use the show filters ip commands to list the
current values.
Object
Parameter
Description
<DSCPMap>
:INTEGER or (0x00 - 0x3F)

filter entry.
<DSCPMask>
:INTEGER
Indicates the DSCP mask

filter entry.
212
delete filters ip rip gateway/incoming/outgoing
Object
Parameter
Description
<FilterMask>
:IPAddress
Deletes the IP address of

the filter mask.
<FilterAddress>
:IPAddress
Deletes the IP address of

the filter address.
delete filters ipx
netfilters
ripfilters
sapfilters
delete filters ipx netFilters
Object
Parameter
Description
<Instance>
:INTEGER (1 only)
Deletes the value for

Instance (must be set to 1.)
See note on page 55.
<NetworkNumber>
:NetNumber
(0x01 - 0xFFFFFFFE)
Deletes the IPX network

from your system
administrator.
delete filters ipx ripFilters
Object
Parameter
Description
<Instance>
:INTEGER (1 only)

<NetworkNumber>
:NetNumber
(0x01 - 0xFFFFFFFE)
Deletes the IPX network

from your system
administrator.
214371-C Rev. 00
213
delete filters ipx sapFilters
Object
Parameter
Description
<Instance>
:INTEGER (1 only)

<SapType>
:SapType (0x01 - 0xFFFE)
Deletes the SAP type of the

filtered packet. Common
SAP types include unknown
reserved up to (0x8000),
and wildcard (0xFFFF).
delete fr
line
port
switch
tunnel
delete fr line user mpanlLMI service
Object
Parameter
Description
<ServiceIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
Deletes frame relay MPANL

service. Specify service
index.
214
delete fr port
pvcLANData
spvcLANData
svcLANData
virtualPort
delete fr port pvcLANData

Use delete fr port pvcLANData to delete the frame relay service. Use the
corresponding show fr port command for each service for a list of Ifindexes
and DLCIs.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
Deletes the virtual port

associated with this pvc.
<NetlinkIfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
Deletes the index associated

with this link.
delete fr port spvcLANData

Use delete fr port spvcLANData to delete the spvc parameters for the
specified interface.
Object
Parameter
Description
:INTEGER (1..255)
Deletes the virtual port

associated with this spvc.
<RemoteNetDLCI>
:INTEGER (16..991)
The DLCI value on the

remote DCE interface.
delete fr port svcLANData

Use delete fr port svcLANData to delete svc parameters for the temporary
association between two end-points in the network.
214371-C Rev. 00
215
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
Deletes the IfIndex of the fr

port.
<DNA>
:FrameRelayDNA (as a
Deletes the DNA of the SVC.
<TxPriority>
:INTEGER (0..15)
Deletes the transmission

priority that has been set.
delete fr port virtualPort
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
Deletes the IfIndex of the

frame relay physical port the
virtual port is linked to, which
temporarily provided a
logical connection for the
duration of the call.
delete fr switch map

Use delete fr switch map to delete the entry used to associate a PVC with a
DLCI. Use the show fr switch map operational table command for a
list of IfIndexes and DLCIs that are currently in use.
Object
Parameter
Description
<LocalNetIfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
IfIndex of the local network.
<LocalNetDLCI>
:INTEGER (16..991)
Local DLCI of the PVC.
216
delete fr tunnel
Object
Parameter
Description
<TunnelIfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
Deletes the IfIndex of the

frame tunnel.
delete gcm
backupLink
link
timer
Use delete gcm to delete link and timer entries to the GCM. To delete each of
these, specify the IfIndex. Use the corresponding show gcm command to list the
IfIndexes.
delete gcm backuplink
Object
Parameter
Description
<Index>
:INTEGER (1..255)
Deletes the index value

which identifies the entry in
the GCM link table.
Object
Parameter
Description
<Index>
:INTEGER (1..255)

which identifies an entry in
the GCM link table as the
primary link.
delete gcm link
214371-C Rev. 00
217
delete gcm timer
Object
Parameter
Description
<Index>
:INTEGER (1..255)

which identifies the entry in
the GCM timer table.
delete hpip virtualPort

Use delete hpip virtualPort to delete the hpip virtual port. The port must
exist or the command will fail. This command is not dynamic. Issue a show hpip
virtualPort to view hpip virtualPort.
Note: delete hpip virtualPort is not a dynamic command so

you must reset the Passport 4460 unit for the command to take effect.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

hpip virtual port you are
deleting.
delete ip
address
route
delete ip address entry

Use delete ip address entry to delete IP address assignments.
218
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
Deletes the address entry

for the specified index.
<IPAddress>
:IPAddress
IPAddress assignment.
Object
Parameter
Description
<DestAddress>
:IPAddress
Deletes the destination IP

address entry for an IP
router.
delete ip route
delete ipx circuit

Use delete ipx circuit to delete IPX circuit and static router assignments.
Object
Parameter
Description
<SysInstance>
:INTEGER (1 only)
Deletes an entry from the

IPX circuit table. Specify
system instance and circuit
index numbers. Use the
show ipx circuit

table command to list
these numbers.
<CircuitIndex>
214371-C Rev. 00
:INTEGER (1..16)
Index number of the ipx

circuit.
219
delete isdn
directory
peer
delete isdn directory

Use delete isdn directory to delete ISDN directory information for the
specified index.
Object
Parameter
Description
<Index>
:INTEGER (1..2147483647)
Deletes entry to the ISDN

directory table.
delete isdn peer

Use delete isdn peer to delete ISDN peer information for the specified
index.
Object
Parameter
Description
<ID>
:INTEGER (1..2147483647)
Deletes entry to the peer

configuration table.
Object
Parameter
Description
<Index>
:INTEGER (1..255)
The index number of the

LAPB virtual circuit you want
to delete.
delete lapb virtual
220
delete nac
cache
server
delete nac cache
Object
Parameter
Description
<EgressString>
:String (1..40)
Removes egress string

information from the NAC
cache. Specify egress
string.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IPAddress>
:IPAddress
IP Address of the nac server

you want to delete.
delete nac server
delete ospf
214371-C Rev. 00
host
neighbor
stub
virtualInterface
221
delete ospf host
Object
Parameter
Description
<IPAddress>
:IPAddress

the host.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IPAddress>
:IPAddress
Deletes the IP Address this

neighbor is using in its
source address.
Object
Parameter
Description
<AreaID>
:IPAddress
Deletes the Area ID which

uses the same format as an
IP Address, but defines a
summarization point for Link
State Advertisements. It is
an OSPF Area identifier.
delete ospf neighbor
delete ospf stub
222
delete ospf virtualInterface
Object
Parameter
Description
<AreaID>
:IPAddress
Deletes the Area ID which

uses the same format as an
IP Address, but defines a
summarization point for Link
State Advertisements. It is
the OSPF Area identifier
where the virtual link
resides.
<VirtualNeighbor>
:IPAddress
Indicates the router ID of the

OSPF unit you want to use
as the virtual neighbor.
Object
Parameter
Description
<DNAAddress>
:String (1..34)
Deletes the RSI interface to

the server for the specified
DNA address.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
The IfIndex of the LLC

connection you want to
delete.
delete rsi server
delete sna
llc
sdlc
delete sna llc
214371-C Rev. 00
223
delete sna sdlc linkstation
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
The IfIndex associated with

the link station address you
want to delete.
<Address>
:INTEGER (1..254)
The address of the link

station (in decimal) you want
to delete.
delete system trapSubscription

Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
Deletes the subscription to a

trap collection at the
specified IP address. This
prevents the device at that
address from receiving any
more traps.
Object
Parameter
Description
<Address>
:IPAddress
Deletes the IP address that

the unit uses for all
VIP-related activities. This
object is also used as an
index into the IP Address
table.
delete voice vip
224
delete wan
channel
ifindexconn
delete wan channel

Use delete wan channel to delete the channel(s) to be used for WAN links.
You must change the protocol of the WAN channel to none using the define
wan port ProtocolSupport command before you issue the delete
command.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1. .255)
Deletes the channel

associated with the WAN
Ifindex.
delete wan ifindexconn

Use delete wan ifindexconn to delete a drop and insert connection between
two channels (DSO bundles).
Object
Parameter
Description
<FromifIndex>
:INTEGER (1. .255)
Deletes the index for the

table.
delete x25
214371-C Rev. 00
pvc
routing
virtual
225
delete x25 pvc
Object
Parameter
Description
<ifSource>
:INTEGER (1. .255)
Deletes the index for the

table.
<CircuitSource>
:INTEGER (1..4095)
Enter the circuit number of

the source end of the PVC.
Object
Parameter
Description
<Index>
:INTEGER (1. .255)
Enter the index number of

the connection in the X.25
routing table you want to
delete.
Object
Parameter
Description
<Index>
:INTEGER (1. .255)
Enter the index number of

the X.25 virtual circuit you
want to delete.
delete x25 routing
delete x25 virtual
226
214371-C Rev. 00
227
Chapter 5
Set Commands
Use the set command to establish a new value for a configuration parameter or
modify an old one. Values programmed using the set command take effect
dynamically without having to reset the unit. Values programmed or modified
using set remain effective until the next system reset. For values to remain
effective after a system reset, the save command must be used.The following is a
list of services available to you with set:
aot
nac
system
bridge
nas
tftp
csu
port
t1e1
gcm
rsi
voice
ip
snmp
wan

Passport 4460 manual.
set aot
interface
peer
228
Chapter 5 Set Commands
Use set aot (Asynchronous Over TCP/IP) for transport of asynchronous data
packets over TCP/IP protocols. Start and stop bits are used to control data
transmission. Enter an IfIndex value (1. .255) for the aot WAN port for each of the
following objects:
set aot interface
attachedTo
enable
keepAliveInterval
retryTimeout
retryCount
Use set aot interface to establish new values for the configuration
parameters for an AOT interface. Refer to Configuring and Operating the
Passport 4400 (document number 206916-D), Async Over TCP, Configuring the
Async Interface, CLI Commands for Configuring the Async Interface for detailed
information about point-to-point and multi-point configurations.
Object
Parameter
Description
<AttachTo>

interface polls the
ensure that the TCP
<Enable>
: enable| disable
Choose enable to permit

traffic flow over the AOT
WAN interface. Choose
disable to prevent traffic
flow over the AOT WAN
interface. (This does not
mean the interface is down.)
214371-C Rev. 00
229
Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<KpAliveIntrvl>
: INTEGER (1. . 86400)
Indicates the amount of time

in seconds before the local
Passport 4460 unit sends a
signal to the remote peer.
This amount of time is used
to determine whether the
Passport 4460 unit is up
(alive) and can receive
messages or is down.
<RetryTimeout>
: INTEGER (0. . 600)

in seconds between each
successive retransmission
of keepalive packets. If the
local Passport 4460 unit
does not receive an
acknowledgement within the
RetryTimeout, it retransmits
the keepalive packet.
<RetryCnt>
: INTEGER (0. .99)

that Transfer Control
Protocol (TCP) attempts to
re-establish or maintain a
connection.
set aot peer connectionOriginator

Use set aot peer to set the Passport 4460 unit that will initiate the TCP
connection.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1. . 255)

aot.
<PeerIpAddress>
: IPAddress

the call.
230

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<TCPListenPort>
: INTEGER (1000. . 9999)

connection (not the
<ConnOrig>
: self| partner

data.
set aot peer enable

Use set aot peer enable to set the TCP connection to the remote peer to an
enabled or disabled status.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1. . 255)

WAN port you have
configured for aot.
<PeerIpAddress>
: IPAddress

the call.
<TCPListenPort>
: INTEGER (1000. . 9999)

connection (not the
<Enable>
: enable| disable
Choose enable to set the

TCP connection to the
remote peer. Choose
disable to terminate the
TCP connection to the
remote peer.
214371-C Rev. 00
231
set bridge
Use set bridge to provision bridge filtering. Use bridge filtering to reduce
network traffic.
set bridge base port

Use set bridge base port to set bridge filtering for standard Passport
networks. Information may be filtered by three criteria:
etype or Ethernet type

MAC or MAC address
SAP or service access point.
The SAP field is part of an address specification.

Note: Be sure to specify an IfIndex number from 1 to 255: <IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255) for each parameter under the set bridge base
port command.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

<etypeFilter>
:enabled| disabled
Indicate which port will be

affected by the filter by
specifying the IfIndex. To
use the filter, set it to
enabled.
<etypeFilterType>
:inclusive| exclusive
Setting the filter type to

exclusive causes information
that meets the filter criteria
to be passed on, while all
other information is blocked
out.
232

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<macFilter>
:enabled| disabled

enabled.
<macFilterType>

out.
<sapFilter>
:enabled| disabled

enabled.
<sapFilterType>

out.
214371-C Rev. 00
233
set bridge macFilter

set bridge macFilter address
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)

<FilterNumber>
: INTEGER (1..32)
Filter numbers are specific to
each IfIndex and they
represent ethernet interfaces
and virtual ports. For
example, IfIndexes 1 and 2
may each have a distinct filter
labeled as filter number 1.
<MACFilterAddress>
: MACAddress

that needs to be filtered. This
is based on the source or
destination MAC address.
set bridge macFilter type

Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)

<FilterNumber>
: INTEGER (1..32)
Filter numbers are specific to
each IfIndex and they
represent ethernet interfaces
and virtual ports. For
example, IfIndexes 1 and 2
may each have a distinct filter
labeled as filter number 1.
<MACFilterType>
: source | destination |
invalid
Choose source or
destination depending on the
MAC address you are filtering.
Choose invalid if you want to
delete the MAC Filter.
234
set bridge misc

Use set bridge misc to set the following bridge objects. These are typically
used to customize non-standard Passport 4400 networks.
Object
Parameter
Description
<DebugStatus>
: enabled |disabled
Sets the unit to debug

spanning tree algorithm.
<SpanDebugStatus>
: enabled |disabled
Sets the unit to generate a

controlled number of
debugging messages in
order to debug the bridge
status.
<SpoofCacheAge>
: INTEGER (60. . 1800)

secs
The aging time in seconds

for entries in the ARP spoof
cache specified by the
cache timeout value. This is
done in order to make room
for active entries.
<SpoofThreshold>
: INTEGER (5. . 30)
The ARP spoof threshold

count. Allows this number of
consecutive outstanding
ARP requests per test node.
<SpoofThresholdAge>
: INTEGER (10. . 120)

secs
Aging time for the ARP

spoof cache threshold.
set bridge spanningTree parameters

Use set bridge spanningTree parameters to set the following spanning
tree parameters. These are typically used to customize non-standard Passport
networks. All values are given in hundredths of a second.
Object
Parameter
Description
<BridgeFwdDelay>
: TimeOut (400. .3000); 1

unit = 10 ms
Value that all bridges use for

forward delay when this unit
is acting as root.
<BridgeHelloTime>
: TimeOut (100. .1000); 1

unit = 10 ms
Value that all bridges use for

hello time when this unit is
acting as root.
214371-C Rev. 00
235
Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<BridgeMaxAge>
: TimeOut (600. .4000); 1

unit = 10 ms
The maximum age of

spanning tree protocol
information learned from the
network before it is
discarded.
<Priority>
: INTEGER (0 . . 65535)
The value of the writable

portion of the bridge id, such
as the first two octets of the
bridge id.
set bridge spanningTree port pathCost

Use set bridge spanningTreeport pathCost to set the following
spanning tree values for the designated port. These settings are typically made to
customize non-standard Passport 4400 networks.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1. . 32)

port you want to configure.
<PathCost>
: INTEGER (1. . 65535)
Value based on hop count.

Used to compare various
paths through the network
environment. Path cost
value is used by the routing
protocols to determine the
most favorable path to a
particular destination. Path
cost value is assigned by the
system administrator.
236
set bridge spanningTree port priority

Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1. . 32)

<Priority>
: INTEGER (0. . 255)
Value used to assign priority

to the designated port.
Priority based on packet size
and interface type.
set bridge spanningTree port status

Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1. . 32)

<Status>
: enabled |disabled
Choose enable to activate

the spanning tree protocol.
Filtering cannot take place if
disabled is chosen.
set csu
Use set csu to set the objects that control the channel service unit (CSU). CSU
refers to a digital device that connects end user equipment to the local digital
telephone loop.
set csu 56k

Specify the IfIndex (:INTEGER 1..255) for each of the following objects:
214371-C Rev. 00
237
Object
Parameter
Description
<clockSource>
: external | internal
Sets the T1 CSU line

clocking source. Choose
internal if you want the
on-board oscillator to be
used as the clock source.
Choose external if you want
to receive the clock source
remotely, such as from a
PBX.
<loopback>
: normalRxCondition |
forceCSUtoLoopback
Selects normal or forces

loopback condition for 56k
CSU.
<txControlMode>
: normalTxCondition | idle
Selects transmission of the

56K CSU control mode idle
sequence.
<TxIdle>
: normalTxCondition | idle

56K CSU data mode idle
sequence (all 1s).
<TxOutOfService>
: normalTxCondition |
outOfService

56K CSU out of service
sequence for DDS-PRI
mode, or transmission of
abnormal station code
sequence for DDS-SC
mode.
<txZeroSuppression>
: normalTxCondition |
disable
Selects the 56K CSU

disable transmit zero
suppression for DDS-PRI
mode, or transmission of all
zeros for DDS-SC mode.
238
set csu e1
Object
Parameter
Description
<clockSource>
: internal | external
Sets the E1 CSU line

clocking source. Choose
internal if you want the
on-board oscillator to be
PBX.
<crc4>
: disable | enable
Specifies whether to enable

or disable a T1 line CRC4.
<ds0BasicRate>
: 64K
Sets the E1 CSU line speed

as a multiple of the selected
rate.
<ds0Connection>
: "String" of range (1..30)
Sets the DS-0 channel. Valid

characters are decimals,
digits, comma and hyphen.
For example "1, 3, 14"
means ds0 channel 1, ds0
channel 3 and ds0 channel
14. Another example, "5-11"
means ds0 channel 5
through ds0 channel 11.
(Refer to Note)
<hdb3>
: disable | enable
Selects E1 CSU HDB3. Note

that for a T1 CSU interface,
this object is not used.
<remoteLoopback>
: disable | enable
Selects the remote T1 CSU

loopback. Remote loopback
tests the full length of the
facility. On the local port, a
repeated bit pattern is sent
out of the link to request the
remote CSU to set up a
remote loopback. Then the
specified test pattern is
transmitted to the remote
CSU as test data. At the end
of the test, the Test
component automatically
requests the remote loop to
be taken down by sending
another repeated bit pattern.
214371-C Rev. 00
239
Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<trapStatus>
: disable | enable
Selects whether the T1/E1

CSU traps should be
generated for this interface.
<txIdleCode>
: INTEGER (0..255)
Selects T1 CSU transmit idle

code.
Note: Timeslot 16 cannot be used as a B channel to carry data. You must

ensure that your service provider does not use this channel. Refer to the
table.
DSO Connection Parameter:
Actual Frame Timeslots Used by the System:
1..15
1..15
16..30
17..31
set csu t1
Object
Parameter
Description
<b7ZeroSuppression>
: disable-b7zs | enable-b7zs Selects stuffing bit 7 to 1 if 8

consecutive zeros occur.
b7zsDisable = no stuffing.
b7zsEnable = bit 7 forced to
a one in channels with all
zeros. Note that for an E1
CSU interface, this object is
not used.
<b8ZeroSuppression>
: disable-b8zs | enable-b8zs Selects zero code

suppression for a T1 CSU
interface. Note that for an E1
CSU interface, this object is
not used.
<clockSource>
: internal | external
Selects the clock source for

the specified data port.
Choose internal if you want
the on-board oscillator to be
PBX.
240

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<ds0BasicRate>
: 64K | 56K
Sets the T1 CSU line speed

as a multiple of the selected
rate.
<ds0Connection>
: "String" of range (1..24)
Sets the DS-0 channel. Valid

characters are decimals,
digits, comma and hyphen.
For example "1, 3, 14"
means ds0 channel 1, ds0
channel 3 and ds0 channel
14. Another example, "5-11"
means ds0 channel 5
through ds0 channel 11.
<frameFormat>
:d4FramingMode |
esfFramingMode
<lineBuildOut>
214371-C Rev. 00
Sets frame format.

D4 - AKA superframe.
Framing type used on T1
circuits. SF consists of
12 frames of 192 bits
each with the 193rd bit
providing error checking.
ESF - extended
superframe. Framing
type used on T1 circuits
that consists of 24
frames of 192 bits each
with the 193rd bit
providing timing. An
enhanced version of D4.
: 0-133-feet | 133-266-feet | Specifies the cable length

266-399-feet | 399-533-feet | attached to the local T1 line.
533-655-feet | -7.5db | -15db
| -22.5db
241
Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<payLoadLoopback>
: disable | enable
Selects the payload T1 CSU

loopback. The payload
loopback is used to set up a
loopback on the local node
to support testing ports on
another node. The incoming
payload is looped back out
of the function processor.
During the test, the physical
level frames are terminated
and the payload data is
looped over the link
controller device.The
payload loopback is not a
test, and does not produce
test results for the local
node.
<remoteLoopback>
: disable | enable
Selects the remote T1 CSU

loopback. Remote loopback
tests the full length of the
facility. On the local port, a
repeated bit pattern is sent
out of the link to request the
remote CSU to set up a
remote loopback. Then the
specified test pattern is
transmitted to the remote
CSU as test data. At the end
of the test, the Test
component automatically
requests the remote loop to
be taken down by sending
another repeated bit pattern.
<trapStatus>
: disable | enable
Selects whether the T1/E1

CSU traps should be
generated for this interface.
<txIdleCode>
: INTEGER (0..255)
Selects T1 CSU transmit idle

code.
242
set gcm unit command

Use set gcm unit command to switch the link on the Passport 4460 unit from
primary to backup or from backup to primary.
Object
Parameter
Description
<Index>
:INTEGER (1..3)

WAN port that the GCM
netlink is configured on.
<Command>
: primary | backup
Choose primary for the

primary netlink; the port on
the Passport 4460 units
base module which is used
to carry the PANL-DTE
netlink. Choose backup to
establish a PANL-DTE
netlink on the backup port.
set ip
214371-C Rev. 00
parameters
route
243
set ip parameters defaultTimeToLive

Object
Parameter
Description
<DefaultTimeToLive>
:INTEGER (1..255)
This is a user supplied value

in the IP header that
indicates how long a packet
is considered valid; unit of
measure is expressed
seconds. To view this
parameter, issue a show
ip parameters
command.
set ip route
Object
Parameter
Description
<metric>
: INTEGER (2..15)
Sets the metric for hop count

between source and
destination. Enter
destination IP address and
metric value.
<netmask>
: IPAddress

entry. Value must have all
the network bits set to 1 and
all the host bits set to 0.
<nextHop>
: IPAddress
Determines the IP route by

setting the IP address for the
next hop and the IP address
for the destination.
set nac
parameters
server
244
set nac parameters

Object
Parameter
Description
<addrResolveRetries>
: INTEGER (1..5)
The number of times an

address resolution request
is sent to the server to get a
DNA address.
<addrResolveTimeout>
: INTEGER (5..30)
The time in milliseconds

after which an address
resolution request will be
present in case the previous
one is not answered. Setting
a very low value in a heavily
loaded IP network would
result in transmissions of
multiple requests further
increasing the network load.
<cacheStatus>
: disabled | enabled
Specifies caching of
previously resolved
Addresses and to remove
previously resolved
addresses from the cache.
It is recommended that
cachStatus be set to
enabled as it helps relieve
the load on the server,
reduces network traffic and
speeds up address
resolution.
set nac server

Use set nac server to set a NAC server from which Passport 4460 units can
request address resolution. You must enter the <IPAddress> :IPAddress when
configuring any of the following objects:
214371-C Rev. 00
245
Object
Parameter
Description
<helloTime>
: INTEGER (30..180)
The interval of time in

seconds between
transmission of two
consecutive Hello messages
to the server. If the server
does not see a HELLO
message within a specified
period it will purge it's
database of all entries
belonging to this unit.
<name>
: "String" (1..50)
A user supplied name for the

server.
<status>
Allows you to insert, disable

or delete a server. Enable
results in insertion of a
server for address
resolution. Disable will stop
this unit from using the
server for address
resolution. Delete will
remove the entry from the
table.
<type>
Type of NAS to which this

information is assigned.
Primary indicates the
preferred server which will
be first consulted for
secondary server is used as
an alternative if the primary
is not responding. All
servers have to be marked
secondary if round-robin
load sharing is desired
between servers.
246
set nas basic agingTime

Use set nas basic agingTime to set the server age time for the age of the
registered access device entries.
Object
Parameter
Description
<AgingTime>
: INTEGER (60..8000) secs Indicates the server age

time for the age of the
registered access device
entries in seconds. If the
server does not receive a
HELLO packet from the
access device within the
time specified here, the
device registered numbers
will be removed. This
causes the access devices
to come up or go down. This
value should be a multiple of
the HelloTime value for the
access device.
set port adminStatus

Use set port adminStatus to set the administrative status of the physical
interface of the specified port (only the IfExtType with ethernet and
propMultiplexor).
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
Ifindex of the physical

interface of the port.
<AdminStatus>
:up | down | testing
up indicates staus is ready

to pass packets; down
indicates no operational
packets can be passed;
testing indicates it is in a
test mode and also means
no operational packets can
be passed.
214371-C Rev. 00
247
set rsi parameters

Use set rsi parameters to set the remote server interface (RSI) parameters.
Object
Parameter
Description
<cacheStatus>
Allows you to enable or

disable caching of previously
resolved addresses. It is
recommended that caching
be enabled as it helps
relieve the load on the
server, reduces network
traffic,and speeds up
address resolution.
Flushing of the cache is
recommended if the network
configuration has changed
resulting in changes in
DNAs and/or DNs. These
changes would make
previously cached
resolutions incorrect.
248

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<numOfAddrResRequest>
: INTEGER (1..5)
This object specifies the

time-out period (in tenths of
a second) after which an
will be resent to the RSA (in
case the previous one is not
answered).
Setting a low value in a
heavily loaded network
would result in transmissions
of multiple requests further
It is recommended to tune
this value by considering the
network load and
performance.
<resReqTimeOut>
: INTEGER (5..30)
This object specifies the

time-out period (in tenths of
a second) after which an
will be resent to the RSA (in
case the previous one is not
answered).
Setting a low value in a
heavily loaded network
would result in transmissions
of multiple requests further
It is recommended to tune
this value by considering the
network load and
performance.
Note: FXS to FXS remote calls fail on the ISDN backup line under
heavy data traffic conditions if you use the minimum value of 5 for this
parameter. Increase the value to 30 in these circumstances.
set snmp
214371-C Rev. 00
authenTraps
keepTraps
249
Use set snmp to configure SNMP traps processing for the unit.
set snmp authenTraps

Use set snmp authenTraps to indicate whether the SNMP agent process will
generate authentication-failure traps. This provides a means whereby all
authentication-failure traps may be disabled.
Object
Parameter
Description
<AuthenTraps>
Choose enabled to generate

authentication-failure traps.
Choose disabled to turn off trap
generation.
Note: It is strongly recommended that this object be stored in

non-volatile memory so it remains constant between re-initialization of
the network management system.
set snmp keepTraps

Use set snmp keepTraps to indicate whether the SNMP agent process will
use pings to verify NMS reachability prior to sending traps to the NSM. This
provides a means to accommodate networks with firewalls that block all external
pings.
Object
Parameter
Description
<keepTraps>
Choose enabled to specify that

the unit should send pings to the
NMS prior to sending traps.
Choose disabled to specify that
the unit should send traps
without using pings to check for
NMS reachability.
250
set system
administration
masterClock (Passport 4460 units only)
communityString
rollback
consolePort
timeOfDay
daylightSavingTime
traps
firmware
set system administration
contact
location
NodeName
Use set system administration to set (or assign) system administration

information. Issue a show system administration to view these parameters.
Object
Parameter
Description
<contact>
: "String" (1..50)
This is the name of the

person or department
responsible for this Passport
4460 unit.
<location>
: "String" (1..50)
This is the name of the

physical location of the
Passport 4460 unit.
<NodeName>
: "String" (1..50)
This is a unique name you

assign to your Passport
4460 unit. You are not
required to input a node
name, but it is typically used.
Note: RFC 1213 allows a range of 0 to 255 characters to define these

objects. The Passport 4460 unit allows a range of 1 to 50.
214371-C Rev. 00
251
set system communityString

Use set system communityString to assign different privilege levels to
users which allow or restrict access to specific CLI utilities and functions.
Community string/privilege levels are divided into two groups. These are NSP (or
network service provider) and VPN (or virtual private network). Within the NSP
and VPN groups, three levels of privilege are defined. These groups are
configurator for configuration privileges, operator for operation-level privileges
and monitor for display-level privileges.
The six privilege levels are accessed through one of six community string indexes
and their associated passwords. The following tables show the privilege levels
associated with each string index along with the default password.
Note: Telnet and SNMP accesses from the Ethernet port will be affected
by changes to the password strings. The CLI will not accept passwords or
user names that contain the space character (ASCII Hex 0X20).
Group Privilege
String Index
Default
Password
Network
configuration
Network
operation
Network
display
nSP_Configurator
private
Read/Write
Read/Write
Read only
nSP_Operator
public
Read only
Read/Write
Read only
nSP_Monitor
proxy
Read only
Read only
Read only
*Network service provider designations
Group Privilege
String Index
Default
Password
VPN configuration
VPN
operation
VPN display
customer_Configur
ator
regional
Read/Write
Read/Write
Read only
customer_Operator core
Read only
Read/Write
Read only
customer_Monitor
Read only
Read only
Read only
nortel
*Virtual private network designations
252
set system consolePort baudRate

Use set system consolePort to set transmission parameters for the local
management port.
Object
Parameter
Description
<baudRate>
: 2400bps | 4800bps |
9600bps | 19200bps |
38400bps | 57600bps |
115200bps
Sets the console and

debugger speed.
set system daylightSavingTime

Use set system daylightSavingTime to enable or disable the Daylight
Saving Time function. If you are in a country that observes Daylight Saving Time
(also known as Summer Time in many countries), where clocks are advanced one
hour ahead in the spring, the Passport unit is defaulted to enable this function. The
Passport unit accomodates this by automatically incrementing the time from
1:59:59 AM to 3:00:00 AM on the first Sunday in April. In the autumn time, when
clocks are turned back one hour, the Passport unit adjusts the time back one hour.
This occurs on the last Sunday in October when the time first reaches 1:59:59 AM
and it is changed back to 1:00:00 AM.
Object
Parameter
Description
<DaylightSavingTime>
: enable | disable
Choose enable to turn

daylight savings time option
on and choose disable to turn
it off. The default setting is
enabled.
set system firmware

Application code and configuration memory banks can be set to either a
committed state or an uncommitted state. When a memory bank is set to
committed, it becomes write-protected and cannot be overwritten or erased during
a software download or a save configuration update operation. The
application code that is in the committed bank is loaded into RAM when a system
214371-C Rev. 00
253
reset occurs. The application code and configuration information that are in the
uncommitted banks are overwritten during a TFTP software download. Only one
application code bank and one configuration bank can be set to committed at a
time.
At initial startup, all four memory banks are in the uncommitted state. If Bank 1 is
set to committed, Bank 2 remains in the uncommitted state and is the software
download bank. If subsequently Bank 2 is set to committed, Bank 1 is
automatically toggled to the uncommitted state at the next reset, and the
application code in Bank 2 is then loaded into RAM for execution.
Configuration banks can be set to either active or inactive as well as to the
committed or uncommitted states. The Passport 4460 always reads the active
configuration bank when a reset occurs, and saves configuration changes to the
uncommitted bank.
set system firmware activeConfigBank

Sets a configuration code bank to the active status. Specify whether configuration
bank 3 or configuration bank 4 will become active.
set system firmware commitCodeBank

Sets an application code bank to the committed status. Specify whether
configuration bank 1 or configuration bank 2 will become committed.
set system firmware commitConfigBank

Sets configuration bank to the committed status. Specify whether code bank 3 or 4
will become committed.
set system firmware operationType

This command is not used.
254
set system masterClock

Use set system masterClock to select the source for the master clock for the
Passport 4460 unit. Once you choose the port to be used for the master clock
source, the Passport 4460 unit makes the clock signal from the designated port
available to other ports on the unit through the backplane. This allows those ports
on the unit to use that clock source by designating backplane as its clock source,
thereby providing a synchronized clock signal across multiple ports on the unit.
Typically, the port that you designate as the master clock is configured to obtain
its timing signals from the network (external clocking).
Object
Parameter
Description
<MasterClockIfIndex>
: INTEGER (0..255)

specifies the ifIndex of the port
which will be used as the
master clock source for the
entire Passport 4460 unit. Use
show system IfIndex
(configured/operational) on
page 547 to see which
ifIndexes are available. Use
show system hardware on
page 546 to determine if your
Passport 4460 unit has a clock
sync board.
Supported Modules
The following modules fully support the master clock feature. That is, ports on
these modules can provide clock to, and receive clock from, the backplane:
214371-C Rev. 00
Built-in serial port (Port 1 on the base unit)

Serial Port WAN Module
Two-Port Serial Data Expansion module
Six-Port Serial Data Expansion module
ISDN BRI Voice Module
T1/E1 Voice Modules
255
Note: Only the first port on the Two-Port Serial Data Expansion module
and the Six-Port Serial Data Expansion module can supply clock to the
backplane (although all of the ports on these modules can receive clock
from the backplane).
The following Passport 4460 modules can provide clock to, but cannot receive
clock from, the backplane:
56K CSU WAN Module

T1 CSU WAN Module
E1 CSU WAN Module
ISDN S/T and ISDN U WAN Modules
set system rollback

Use set system rollback to set the status of the rollback feature. When
rollback is enabled, the CLI software requires confirmation of any change made to
the active status of the code after a system reset. If the change is not confirmed
using the confirm rollback command, the operating system will roll back
to the previous, unchanged version of the code. For more information about using
system rollback, refer to Configuring and Operating the Passport 4400 (document
number 206916-D), System Utilities,CLI Procedure for Using System Rollback.
Object
Parameter
Description
<Feature>
: enable | disable
Choose enabled once you have

committed one of the
configuration banks. You will not
be able to enable this feature until
a bank is committed. Choose
disable to disable this feature;
otherwise it will remain enabled
even if you issue a system reset
command.
256
set system timeOfDay
date
month
day
second
hour
year
minute
Use set system timeOfDay to set system calendar and clock.

Object
Parameter
Description
<date>
: INTEGER (1..31)
Indicates the day of the

month; a numeric value from
1 to 31.
<day>
: sunday | monday |
tuesday | wednesday |
thursday | friday | saturday
Indicates the day of the

week day as shown on the
screen.
<hour>
: INTEGER (0..23)
Indicates the hour of the day

using a 24 hour clock (0-23).
<minute>
: INTEGER (0..59)
Indicates the minute of the

hour; a numeric value from 0
to 59.
<month>
: INTEGER (1..12)
Indicates the month of the

year; a numeric value from 1
to 12.
<second>
: INTEGER (0..59)
Indicates the second of the

minute; a numeric value
from 0 to 59.
<year>
: INTEGER (1970..2070)
Indicates the year; a four

digit numeric value.
set system traps
bandwidthUtilThres
cpuUtilThres
ramUtilThres
Use set system traps to set threshold values for system traps.
214371-C Rev. 00
257
Object
Parameter
Description
<bandwidthUtilThres>
: INTEGER (1..100)
Indicates the band width

utilization threshold in units
of percent.
<cpuUtilThres>
: INTEGER (1..100)
Indicates the CPU utilization

threshold in units of percent.
<ramUtilThres>
: INTEGER (1..100)
Indicates the RAM utilization

threshold in units of percent.
set tftp
portNumber
serverIPAddress
remoteFileName
timeOut
retransmissionCount
uploadConfigBank
Use set tftp to apply settings using a TFTP transfer.

Object
Parameter
Description
<PortNumber>
: INTEGER (1..65535)
Specify port number.
<RemoteFileName>
: "String" (1..50)
Set remote file name.
<RetransmissionCount>
: INTEGER (1..100)
Set retransmission count.
<ServerIPAddress>
: IPAddress
Set the server IP address.
<TimeOut>
: INTEGER (1..900) secs
Set the timeout value in

seconds.
<ConfigUploadBank>
: bank3 | bank4
Specify the configuration bank

to receive the code. Choices
are bank 3 or bank 4.
Note: Do not use spaces in the remoteFileName parameter for the

Passport 4460 units.
258
set t1e1
Use set t1e1 to apply settings to provision the T1/E1 links and profiles.
214371-C Rev. 00
259
set t1e1 ds0Usage

Object
Parameter
Description
<LineID>
: line1 | line2
Indicates whether the DS0

channels you are connecting
are taken from the DSX-1/L1
or DS-1/L2 line. Enter either
localLine (T1=DSX-1/
E1=L1) or networkLine
(T1=DS-1/E1=L2), as
appropriate.
<DS0UsageString>
: "String" of size (0..83;

decimal digits, ', ', and '-')
This value lists which DS0

channel can be used in the
Passport 4460 unit. Only the
DS0 channels listed can be
used. You can assume that
the rest are not subscribed
and cannot be assigned to
any of the DSP channels.
For T1 DS0 1-24 is mapped
to time slot 0-23. For E1,
DS0 1-30 is mapped to time
slot 1-15 and 17-31. String
can be entered in the
following ways: '1,2,...,30':
DS0 channel 1,2,...,30.
'7-18': DS0 channel 7 to 18.
'1,2,3,16-21': DS0 1 to 3 and
16 to 21. Note: This
command will cause all DSP
channels in that line to be
reset automatically.
set t1e1 lineParameters

Use set t1e1 lineParameters to set a previously configured T1/E1 profile
to a T1/E1 line. For LineIndex select localEnd or networkEnd for T1/E1 dual port.
Note: It is assumed and recommended that profile 1 is used for Line 1
and profile 2 for Line 2.
260

Object
Parameter
Description
<LineIndex>
: line1 | line2
Choose localEnd for the DSX-1/L1 line, and

networkEnd for the DS1/L2 line.
<Profile>
: INTEGER (1..2)
Choose 1 for the DSX-1/L1 line, and 2 for the

DS-1/L2 line.
214371-C Rev. 00
261
set t1e1 profile
clockSource
t1BuildOut
e1CRC4Status
t1FrameFormat
e1IdleCode
t1IdleCode
e1LineCode
t1LineCode
signalProtocol
t1LoopbackStatus
You must enter the <Profile> :INTEGER (1..2) in order to configure any of the
following objects:
Object
Parameter
Description
<clockSource>
: internal | external |
backplane

specifies where the line clock
comes from. Choose internal if
you want the on-board
oscillator to be used as the
clock source. Choose external
if you want to receive the clock
source remotely, such as from
a PBX. Choose backplane if
you want to use the Passport
4460 units master clock as the
clock source.
<e1CRC4Status>
: disable | enable
Choose enable if you want the

CRC-4 Cyclic Redundancy
Check feature enabled on the
T1 line. When enabled, the E1
access module generates and
monitors for the CRC algorithm
carried on bit 1 of Time Slot 0
of an E1 frame.
<e1IdleCode>
: INTEGER (0..255)

specifies the code to be filled in
the E1 line when idle.
262

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<e1LineCode>
: ami | hdb3
Selects either AMI or HDB3

line code.
ami indicates that HDB3
suppression is disabled.
When AMI is selected, you
must ensure that the Data
Terminal Equipment is
generating at least one in
every four bits.
hdb3 (High Density Bipolar
3): an
ITU-TSS-recommended
coding method which limits
the maximum number of
consecutive zeros to three.
<signalProtocol>
: cas | ccs | css_pri
Specifies the signaling protocol

for the line:
CAS - Channel Associated
Signaling
CCS - Common Channel
Signaling
CSS_PRI - sets the line for
ISDN PRI configuration.
<t1BuildOut>
:lessThan133Feet |
lessThan266Feet |
lessThan399Feet |
lessThan533Feet |
lessThan655Feet |
neg7andHalfdB | neg15dB
| neg22dB
Specifies cable length attached

to the line on the local end of
the connection.
<t1FrameFormat>
: superFrame(D4) |
Sets the profile for either
extendedSuperFrame(ESF) superframe (D4) or extended
superframe (ESF).
Superframe consists of 12
frames and extended
superframe consists of 24
frames. Choose the frame
format that is appropriate for
your interface.
<t1IdleCode>
: INTEGER (0..255)
214371-C Rev. 00

specifies the code to be filled in
the T1 line when idle.
263
Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<t1LineCode>
: ami | b8zs
Sets either AMI or B8ZS zero

suppression. AMI disables
B8ZS suppression; however, a
bit density requirement is
created which can be satisfied
by assuring that the DTE is
generating at least one 1 in
every byte. Voice is not
affected as PCM code does not
allow bytes without a 1.
<t1LoopbackStatus>
: disable | enable
Used to enable T1
network-invoked loopback
tests. When enabled, the T1
Access Module recognizes and
responds to network-invoked
loopback commands. When
disabled, the T1 Access
Module will not respond to
network-invoked loopback
commands.
set t1e1 systemTest

Use set t1e1 systemTest to test all DS0 channels (24 T1 or 30 E1) of the
T1/E1 line.
Object
Parameter
Description
<Action>
: externalLineLoopback |
externalDigitalLoopback|
internalLineLoopback |
internalDigitalLoopback|
stopLoopbackTest
|
ledTest-turnRedOn
|
ledTest-turnGreenOn |
ledTest-turnYellowOn |
ledTest-turnOff
|
terminateLedTest
|
stopLedAndLoopbackTest
Used to perform various

tests on both expansion
ports (exp1 and exp2) with
T1/E1 voice modules
installed. For test
descriptions, refer to
Configuring and Operating
the Passport 4400
(document number
206916-D), Voice Services,
T1/E1, System Tests (4460).
264
set t1e1 testLine

Use set t1e1 testLine to test all DS0 channels (24 T1 or 30 E1) of the
DSX-1 (L1) or DS-1 (L2) line. Specifies which DS0 line is in test mode. These
tests are interruptive and, unlike channel tests, leave existing connections in their
present states while a test is in progress. Refer to Configuring and Operating the
Passport 4400 (document number 206916-D), Voice Services, T1/E1, Line Tests
(4460) for detailed information about these tests.
Object
Parameter
Description
<LineIndex>
: line1 | line2
Choose the T1/E1 line

whose DS0 channels are to
be tested. The T1/E1 line
identification specifies which
line is to be configured. This
is used as the index to the
T1/E1 Line Configuration
table.
<TestPattern>
: externalLineLoopback |
externalDigitalLoopback |
internalLineLoopback |
internalDigitalLoopback |
stopLoopbackTest |
ledTest-turnRedOn
|
ledTest-turnGreenOn |
ledTest-turnYellowOn |
ledTest-turnOff
|
terminateLedTest
Choose one of the ten test

types to be initiated on the
specified T1/E1 line. Line
Loopback indicates that the
receiver or transmitter is
connected to transmitter or
receiver; respectively.
Digital Loopback indicates
that data is stripped off the
DS0 channel and reinserted
in the same channel.
External indicates data
coming from the line.
Internal indicates data
going to the line.
set voice
Use set voice to set the VNET voice channel configuration parameters for
associating a voice channel with its corresponding voice profile.
214371-C Rev. 00
265
set voice channelActions

Object
Parameter
Description
<CardNumber>
: exp1 | exp2
Specifies the location of the

voice/fax card whose
channel you want to test.
<ChannelNumber>
: INTEGER (1..30)
Specifies the channel

number within the selected
card. The integer value
ranges from 1 to 30.
<Action>
: disconnect | loopbackTest | The type of channel action

terminateTest
you intend to perform.
disconnect - disconnects
an existing connection.
loopback - performs a
standard loopback test.
terminateTest - terminates
an active test.
Manipulation strings provide control over the egress number. The manipulation
string consists of manipulation commands that are formed by decimal digits 0-9,
and the characters #, *, +, D and I. These characters are defined as
follows:
Character
Definition
the next digit
the rest of the digits
wait one second
Dn
delete next n digits, where n = 0 through 9
D#
delete the rest of the ingress digits.
Innn
insert digits, nnn where nnn = any number of digits.
266
set voice egressTable

Object
Parameter
Description
<EgressIndex>
: INTEGER (1..60)
Assign an index number for

each egress entry. This
number will link the
manipulation string to the
voice channels. Entry must
be an integer in the range 1 60.
<channelList>
: "String" (size 0..172;

a1a2b10...; a1-30b1-24)
Enter voice/fax card

locations (a1a2b10 etc.) as
a string within quotes.
Maximum is 172 characters.
<ManipulationString *>
: "String" (0..36)
Sets voice channel

manipulations up to a
maximum of 36characters.
<phoneNumber>
: "String" (0..40)
Applies phone numbers to

the egress table. Enter the
EgressIndex as defined
with the channelList
parameter. Enter the phone
number as a string within
quotes up to a maximum of
40 digits.
*See definition table for manipulation strings.
set voice HHtraps

Use set voice HHtraps to enable or disable the HootnHoller traps feature.
Note that HootnHoller traps are received as soon as HootnHoller SVC are
established or, once established, if the SVC goes down. The traps are generated
only if the unit has a trap subscription to the proper NMS and the HootnHoller
traps feature is enabled.
Object
Parameter
Description
<enable/disable>
enable | disable
Enables or disables the

HootnHoller traps feature.
214371-C Rev. 00
267
set voice ingressTable

Object
Parameter
Description
<IngressIndex>
: INTEGER (1..60)
Assign an index number for

each ingress entry. The
lower the index number, the
higher the priority of the
corresponding ingress
number. Entry must be an
integer in the range 1 - 60.
<ingressNumber>
: "String" (0..40)
Enter a mix of alphanumeric

characters (maximum 40).
These are the characters
you must dial to reach the
destination voice channel.
The alpha characters are
limited to the symbols *, #,
and +. Where * = a single
wild card, # used to wildcard
the rest of the digits
immediately following the #
and + is used to obtain a
second dial tone.
<ManipulationString *>
: "String" (0..36)

selects commands to
produce the egress digits for
FXO, E&M, or FXS 3-Port
interface. The result is the
number that is sent to the
connected phone device.
<TransportMethod>
: voFR | voIP | as-system
Sets the transport method.

Choose voFR if most of the
voice traffic in your Passport
4400 unit is being
transported using frame
relay. Choose voIP if most of
the voice traffic in your
Passport 4400 unit is being
transported using IP.
*See definition table for manipulation strings.
set voice parameters

Use set voice parameters to set profile and switching IDs to the voice
module ports.
268
set voice parameters profileID

Specify a unique integer to identify each profile. Issue a show voice profile
operational table to view the profile IDs currently in use.
Object
Parameter
<CardNumber>
: exp1 | exp2
<ChannelNumber>
: INTEGER (1..30)
<ProfileID>
: INTEGER (1..60)
set voice parameters switchingProfileID

Use set voice parameters switchingProfileID to specify the ID
number of the switching profile to be used for a switching call. Issue a show
voice parameters table to view the switchingProfileIDs currently in use.
Object
Parameter
<CardNumber>
: exp1 | exp2
<ChannelNumber>
: INTEGER (1..30)
<SwitchingProfileID>
: INTEGER (1..60)
214371-C Rev. 00
269
set voice profile
analogOperation (E&M
Only)
echoCanceller
premiumVoice (DVM
Only)
backGround
emSignalFormat (E&M
Only)
ringFrequency (FXS
Only)
bandwidth
endOfDialCharStatus
minEchoRetLoss
busyOutMode
faxDigitizingRate
ecanDisableMode
callProgressTone
format (regeneration)
ecanDoubleTalkDetect
companderFormat
inputLevelGain
ecanHighPassFilter
regenDelayHighReso
idlePattern
ecanFilterMode
dialDigTimeLimReso
jitter
fvmInterfaceType
digitizingRate
lineImpedance (FXS
enhanced, E&M 2-wire,

FXO enhanced)
enhBckGrndNoiseLevel
discSupervision (FXO
Only)
maxNumFwdDigits
enhSilenceHngOvrTime
dtmfGenBurstLen
maxOutputLevel (E&M
4-wire)
briClockSource
dtmfDetRegBurstLen
mode
evmInterfaceType
dtmfToneDetector
numOfRings (FXO
Only)
signalingType
dvmSignalingFormat
(T1/E1 DVM Only)
outputLevelAttn
Use set voice profile to set various attributes to the voice profile.
Note: Be sure to specify a profile number from 1 to 60: <Profile>
:INTEGER (1..60) for each parameter under the set voice profile
command.
270
Object
Parameter
Description
<AnalogOperation>
: twoWire | fourWire
Select either twowire or fourwire

operation to match the interfacing
PBX.
<Background>
: regenerated | silence Determine whether users hear

silence or regenerated background
noise when no signal is being sent
across the line.
<Bandwidth>
: voiceActivated |
continuous
Select voiceActivated where the

voice/fax channel uses bandwidth
when speech or fax signals are
present.
Select continuous where the
voice/fax channel uses bandwidth
for the entire time that the channel
is in use. You may use this option if
you want to transmit background
noise or music while on hold.
<BusyOutMode>
: systemControlled |
forcedOn | forcedOff
Select systemControlled to place

the voice/fax channel in a busyout
state during link outages of 40
seconds or more, or when there is
not enough bandwidth available to
support the voice/fax channel.
Select forcedOn to force the voice/
fax channel into the busyout state.
Use to disable an intermittent or
defective voice/fax channel until it
can be repaired.
Select forcedOff to prevent the
channel from going busy, even
during link outages or congestion.
Use when testing the channel.
<CallProgressTone>
: northAmerica | japan
| unitedKingdom |
europe | france |
centralAmerica| chile |
australia
Matches the call progress tones to

one of eight countries or areas
where the network is installed. The
Call Progress Tone table in
Appendix C shows details for each
selection.
<CompanderFormat>
: uLaw | aLaw
A voice encoding/decoding scheme

of PCM associated with this T1/E1
type transmission. This parameter
tells the DVM channel how to
encode/decode the CAS coming
from the T1/E1 line.
214371-C Rev. 00
271
Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<RegenDelayHighReso>
: INTEGER (1..150)
Select the delay regeneration

interval. Defines compensation
time before the remote PBX goes
off-hook and provides a dial tone
back to the voice channel for
completing the call setup. (range 1
to 150 seconds)
Part of the Single Dial Tone
Feature.
<DialDigTimeLimResot>
: INTEGER (1..150)
Specifies the maximum time (from

the start of one digit to the start of
the next) for accepting dialed digits.
When the time limit is reached,
further digits are not accepted, and
the accumulated digits are
forwarded to the remote voice
channel.
This allows a person time to pause
and check a number being dialed.
When using pulse dialing, the
parameter must be set for 2
seconds or more to accommodate
the high-order digits, such as 9 or
10.
Part of the Single Dial Tone
Feature.
<DigitizingRate>
: G.729-20ms |
G.729A-20ms |
G.729B-20ms |
G.729AB-20ms |
G.711-5ms
The value of this object selects the

voice digitizing algorithm. (Rate at
which voice is digitized designated
in bits per second.)
<DiscSupervision>
: tone | powerInterrupt Selects the detection method used

when the telephone equipment
attached to a voice/fax port goes
from an off-hook (active) to an
on-hook (idle) state.
Select Power Interrupt - where the
voice/fax channel monitors the
station line of the PBX or CO for the
absence of loop current for 600 ms
or longer.
Select Tone - where the attached
PBX or CO cannot supply a power
interrupt signal, the voice/fax
channel looks for a call progress
tone of 600 Hz or less.
272

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<DtmfGenBurstLen>
: time50msec |
time60msec |
time70msec |
time100msec
Specifies the DTMF burst

generation in milliseconds.
<DtmfDetRegBurstLen>
: time50msec |
time60msec |
time70msec |
time100msec
Specifies the DTMF burst

regeneration length in milliseconds.
<DTMFToneDetector>
: disable | enable
When enabled, this feature ensures

that DTMF signals are regenerated
with a continuous tone. Limited to
switched calls, and compatible with
other voice/fax modules that
incorporate this feature.
<DVMSignalFormat>
: tieTrunk | dc5b |
r2Q421 | winkStart
Specifies the voice signaling

protocol and format to be used
when the DVM channel is
connected to a DS0 channel.
<EchoCanceller>
: disable | enable
Used to enable or disable the echo

canceller.
Set to enable during normal
operations. Set to disable when
performing external tests, or when
using an external echo canceller.
214371-C Rev. 00
273
Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<EMSignalFormat>
: dc | winkStart
Select one of four methods to

signal (and sense) the on-hook/
off-hook condition of an E&M
telephone connection.
DC - the channel senses the active/
idle condition of the remote end by
the DC level on its M lead, and
signals to the remote end its active/
idle condition by a DC level on its E
lead.
winkStart - In the originating
channel the user enters a string of
digits to reach a distant PBX
station. The originating PBX first
seizes the M lead and waits for a
wink signal response from the local
voice/fax channel. Only then does
the local PBX forward the dialed
digits to the destination voice/fax
channel. At the destination end, the
voice/fax channel seizes the E lead
and starts a (regeneration) delay
timer. When the delay timer
expires, the remaining digits are
forwarded to the destination PBX.
<EndOfDialCharStatus>
: disable | enable
Used in conjunction with the Single

Dial Tone operation. When
enabled, receipt of a # sign
following a string of digits will cause
the voice channel to forward all
digits immediately, without waiting
for the accumulation of the
maximum number of forwarded
digits or for the dial digit time limit to
expire.
<FaxDigitizingRate>
: 2400bps | 4800bps | Selects digitizing rates for fax/

7200bps | 9600bps |
modem signals. Normally, separate
G.711
fax digitizing rates are used. If
Voice Rate is selected, the
digitizing rate for fax/modem
signals will be limited to 7.2 kbps.
274

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<Format>
: dialPulse | dtmf
Used to allow the voice/fax channel

to match the outgoing dialing digits
with that of the interfacing PBX.
Dial Pulse - used when the
interfacing PBX requires that the
incoming dialing digits be in a dial
pulse format.
DTMF - used when the interfacing
PBX requires that the incoming
dialing digits be in a DTMF format.
<InputLevelGain>
: INTEGER (-15..15)
Used to set the amplification level

for the voice/fax input signal.
Values range from -15dB to 15dB.
Note: The input level gain must be
set to 0 dBm for equipment
operated in the U.S.A. or Canada. If
your equipment is operated outside
of the U.S.A. or Canada, follow the
standards of the country where the
equipment is used.
<IdlePattern>
: INTEGER (0..255)
The value of this object represents

the idle pattern on the line when
there are no calls. This is specific to
a PBX. This is a permanent DSP
configuration parameter. This value
can be used to detect that a call
has finished, the echo canceller
should be reset and that fax mode
should be terminated.
<Jitter>
: INTEGER (1..200)
Used to set the time (in

milliseconds) required to
compensate for the delay of
transmitted voice packets across a
network. This setting provides
compensation for the difference
between arrival time and expected
arrival time of voice packets,
maintaining continuous voice
delivery. Values range from 1 to
200 milliseconds.
<LineImpedance>
: 600ohms |
complexTBR21 |
complexAustralia
Used to set the line impedance

options for the FXS, FXO, and E&M
2-wire. Line impedance of the E&M
interface configured for 4-wire
operation is fixed at 600 ohms and
is not configurable.
214371-C Rev. 00
275
Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<MaxNumFwdDigits>
: INTEGER (0..40)
Used to specify the maximum

number of dialing digits, ranging
from 0 to 40, to be forwarded to the
attached PBX. If this number is
reached, the accumulated digits
are forwarded without having to
wait until the Dial Digit Time Limit is
reached. This assures backward
compatibility, and requires positive
action by the user to enable this
feature.
Part of the Single Dial Tone feature.
<MaxOutputLevel>
: 0dBmNominal |
plus7dBm
Sets the maximum output level to

use with a voice channel configured
for 4-wire E&M.
plus7dBm used when the
interfacing tie trunk equipment
includes a pad.
nominal0dBm used for all other
applications.
<Mode>
: voiceFax | voiceOnly Sets the voice channel to voice/fax,

or voice only operation.
voice/fax operation - The voice
channel will process voice, fax, or
modem (data) signals. Normally,
the channel will operate in voice
mode. If a fax or data signal is
detected, and there is no voice
traffic over the channel, the channel
will automatically switch to either
the fax or modem mode. It will stay
in that mode until fax/data signals
are no longer detected, and then
switch back to voice mode. Use this
option for most voice/fax/modem
applications.
voice only operation - in which the
channel will remain in voice mode
all the time. Use this option if the
voice/fax channel is dedicated to
voice traffic only. You must select
this mode when performing
frequency/level tests of the
channel. This prevents the channel
from accidentally entering the fax
mode when a test tone is used.
276

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<NumOfRings >
: INTEGER (1..9)
Used to set the number of ring

cycles a local FXO channel will wait
before providing a dial tone. When
an attempt is made to contact a
network channel from a PBX
station, the user first dials the local
FXO channel and waits for a
second dial tone. In response, the
local FXO channel waits one or
more ring cycles before providing
that dial tone. The user then dials
the extension number of the
network channel.
<OutputLevelAttn>
: INTEGER (-15..15)
Used to set the output voice/fax

signal attenuation level. You can
enter values ranging from -15dB to
15dB.
Note: The output level attenuation
must be set to 0 for equipment
operated in the U.S.A. or Canada. If
your equipment is operated outside
of the U.S.A. and Canada, follow
the standard of the country wherein
the equipment is used.
<PremiumVoice >
When enabled, this object selects

whether the DVM channel should
perform the voice compression/
decompression coming from or
going to the T1/E1 DS0 channel.
<RingFrequency>
: 25Hz | 50Hz
Used to set the frequency of the

signal that causes an attached
telephone to ring when a call is
coming in on that channel.
25 Hz - used for most applications.
50 Hz - used with some European
telephone systems.
<MinEchoRetLoss>
: zero-dB | three-dB |
six-dB
The value of this object specifies

the minimum echo return loss.
<EcanDisableMode>
: g164-mode | g165/
g168-mode
The value of this object specifies

when to disable echo cancellation.
Choose g164-mode to disable
when 2100hz tone is detected.
Choose g165-mode/g168-mode to
disable when 2100hz tone with
phase reversal is detected.
214371-C Rev. 00
277
Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<EcanDblTalkDetect>
: disable | enable
The value of this object specifies to

the voice channel whether to
disable or enable the echo
canceller to detect double talk.
<EcanHighPassFilter>
: disable | enable

canceller high pass filter.
<EcanFilterMode>
: disable | enable

canceller filter.
<FVMInterfaceType>
: fxs-loopstart |
fxs-groundstart
The value of this object indicates

the interface type for the FXS voice
module.
<EnhBckGrndNoiseLvl>
: INTEGER (-40..-60)
Signal input above this level is

considered a voice signal. The
Voice Activity Detector (VAD) will
determine if signals below this level
are voice signals or background
noise.
<EnhSilenceHngOvr>
: INTEGER (3..50)
Indicates the time delay to switch

from voice to silence. This object is
incremented in steps of 10msec.
278

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<BRIClockSource>
: internal | external |
backplane
Selects the clock source for the BRI

voice card on a per expansion card
basis. Choose internal (NT mode) to
use the modules on-board oscillator
as the clock source. Choose external
(TE mode) to receive the clock
source remotely, such as from a PBX.
Choose backplane (NT mode) to use
the Passport 4460 units master clock
as the clock source.
Notes:
1. Changing from TE mode to NT
mode and vice versa requires a reset
of the Passport 4460 unit.
2. When one of the BRI ports in a
2-Port BVM card (Port A) is
configured for TE mode, the other
BRI port (Port B) must conform to
one of the following:
Port B can be configured to NT
mode using the clock from Port A
Port B can be configured to TE
mode, but the PBX trunk must be
synchronized to the clock of Port
A
3. Normally, both voice channels
belonging to a BRI port should use
the same BRIClockSource option, but
in the instance of two channels using
different profiles, the clock source of
Channel 1 takes precedence.
4. Both ports on the 2-port BVM
share the same TDM interface, so a
single clock source must be used for
internal operation of TDM. Clock
source is dependent on mode of
operation of each port of a 2-port
BVM. For specific configuration
examples, refer to Configuring and
Operating the Passport 4400
(document number 206916-D), Voice
Services, Configuring a Voice
Channel, Voice Profile Options, CLI
Procedure for Setting the Voice
Profiles (4460), BRI Clock Source.
<EvmInterfaceType>
: em-Type I |
em-Type II |
em-Type V
Indicates the PBX trunk type to

which the ports are connected. The
type that you choose applies to all
ports on the E&M card.
<signalingType>
: pri_css | transp_css
Sets the line signaling. Use

transp_ccs for transparent CCS,
or pri_ccs for ISDN pri signaling.
214371-C Rev. 00
279
set voice switchingProfile
addServerSelect
autoCallIndexNum
autoCallType
autoRingDown
closedUserGrpId
incomingCallRestr
localRouting
outgoingCallRestr
restrictionClass
txPriority
voiceAlgNegotiation
faxAlgNegotiation
dialBlockingCondition
Use set voice switchingProfile to configure the switching parameters of

a voice/fax channel. You must first create a library of voice/fax switching profiles
with a maximum of 60 profiles. Each profile includes a set of voice/fax switching
characteristics specified by your system administrator. Once this library has been
created, you may assign a profile to one or more of the eight voice/fax channels
within your unit, if so specified by the system administrator. Assigning a profile to
a voice channel involves the set voice parameters switchingprofileID
command, described above.
Object
Parameter
Description
<Profile>
: INTEGER (1..60)

indicates the profile to be
used to configure the
specified voice channel.
Specify a number between 1
and 60 for each parameter
under the set voice profile
command.
280
Object
Parameter
Description
<addServerSelect>
: nas | vncs
Indicates which DNA server is

used. Select from nas-only,
vncs-only, nas-then-vncs, and
vncs-then-nas.
<autoCallIndexNum>
: INTEGER (1..60)
The autocallIndexNum
subcommand allows the user
to preselect a fixed destination.
To do that, the user selects an
ingress table profile index
number that corresponds to the
extension number of the
desired destination. Then,
when the local voice/fax
channel goes off-hook, that
extension number is
automatically called.
<autoCallType>
: normal | masterHootnHoller |
slaveHootnHoller |
masterHootnHoller_keepalive
| slaveHootnHoller_keepalive
AutoCallType is used to select

a method for establishing
autocalls between selected
voice channels.
Specifically, it allows the user
to choose between the normal
(standard) method, and
Hoot-and-Holler.
The
masterHootnHoller_keepalive
and
slaveHootnHoller_keepalive
values enable the keepalive
mechanism to make the Hoot
and Holler connections more
reliable. Keepalive must be
enabled in both (master and
slave) sides of a voice Hoot
and Holler connection.
214371-C Rev. 00
281
Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<autoRingDown>
: disable | enable
AutoRingDown operates in
conjunction with Hoot and
Holler. When Auto Ringdown
(ARD) is configured, and the
line goes off-hook, the far end
rings immediately. This function
operates opposite of Auto Call
where the call setup is delayed
due to the time it takes to dial
the far-end number. The
connection between the two
parties remains permanently
up regardless of whether either
party is talking or not or until
both sides go on-hook.
<closedUserGrpId>
: INTEGER (0..255)
Operates in conjunction with

the incoming and outgoing call
restriction subcommands.
Used to restrict calls to all but a
select user group.
For ClosedUserGroupId, select
a number between 1 and 255.
Only the user group belonging
to this ID number will be able to
call an extension number or
receive a call from another
extension number, if restricted.
If you select 0, the call
restrictions do not apply to any
user group.
282

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<incomingCallRestr>
: noRestriction | checkCUGID
| checkRestrictionClassCode |
checkBothCUGandRCCode|
inhibitAll
Selectively restricts incoming

calls.
NoRestriction - Incoming calls
will not be restricted or
restriction is by class only.
CheckCUGID - Incoming calls
can be received only if the
callers group number matches
the group number of the
receiver.
CheckRestrictionClassCode
- Incoming calls are accepted
only if the callers class number
is equal to or higher than the
receivers class number.
CheckBothCUGandRcCode Incoming calls will be accepted
if the callers group number
matches the receivers group
number and the callers class
number is equal to or higher
than the receivers class
number.
InhibitAll - All incoming calls
are restricted.
<localRouting>
: on | off
Choose on to turn local routing

on and off to turn local routing
off.
214371-C Rev. 00
283
Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<outgoingCallRestr>
: noRestriction |
closedUserGroupCall |
restrictionClassCall |
bothCUGandRCCall |
inhibitAll
This subcommand is used to

selectively restrict outgoing
calls.
NoRestriction - Outgoing calls
are not restricted, but their
acceptance is subject to the
restrictions of the called
number.
ClosedUserGroupCall Outgoing calls can be sent only
by users belonging to the group
specified by the closed user
group subcommand.
CheckRestrictionClassCode
- Outgoing calls are restricted
to destinations whose user
group number matches the
callers.
bothCUGandRCCCall Outgoing calls are restricted to
destinations whose user group
number matches the callers
group number and whose class
number is equal to or lower
than the callers class number.
InhibitAll - All outgoing calls
are inhibited.
<restrictionClass>
: INTEGER (0..255)
Operates with the incoming

and outgoing call restriction
subcommands, and is used to
restrict calls to all but a select
class of users.
For RestrictionClass, select a
number between 1 and 255.
Only the users belonging to
this class number will be able
to call an extension number or
receive a call from another
extension number, if restricted.
If you select 0, the call
restrictions do not apply to any
class.
<txPriority>
: INTEGER (0..15)
Defines which data type will be

transmitted first when there are
different data types waiting for
transmission.
284

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<voiceAlgNegotiation>
: "String" of
G.729-20ms,G.729A-20ms,G.
729B-20ms,G.729AB-20ms,
G.711-5ms
Specify the preference for the

voice algorithm when an
outgoing call is made. Lower or
upper case may be used in the
string; each item must be
separated by a comma; no
spaces allowed in the string.
You can select up to 3 items.
<faxAlgNegotiation>
: "String" of
2400,4800,7200,9600,G.711
Specify the preference for the

fax algorithm when an outgoing
call is made. Lower or upper
case may be used in the string;
each item must be separated
by a comma; no spaces
allowed in the string. You can
select up to 3 items.
<dialBlockingCondition> : disable | enable
Choose enable to turn dial

blocking on and disable to turn
dial blocking off.
When dial blocking is enabled,
the Passport 4460 signals the
attached PBX to reroute
outgoing calls if either of the
following conditions occurs:
the primary WAN link is
dropped
the call server (VNCS on a
Passport 6400 or NAS on a
Passport 4400 is
unreachable
Once the condition is
corrected, the Passport 4460
signals the attached PBX to
resume normal routing of
outgoing calls.
set voice systemActions

Use set voice systemActions to set the voice system action commands.
System action involves either starting or stopping loopback tests on all channels.
Refer to to Configuring and Operating the Passport 4400 (document number
206916-D), Voice Services, Monitoring, CLI Procedure for Using the System
Action Commands, CLI Procedure for Using the System Action Commands for
configuration information.
214371-C Rev. 00
285
Object
Parameter
Description
<Action>
disconnect, loopbackTest,
terminateTest,
reRegisterPhoneNum
Choose disconnect to
disconnect an an existing
connection. Choose
loopbackTest to start a
loopback test. Choose
terminateTest to stop a
loopback test. You must
choose
reRegisterPhoneNum if
your system uses NAC/NAS
for resolving network
address locations.
set wan async
baudRate
dataBits
flowControl
parity
stopBits
Use set wan async to configure a port for asynchronous data transmission.
Specify an IfIndex (:INTEGER 1..255) for each object.
Object
Parameter
Description
<baudRate>
: 150 | 300 | 600 | 1200 | Indicates the baud rate of

2400 | 4800 | 9600 | 19200| the port you are configuring
38400 | 57600
for AOT.
<dataBits>
: INTEGER (0..24)
Databits allowed across the

AOT port you are
configuring.
<flowControl>
: none | dc1-dc3 | dc2-dc4
Indicates the flow control for

the AOT port you are
configuring.
286

Object (continued)
Parameter
Description
<parity>
: none | even | odd
Indicates the parity for the

AOT port you are
configuring.
<stopBits>
: "String" (1..25)
Indicates the stop bits for the

AOT port you are
configuring.
214371-C Rev. 00
287
Chapter 6
Utility Verbs
Utility verbs function as tools for navigating into and out of the CLI and for
testing system conditions. The following utility commands are available:
confirm
reset
download
save
logout
upload
ping
confirm rollback
Use this command to prevent the device from resetting to the configuration data or
code which was working before changes were made.
Rollback is a service whose primary function is to prevent the device from
becoming unreachable from the rest of the network because of new configuration
or code, including delete functions. It can be enabled or disabled, and is disabled
by default.
When rollback is enabled and a code or configuration bank change occurs,
rollback will cause the device to enable the timer after a reboot. Once the reboot
occurs, the timer begins and the user must confirm the rollback with the command
confirm rollback confirm.
288
Chapter 6 Utility Verbs
download
base
voice
Use download to download software from a host device to the access device.
Used to update or change existing software.
download base image default

Use download base image default to download the remote image that you
specified with the set tftp command. If you do not specifiy a remote image
and you attempt to use the download base image default command, the
default settings for the Passport 4400 unit will be loaded.
download base image specific

Use download base image specific to download a specific version of
software on to the Ethernet Base Module.
Object
Parameter
Description
<ServerIPAddress>
: IPAddress
Specifies the host IP

address.
<RemoteFileName>
: "String" (1..50)
Remote filename containing

the code to be downloaded
to the ethernet base module.
download voice
allChannels
channel
Use download voice to download code to the voice modules.
214371-C Rev. 00
289
download voice allChannels

Object
Parameter
Description
<Action>
: download
Downloads code to all

channels on the voice
modules.
download voice channel

Object
Parameter
Description
<CardNumber>
: exp1 | exp2

voice/fax card holding the
channel to be reset.
<ChannelNumber>
: INTEGER (1..30)

card.
<Action>
: download
Downloads code to the

specified voice channel on
the designated voice
module.
logout
Use logout to exit the CLI.
ping
Use ping to poll any remote unit with an IP address. You will receive a reply
message from the IP address if the node is alive; otherwise you will receive a
request timed out message.
290
Object
Parameter
Description
<IPAddress>
: IPAddress

the remote unit that you are
attempting to contact.
reset system
Use reset to reset the Passport 4400 unit and startup with the currently
configured parameters or with the factory defaults.
214371-C Rev. 00
cpu
current
default
nac
rsi
voice
291
reset system cpu

Object
Parameter
Description
<Action>
: reset
Restarts the CPU without

running power-up
diagnostics. The active
configuration is loaded.
Object
Parameter
Description
<Action>
: reset
Restarts the current

configuration of the system.
Also known as a warm start.
Object
Parameter
Description
<Action>
: reset
Restarts the system with

factory settings. Also known
as a cold start.
reset system current
reset system default
reset system nac cache allLearnedEntries

Object
Parameter
Description
<Action>
: reset
Resets to zero all cache

entries that were resolved by
a server.
reset system rsi allEntries

Object
Parameter
Description
<Action>
: flush
Resets the counters in the

baseRSICounterResetCmd
table to zero.
292
reset system voice allChannels

Use reset system voice allChannels to reset the digital signal processor
of all voice/fax channels.
Object
Parameter
Description
<Action>
: reset
Resets the digital signal

processor of all voice/fax
channels.
reset system voice channel

Use reset system voice channel to reset the digital signal processor of the
specified voice/fax channel.
Object
Parameter
Description
<CardNumber>
: exp1 | exp2

voice/fax card holding the
channel to be reset.
<ChannelNumber>
: INTEGER (1..30)

card, ranging from 1 to 30.
<Action>
: reset
Initiates the reset action.
Note: When you reset a channel on the Passport 4460 unit, it is the DSP
that is actually reset. Therfore, two channels will be reset on an FXS
module, two channels will be reset on a dual port E&M expansion
module, and three channels will be reset on T1/E1 voice modules.
save configuration update

The save command is used to save a parameter value modified by using the add,
define or set command. The value is saved by being placed into the
configuration Flash PROM for storage. Once a set value has been saved and the
system is reset, the system will boot up with the new value enabled.
214371-C Rev. 00
293
upload
Use upload to transfer command data to a specified location.
upload base config default

Use upload base config default to upload command data to the default IP
address.
upload base config specific

Use upload base config specific to upload command data to the
specified IP address.
Object
Parameter
Description
<ServerIPAddress>
: IPAddress
IP address of the TFTP

server to which you are
uploading software.
<RemoteFileName>
: "String" (1..50)
The filename including path

which you are uploading.
294
214371-C Rev. 00
295
Chapter 7
Show Commands
The following is a list of services available with show:
aot
ipx
system
arp
isdn
tcp
bridge
lapb
tftp
csu
msm
tm
ethernet
nac
traps
filters
nas
t1e1
fr
ospf
udp
gcm
port
voice
hpip
rsi
wan
icmp
sna
x25
ip
snmp
Using Show
The show verb displays values for operational and configuration parameters and
counters. Show is for display purposes only. It does not change or affect the
system settings.
Entry and Table

Functions beginning with show display configuration values, table values,
counters and other statistics. Many of the commands present the option of
displaying values individually or together in a table. This option is available
wherever entry and table are displayed at the CLI prompt. To choose the table
format, type table at the end of the command line. To display values
296
Chapter 7 Show Commands
individually, type entry at the end of the command line. When entry is used,
CLI will prompt for more information such as an index number or an IP address.
Once the information has been entered, CLI will display the information for the
specified instance. The following is a CLI example displaying entry and table
options:
CLI> show arp
entry
table
Configured and Operational

Some show commands offer a choice between configured and operational
settings. Configured refers to attributes that have been entered using the CLI but
are not necessarily in use by the Passport 4460 unit. Operational refers to
attributes that are currently in use by the Passport 4460 unit.
The following example illustrates the difference between configured and
operational settings:
CLI> show bridge global
IPProtocol
: bridged (operational)
: bridged (configured)
Next, switch the IPProtocol to routed mode as shown:

CLI> define bridge global ipProtocol routed
Command Successful
show bridge global
IPProtocol
: bridged (operational)
: routed (configured)
Though the IP protocol has now been configured as routed, the Passport 4460 unit
is still operating as a bridge.
Once you issue a reset command, the Passport 4460 unit loads the configured
option (routing) into its operational (active) settings.
214371-C Rev. 00
297
CLI> reset system current reset

CLI> show bridge global
IPProtocol
: routed (operational)
: routed (configured)

Passport 4460 manual.
show aotIfIndex
interface
peer
statistics
system
Use show aot (Asynchronous Over Transfer Control Protocol (TCP)/Internet

Protocol (IP)) to display AOT parameters and statistics.
298
show aot interface (entry/table)

Use show aot interface to display individual AOT interface entries or the
full table of AOT interface entries.
Object
Parameter
Description
<AttachTo>

interface polls the
ensure that the TCP
<Enable>
: enable| disable
Enable means the aot

interface is allowing traffic
flow. Disable prevents traffic
flow, but does not mean the
aot WAN interface is down
or disabled.
<KpAliveIntrvl>
: INTEGER (1. . 86400)

in seconds before the local
Passport 4460 unit sends a
signal to the remote peer.
This amount of time is used
to determine whether the
Passport 4460 unit is up
(alive) and can receive
messages or is down.
<RetryTimeout>
: INTEGER (0. . 600)

in seconds between each
successive retransmission
of keepalive packets. If the
local Passport 4460 unit
does not receive an
acknowledgement within the
RetryTimeout, it retransmits
the keepalive packet.
<RetryCnt>
: INTEGER (0. . 99)

that Transfer Control
Protocol (TCP) attempts to
re-establish or maintain a
connection.
214371-C Rev. 00
299
A table similar to the following is displayed:

IfIndex
: 159
Enable
: enable
AttachTo
: primary
KpAliveIntrvl
: 120
RetryTimeout
RetryCnt
: 5
show aot peer (entry/table)

Use show aot peer to display the AOT peers. The peer table only displays the
TCP Listen Port and not the dynamic TCP port used by the connection originator.
If you need to see which dynamic TCP port is being used, issue a show tcp
connection command.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1. . 255)

aot.
<PeerIpAddress>
: IPAddress

the call.
<TCPListenPort>
: INTEGER (1000. . 9999)

connection (not the
<Enable>
: enable| disable
Enable enables a particular

peer. Disable disables a
particualr peer. This has no
impact on the interface.
<ConnOrig>
: self| partner

data.
300

IfIndex
PeerIPAddre TCPListenP Enable

ss
ort
150
198.20.87.75
1002
enable
ConnOrig
Status
self
up
show aot statistics (entry/table)

Use show aot statistics to display the statistics of each AOT peer.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1. . 255)

AOT.
<PeerIpAddress>
: IPAddress

the call.
<TCPListenPort>
: INTEGER (1000. . 9999)

connection (not the

IfIndex
PeerIPAddre
ss
TCPListenPo RxBytes
rt
TxBytes
150
198.20.87.75
1002
236
9847
show aot system

Use show aot system to display AOT parameters assigned to the entire
Passport 4460 unit (system) such as the number of configured and connected
peers, the number of AOT interfaces configured, etc.
214371-C Rev. 00
301

Num of Interfaces
: 0
Num of Config Peers
: 0
Num of Connect Peers
: 0
Max Peers Allowed
: 2
The maximum number of peers is calculated upon bootup and is dependent on

what type of hardware you have installed in your Passport 4460 unit.
show arp (entry/table)

Use show arp to view the arp table values for the DLCI protocol. Use the table
option to view all IfIndexes. Use the entry option to view a single index.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (0..255)

configured port.
<NetAddress>
: IPAddress

the network.

IfIndex
PhysAddress
NetAddress
Type
00:e0:16:66:b3:86
199.30.20.1
dynamic
00:c0:4f:f1:f6:30
199.30.20.157
dynamic
00:c0:4f:f8:7a:87
199.30.20.241
dynamic
302
show bridge
Use show bridge to show system values for the following bridge objects:
base
global
sapFilter
basic
macFilter
spanningTree
etypeFilter
misc
transparent
forwarding
parameters
show bridge base port configured (entry/table)

Use show bridge base port configured to show the parameters for the IP
being bridged or routed for a configured individual IfIndex. Use show bridge
base port configured table to show the parameters for all of the
configured IfIndexes.
You must enter the IfIndex in order to display an individual entry: (One entry is
shown when you use the entry option and the full table of entries is shown when
you use the table option.)
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)

IfIndex
: 1
Type
: ethernet
Status
: enabled
Priority
: 128
PathCost
: 100
MACFilter
: disabled
EtypeFilter
: disabled
SapFilter
: disabled
MACFilterType
: inclusive
EtypeFilterType
: inclusive
214371-C Rev. 00
SapFilterType
: inclusive
IfIndex
: 2
Type
: frameRelay
Status
: enabled
Priority
: 128
PathCost
: 1000
MACFilter
: disabled
EtypeFilter
: disabled
SapFilter
: disabled
MACFilterType
: inclusive
EtypeFilterType
: inclusive
SapFilterType
: inclusive
303
IfIndex
IfIndex that is affected by the following filters.
Type
The type of interface this port is attached to. Valid choices are ethernet,
wan, frame relay and internet.
Status
If status was set to enabled you will be able to view the status of the
port; if set to disabled, you will not be able to view the status.
Priority
Port priority contained in the first octet of the Port ID. The port ID is
composed of the priority and the IfIndex of the port. It is used with
spanning tree information.
PathCost
The path cost added to any path that includes this port.
MACFilter
EtypeFilter
SapFilter
These three filters are associated with the bridging mode:

MAC - Hardware address that needs to be filtered.
Etype -The single etype to be filtered.
Sap - The single sap type to be filtered.
MACFilterType
EtypeFilterType
SapFilterType
These three objects indicate whether the filter is set to inclusive or

exclusive. Filters set to inclusive filter out the selected information.
Filters set to exclusive filter out everything except the selected
information.
304
show bridge base port operational (entry/table)

Use show bridge base port operational to show the parameters for the
IP being bridged or routed for an individual IfIndex that is operational. Use show
bridge base port operational table to show the parameters for all of
the IfIndexes that are currently in use.
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)

IfIndex
: 1
ProtocolPointAccess
: 0
Type
: ethernet
MACFilter
: disabled
EtypeFilter
: disabled
SapFilter
: disabled
MACFilterType
: inclusive
EtypeFilterType
: inclusive
SapFilterType
: inclusive
IfIndex
: 2
ProtocolPointAccess
: 0
Type
: frameRelay
MACFilter
: disabled
EtypeFilter
: disabled
SapFilter
: disabled
MACFilterType
: inclusive
214371-C Rev. 00
EtypeFilterType
: inclusive
SapFilterType
: inclusive
IfIndex
305
IfIndex that the filtering choices are applied to.
ProtocolPointAccess The protocol point of access to which this entry pertains.

Type
The type of interface this port is attached to. Valid choices are
ethernet, wan, frame relay and internet.
MACFilter
EtypeFilter
SapFilter

MAC - Hardware address that needs to be filtered.
Etype -The single etype to be filtered.
Sap - The single sap type to be filtered.
MACFilterType
EtypeFilterType
SapFilterType
These three objects indicate whether the filter is set to inclusive or

exclusive. Filters set to inclusive filter out the selected information.
Filters set to exclusive filter out everything except the selected
information.
show bridge basic port (entry/table)

Use show bridge basic port entry to show bridge management
information for an individual port. Use show bridge basic port to show
bridge management information:
Port
:1
IfIndex
:1
PortCircuit
:0.0.0
DelayExDiscards
:0
MtuExDiscards
:0
Port
:2
IfIndex
:2
PortCircuit
:0.0.0
DelayExDiscards
:0
MtuExDiscards
:0
306

port
The number of the port containing this bridge management

information.
IfIndex
The IfIndex for this port.
PortCircuit
An instance unique to this port when this port has the same
value as another port on the same bridge. When this port has a
unique value, this object shows a value of 0.
DelayExDiscards
The number of frames discarded by this port due to excessive

transit delay through the bridge.
MtuExDiscards
The number of frames discarded by this port due to an

excessive size.
show bridge etypeFilter (configured/operational) (entry/

table)
Use show bridge etypeFilter to show port-specific information for the
access device E-type Filter.
PortIndex
Index for the port.
FilterNumber
Filter number associated with the port.
FilterStatus
Indicates whether the filter is specified as a single e-type or as a

range of e-types.
FilterEType
The singular e-type to be filtered. This object is valid only when

FilterStatus is singular.
UpperRange
The upper range of the e-type to be filtered. Range is between

1536 - 65535.
LowerRange
The lower range of the e-type to be filtered. Range is between

1536 - 65535.
show bridge forwarding (entry/table)

Use show bridge forward to display forwarding or filtering information
about the unicast entries shown here. This information is used by the transparent
bridging function in determining how to propagate a received frame. A table
similar to the following is displayed:
Address
Port
Status
00:60:b0:0a:68:45
learned
214371-C Rev. 00

00:60:b0:12:29:07
learned
00:60:b0:12:ca:b3
learned
00:60:b0:53:15:c5
learned
00:60:b0:6a:00:e9
learned
00:60:fd:ba:e2:03
learned
00:80:2d:8f:04:b7
learned
00:80:2d:8f:04:ca
self
00:a0:c9:20:45:2c
learned
00:e0:16:66:b3:50
learned
307
address
A unicast MAC address.
port
A frame having a specified source address was seen on the port

identified here. A value of '0' indicates that this port number has not been
learned but that the bridge does have some information about this
address.
status
Status of this entry.

invalid - this entry is no longer valid.
other - some wrong criteria was used to determine how frames
addressed to the the corresponding instance are forwarded.
learned - the value of the corresponding instance was learned and is
being used.
mgmt - the value of the corresponding instance is also a value of this
address.
self - the value of the corresponding instance represents one of the
bridges addresses.
show bridge global

Use show bridge global to show the parameters set by the global parameter
group and their status.
IPProtocol
SpanningTree
:routed
(operational)
:routed
(configured)
:enabled
(operational)
308
:enabled
ArpSpoofing
(configured)
:disabled (operational)
:disabled (configured)
AgingTime
:300
(operational)
:300
(configured)
IP Protocol
IP is shown as being bridged or routed.
SpanningTree
Shows the current state of the spanning tree algorithm on the

access device.
ArpSpoofing
IP-ARP spoofing - allows the access device to intercept most

ARP bcasts and handle them locally when enabled.
AgingTime
Aging time in seconds for dynamically learned devices in the

forwarding table.
show bridge macFilter (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Use show bridge macFilter to show port specific information about the
access devices MAC filter including source and destination.
You must enter the IfIndex and FilterNumber in order to display an individual
entry: (One entry is shown when you use the entry option and the full table of
entries is shown when you use the table option.)
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
<FilterNumber>
:INTEGER (1..32)
show bridge misc

Use show bridge misc to show the current status of the miscellaneous bridge
parameters.
DebugStatus
214371-C Rev. 00

SpanDebugStatus
309
SpoofCacheAge
:300 (operational)
:300 (configured)
SpoofThresholdAge
:15 (operational)
:15 (configured)
SpoofThreshold
:5 (operational)
:5 (configured)
DebugStatus
The access devices capability to debug some bridge status.

Shown as enabled or disabled.
SpanDebugStatus
The access devices capability to debug the spanning tree

algorithm. Shown as enabled or disabled.
SpoofCacheAge
The aging time for entries in the ARP spoof cache table to make
room for active entries. Shown in seconds, range (60..1800).
SpoofThresholdAge
The aging time for the ARP spoofcache threshold. Shown in

seconds, range (60 .. 1800).
SpoofThreshold
The ARP spoof threshold count. Defines the maximum number of

consecutive outstanding ARP request per destination node. Range
(5..30).
show bridge parameters

Use show bridge parameters to show the current status of the bridge system
parameters.
BridgeAddress
:00:60:38:05:01:63
NumOfPorts
:2
Type
:transparent_only
BridgeAddress
The MAC address used by this bridge when it must be referred

to by a unique value.
310

NumOfPorts
The number of ports controlled by this bridging entity.
Type
Indicates what type of bridging this bridge can perform.

Variables are transparent only, source route, and unknown.
show bridge sapFilter (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Use show bridge sapFilter to show information maintained by each access
device port about the SAPfilter parameters.
You must enter the IfIndex and FilterNumber in order to display an individual
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
<FilterNumber>
:INTEGER (1..32)

IfIndex
:1
FilterNumber
:1
Status
:singular
Etype
:00000000
UpperRange
:0
LowerRange
:0
IfIndex
The port index for this entry.
FilterNumber
The filter number associated with this port index.
Status
Indicates whether the filter is specified as a single e-type or as a

range of e-types. Variables are singular and range.
EType
The singular e-type to be filtered. This object is valid only when

the value of Status is singular.
UpperRange
The upper range of the e-type to be filtered. This object is valid

only when the value of Status is range. Range (0..65535)
LowerRange
The lower range of the e-type to be filtered. This object is valid

only when the value of Status is range. Range (0..65535)
214371-C Rev. 00
311
show bridge spanningTree parameters

Use show bridge spanningTree parameters to show spanning tree
parameter values when the access device is set to support the spanning tree
protocol.
ProtocolSpec
:ieee8021d (operational)
Priority:
:32768 (operational)
:32768 (configured)
TimeSinceTopChang: :00Years000Days00:01:29 (operational)

TopologyChanges:
:0 (operational)
DesignatedRoot:
:80:00:00:60:38:05:01:63 (operational)
RootCost:
:128(operational)
RootPort:
:1 (operational)
MaxAge:
:2000 (operational)
HelloTime:
:200 (operational)
HoldTime
:100 (operational)
ForwardDelay:
:1500 (operational)
BridgeMaxAge:
:2000 (operational)
:2000 (configured)
BridgeHelloTime:
:200 (operational)
:200 (configured)
BridgeFwdDelay:
:1500 (operational)
:1500 (configured)
ProtocolSpec
Shows the version of the spanning tree protocol.

decLb100 indicates the DEC LANbridge 100 spanning tree
protocol.
ieee8021d indicates the IEEE 802.1d spanning tree protocol
Priority
The first two octets of the 8 octet bridge ID. Range (0..65545)
TimeSinceTopChange
The time (in hundredths of a second) since the last topology

change was detected by the bridge entity.
312

TopologyChanges
The total number of topology changes detected by this bridge

since the management entity was last reset or initialized.
DesignatedRoot
The bridge identifier of the root of the spanning tree as

determined by protocol of this access device. This value is used
as the root identifier parameter in all configuration bridge PDUs
originated by this node.
RootCost
The cost of the path to the root as seen from this bridge.
RootPort
The port number of the port which offers the lowest cost path
from this bridge to the root bridge.
MaxAge
The maximum age of spanning tree protocol information learned

from the network on any port before it is discarded. Units are
hundredths of a second.
HelloTime
The amount of time between the transmission of configuration

bridge PDUs by this node. Applies to any port when it is the root
of the spanning tree or is trying to become the root. Units are
HoldTime
The length of time during which no more than two configuration

bridge PDUs shall be transmitted by this node. Units are
ForwardDelay
Time value that shows how fast a port changes its spanning
state when moving towards the forwarding state. This value
determines how long the port stays in each of the listening and
learning states, which precede the forwarding state. Units are
MaxAge
Time value that all bridges use for MaxAge when this bridge is
acting as the root. Units are hundredths of a second.
HelloTime
Time value that all bridges use for HelloTime when this bridge is
acting as the root. Units are hundredths of a second.
FwdDelay
Time value that all bridges use for ForwardDelay when this
bridge is acting as the root. Units are hundredths of a second.
show bridge spanningtree port (entry/table)

Use show bridge spanningtree port to show port-specific information
about the spanning tree protocol.
<IfIndex>
214371-C Rev. 00
:INTEGER (1..32)
313

IfIndex
: 1(operational)
Priority
: 128 (operational)
: 128 (configured)
State
: forwarding (operational)
Status
: enabled (operational)
: enabled (configured)
PathCost
: 100 (operational)
: 100 (configured)
DesignatedRoot
: 00:01:00:e0:16:66:b3:01 (operational)
DesignatedCost
: 1 (operational)
DesignatedBridge
: 80:00:00:60:fd:b3:da:6f (operational)
DesignatedPort
: 149 (operational)
FwdTransitions
: 1 (operational)
IfIndex
: 2 (operational)
Priority
: 128 (operational)
: 128 (configured)
State
Status
PathCost
: 1000 (operational)
: 1000 (configured)
DesignatedRoot
: 00:01:00:e0:16:66:b3:01 (operational)
DesignatedCost
: 101 (operational)
DesignatedBridge
: 80:00:00:e0:7b:cb:c3:88 (operational)
: 128 (configured)
State
Status
314
PathCost
: 1000 (configured)
DesignatedRoot
: 00:01:00:e0:16:66:b3:01 (operational)
DesignatedCost
: 101 (operational)
DesignatedBridge
: 80:00:00:e0:7b:cb:c3:88 (operational)
DesignatedPort
: 2 (operational)
FwdTransitions
: 1 (operational)
IfIndex
IfIndex for this port.
Priority
The value of the priority field. This value is equal to the first octet of
the two octet long port ID.
State
The current state of this port as defined by the spanning tree

protocol.
Status
The enabled or disabled status of the port.
PathCost
The amount this port adds to the path cost of the spanning tree
root. Range (1..65535).
DesignatedRoot
The ID of the bridge recorded as the root.
DesignatedCost
The path cost of the designated port of the segment connected to

this port.
DesignatedBridge
ID of the bridge that this port sees as the designated bridge for this
port segment.
DesignatedPort
ID of the port on the designated bridge for this port segment.
FwdTransitions
The number of times this port has transitioned from the learning
state to the forwarding state.
show bridge transparent parameters

Use show bridge transparent parameters to show the current values of
the following parameters:
LearnEntryDiscards
214371-C Rev. 00
:0
AgingTime
:300
315
LearnEntryDiscards
The number of forwarding entries discarded due to a lack of

space. If this counter is increasing, the forwarding database is
becoming full on a regular basis. If this counter has a significant
value but is not presently increasing, the problem has been
occurring but is not persistent.
AgingTime
The timeout period in seconds for aging out dynamically learned

forwarding information.
show bridge transparent port (entry/table)

Use show bridge transparent port to show the current values of the
objects listed here for each port.
IfIndex
MaxInfo
RxFrames
TxFrames
RxDiscards
1530
89131
15852
1530
96432
316

IfIndex
MaxInfo
The maximum size of the "Info" field (non-MAC) that this port
will receive or transmit.
RxFrames
The number of frames that have been received by this port from
its segment.
TxFrames
The number of frames that have bee transmitted by this port to

its segment.
RxDiscards
The number of valid frames received that were discarded

(filtered) by the forwarding process.
show csu
Use show csu to show the channel service unit values for the specified line type.
56k
e1t1
e1Status
t1Status
show csu 56K
configuration
status
Use show csu 56k to show the configuration parameters that identify a 56K
line with its corresponding profile.
show csu 56K configuration (entry/table)

Use show csu56K configuration to show values in the 56K CSU
214371-C Rev. 00
Object
Parameter
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)
317

IfIndex
:156
ClockSource
:external
TxOutOfService
:normalTxCondition
TxControlMode
:normalTxCondition
TxZeroSuppression
:normalTxCondition
TxIdle
:normalTxCondition
Loopback
:normalTxCondition
IfIndex
The IfIndex value of the specifc 56K CSU entry.
ClockSource
Indicates the clocking source as internal or external.
TxOutOfService
Shows the transmission of the 56K CSU Out-Of-Service

sequence.
normal - DDS-PRI mode
transmit - DDS-SC mode
TxControlMode
Shows transmission of the 56K CSU Control Mode Idle

sequence.
normalTransmitCondition
transmitControlModeIdle
TxZeroSuppression
Shows the 56K CSU zero suppression disable transmit mode.

normal - Zero Suppression for DDS-PRI mode
zeroSuppressionDisable - transmission of all zeros for
DDS-SC mode.
TxIdle
Shows the transmission of the 56K CSU Control Mode Idle

sequence.
normalTransmitCondition
transmitControlModeIdle
Loopback
Shows if the 56K CSU is in a loopback mode.

normalReceiveCondition
forceCSUtoLoopback
318
show csu 56K status (entry/table)

Use show csu 56K status to show the 56K CSU status and statistics table.
Object
Parameter
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)

IfIndex
:156
56kLineStatus
:linkDown
RxLossOfSignal
:yes
FAWSyn
:no
LoopPresent
:no
RxInsertionLoss
:iL50pt5db-LL8pt5km
RxSignalMagnitude
:84
InvalidBPVCount
:157
IfIndex
The IfIndex value of the specifc 56K CSU entry.
56kLineStatus
Shows the 56K CSU line status. Variables are operational,

linkdown and testMode.
RxLossOfSignal
Shows if the 56K CSU receiver has lost signal. Variables are yes
and no.
FAWSyn
Shows the 56K CSU DDS FAW Sync in DDS-SC or CC-64K.

Variables are yes and no.
LoopPresent
Shows if the 56K CSU loop is currently present. Variables are yes
and no.
RxInsertionLoss
Shows the 56 CSU receiver Insertion loss (iL) in db, and Line
Length (LL) in kilometers.
214371-C Rev. 00
319
RxSignalMagnitude
Shows the 56K CSU receive signal magnitude expressed as the

'receiver slicer level'.
InvalidBPVCount
Shows the 56K CSU invalid BPV (Bipolar Violation) count. Note
that this is an 8-bit counter.
show csu e1t1
configuration
controlRegister
Use show csu e1t1 to show the configuration parameters that associate a t1
line with its corresponding profile.
show csu e1t1 configuration (entry/table)

Use show csu e1t1 configuration to show the T1/E1 CSU Configuration
table.
Object
Parameter
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)
A table similar to the following is displayed for a t1:

IfIndex
:153
LineType
:t1Csu
LineSpeed
:1536K
LineBuildOut
:-7.5db
TxIdleCode
:127
ClockSource
:external
DS0BasicRate
:64K
RemoteLoopback
:disable
320
TrapStatus
:enable
FrameFormat
:esfFramingMode
B8ZeroSuppression
:enable-b8zs
B7ZeroSuppression
:disable-b7zs
PayloadLoopback
:disable
DS0Connection
:"1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,
21,22,23,24,
A table similar to the following is displayed for an e1:

IfIndex
:153
LineType
:e1Csu
LineSpeed
:1920K
LineBuildOut
:120-loss-1-1.36-step
TxIdleCode
:85
ClockSource
:external
DS0BasicRate
:64K
RemoteLoopback
:disable
TrapStatus
:enable
HDB3
:enable
CRC4
:disable
DS0Connection
:1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,
21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,30
IfIndex
IfIndex value for this entry.
LineType
Line type as T1 CSU or E1 CSU.
LineSpeed
Current line speed. Reflects the number of DS0s assigned on the

DS0Connection.
LineBuildOut
Cable length attached to the local line.
TxIdleCode
Transmit idle code; the code to be filled in the line when idle.
ClockSource
Shows the transmit clocking source as internal or external.
214371-C Rev. 00
321
DS0BasicRate
Shows the line speed as a multiple of the specified basic rate. The
only valid rate for E1 CSU is 64k.
RemoteLoopback
Shows the remote loopback feature as enabled or disabled.
TrapStatus
Shows whether CSU traps are enabled or disabled.
HDB3 (e1 only)
Shows the E1 coding format used in the line.
CRC4 (e1 only)
Specifies whether to enable or disable a T1 line CRC4.
FrameFormat (t1
only)
Shows frame format for the T1 CSU line.

D4 - AKA superframe. Framing type used on T1 circuits. SF
consists of 12 frames of 192 bits each with the 193rd bit providing
error checking.
ESF - extended super frame. Framing type used on T1 circuits
that consists of 24 frames of 192 bits each with the 193rd bit
providing timing. An enhanced version of D4.
B8ZeroSuppression
(t1 only)
Shows 8-bit zero code suppression as enabled or disabled.
B7ZeroSuppression
(t1 only)
Shows 7-bit zero code suppression as enabled or disabled.
PayloadLoopback
(t1 only)
Shows the payload T1 CSU loopback as enabled or disabled. The

payload loopback is used to set up a loopback on the local node to
support testing ports on another node. The incoming payload is
looped back out of the function processor. During the test, the
physical level frames are terminated and the payload data is
looped over the link controller device. The payload loopback is not
a test, and does not produce test results for the local node.
DS0Connection
Shows the value of the DS0 connection. Valid characters are

decimals, digits, comma and hyphen. For example 1, 3, 14 means
ds0 channel 1, ds0 channel 3 and ds0 channel 14. Another
example, 5-11 means ds0 channel 5 through ds0 channel 11.
show csu e1t1 controlRegister (entry/table)

Use show csu e1t1 controlRegister to show the T1/E1 CSU control status
parameters for registers 1 through 10 for the specified IfIndex.
Object
Parameter
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)
322

IfIndex
:153
RxCntlRegister1
:0
RxCntlRegister2
:0
TxCntlRegister1
:144
TxCntlRegister2
:0
CommonCntlRegister1
:132
CommonCntlRegister2
:204
CommonCntlRegister3
:64
LineCntlRegisterT1
:168
CommonCntlRegister5
:0
LineCntlRegisterE1
:0
IfIndex
:183
RxCntlRegister1
:128
RxCntlRegister2
:3
TxCntlRegister1
:144
TxCntlRegister2
:0
CommonCntlRegister1
:132
CommonCntlRegister2
:51
CommonCntlRegister3
:72
LineCntlRegisterT1
:0
CommonCntlRegister5
:0
LineCntlRegisterE1
:0
214371-C Rev. 00
323
IfIndex
The T1/E1 CSU status interface index value of the specified

entry.
RxCntlRegister1
Shows RCR1, the value of Receive Control Register 1 for the

specified T1/E1 CSU line type.
RxCntlRegister2
Shows RCR2, the value of Receive Control Register 2 for the

TxCntlRegister1
Shows TCR1, the value of Transmit Control Register 1 for the

TxCntlRegister2
Shows TCR2, the value of Transmit Control Register 2 for the

CommonCntlRegister1 Shows CCR1, the value of Common Control Register 1 for the
LineCntlRegisterT1
For a T1 CSU line type, this object shows the value of the LICR,
Line Interface Control Register.
For an E1 CSU line type, this object shows the value of CCR4,
Common Control Register 4.
CommonCntlRegister5 For an E1 CSU line type, this object shows the value of CCR5,
the Common Control Register 5.
For a T1 CSU interface, this object is not used.
LineCntlRegisterE1
For an E1 CSU line type, this object indicates the value of LICR,
Line Interface Control Register.
For a T1 CSU interface, this object is not used.
show csu e1status (entry/table)

Use show csu e1status to show E1 CSU status parameters.
Object
Parameter
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)
324
IfIndex
IfIndex for the specified E1 CSU entry.
LineStatus
Shows the status of the E1 CSU line as operational, in test mode,

or in alarm mode.
RedAlarm
Shows the E1 CSU red alarm status. Includes both receive carrier
loss and receive loss of sync.
RemoteAlarm
Shows the E1 CSU remote alarm status. Includes both receive

remote alarm and receive distant MF alarm.
AISAlarm
Shows the E1 CSU AIS alarm status.
RxCarrierLoss
Shows the E1 CSU receive carrier loss status.
RxSyncLoss
Shows the E1 CSU receive loss of sync status.
TxElasStrFull
Shows the E1 CSU transmit elastic store full status. Shows that
the E1 CSU transmit side elastic store buffer is full and a frame is
deleted.
TxElasStrEmpty
Shows the E1 CSU transmit elastic store empty status. This

indicates that the E1 CSU transmit side elastic store buffer
empties and a frame is repeated.
RxElasStrFull
Shows the E1 CSU receive elastic store full status. This indicates
that the E1 CSU receive side elastic store buffer is full and a frame
is deleted.
RxElasStrEmpty
Shows the E1 CSU receive elastic store empty status. This

indicates that the E1 CSU receive side elastic store buffer empties
and a frame is repeated.
BpvOrLnCdViolations Shows the number of E1 CSU line code violations. Bipolar

violation counts if HDB3 is disabled. Code violation counts if
HDB3 is enabled. Note that this is a 16-bit counter.
FASErrors
Shows the number of E1 CSU FAS error counts. FAS error counts
record word errors in the frame alignment signal in timeslot 0.
Note that this is a 12-bit counter.
CRC4Errors
Shows the number of E1 CSU CRC4 error counts. This object is

only applicable when CRC4 is enabled. Note that this is a 10-bit
counter.
show csu t1status (entry/table)

Use show csu t1status to show T1 CSU status parameters.
214371-C Rev. 00
325
Object
Parameter
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)
IfIndex
Shows the T1 CSU general status interface index value of the

specified entry.
T1LineStatus
Shows the status of the T1 CSU line as operational, in test mode

or in alarm mode.
RedAlarmStatus
Shows the T1 CSU red alarm status. Includes both receive

carrier loss and receive loss of sync.
YellowAlarmStatus
Shows theT1 CSU yellow alarm status.
BlueAlarmStatus
Shows theT1 CSU blue alarm status.
RxLevel
Shows the T1 CSU line receive level status.
RxElasticStoreFull
Shows the T1 CSU receive elastic store full status.
RxElasticStoreEmpty
Shows the T1 CSU receive elastic store empty status.
RxPulseViolation
Shows the T1 CSU receive pulse density violation status.
TxPulseViolation
Shows the T CSU transmit pulse density violation status.
RxCarrierLoss
Shows the T1 CSU receive carrier loss status.
RxSyncLoss
Shows the T1 CSU receive loss of sync status.
LineCodeViolation
Shows the number of T1 CSU line code violations. Note that this
is a 16-bit counter.
RxLoopUpCodeDetect
Shows the T1 CSU receive loop up code status.
RxLoopDoCodeDetect
Shows the T1 CSU receive loop down code status.
326
A table similar to the following is displayed for a t1: (One entry is shown when
you use the entry option and the full table of entries is shown when you use the
table option.)
IfIndex
153
T1LineStatus
alarmMode
RedAlarmStatus
on
YellowAlarmStatus
off
BlueAlarmStatus
off
RxLevel
2db to -7.5db
RxElasticStoreFull
no
RxElasticStoreEmpty
no
RxPulseViolation
no
TxPulseViolation
no
RxCarrierLoss
yes
RxSyncLoss
yes
LineCodeViolation
124
RxLoopUpCodeDetect
Unknown
RxLoopDoCodeDetect
Unknown
IfIndex
183
T1LineStatus
alarmMode
RedAlarmStatus
on
YellowAlarmStatus
on
BlueAlarmStatus
off
RxLevel
2db to -7.5db
RxElasticStoreFull
no
RxElasticStoreEmpty
no
RxPulseViolation
no
TxPulseViolation
no
214371-C Rev. 00
RxCarrierLoss
yes
RxSyncLoss
yes
LineCodeViolation
RxLoopUpCodeDetect
Unknown
RxLoopDoCodeDetect
Unknown
327
show ethernet statistics (entry/table)

Use show ethernet statistics to show the values held in the Ethernet
statistics table.
Object
Parameter
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)

IfIndex
: 1
AlignmentErrors
: 0
FCSErrors
: 0
SingleCollFrames
: 0
MultipleCollFrames
: 0
SQETestErrors
: 0
TxDeferred
: 0
LateCollisions
: 0
ExcessiveCollisions
: 0
InternalMACTxErrors
: 0
CarrierSenseErrors
: 266471
328

FrameTooLongs
: 0
RxInternalMACErrors
: 0
IfIndex
AlignmentErrors
The number of frames received on this interface that do not pass

the FCS check. This object is incremented when the
alignmentError status is returned by the MAC service to the LLC
or other MAC user.
FCSErrors
The number of frames received on this interface that do not pass

the FCS check. This object is incremented when the
frameCheckError status is returned by the MAC service to the
LLC or other MAC user.
SingleCollFrames
The number of successfully transmitted frames on this interface

for which transmission is inhibited by exactly one collision.
MultipleCollFrames
The number of successfully transmitted frames on this interface

for which transmission is inhibited by more than one collision.
SQETestErrors
The number of times that SQE test error message is generated by

the PLS sublayer for this interface.
TxDeferred
The number of frames for which the first transmission attempt on

this interface is delayed because the medium is busy. This count
does not include frames involved in collisions.
LateCollisions
The number of times that a collision is detected on this interface

later than 512 bit-times into the transmission of a packet. Five
hundred and twelve bit-times corresponds to 51.2 microseconds.
ExcessiveCollisions
The number of frames for which transmission on this interface fails

due to excessive collisions.
InternalMACTxErrors
The number of frames for which transmission on this interface fails

due to an internal MAC sublayer transmit error.
CarrierSenseErrors
The number of times that the carrier sense condition was lost or
never asserted when attempting to transmit a frame on this
interface.
FrameTooLongs
The number of frames received on this interface that exceed the

maximum permitted frame size.
RxInternalMACErrors A count of frames for which reception on this interface fails due to
an internal MAC sublayer receive error.
show filters
214371-C Rev. 00
ip
329
ipx
Use show filters to show the current status of filters. There are two types of
filtering:
show filters ip
forward
tos
rip
Use show filters ip to show the current status of the IP filters. There are
three types of IP filtering: Forward, ToS, and RIP.
show filters ip forward
port
system
Use show filters ip forward to show the status of IP forwarding filters.

Specify port to show filters for the active port. Specify system to show filters for
the system.
show filters ip forward port

Use show filters ip forward port to specify incoming or outgoing
filters. These are shown as configured or operational.
330
show filters ip forward port incoming (configured/operational) table

Object
Description
PortNo
The port associated with this filter entry.
InFltrMask
The source/destination address mask associated with this filter

entry. This provides an IP address range for a match.
InFltrAddr
The source/destination address associated with this filter entry.
InFltrProtId
The protocol type associated with this filter entry.
InFltrPortId
The TCP/UDP port number associated with this filter entry.
InFltrScrDst
Source or destination IP address in the IP packet to be compared

InFltrAction
Action to be taken in case of a match.

forward - forward the IP packet
discard - discard the IP packet
show filters ip forward port outgoing (configured/operational) table

Object
Description
PortNo
OutFltrMask
The source/destination address mask associated with this filter

entry. This provides an IP address range for a match.
OutFltrAddr
The source/destination address associated with this filter entry.
OutFltrProtId
The protocol type associated with this filter entry.
OutFltrPortId
The TCP/UDP port number associated with this filter entry.
OutFltrScrDst
Source or destination IP address in the IP packet to be compared

OutFltrAction

show filters ip forward system (configured/operational) table

Use show filters ip forward system (configured/operational)
214371-C Rev. 00
331
table to show IP forwarding system filter objects as configured or operational.

FltrDstMask
Destination address mask associated with this filter entry. This

value is to provide an IP address range for a match.
FltrDstAddr
The destination address associated with this filter entry. If the

destination address in the IP packet matches this together with
other patterns in the filter entry, then the IP packet is filtered.
FltrSrcMask
The source address mask associated with this filter entry. This is to
provide IP address range for a match.
FltrSrcAddr
The source address associated with this filter entry. If the source
address in the IP packet matches this together with other patterns
in the filter entry, then the IP packet is filtered.
FltrProtId
The protocol type associated with this filter entry. If the protocol
type in the IP packet matches this together with other patterns in
the filter entry, then the IP packet is filtered.
FltrPortId
The TCP/UDP port number associated with this filter entry. If the
destination TCP/UDP port number in the IP packet matches this
together with other patterns in the filter entry, then the IP packet is
filtered.
FltrAction

show filters ip dscp
port
system
Use the show filters ip dscp commands to show the status of filters for
the IP header DSCP byte.
show filters ip dscp port

Use show filters ip dscp port to specify incoming or outgoing dscp
filters. These are shown as configured or operational.
332
show filters ip dscp port incoming (configured/operational) table

Object
Description
PortNo
DSCP Map
The DSCP byte value associated with the filter entry.
DSCP Mask
The DSCP Mask value associated with the filter entry.
Priority
The priority (low, medium, high) with which the packed is

forwarded, if there is a match.
Order
The order in which the packets in the filter table should be

searched to resolve filter conflicts. If a conflict occurs, packets with
smaller order numbers are processed before packets with larger
numbers.
Filter Action

show filters ip dscp port outgoing (configured/operational) table

Object
Description
PortNo
DSCP Map
DSCP Mask
The DSCP Mask value associated with the filter entry.
Priority

Order

numbers.
Filter Action

show filters ip dscp system (configured/operational) table

Use show filters ip dscp system (configured/operational)
214371-C Rev. 00
333
table to show IP DSCP system filter objects as configured or operational.

Object
Description
DSCP Map
DSCP Mask
The DSCP Mask value associated with the filter entry
Priority

Order

numbers
Filter Action

show filters ip rip
gateway
incoming
outgoing
Use show filters ip rip to show the status of the rip filters. Specify
whether to show filters provisioned for gateway, incoming or outgoing functions.
show filters ip rip gateway (configured/operational) table

Use show filters ip rip gateway (configured/operational)
table to show the status of the IP RIP gateway filters.
RipGwyFltrMask
Shows the gateway mask associated with this filter entry. This is to
provide a gateway range for a match.
RipGwyFltrAddr
The gateway associated with this filter entry.
RipGwyFltrAction

forward - process the RIP from the gateway.
discard - discard the RIP from the gateway.
334
show filters ip rip incoming (configured/operational) table

Use show filters ip rip incoming (configured/operational)
table to show the status of the IP RIP incoming filters.
RipInFltrMask
Shows the network mask associated with this filter entry. This is to
provide a network range for a match.
RipInFltrAddr
The network address associated with this filter entry. Routes in the
incoming RIP which match the specific address will be filtered.
RipInFltrAction

forward - process the routing entry in the incoming RIP.
discard - suppress the entry in case of a match.
show filters ip rip outgoing (configured/operational) table

Use show filters ip rip outgoing to show the status of the IP RIP
outgoing filters.
RipOutFltrMask
Shows the network mask associated with this filter entry. This is to
provide a network range for a match.
RipOutFltrAddr
The network address associated with this filter entry. Routes in the
outgoing RIP with this address will be filtered.
RipOutFltrAction

forward - advertise the route in case of a match.
discard - suppress the entry in case of a match.
show fr
Use show fr to show frame relay values, parameters and statistics.
214371-C Rev. 00
errorUser
line
port
switch
system
tunnel
335
voice
show fr errorUser (entry/table)

Use show fr errorUser to show the table describing errors encountered on
each frame relay interface. One entry for each physical interface is shown.
IfIndex
:11
Type
:noErrorSinceReset
Data
:" "
Time
:00Years 000Days 00:00:00
IfIndex
Shows the IfIndex for the specified port.
Type
Shows the last error seen on this interface since bootup. This error
is not maintained between bootups.
Data
Shows an octet string containing as much of the error packet as

possible. As a minimum, it will contain the Q.922 address or as
much as was delivered.
Time
Shows the sysUpTime value at the time the error was detected.
show fr line
dlci
network
user
Use show fr line to show parameters that determine the physical frame relay
connections.
336
show fr line dlci (entry/table)

Use show fr line dlci to display status information about the DLCIs. You
must enter the IfIndex and the DLCI number in order to display an individual
Object
Parameter
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)
<DLCI>
: INTEGER (16..1007)

IfIndex
DLCI
LearnStatus
ConfigStatus ActiveStatus
LMIStatus
152
16
no
yes
no
no
152
18
no
yes
no
no
show fr line network
proprietaryService
pvcSignalling
rfc1604Service
Use show fr line network to show characteristics of the physical ports that
are used for frame relay pass-through operation. For each of these options, you
can view configured or operational parameters. The tables below contain only the
first IfIndex entry in each table.
214371-C Rev. 00
337
show fr line network proprietaryService (configured/

operational) (entry/table)
IfIndex
162
FlowControl
disabled
InfoRateAdjInterval
ConsecutiveFrames
10
RateEnforcement
disabled
MaxTxFrameSize
1604
MaxRxFrameSize
1604
TxBc
RxBc
TxBe
RxBe
TxThroughput
RxThroughput
PVCLMIStatus
up
IfIndex
The ifIndex of the local physical interface.
FlowControl
The flow control for outbound data - enabled or disabled.
InfoRateAdjInterval
The time interval used to increase or decrease the transmission

rate, depending on the number of frames received with the FECN
(forward explicit congestion notification) bit either cleared (for
increase) or set (for decrease).
ConsecutiveFrames
The number of consecutive frames received with the BECN

(backward explicit congestion notification) bit set before reduction
of the transmit rate.
RateEnforcement
Shows the rate enforcement parameter for frame relay congestion

management processing to enabled or disabled.
MaxTxFrameSize
The maximum transmission frame relay packet size (in bytes) for
this logical port.
MaxRxFrameSize
The maximum receive frame relay packet size (in bytes) for this
logical port.
TxBc
The transmission committed burst size (in bits per sec). for this
logical port.
338

RxBc
The receive committed burst size (in bits per sec.) for this logical
port.
TxBe
The transmission excess burst size (in bits per sec.) for this logical
port.
RxBe
The receive excess burst size (in bits per sec.) for this logical port.
TxThroughput
The transmission committed information rate (CIR) (in bits per

sec.) for this logical port.
RxThroughput
The receive committed information rate (CIR) (in bits per sec.) for
this logical port.
PVCLMIStatus
The status of the PVC local management interface (LMI) - up or

down.
214371-C Rev. 00
339
show fr line network pvcSignaling (configured/operational)

(entry/table)
IfIndex
: 161
Procedure
: u2net
NetN392
: 3
NetN393
: 3
NetT392
: 15
NetLinkRelErrors
: 6
NetProtocolErrors
: 0
NetChannelInactive
: 0
IfIndex
The IfIndex of the local frame relay DCE interface.
Procedure
The local in-channel signaling procedure that is used for this logical
port. Valid values are u2nnet and bi-direct.
NetN392
The network-side N392 error threshold value for this logical port.
This applies to Q.933 Annex A, T1.617 Annex D, and LMI. If this
logical port is not performing network-side procedures, this field will
display noSuchName.
NetN393
The network-side N393 monitored events count value for this

logical port. This applies to Q.933 Annex A, T1.617 Annex D, and
LMI. If this logical port is not performing network-side procedures,
this field will display noSuchName.
NetT392
The network-side T392 polling verification timer value for this

logical port. This applies to Q.933 Annex A, T1.617 Annex D, and
LMI. If this logical port is not performing network-side procedures,
this field will display noSuchName.
NetLinkRelErrors
The number of network-side local in-channel signaling link

reliability errors for this logical port. These errors are indicated by
non-receipt of Status/Status Enquiry messages or invalid
sequence numbers in a Link Integrity Verification Information
Element. If this logical port is not performing network-side
procedures, this field will display noSuchName.
NetProtocolErrors
The number of network-side local in-channel signaling protocol

errors for this logical port. Types include protocol discriminator,
message type, call reference, and mandatory information element
errors. If this logical port is not performing network-side
NetChannelInactive
The number of times the network-side channel was declared

inactive. If this logical port is not performing network-side
340
show fr line network rfc1604Service (configured/operational)

(entry/table)
IfIndex
: 161
NumberPlan
: none
PortType
: uni
AddressLength
: twoOctets10Bits
VcSignalProtocol
: ansiT1617-D-1994
IfIndex
The IfIndex of the local Frame Relay DCE interface. (ifIndex 161
corresponds to the local DCE interface for Port 1 of Data
Expansion Module 1.)
NumberPlan
The network address numbering plan for this UNI logical port. Valid
responses are x121, e164, other, and none. None implies that
there is no ifPhysAddress for this interface. Other indicates that an
address has been assigned to this interface, but the numbering
plan is not enumerated here.
PortType
The type of network interface (UNI or NNI) for this logical port.
AddressLength
The Q.922 address field length and DLCI length for this logical
port.
VCSignalProtocol
The local in-channel signaling protocol used for this logical port.
show fr line user

Use show fr line user to show LMI parameters, performance statistics and
other characteristics of the connections between the device and the ILS core router
service on the frame relay switch.
214371-C Rev. 00
baseDLCMI
basePVCLMI
baseSVCLMI
dlcmiPVC
dlcmiSVC
mpanlLMI
pvcLMI
341
show fr line user baseDLCMI configured (entry/table)

IfIndex
: 9
TxInfoRateAdjust
: disabled
InfoRateAdjInterval
: 1
InfoRateAdjTriggNum
: 10
TxThroughput
: 64000
RxThroughput
: 0
TxMaxFrameSize
: 1604
RxMaxFrameSize
: 1604
RateEncorcement
: Unknown
TxBc
: 0
RxBc
: 0
TxBe
: 0
RxBe
: 0
DCDefNegMode
: noCompression
DCDefRetryTime
: 3
DCDefRetryCount
: 10
IfIndex
The IfIndex of the local frame relay interface. (IfIndex 155

corresponds to the frame relay portion of the local DTE interface
at Port 2 of the Ethernet Base Module.)
TxInfoRateAdjust
Delta time interval to increase or decrease the transmit rate by

monitoring the number of frames received or transmitted with
the FECN bit cleared or set.
InfoRateAdjInterval
The number of seconds during which received frames are

checked to see whether the FECN bit is set or cleared. The
transmit rate is adjusted based on the number FECN bits set or
cleared during this interval. The range is from 1 to 255 seconds.
InfoRateAdjTriggNum
Number of consecutive frames that must have the BECN bit set
before reducing transmit rate.
TxThroughput
The transmission CIR expressed in bits/sec.
RxThroughput
The receive CIR expressed in bits/sec.
TxMaxFrameSize
The maximum transmission FR packet size expressed in bytes.
RxMaxFrameSize
The maximum receive FR packet size expressed in bytes.
RateEnforcement
The rate enforcement enabled or disabled parameter for FR

congestion management processing.
342

TxBc
The transmission committed burst size expressed in bits.
RxBc
The receive committed burst size expressed in bits.
TxBe
The transmission excess burst size expressed in bits.
RxBe
The receive excess burst size expressed in bits.
DCDefNegMode
Defines the negotiation mode supported.
DCDefRetryTime
Timeout value for DC negotiation.
DCDefRetryCount
Retry counter for data compression negotiation.
214371-C Rev. 00
343
show fr line user baseDLCMI operational (entry/table)

IfIndex
155
FlowControl
disabled
InfoRateAdjInterval
:1
ConsecutiveFrames
10
ConnectTime
00Years 000Days 00:00:00
TxLMI
503228
RxLMI
458300
HeaderErrorRx
InvalidDLCIRx
ShortFramesRx
LongFramesRx
IgnoredFramesRx
XIDExpirations
TxExpirations
PVCLMIStatus
up
ActivePanlDlciSvc
RxActivations
TxDeactivations
RxOkAcks
RxErrAcks
RxUnknowns
RxErrors
RxOctets
TxOctets
TxThroughput
64000
RxThroughput
TxMaxFrameSize
1604
RxMaxFrameSize
1604
RateEnforcement
Unknown
TxBc
RxBc
344

TxBe
RxBe
DataFrames
DCDefNegMode
noCompression
DCDefRetryTime
DCDefRetryCount
10
IfIndex
The ifIndex of the local frame relay interface. (IfIndex 155

corresponds to the frame relay portion of the local DTE interface at
Port 2 of the Ethernet Base Module.)
FlowControl
Indicates whether or not rate enforcement will allow frames

exceeding the CIR rate to be discarded during periods of heavy
congestion. The default is disabled.
InfoRateAdjInterval
The number of seconds during which received frames are checked

to see whether the FECN bit is set or cleared. The transmit rate is
adjusted based on the number FECN bits set or cleared during this
interval. The range is from 1 to 255 seconds.
ConsecutiveFrames
The number of consecutive frames that will be received with the

BECN bit set before the transmit rate is reduced. The range is from
1 to 100 frames.
ConnectTime
The value of sysUpTime when this port was created.
TxLMI
The number of PVC LMI frames sent on this physical port .
RxLMI
The number of PVC LMI frames received on this physical port.
HeaderErrorRx
The number of frames received with an incomplete or missing

address field.
InvalidDLCIRx
The number of frames received on an unassigned or invalid DLCI

number.
ShortFramesRx
The number of short frames received.
LongFramesRx
The number of frames that were received that were longer than the
WAN MTU size.
IgnoredFramesRx
The number of frames received that were ignored (meaning they

contained an unknown error).
XIDExpirations
The number of XID TM21 timer expirations. (Valid only if MTU

negotiation is enabled.)
TxExpirations
The number of Tx expirations.
PVCLMIStatus
The status of the frame relay PVC LMI (up or down). Note that a
status of down indicates a possible LMI mismatch between the
Passport 4400 and the attached FRAD.
ActivePanlDlciSvc
Number of active PANL DLCI SVCs on this interface.
214371-C Rev. 00
345
RxActivations
Number of activations received on this interface.
RxDeactivations
Number of deactivations received on this interface.
RxOkAcks
Number of OK ACK messages received on this interface.
RxErrAcks
Number of Error ACK messages received on this interface.
RxUnknowns
Number of Unknown messages received on this interface.
RxErrors
Number of Error messages received on this interface.
RxOctets
Number of data bytes received.
TxOctets
Number of data bytes sent.
TxThroughput
The transmission CIR expressed in bits/sec.
RxThroughput
The receive CIR expressed in bits/sec.
TxMaxFrameSize
The maximum transmission FR packet size expressed in bytes.
RxMaxFrameSize
The maximum receive FR packet size expressed in bytes.
RateEnforcement
The rate enforcement parameter for FR congestion management

processing.
TxBc
The transmission committed burst size expressed in bits.
RxBc
The receive committed burst size expressed in bits.
TxBe
The transmission excess burst size expressed in bits.
RxBe
The receive excess burst size expressed in bits.
DataFrames
Total number of data frames on all assigned DLCIs.
DCDefNegMode
DCDefRetryTime
DCDefRetryCount
346
show fr line user basePVCLMI (configured/operational) (entry/

table)
IfIndex
: 149
LMIMode
: unidte
Bidirectional
: false
IfIndex
The ifIndex of the local frame relay DTE interface. IfIndex 155
corresponds to the frame relay port of the local DTE interface at
Port 2 of the Ethernet Base Module.
LMIMode
Indicates whether the local PVC LMI is operating in DTE or DCE

mode. The default setting is unidte (unidirectional DTE).
Bidirectional
Indicates whether the PVC LMI will send both status inquiries and
status reports. The default is false.
show fr line user baseSVCLMI (configured/operational) (entry/

table)
IfIndex
: 9
Type
: q933svc
T303
: 4
T305
: 30
T308
: 4
T310
: 60
MaxNumberOfCalls
: 255
MaxTxFrameSize
: 0
MaxRxFrameSize
: 0
MinDLCI
: 16
MaxDLCI
: 991
MinTxThroughput
: 0
MinRxThroughput
: 0
MaxTxThroughput
: 0
MaxRxThroughput
: 0
TxBurstSize
: 0
RxBurstSize
: 0
214371-C Rev. 00

TxExcessBurstSize
: 0
RxExcessBurstSize
: 0
347
IfIndex
The ifIndex of the local frame relay interface. (ifIndex 155

corresponds to the local DTE interface for Port 2 of the Ethernet
Base Module.)
Type
The type of SVC LMI protocol used on this interface.
T303
Determines how long the SVC LMI waits for a response from the
network before retransmitting the setup message. The range is
from 1 to 255 seconds. .
T305
Determines how long the SVC LMI waits for a response from the
network before retransmitting a disconnect message. The range is
from 1 to 255 seconds.
T308
The length of time in seconds that the SVC LMI will wait for a
response from the network before retransmitting the release
message. When the second Release is transmitted, the local SVC
LMI considers the corresponding SVC to have been released by
the network even if no response has been received. The range is
from 1 to 255 seconds.
T310
The length of time in seconds that the SVC LMI will wait for a
Connect message from the network, after receiving the Call
Proceeding message, before sending a release message. The
range is from 1 to 255 seconds. The default is 60 seconds.
MaxNumberOfCalls
The maximum number of SVC connections allowed on this link

IfIndex. The range is from 1 to 255.
MaxTxFrameSize
The maximum frame size in bytes that will be transmitted on the

primary frame relay link between the Passport 4460 and the
network. The range is from 0 to 4096. The default value is 0, which
indicates that the maximum frame size is determined by the
MPANL configuration (add msm dtelink or the define
msm dtelink) command.
MaxRxFrameSize
The maximum frame size in bytes that will be accepted on the

primary frame relay link between the Passport 4460 and the
network. The range is from 0 to 4096. The default value is 0, which
indicates that the maximum frame size is determined by the
MPANL configuration (add msm dtelink or the define msm
dtelink command.
MinDLCI
The smallest DLCI number allowed for an SVC on the Passport

4460. The range is from 16 to 991.
MaxDLCI
The highest DLCI number allowed for an SVC on the Passport

4460. The range is from 17 to 991.
348

MinTxThroughput
Unless negotiated at connect time, this data rate in bits per second
(bps) is used along with maxTxThroughput to negotiate with the
remote end during call setup. The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps.
A value of 0 indicates that the network will determine the data rate.
MinRxThroughput
(bps) is used along with maxRxThroughput to negotiate with the
A value of 0 indicates that the network will determine the data rate.
MaxTxThroughput
(bps) is used along with maxTxThroughput to negotiate with the
A value of 0 indicates that, the network will determine the data rate.
MaxRxThroughput
(bps) is used along with minRxThroughput to negotiate with the
A value of 0 indicates that, the network will determine the data rate.
TxBurstSize
The burst size (Bc) in bytes that the network is committed to

transmit over the period of one second. The range is from 0 to
2560000 bps. A value of 0 indicates that the network default will
determine the transmit burst size.
RxBurstSize
The burst size (Bc) in bytes that the network is committed to

receive over the period of one second. The range is from 0 to
2560000 bps. A value of 0 indicates that the network default will
determine the receive burst size.
TxExcessBurstSize
The uncommitted transmit burst size (Be) in bytes. The range is

from 0 to 2560000 bps. A value of 0 indicates that the network
default will determine the excess burst size.
RxExcessBurstSize
The uncommitted receive burst size (Be) in bytes. The range is

from 0 to 2560000 bps. A value of 0 indicates that the network
default will determine the excess burst size.
214371-C Rev. 00
349
show fr line user dlcmiPVC (configured/operational) (entry/

table)
IfIndex
: 155
LMIType
: noLMIConfigured
AddressType
: q922Standard
AddressLength
: twoOctets
NumberOfPorts
: 255
Multicast
: nonBroadcast
IfIndex

corresponds to the frame relay portion of the local DTE interface at
LMIType
The type of PVC LMI active on this interface. The PVC LMI
selected must be compatible with the active network PVC LMI.
Valid values are lmi, itut933A (Q933 Annex A), ansiT1617D 1994
(ANSI T1.617a - 1994 Annex D), and noLmiConfigured. A value of
noLmiConfigured indicates that no LMI is used. PVC and DLCIs
can still be configured.
AddressType
Identifies which address format is in use on the frame relay

interface. Valid values are q921 (13-bit DLCI), q922March90
(11-bit DLCI), q922November 90 (10-bit DLCI), and q922Standard.
This value must match the address format used by the network.
AddressLength
Identifies the Q.922 address field length and DLCI length for this
UNI logical port. Value is given in octets.
NumberOfPorts
Maximum number of PVC DLCIs that may exist on this line IfIndex.
Multicast
Indicates whether or not the frame relay interface is using a

multicast service. NonBroadcast indicates no multicast. Broadcast
indicates multicast service is used.
show fr line user dlcmiSVC status (entry/table)

Use show fr line dlcmiSVC status to display frame relay tunnel status
information.
StatusIfIndex
: INTEGER (1..255)
DLci
: INTEGER (17..991)
350
StatusIfIndex
The IfIndex value associated with the frame relay netlink.
DLci
The SVC DLCI number associated with the netlink.
CardNumber
The card number of the wan port this netlink is associated with.
PortNumber
The physical port number of the wan port this netlink is

associated with.
TunnelPvcDlci
The tunneling PVC DLCI number linked to this netlink.
PeerCardNumber
The card number linked to this netlink at the other end of the
connection.
PeerPortNumber
The port number linked to this netlink at the other end of the
connection.
PeerTunnelPvcDlci
The tunneling PVC DLCI linked to this netlink at the other end of
the connection.
PeerSvcDlci
The SVC DLCI linked to this netlink at the other end of the
connection.
ChannelNumber
Indicates the channel number of the wan port this netlink is

associated with.
PeerChannelNumber
Indicates the channel number linked to this netlink at the other

side of the connection.
show fr line user mpanlLMI

Use show fr line user mpanlLMI to show frame relay mpanl service
information as follows:
214371-C Rev. 00
circuitStat
circuitStatus
netLink
netLinkStat
netLinkStatus
parameters
service
statistics
351
show fr line user mpanlLMI circuitStat (entry/table)

Use show fr line user mpanlLMI circuitStat (entry/table) to
show SVC circuit statistics. You may view either one individual entry or a table of
all entries.
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)
<SVCDLCI>
: INTEGER (17..991)
IfIndex
Shows the IfIndex for the specified circuit statistics table.
SVCDLCI
Shows the Data link Connection Identifier(DLCI) for the specified

SVC.
MsgRxStatus
The number of status messages received on this SVC.
MsgTxStatus
The number of setup messages transmitted on this SVC.
MsgRxStatusInq
The number of status inquiries received on this SVC.
MsgTxStatusInq
The number of status inquiries transmitted on this SVC.
show fr line user mpanlLMI circuitStatus (entry/table)

Use show fr line user mpanlLMI circuitStatus (entry/table) to
show SVC circuit status. You may view either one individual entry or a table of all
entries.
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)
<SVCDLCI>
: INTEGER (17..991)
IfIndex
The IfIndex value for this circuit.
SVCDLCI
The Data link Connection Identifier (DLCI) for this SVC.
RejectCause
Shows the cause for this SVC being rejected.
SVCType
Shows the type of SVC. Types include rfc 1490, voice, switched, rfc
1490 switched and rsi.
AttriSetupPriority
Shows the attribute setup priority for this SVC. The lower numbers
indicate higher priority.
AttriHoldPriority
Shows the attribute holding priority for this SVC. The lower
numbers indicate higher priority.
AttriDiscardPriority
Shows the attribute discard priority for this SVC. The lower
numbers indicate higher priority.
352

ClaimedBandWidth
The required bandwidth in byte for the SVC call.
QoSTxThrput
The transmit throughput granted. Shown in bytes.
QoSRxThrput
The receive throughput granted. Shown in bytes.
QoSTxBrstSizGrntd
The transmit burst size granted. Shown in bytes.
QoSRxBrstSizGrntd
The receive burst size granted. Shown in bytes.
QoSTxExRateGrntd
The transmit excess rate granted. Shown in bytes.
QoSRxExRateGrntd The receive excess rate granted. Shown in bytes.

PeerDLCI
The DLCI number at the other side of this connection.
PeerNetwork
The number of the network at the other side of this connection.
CallingDNA
The calling DNA number associated with the Data Link Connection
Identifier (DLCI) for this SVC.
CalledDNA
The called DNA number associated with the Data Link Connection
Identifier (DLCI) for this SVC.
show fr line user mpanlLMI netLink (configured/operational)

(entry/table)
IfIndex
: 149
TunnelingPVCDlci
: 16
DLCIAssignMethod
: increment
RstartT316Timer
: 5
RstrtAckT317Timer
: 5
NumUnsRstrtAtmpts
: 5
IfIndex
Shows the IfIndex for this network link.
TunnelingPVCDlci
The DLCI associated with the tunneling PVC.
DLCIAssignMethod
The DLCI assignment method, shows increment or decrement.

This value is shown only with the DTE mode.
RstartT316Timer
Shows the time in seconds of when the Q.933 Message is

restarted.
RstrtAckT317Timer
Shows the time in seconds of when the Q.933 Ack Message is

restarted.
NumUnsRstrtAtmpts Shows the number of unsuccessful restart attempts.
214371-C Rev. 00
353
show fr line user mpanlLMI netLinkStat (entry/table)

IfIndex
: 149
RxMsgSetup
: 0
TxMsgSetup
: 0
RxMsgCallProceeding
: 0
TxMsgCallProceeding
: 0
RxMsgConnect
: 0
TxMsgConnect
: 0
RxMsgDisConnect
: 0
TxMsgDisConnect
: 0
RxMsgRelease
: 0
TxMsgRelease
: 0
RxMsgReleaseComp
: 0
TxMsgReleaseComp
: 0
RxMsgStatusInquiry
: 0
TxMsgStatusInquiry
: 0
RxMsgStatus
: 0
TxMsgStatus
: 0
LocalSVC
: 0
TransitSVC
: 0
VoiceCalls
: 0
LanCalls
: 0
RsiCalls
: 0
SpvcCalls
: 0
LinkUpCounter
: 2
LinkDownCounter
: 2
IfIndex
Shows the IfIndex of the netlink statistics table.
RxMsgSetup
The number of setup messages received.
TxMsgSetup
The number of setup messages transmitted.
RxMsgCallProceeding The number of call proceeding messages received.
354

TxMsgCallProceeding The number of call proceeding messages transmitted.
RxMsgConnect
The number of connect messages received.
TxMsgConnect
The number of connect messages transmitted.
RxMsgDisConnect
The number of disconnect messages received.
TxMsgDisConnect
The number of disconnect messages transmitted.
RxMsgRelease
The number of release messages received.
TxMsgRelease
The number of release messages transmitted.
RxMsgReleaseComp
The number of release complete messages received.
TxMsgReleaseComp
The number of release complete messages transmitted.
RxMsgStatusInquery
The number of status inquiry messages received.
TxMsgStatusInquery
The number of status inquiry messages transmitted.
RxMsgStatus
The number of status requests received.
TxMsgStatus
The number of status requests received.
LocalSVC
The number of local SVCs.
TransitSVC
The number of transit SVCs.
VoiceCalls
The number of voice calls on this link.
LanCalls
The number of LAN calls on this link.
RsiCalls
The number of RSI calls on this link.
SpvcCalls
The number of SVC calls on this link.
LinkUpCounter
The number of times the LMI came up.
LinkDownCounter
The number of times the LMI went down.
show fr line user mpanlLMI netLinkStatus (entry/table)

IfIndex
LMIStatus
RestartState
LAPFState
FrCoreState
149
down
none
up
up
IfIndex
Shows the IfIndex for the netlink status table.
LMIStatus
Shows the LMI link status for both DTE and DCE.
214371-C Rev. 00

RestartState
The Q.933 link recovery restart states. These are none,

restartRequestSent and restartRequestReceived.
LAPFState
The LAPF state as seen by MLMI. States are up or down.
FrCoreState
The frame relay core state as seen by MLMI.
355
show fr line user mpanlLMI parameters

Use show fr line user mpanlLMI parameters to show the type of base
unit where the mpanl lmi is provisioned and to view the software revision number.
SoftwareRev
: "MLMIswRev1.00"
show fr line user mpanlLMI service (configured/operational)

(entry/table)
ServiceIndex
: 1
CUGFacility
: noCUG
CUGAccess
: noRight
CUGICType
: national
CUGIC
: "00000 "
DNASuffix
: "100"
ServiceIndex
An index number for the MPANL service designated by the DNA

suffix field.
CUGFacility
Options are noCUG, SimpleCUG, and CUGSelection.
CUGAccess
Determines the subscribed Closed User Group access rights.

Options are noRight (the default), outgoingAccess,
incomingAccess, and outAndinAccess.
CUGICType
Determines the CUG interlock code type. Options are national and
international.
356

CUGIC
A quoted string of up to 5 digits, determined at subscription time.
DNASuffix
A quoted string of up to 3 digits that identifies the MPANL service.

100 = LAN traffic; 101 = NMS traffic; 200 = voice; 3XX = FRDCE/
HTDS; 500 = RSA/RSI.
show fr line user mpanl statistics

ActiveVCs
: 0
RequestedCalls
: 0
InitiatedCalls
: 0
FailedCalls
: 0
SucceededCalls
: 0
ReleasedCalls
: 0
DisconnectedCalls
: 0
AdmittedCUGs
: 0
RejectedCUGs
: 0
ActiveVCs
Number of active virtual circuits maintained by the MPANL LMI.
RequestedCalls
The number of Connect requests received by the MPANL LMI from

the upper layer applications on this Passport 4460 unit.
InitiatedCalls
The number of calls this device has initiated.
FailedCalls
The number of calls failed, either incoming or outgoing, for this

device.
SucceededCalls
The number of calls succeeded, either incoming or outgoing, for

this device.
ReleasedCalls
The number of calls released by this device or by the network.
DisconnectedCalls
The number of disconnect requests received by the MPANL LMI

from upper layer applications on this device.
AdmittedCUGs
The number of calls admitted whose setup messages had the

correct CUG.
RejectedCUGs
The number of calls rejected whose setup messages had the

wrong CUG.
show fr line user pvcLMI (configured/operational) (entry/table)

IfIndex
: 9
T391
: 0
214371-C Rev. 00

N391
: 6
N392
: 3
N393
: 3
357
IfIndex

corresponds to the local frame relay portion of the DTE interface at
T391
The number of seconds between successive status inquiry

messages. The range is from 5 to 30 seconds.
N391
The number of status inquiry intervals that pass before a full status
inquiry message is sent. (Every nth status inquiry will be a full
status inquiry.) The range is from 1 to 255.
N392
The maximum number of unanswered status enquiries that will be

accepted before the LMI is declared down. The range is from 1 to
10.
N393
The number of status polling intervals over which the error

threshold is counted.
show fr port
pvcLANData
spvcLANData
svcLANData
virtualPort
Use show fr port to show frame relay port values, parameters and statistics.
show fr port pvcLANData
show fr port pvcLANData circuit (entry/table)

Use show fr port pvcLANData circuit to view individual reporting
DLCIs or the full table of DLCIs that are available for configuration.
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)
<DLCI>
: INTEGER (16..991)
358

IfIndex
The IfIndex for the interface on this PVC.
DLCI
The local DLCI for this PVC.
CircuitState
Shows the state of this PVC (active or inactive). Only the

configured PVCs can be in the inactive state. All learned PVCs
will be deleted while the PVC LMI is reporting them as active.
ReceivedFECNs
Number of frame relay packets received on the corresponding

DLCI with the forward congestion bit set.
ReceivedBECNs
Number of frame relay packets received on the corresponding

DLCI with the backward congestion bit set.
SentFrames
Number of frame relay packets sent on the corresponding PVC

since this counte was last reset.
SentOctets
Number of bytes sent on the corresponding PVC since this coutner

was last reset.
ReceivedFrames
Number of frame relay packets received on the corresponding PVC

since this counter was last reset.
ReceivedOctets
Number of bytes received on the corresponding PVC since this

counter was last reset initiated by a user.
CreationTime
The sysUpTime when the PVC was created either at bootup time
or when the PVC was learned from the DCE through the PVC
LMI.
LastTimeChange
The sysUpTime of the last status change in the PVC. For learned
PVCs, the PVC last time change should be equal to the PVC
creation time.
CommittedBurst
The maximum rate at which the network agrees to transfer under

normal (non-congested) conditions. Expressed in bits per second.
For PVCs, this value is pre-arranged with the network service
provider.
ExcessBurst
The maximum number of uncommitted bits that the frame relay

network will attempt to deliver. Expressed in bits per second. For
PVCs, this value is pre-arranged with the network service provider.
Throughput
The average number of 'Frame Relay Information Field' bits

transferred per second across a physical frame relay interface. For
PVCs, this value is pre-arranged with the network service provider
214371-C Rev. 00
359
show fr port pvcLANData netlinkMap (configured/operational)

(entry/table)
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)
<NetLinkIfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)
VPIfIndex
Virtual port IfIndex associated with this netlink (Tunnel PVC).
NetlinkIfIndex
Netlink (Tunnel PVC) IfIndex associated with the specified virtual

port.)
RowStatus
Shows the status of the existing rows in this virtual port to the
netlink mapping table.
show fr port pvcLANData privateCircuit (entry/table)

<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)
<DLCI>
: INTEGER (17..126975)
VPIfIndex
Virtual port IfIndex associated with this netlink (Tunnel PVC).
NetlinkIfIndex
Netlink (Tunnel PVC) IfIndex associated with the specified virtual

port.)
RowStatus
Shows the status of the existing rows in this virtual port to the
netlink mapping table.
show fr port spvcLANData
base
circuit
show fr port spvcLANData base spvc (configured/operational)

(entry/table)
VirtualPortIfIndex
: 4
RemoteNetDLCI
: 241
ConnectId
: 1
SVCDNA
: "[x121]3021811397299"
360

SVCDLCI
: 17
SVCIfIndex
: 155
VirtualPortState
: active
SVCUserState
: active
ConnectType
: master
LastChange
: 99
LastTimeDiscReason
: local-VP-is-down
VirtualPortIfIndex
The IfIndex of the local virtual port.
RemoteNetDLCI
The DLCI value on the remote DCE interface.
ConnectId
The connect ID of this SPVC mapping. Assigned internally by

thedevice. Unique for each SPVC generated on the device (frame
relay DCE and LAN).
SVCDNA
The DNA for the remote node of this SPVC.
SVCDLCI
The local DLCI for this SPVC.
SVCIfIndex
The ifIndex number for this SPVC connection.
VirtualPortState
Indicates whether the local virtual port is active or inactive.
SVCUserState
Indicates whether the local DCE considers the SPVC associated

with this mapping active (up) or inactive (down).
ConnectType
Indicates whether this end of the SPVC segment initiated or

received the SPVC call. Master indicates that this end will initiate
the call; Slave indicates that this end will receive the call.
LastChange
The MIB II sysUpTime value in time ticks at the time this SPVC
mapping entered its current operational state.
LastTimeDiscReason Indicates the reason this SPVC is not currently active.
show fr port spvcLANData base svc (configured/operational) (entry/

table)
ConnectID
: 1
SVCIfIndex
: 155
DNA
: "[x121]3021811397299"
DLCI
: 17
MaxTxSize
: 0
214371-C Rev. 00

MaxRxSize
: 0
MinTxThroughput
: 0
MinRxThroughput
: 0
MaxTxThroughput
: 0
MaxRxThroughput
: 0
TxBurstSize
: 0
RxBurstSize
: 0
TxExcessiveBurstSize
: 0
RxExcessiveBurstSize
: 0
TxPriority
: 0
ReasonForDisconnect
: normal-condition
DiscardPriority
: medium-discard-level
361
ConnectID
The connect ID of this SPVC mapping.
SVCIfIndex
The IfIndex of the frame relay protocol associated with this DLCI.
DNA
The DNA for the destination of the SPVC.
DLCI
The local DLCI for this SVC.
MaxTxSize
The maximum frame size in bytes that will be transmitted out of

the frame relay network by this SVC. The range is from 0 to 4096
frames. A value of 0 indicates that the network default value is
used for this SVC.
MaxRxSize
The maximum frame size in bytes that will be received into the
frame relay network from this SVC. The range is from 0 to 4096
frames. A value of 0 indicates that the network default value is
used for this SVC.
MinTxThroughput
The minimum transmit throughput in bits per second (bps); used

with the maxTxThroughput value to negotiate with the remote. A
value of 0 indicates that the network default value is used for this
SVC.
MinRxThroughput
The Committed Information Rate (CIR) in bits per second (bps)

used for negotiation of receive data during call setup. The range
is from 0 to 2560000 bps. A value of 0 indicates that the network
default value is used for this SVC.
MaxTxThroughput
The Committed Information Rate (CIR) in bits per second (bps)

used for negotiation of transmit data during call setup. The range
is from 0 to 2560000 bps. A value of 0 indicates that the network
362

MaxRxThroughput
The minimum receive throughput in bits per second (bps); used

with the maxRxThroughput value to negotiate with the remote.
The network default value is used for this SVC.
TxBurstSize
The committed burst size (Bc) in bits per second (bps) to the
frame relay network. The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps. The
network default value is used for this SVC.
RxBurstSize
The committed burst size (Bc) in bits per second (bps) from the
frame relay network. The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps. The
network default value is used for this SVC.
TxExcessBurstSize
The excess burst size (Be) in bits per second to the frame relay
network. The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps. The network
RxExcessBurstSize
The excess burst size (Be) in bits per second from the frame relay
network. The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps. The network
TxPriority
The relative priority of the traffic on this SVC. The range is from 0
to 15, with higher numbers indicating higher priority. Maps both
as an emission priority out of the device and the frame relay
switch trunk through priority. Voice traffic generally has a higher
transport priority than data because it has a lower tolerance for
delay. The default transport priority for frame relay traffic is 0.
ReasonForDisconnect Indicates the reason for the last SPVC disconnect.

DiscardPriority
Indicates the probability of frames on this SVC being discarded

by the frame relay switch during periods of heavy congestion. The
options are low, medium, and high-discard-level.
show fr port spvcLANData circuit (entry/table)

IfIndex
: 4
SVCDLCI
: 17
Type
: rfc1490Switched
DNA
: "[x121]3021811397299"
State
: active
RxFECNs
: 0
RxBECNs
: 0
TxFrame
: 7770
TxOctets
: 60378
RxFrames
: 8820
214371-C Rev. 00

RxOctets
: 639704
CreationTime
: 00Years 000Days 00:00:03
CallOriginator
: ""
LastTimeChange
: 00Years 000Days 00:00:03
Throughput
: 920
NegMaxTxSize
: 4096
NegMaxRxSize
: 4096
NegTxThroughput
: 191700
NegRxThroughput
: 64000
NegTxBurstSize
: 63896
NegRxBurstSize
: 64000
NegTxExcessiveSize
: 0
NegRxExcessiveSize
: 0
TxDiscard
: 0
TxPriority
: 6
SVCIfIndex
: 151
DiscardPriority
: medium-discard-level
363
IfIndex
The ifIndex associated with this SVC DLCI.
SVCDLCI
The DLCI number associated with this SVC.
Type
The type of network interface for this logical port. Valid types are rfc
1490, voice, switched, and rfc1490 switched.
DNA
The DNA of the destination node for this SVC.
State
Indicates the current state of this SVC. May be active, inactive or

invalid.
RxFECNs
The number of frame relay packets received on this DLCI with the
FECN bit set since this counter was last reset.
RxBECNs
The number of frame relay packets received on this DLCI with the
BECN bit set since this counter was last reset.
TxFrames
The number of frame relay packets sent on this SVC since this
counter was last reset.
TxOctets
The number of octets sent on the corresponding SVC since this

counter was last reset.
364

RxFrames
The number of frames received over this SVC since it was created
or the counter was last reset.
RxOctets
The number of octets received over this SVC since it was created
or the counter was last reset.
CreationTime
The sysUpTime value when the SVC was created either at bootup
time or when the SVC was set up through Q.933, whether by the
Data Link Connection Management Interface or by a SetRequest.
CallOriginator
The DNA of the node originating the call that resulted in the
establishment of the SVC.
LastTimeChange
The value of sysUpTime when the state of the SVC last changed.
(For SVCs established by the remote, the last time change should
be equal to the SVC creation time.)
Throughput
The average number of frame relay information field bits

transferred per second across a user network interface in one
direction. This is measured over the measurement interval.
NegMaxTxSize
The negotiated maximum frame size to be transmitted on this

interface (in bytes).
NegMaxRxSize
The negotiated maximum frame size to be received on this

interface (in bytes).
NegTxThroughput
The negotiated throughput to be transmitted on this interface (in

bits per second).
NegRxThroughput
The negotiated throughput to be received on this interface (in bits

per second).
NegTxBurstSize
The negotiated committed burst to be transmitted on this interface

(in bits per second).
NegRxBurstSize
The negotiated committed burst to be received on this interface (in

bits per second).
NegTxExcessSize
The negotiated excess burst to be transmitted on this interface (in

bits per second).
NegRxExcessSize
The negotiated Rx excess burst to be sent on this interface (in bits

per second).
TxDiscardCIRPolice
The number of packets that have been discarded due to policing of

the CIR.
TxPriority
The relative priority of the traffic on this SVC. The range is from 0
to 15, with higher numbers indicating higher priority APS both as
emission priority out of the device and the frame relay switch trunk
through priority. Voice traffic generally has a higher transport
priority than data because it has a lower tolerance for delay. The
default transport priority for frame relay traffic is 0.
214371-C Rev. 00
365
SVCIfIndex
The ifIndex of the frame relay protocol on the physical port.
DiscardPriority
Indicates the probability of frames on this SVC being discarded by

the frame relay switch during periods of heavy congestion. The
options are low- medium- and high-discard-level.
show fr port svcLANData
base
circuit
show fr port svcLANData base configured (entry/table)

These values show the SVC DNA address information that applies to the specified
virtual port. You must enter the Index, DNA, and TxPriority in order to display an
individual entry: (One entry is shown when you use the entry option and the full
table of entries is shown when you use the table option.)
Object
Parameter
<IfIndex>
INTEGER (1..255)
<DNA>
Frame Relay (DNA as a quoted string) (1..34)
<TxPriority>
INTEGER (0..15)
366

IfIndex
: 2
DNA
: "[x121]123456789100"
TxPriority
: 2
MaxTxSize
: 0
MaxRxSize
: 0
MinTxThroughput
: 0
MinRxThroughput
: 0
MaxTxThroughput
: 0
MaxRxThroughput
: 0
TxBurstSize
: 0
RxBurstSize
: 0
TxExcessBurstSize
: 0
RxExcessBurstSize
: 0
DiscardPriority
: medium-trafficpriority
SetupPriority
: 2
HoldingPriority
: 2
DCNegMode
: useLineConfig
DCRetryTime
: 3
DCRetryCount
: 10
IfIndex
IfIndex associated with this DNA.
DNA
The remote DNA to associate SVC with the corresponding virtual

port.
TxPriority
Transmission control priority.
MaxTxSize
Maximum transmit frame size to negotiate with the remote shown

in bytes.
MaxRxSize
Maximum receive frame size to negotiate with the remote shown in

bytes.
MinTxThroughput
Minimum transmit throughput in bits per second to negotiate with

the remote.
214371-C Rev. 00
367
MinRxThroughput
Minimum receive throughput in bits per second to negotiate with

the remote.
MaxTxThroughput
Maximum transmit throughput in bits per second to negotiate with

the remote.
MaxRxThroughput
Maximum receive throughput in bits per second to negotiate with

the remote.
TxBurstSize
The committed transmit burst size in bytes used to negotiate with

the remote.
RxBurstSize
The committed receive burst size in bytes used to negotiate with

the remote.
TxExcessBurstSize
Excess transmit burst size. The uncommitted transmit burst size,

used to negotiate with the remote.
RxExcessBurstSize
Excess receive burst size. The uncommitted transmit burst size,

DiscardPriority
The discard priority used for connection setup of this SVC map. A
value of Low indicates that the frames have a low priority and
therefore have a high likelihood of being discarded during periods
of heavy congestion.
SetupPriority
Shows the priority of a path at call-establishment time, and also

determines the potential for bumping established paths to acquire
their bandwidth. A value of 1 is the highest priority, and 5 is the
lowest.
HoldingPriority
Shows the priority that a path maintains once the path is

established, and also determines the likelihood of being bumped
by a new path, thus losing the bandwidth. A value of 1 is the
highest priority, and 5 is the lowest.
DCNegMode
DCRetryTime
DCRetryCount
show fr port svcLANData base operational (entry/table)

Use show fr port svcLANData base operational to display the
operational SVC DNA address information that applies to the specified virtual
port. You must enter the Index, DNA, and TxPriority in order to display an
368
Object
Parameter
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
<DNA>
:Frame Relay (DNA as a quoted string) (1..34)
<TxPriority>
:INTEGER (0..15)

IfIndex
: 2
DNA
: "[x121]123456789100"
TxPriority
: 2
DLCI
: 0
MaxTxSize
: 0
MaxRxSize
: 0
MinTxThroughput
: 0
MinRxThroughput
: 0
MaxTxThroughput
: 0
MaxRxThroughput
: 0
TxBurstSize
: 0
RxBurstSize
: 0
TxExcessBurstSize
: 0
RxExcessBurstSize
: 0
ReasonForDisconnect
: normal-condition
SVCIfIndex
DiscardPriority
SetupPriority
: 2
HoldingPriority
: 2
DCNegMode
: useLineConfig
DCRetryTime
: 3
DCRetryCount
: 10
214371-C Rev. 00
369
IfIndex
IfIndex associated with this DNA.
DNA
The remote DNA to associate SVC with the corresponding virtual

port.
TxPriority
Transmission control priority.
MaxTxSize
Maximum transmit frame size to negotiate with the remote shown

in bytes.
MaxRxSize
Maximum receive frame size to negotiate with the remote shown in

bytes.
MinTxThroughput
Minimum transmit throughput in bits per second to negotiate with

the remote.
MinRxThroughput
Minimum receive throughput in bits per second to negotiate with

the remote.
MaxTxThroughput
Maximum transmit throughput in bits per second to negotiate with

the remote.
MaxRxThroughput
Maximum receive throughput in bits per second to negotiate with

the remote.
TxBurstSize
The committed transmit burst size in bytes used to negotiate with

the remote.
RxBurstSize
The committed receive burst size in bytes used to negotiate with

the remote.
TxExcessBurstSize
Excess transmit burst size. The uncommitted transmit burst size,

RxExcessBurstSize
Excess receive burst size. The uncommitted transmit burst size,

DiscardPriority
The discard priority used for connection setup of this SVC map. A
value of Low indicates that the frames have a low priority and
therefore have a high likelihood of being discarded during periods
of heavy congestion.
SetupPriority

lowest.
HoldingPriority

DCNegMode
DCRetryTime
DCRetryCount
370
show fr port svcLANData circuit (table/entry)

<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)
<DNA>
: Frame Relay DNA as a quoted string (1..34)
<TxPriority>
: INTEGER (0..15)
IfIndex
The IfIndex for the interface that this PVC belongs on.
DNA
The destination DNA for the SVC.
Dlci
The local DLCI for this SVC.
State
The state of this SVC (active or inactive). Only the configured

SVCs can be in the inactive state. All learned SVCs will be deleted
when the connection has been released.
ReceivedFECNs
Number of frames received from the network indicating forward

congestion.
ReceivedBECNs
Number of frames received from the network indicating backward

congestion.
SentFrames
The number of frames sent from this switched virtual circuit since
this was counter was last reset.
SentOctets
The number of octets sent from this SVC since it was last created
or reset.
ReceivedFrames
Number of frames received over this virtual circuit since it was

created or the counter was last reset
ReceivedOctets
Number of octets received over this virtual circuit since it was

created or the counter was last reset.
CreationTime
The value of sysUpTime when the switched virtual circuit was

created.
CallOriginator (See
Note)
DNA of the SVC call originator.
LastTimeChange
The value of sysUpTime when the state of the SVC last changed.
CircuitThroughput
The average number of frame relay information field bits

transferred per second across a physical frame relay.
NegMaxTxSize
The negotiated maximum Tx size to be sent on this interface

shown in bytes.
NegMaxRxSize
The negotiated maximum Rx size to be received on this interface

shown in bytes.
NegTxThroughput
The negotiated Tx throughput to be sent on this interface shown in

bits per second.
NegRxThroughput
The negotiated Rx throughput to be received on this interface

shown in bits per second.
214371-C Rev. 00
371
NegTxBurst
The negotiated Tx committed burst to be sent on this interface

NegRxBurst
The negotiated Rx committed burst to be received on this interface

NegTxExcess
The negotiated Tx excess burst to be sent on this interface.
NegRxExcess
The negotiated Rx excess burst to be received on this interface.
TxDiscardCIRPolice

the CIR.
Priority
The transfer priority used for connection setup of this SVC.
SvcIfIndex
Shows the ifIndex of the tunneling PVC in which the SVC is

established.
DiscardPriority
The discard priority used for SVC circuit connection setup of this
SVC map, shown as high, medium or low. A value of Low indicates
that the frames have a low priority and therefore have a high
likelihood of being discarded during periods of heavy congestion.
SetupPriority

lowest.
HoldingPriority

Note: When enabling OSPF, the CallOriginator field is empty if the

circuit is configured on the local (master) side.
show fr port virtualPort configured (entry/table)

IfIndex
Mode
Protocol Binding
Number
basic
ipx-configured
basic
unknown
372
IfIndex
IfIndex associated with this virtual port.
Mode
Shows the mode of the virtual port. Easy routing requires that data
will be switched between the virtual circuits on the this virutal port.
Basic mode turns off the switching mode.
ProtocolBinding
Bitmap that contains the protocols bound to this virtual port:

ip-configured
ipx-configured
ip-and-ipx-configured
bridge-configured
ip-and-bridge-configured
ipx-and-bridge-configured
ip-and-ipx-and-bridge-configured
unknown
Number
Shows the virtual port number used as an identifier for a virtual

port.
show fr port virtualPort operational (entry/table)

IfIndex
Mode
State
Protocol Binding
Number
basic
up
ip-configured
basic
down
none
IfIndex
IfIndex associated with this virtual port.
Mode
Shows the mode of the virtual port. Easy routing requires that data
will be switched between the virtual circuits on the this virutal port.
Basic mode turns off the switching mode.
State
State of the virtual port. Shown as up, down or uninitialized.
214371-C Rev. 00
373
ProtocolBinding
Bitmap that contains the protocols bound to this virtual port:

ip-configured
ipx-configured
ip-and-ipx-configured
bridge-configured
ip-and-bridge-configured
ipx-and-bridge-configured
ip-and-ipx-and-bridge-configured
unknown
Number
Shows the virtual port number used as an identifier for a virtual

port.
show fr switch
Use show fr switch to show the information that identifies the traffic
parameters for a bi-directional SVC segment.
map
pvc
svc
show fr switch map configured (entry/table)

Use show fr switch map configured (entry/table) to show the fields
used to configure the SPVC mappings. You must enter the LocalNetIfIndex and
LocalNetDLCI in order to display an individual entry: (One entry is shown when
you use the entry option and the full table of entries is shown when you use the
table option.)
<LocalNetIfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)
<LocalNetDLCI>
: INTEGER (16..991)
374

LocalNetIfIndex
: 152
LocalNetDLCI
: 16
ConnectID
: 1
RemoteNetDLCI
: 25
SVCDNA
: "[x121]123456789100"
ConnectType
: slave
SwitchType
: frdce
LocalNetIfIndex
: 152
LocalNetDLCI
: 18
ConnectID
: 2
RemoteNetDLCI
: 18
SVCDNA
: "[x121]302181146"
ConnectType
: master
SwitchType
: frdce
LocalNetIfIndex
Shows the IfIndex of the local DCE interface when the switch type
is frame relay DCE. Shows the IfIndex of the local WAN interface
when the switch type is HTDS.
LocalNetDLCI
Shows the DLCI value on the local DCE interface. If the switch type
is HTDS the value is 16.
ConnectID
Shows the connect ID of this SPVC mapping. Used to associate

SVCs and Connect mappings.
RemoteNetDLCI
SVCDNA
Shows indicates the IfIndex value corresponding to the tunneling

PVC in which the SVC is established.
214371-C Rev. 00
375
ConnectType
Shows whether this end of the SPVC segment initiated the SVC
call. Shown as master or slave.
SwitchType
Shows the type of SPVC connection:

frdce
htds
cbr
x25
sna-sdlc
show fr switch map operational (entry/table)

Use show fr switch map operational to show the fields used to configure
the SPVC mappings. You must enter the LocalNetIfIndex and LocalNetDLCI in
order to display an individual entry: (One entry is shown when you use the entry
option and the full table of entries is shown when you use the table option.)
<LocalNetIfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)
<LocalNetDLCI>
: INTEGER (16..991)

LocalNetIfIndex
: 152
LocalNetDLCI
: 16
ConnectID
: 1
RemoteNetDLCI
: 25
SVCIfIndex
: 0
SVCDNA
: "[x121]123456789100"
SVCDLCI
: 0
LocalPVCDLCIState
: inactive
SVCUserDLCIState
: inactive
ConnectType
: slave
LastChange
: 00Years 000Days 00:00:05
SwitchDisconnReason
: local-PVC-physical-link-is-down
SwitchType
: frdce
376
LocalNetIfIndex
: 152
LocalNetDLCI
: 18
ConnectID
: 2
RemoteNetDLCI
: 18
SVCIfIndex
: 0
SVCDNA
: "[x121]302181146"
SVCDLCI
: 0
LocalPVCDLCIState
: inactive
SVCUserDLCIState
: inactive
ConnectType
: master
LastChange
: 00Years 000Days 00:00:05
SwitchDisconnReason
: local-PVC-physical-link-is-down
SwitchType
: frdce
LocalNetIfIndex
Shows the IfIndex of the local DCE interface when the switch
type is frame relay DCE. Shows the IfIndex of the local WAN
interface when the switch type is HTDS.
LocalNetDLCI
Shows the DLCI value on the local DCE interface. If the switch
type is HTDS the value is 16.
ConnectID
Shows the connect ID of this SPVC mapping. Used to associate

SVCs and connect mappings.
RemoteNetDLCI
SVCIfIndex
The ifindex number for this SPVC connection.
SVCDNA
Shows the IfIndex value corresponding to the tunneling PVC in

which the SVC is established.
SVCDLCI
The DLCI value of the SVC once the SVC has been established.
DCEPVCLMIState
Show whether the local DCE considers the local PVC

associated with this mapping, shown as active or inactive.
SVCUserDLCIState
Shows whether the local DCE considers the SVC associated

with this mapping, shown as active or inactive.
ConnectType
Shows whether this end of the SPVC segment initiated the SVC
call. Shows as master or slave.
214371-C Rev. 00
377
LastChange
The value of the sysUpTime object at the time this PVC mapping
entered its current operations state in the high to low direction.
SwitchDisconnReason
Shows the reason why the SPVC is not active in the case of a
connection failure.
no-reason
local-PVC-physical-link-is-down
local-PVC-LMI-is-down
remote-PVC-physical-link-is-down
remote-PVC-LMI-is-down
remote-signaled
local-SVC-LMI-is-down
local-SVC-is-down
local-FR-CORE-error
SwitchType
Shows the type of SPVC connection:

frdce
htds
cbr
x25
sna-sdlc
show fr switch pvc (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Use show fr switch pvc (configured/operational) (entry/table)
to show the associated pvc mappings.
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)
<DLCI>
: INTEGER (16..991)
IfIndex
Shows the IfIndex of the local DCE interface.
DLCIIndex
Shows the DLCI value for this PVC end-point.
InMaxFrameSize
The largest frame relay information field sent into the network by
this PVC end-point. Shown in octets.
InBc
The committed burst size (Bc) sent into the frame relay network for
this PVC end-point. Shown in bits.
InBe
The committed excess size (Be) sent into the frame relay network
for this PVC end-point. Shown in bits.
InCIR
The committed excess size (Be) sent into the frame relay network
for this PVC end-point. Shown in bits.
378

OutMaxFrameSize
The largest frame relay information field received from the network
for this PVC end-point. Shown in octets.
OutBc
The committed burst size (Bc) from the frame relay network for this
PVC end-point. Shown in bits.
OutBe
The committed excess size (Be) received from the frame relay
network for this PVC end-point. Shown in bits.
OutCIR
The committed information rate (CIR) received from the frame

relay network for this PVC end-point. Shown in bits per second.
show fr switch svc
base
circuit
show fr switch svc base configured (entry/table)

Use show fr switch svc base configured to show information and status
for the SVC base switch map. You must enter the ConnectID in order to display an
Object
Parameter
<ConnectID>
:INTEGER (1..65535)

ConnectID
: 1
DNA
: "[x121]123456789100"
MaxTxSize
: 0
MaxRxSize
: 0
MaxTxThroughput
: 0
MaxRxThroughput
: 0
MaxTxBurstSize
: 0
MaxRxBurstSize
: 0
TxExcessBurstSize
: 0
214371-C Rev. 00
RxExcessBurstSize
: 0
TxPriority
: 6
DiscardPriority
SetupPriority
: 2
HoldingPriority
: 2
ConnectID
: 2
DNA
: "[x121]302181146"
MaxTxSize
: 40
MaxRxSize
: 41
MaxTxThroughput
: 44
MaxRxThroughput
: 45
TxExcessBurstSize
: 0
RxExcessBurstSize
: 0
TxPriority
: 6
DiscardPriority
SetupPriority
: 2
HoldingPriority
: 2
379
ConnectID
The ID of the connection group for this SVC.
DNA
The DNA for the destination of the VC.
MaxTxSize
The maximum transmission frame size. This value should be equal

to or greater than the Rx size for the corresponding PVC. Shown in
bytes.
MaxRxSize
The maximum receive frame size. This should be equal to or less

than the Tx size for the corresponding PVC. Shown in bytes.
MaxTxThroughput
The maximum transmission throughput. Shown in bits per second.
MaxRxThroughput
The maximum receive throughput. Shown in bits per second.
MaxTxBurstSize
The maximum transmission burst size. This value is based on

throughput and excess burst. Expressed in bits per second.
MaxRxBurstSize
The maximum receive burst size. This value is based on

380

TxExcessBurstSize
The maximum number of uncommitted bits that the network will

attempt to deliver. This value should be equal to (or less than) the
Tx Be configured for the corresponding PVC. Expressed in bits per
second.
RxExcessBurstSize
The maximum number of uncommitted bits that the network can

receive. This value should be equal to (or less than) the Rx Be
configured for the corresponding PVC. Expressed in bits per
second.
TxPriority
The transfer priority for the corresponding pass-through

connection.
DiscardPriority
The discard priority for the PANL SVC connection. Expressed as

low, medium and high. A value of Low indicates that the frames
have a low priority and therefore have a high likelihood of being
discarded during periods of heavy congestion.
SetupPriority
This indicates the priority of a path at call-establishment time, and

also determines the potential for bumping established paths to
acquire their bandwidth. A value of 1 indicates the highest priority,
and 5 indicate the lowest priority.
HoldingPriority
This indicates the priority a path maintains once the path has been
by a new path, thus losing the bandwidth. A value of 1 indicates the
highest priority, and 5 indicate the lowest priority.
show fr switch svc base operational (entry/table)

Use show fr switch svc base operational to show information and
status for the SVC base switch map. You must enter the ConnectID in order to
display an individual entry: (One entry is shown when you use the entry option
and the full table of entries is shown when you use the table option.)
Object
Parameter
<ConnectID>
:INTEGER (1..65535)

ConnectID
: 1
DNA
: "[x121]123456789100"
DLCI
: 0
MaxTxSize
: 0
214371-C Rev. 00
MaxRxSize
: 0
MaxTxThroughput
: 0
MaxRxThroughput
: 0
MaxTxBurstSize
: 0
MaxRxBurstSize
: 0
TxExcessBurstSize
: 0
RxExcessBurstSize
: 0
TxPriority
: 6
ReasonForDisconnect
: response-to-status-inquiry
DiscardPriority
Ifindex
: 0
SetupPriority
: 2
HoldingPriority
: 2
ConnectID
: 2
DNA
: "[x121]302181146"
DLCI
: 0
MaxTxSize
: 40
MaxRxSize
: 41
MaxTxThroughput
: 42
MaxRxThroughput
: 43
MaxTxBurstSize
: 46
MaxRxBurstSize
: 47
TxExcessBurstSize
: 48
RxExcessBurstSize
: 49
TxPriority
: 6
ReasonForDisconnect
: response-to-status-inquiry
DiscardPriority
Ifindex
: 0
381
382
SetupPriority
: 2
HoldingPriority
: 2
ConnectID
The ID of the connection group for this SVC.
DNA
The DNA for the destination of the VC.
DLCI
The DLCI for the connected SVC.
MaxTxSize
The maximum transmission frame size. This value should

be equal to or greater than the Rx size for the
corresponding PVC. Shown in bytes.
MaxRxSize
The maximum receive frame size. This should be equal to

or less than the Tx size for the corresponding PVC. Shown
in bytes.
MaxTxThroughput
The maximum transmission throughput. Shown in bits per

second.
MaxRxThroughput
The maximum receive throughput. Shown in bits per

second.
MaxTxBurstSize
The maximum transmission burst size. This value is based

on throughput and excess burst. Expressed in bits per
second.
MaxRxBurstSize
The maximum receive burst size. This value is based on

TxExcessBurstSize
The maximum number of uncommitted bits that the network

will attempt to deliver. This value should be equal to (or less
than) the Tx Be configured for the corresponding PVC.
Expressed in bits per second.
RxExcessBurstSize
The maximum number of uncommitted bits that the network

can receive. This value should be equal to (or less than) the
Rx Be configured for the corresponding PVC. Expressed in
bits per second.
TxPriority
The transfer priority for the corresponding pass-through

connection.
ReasonForDisconnect
Indicates the reason for the last SVC disconnect.
DiscardPriority
The discard priority for the PANL SVC connection.

Expressed as low, medium and high. A value of Low
indicates that the frames have a low priority and therefore
have a high likelihood of being discarded during periods of
heavy congestion.
Ifindex
Indicates the ifIndex of the tunneling PVC in which the SVC

is established.
214371-C Rev. 00
383
SetupPriority
This indicates the priority of a path at call-establishment

time, and also determines the potential for bumping
established paths to acquire their bandwidth. A value of 1
indicates the highest priority, and 5 indicate the lowest
priority.
HoldingPriority
This indicates the priority a path maintains once the path

has been established, and also determines the likelihood of
being bumped by a new path, thus losing the bandwidth. A
value of 1 indicates the highest priority, and 5 indicate the
lowest priority.
show fr switch svc circuit (entry/table)

Use show fr switch svc circuit to display the SVC circuit table. You
must enter the SVCIndex and the SVCDLCI in order to display an individual
Object
Parameter
<SVCIfIndex>
:INTEGER (1..255)
<SVCDLCI>
:INTEGER (17..991)

IfIndex
: 15
DNA
:"[x121]302121100001103"
TxPriority
:0
SVCDLCI
: 17
State
: active
RxFECNs
:0
RxBECNs
:0
TxFrames
: 56
TxOctets
: 5916
RxFrames
: 77
RxOctets
: 11278
CreationTime
: 00Years 000Days 00:00:10
CallOriginator
: ""
384

LastTimeChange
: 00Years 000Days 00:00:10
Throughput
: 1056
NegMaxTxSize
: 1604
NegMaxRxSize
: 1604
NegTxThroughput
: 128000
NegRxThroughput
: 128000
NegTxBurstSize
: 64000
NegRxBurstSize
: 64000
NegTxExcessSize
:0
NegRxExcessSize
:0
TxDiscardCIRPolice
:0
SVCIfIndex
: 147
DiscardPriority
SetupPriority
:2
HoldingPriority
:2
DCNegMode
: noCompression
DCRatio
:1
DCReset
:0
DCNumOfRetry
:0
Object
Description
SVCIfIndex
The IfIndex value for this SVC.
SVCDLCI
Indicates he local DLCI for this SVC which is valid when the
connection established. User DLCIs start at 17.
Type
The type of SVC. Variables include voice, switched or RFC1490.
DNA
DNA of the destination node associated with this SVC.
CircuitState
State of this SVC. Variables include active, inactive or invalid.
ReceivedFECNs

congestion since this SVC was created.
ReceivedBECNs

SentFrames
The number of frames sent from this SVC since this counter was
last reset.
SentOctets
The number of octets sent from this switched virtual circuit since it
was last created or reset.
214371-C Rev. 00
385
ReceivedFrames

ReceivedOctets

CreationTime
The value of sysUpTime when this SVC was created.
CallOriginator
DNA of the node that originated the call that resulted in the
establishment of this SVC.
LastTimeChange
The value of sysUpTime when last there was a change in the SVC.
Throughput
The average number of frame relay packets transferred second

across this physical frame relay interface. Value shown in bits per
second.
NegMaxTxSize
The negotiated maximum transmit size sent on this interface.

Value shown in bytes.
NegMaxRxSize
The negotiated maximum receive size received on this interface.
NegTxThroughput
The negotiated transmit throughput sent on this interface. Value

NegRxThroughput
The negotiated receive throughput received on this interface. Value

NegTxBurst
The negotiated transmit committed burst sent on this interface.

Value shown in bits per second.
NegRxBurst
The negotiated receive committed burst received on this interface.

NegTxExcess
The negotiated transmit committed excess burst sent on this

interface. Value shown in bits per second.
NegRxExcess
The negotiated receive committed excess burst received on this

interface. Value shown in bits per second.
TxDiscardCIRPolice

the CIR.
Priority
The transfer priority used for connection setup of this SVC. Valid
priorities are 0 for LAN, 6 for NMSNASand 11 for voice.
SvcIfIndex
The IfIndex of the tunneling PVC in which this SVC is established.
DiscardPriority
The discard priority used in setting this SVC. Possible values are
low, medium and high priority. A value of Low indicates that the
frames have a low priority and therefore have a high likelihood of
being discarded during periods of heavy congestion.
SetupPriority
Shows the priority of a path at call-establishment time. Also

lowest.
386

HoldingPriority

established. Also determines the likelihood of being bumped by a
new path, thus losing the bandwidth. A value of 1 is the highest
priority, and 5 is the lowest.
DCNegMode
Negotiated Data Compression mode. When using the command

define fr port SVCLANData negModeDC on the remote unit (from
the DC point of view), DCNegMode can be noCompression,
rf9Standard, nortelProprietary, useLineConfig.
If the useLineConfig value is used, then DC mode is received
from the local unit (from the DC point of view), where it is defined
using the define fr line user baseDLCMI negModeDCDef
command, wherein DCNegMode can be noCompression,
rf9Standard, nortelProprietary.
DCRatio
Data compression ratio. DCRatio represents the hardware

compression percentage. The compression ratio is presented as a
percentage based on this formula:
(resulting byte count) x 100 / (original byte count)
A value of 100 indicates that there is no compression. Note that it
is possible for DCRatio to exceed 100. Even if the original data
cannot be compressed, additional LZS information needed by
compression mechanism is added to the original data. For
example, a CDRatio of 109 means that the data wasnt
compressed but an additional 9 percent additional information was
added by the LZS compression mechanism.
DCReset
A counter that shows the number of compression resets since the

last bootup.
DCNumOfRetry
A counter that shows the number of compression negotiation

retries since the last bootup.
show fr system
show fr system configured
MaxNumberOfDLCI
: 255
NumberingPlan
: x121
MaxDLCIPerLine
: 255
MsmTrap
: Unknown
PanlLmiTrap
: Unknown
PlmTrap
: enabled
CoreTrap
: enabled
VoiceOverBooking
: notAllowed
DCSwitch
: enabled
VoicePriority
: enabled
MaxVirtualPort
: 32
214371-C Rev. 00
387
MaxNumberOfDLCI
The maximum number of DLCI that may be configured for this

access device.
MaxVirtualPort
The maximum number of ports that may be configured for this

access device.
MaxDLCIPerLine
The maximum number of DLCIs that ma be configured for a frame

relay line.
NumberingPlan
The numbering plan used with the DNA. The type of call is either
E.164 or X.121.
PanlLmiTrap
Shows the enabled/disabled status of the trap messages for the

frame relay PANL LMI module.
MsmTrap

frame relay MSM module.
CoreTrap

frame relay core module.
PlmTrap

frame relay PLM module.
DCSwitch
Global configuration for data compression. Choose enable or

disable.
VoiceOverBooking
Voice overbooking is not allowed by default. This means the

system will check the tunnel bandwidth (MaxTxCIR) before it
supports the call. For example, for a 64K bandwidth, the system
can only support up to 5 calls. The 6th call will be rejected. When it
is set to allowed, the system will not perform this check.
VoicePriority
Voice Priority is enabled by default. This means that VoIP packets

have priority over data packets, when transported over RFC 1490
PVCs. When it is set to disabled, packets transported over
RFC 1490 PVCs are not prioritized.
show fr system operational

MaxNumberOfDLCI
: 255
MaxVirtualPort
: 32
MaxDLCIPerLine
: 255
TxOctets
: 0
RxOctets
TxFrames
: 0
RxFrames
NumberingPlan
: x121
ActivePanlDlciSVC
TotalTunnelingPVC
: 0
ActiveTunnelingPVC
PanlLmiTrap
: disabled
MSMTrap
: disabled
CoreTrap
: disabled
388

PlmTrap
VoiceOverBooking
: disabled
notAllowed
DCSwitch
disabled
VoicePriority
enabled
MaxNumberOfDLCI
The maximum number of DLCI that may be configured for this

access device.
MaxDLCIPerLine
The maximum number of DLCIs that may be configured for a frame

relay line.
RxOctets
Total number of frame relay information field octets that were

received across all frame relay ports.
RxFrames
Total number of frame relay frames received in on all frame relay

ports.
ActivePanlDlciSVC
The number of active PANL DLCI SVCs for all frame relay ports.
ActiveTunnelingPVC The total number of tunneling PVCs configured.

MSMTrap
Shows whether the generation of trap messages are enabled or

disabled for the frame relay MSM module.
PlmTrap
Shows whether the generation of trap messages are enabled or

disabled for the frame relay PLM module.
MaxVirtualPort
The maximum number of ports that may be configured for this

access device.
TxOctets
The number of octets sent from this SVC since it was last created
or reset.
TxFrames
Total number of frame relay frames sent out all frame relay ports.
NumberingPlan
The numbering plan used with the DNA. The type of call is either
E.164 or X.121.
TotalTunnelingPVC
The total number of tunneling PVCs configured.
PanlLmiTrap

frame relay PANL LMI module.
CoreTrap

frame relay core module.
DCSwitch
Global configuration for data compression. Choose enable or

disable.
VoiceOverBooking
Voice overbooking is not allowed by default. This means the

system will check the tunnel bandwidth (MaxTxCIR) before it
supports the call. For example, for a 64K bandwidth, the system
can only support up to 5 calls. The 6th call will be rejected. When it
is set to allowed, the system will not perform this check.
VoicePriority
Voice Priority is enabled by default. This means that VoIP packets

have priority over data packets, when transported over RFC 1490
PVCs. When it is set to disabled, packets transported over
RFC 1490 PVCs are not prioritized.
214371-C Rev. 00
389
show fr tunnel
show fr tunnel configured (entry/table)
Use show fr tunnel configured to display frame relay tunnel parameters
that will go into effect upon system reset.
TunnelIfIndex
149
DlciNumber
16
PhysicalCard
base
PhysicalPort
Type
dte-panl
PhysicalPortIfIndex
155
RxMaxFrameSize
1604
RxBc
64000
RxBe
64000
MaxRxCIR
64000
TxMaxFrameSize
80
TxBc
TxBe
64000
MaxTxCIR
64000
ConsecFrames
10
MinTxCir
64000
PhysicalChannel
-1
TunnelIfIndex
The IfIndex of this tunnel PVC.
DlciNumber
The DLCI number for this PVC tunnel.
PhysicalCard
Designates the location of the logical interface module of the WAN

port. Possible values are base, exp1, exp2,and pcmciaExp.
PhysicalPort
The channel number of this WAN port.
Type
The frame relay tunnel PVC type. Possible values are dte-panl,
dce-panl and standard.
PhysicalPortIfIndex
The IfIndex of the frame relay physical port.
390

RxMaxFrameSize
The maximum receive frame size for this PVC tunnel data. Value
shown in octets.
RxBc
The receive committed burst size for this PVC tunnel data. Value
shown in bits.
RxBe
The receive excess burst size for this PVC tunnel data. Value
shown in bits.
MaxRxCIR
The receive committed information rate for this PVC tunnel data.
TxMaxFrameSize
The maximum transmission frame size for this PVC tunnel data.
Value shown in octets.
TxBc
The transmission committed burst sizefor this PVC tunnel data.

Value shown in bits.
TxBe
The transmission excess burst size for this PVC tunnel data. Value
shown in bits.
MaxTxCIR
The transmission committed information rate for this PVC tunnel

data. Value shown in bits per second.
ConsecFrames
The number of consecutive frames received with the BECN bit set
before reducing the transmit rate. Used for FECN/BECN
management.
MinTxCir
The minimum transmit throughput in bits per second. Used for

FECN/BECN management.
PhysicalChannel
The value of this object indicates the channel/DS0 bundle number

this FR port is running on.
-1: no channel. 0: not used.
show fr tunnel operational (entry/table)

Use show fr tunnel operational to display frame relay tunnel runtime
parameters that are in effect.
TunnelIfIndex
149
DlciNumber
16
PhysicalCard
base
PhysicalPort
Type
dte-panl
PhysicalPortIfIndex
155
RxMaxFrameSize
1604
214371-C Rev. 00

RxBc
64000
RxBe
64000
MaxRxCIR
64000
TxMaxFrameSize
80
TxBc
TxBe
64000
MaxTxCIR
64000
State
invalid
RxFrames
TxFrames
RxDeFrames
RxExcessFrames
TxExcessFrames
RxDiscards
RxOctets
TxOctets
ConsecFrames
10
MinTxCir
64000
PhysicalChannel
-1
391
TunnelIfIndex
The IfIndex of this tunnel PVC.
DlciNumber
The DLCI number for this PVC tunnel.
PhysicalCard
Designates the location of the logical interface module of the WAN

port. Possible values are base, exp1, exp2,and pcmciaExp.
PhysicalPort
The channel number of this WAN port.
Type
The frame relay tunnel PVC type. Possible values are dte-panl,
dce-panl and standard.
PhysicalPortIfIndex
The IfIndex of the frame relay physical port.
RxMaxFrameSize
The maximum receive frame size for this PVC tunnel data. Value
shown in octets.
RxBc
The receive committed burst size for this PVC tunnel data. Value
shown in bits.
RxBe
The receive excess burst size for this PVC tunnel data. Value
shown in bits.
392

MaxRxCIR
The receive committed information rate for this PVC tunnel data.
TxMaxFrameSize
The maximum transmission frame size in octets for this PVC tunnel
data (sent out of this unit).
TxBc
The transmission committed burst size (Bc) in bits for this PVC
tunnel data (sent out of this unit).
TxBe
The transmission excess burst size (Be) in bits for this PVC tunnel
data (sent out of this unit).
MaxTxCIR
The maximum transmit throughput in bits per second. Used for

State
Shows the status of the existing rows for this frame relay tunneling
PVC table. Possible values are add, delete and active.
RxFrames
The number of frames received for this PVC tunnel.
TxFrames
The number of frames transmitted for this PVC tunnel.
RxDeFrames
The number of frames received for this PVC tunnel (ingress) with
the DE bit set to one.
RxExcessFrames
The number of frames received for this PVC tunnel (ingress) which
were treated as excess traffic.
TxExcessFrames
The number of frames transmitted in this PVC tunnel (egress)

which were treated as excess traffic.
RxDiscards
The number of frames received for this PVC tunnel (ingress) that
were discarded due to traffic enforcement.
RxOctets
The number of octets received for this PVC tunnel (ingress).
TxOctets
The number of octets transmitted in this PVC tunnel (egress).
ConsecFrames
The number of consecutive frames received with the BECN bit set
before reducing the transmit rate. Used for FECN/BECN
management.
MinTxCir
The minimum transmit throughput in bits per second. Used for

PhysicalChannel
The value of this object indicates the channel/DS0 bundle number

this FR port is running on.
-1: not running on a channelized port. 0: not used.
214371-C Rev. 00
393
show fr voice svc circuit (entry/table)

SVCIfIndex
The IfIndex value for this SVC.
SVCDlci
The local DLCI for this SVC, valid when connection established.
Type
The type of this SVC. Variables include voice, switched or rfc 1490.
DNA
DNA of the destination node associated with this SVC.
CircuitState
State of this SVC. Variables include active, inactive or invalid.
ReceivedFECNs

ReceivedBECNs

SentFrames
The number of frames sent from this SVC since this counter was
last reset.
SentOctets
The number of octets sent from this switched virtual circuit since it
was last created or reset.
ReceivedFrames

ReceivedOctets

CreationTime
The value of sysUpTime when this SVC was created.
CallOriginator
DNA of the node that originated the call that resulted in the
establishment of this SVC.
LastTimeChange
The value of sysUpTime when last there was a change in the SVC.
Throughput
The average number of frame relay packets transferred second

across this physical frame relay interface. Value shown in bits per
second.
NegMaxTxSize
The negotiated maximum transmit size sent on this interface.

NegMaxRxSize
The negotiated maximum receive size received on this interface.

NegTxThroughput
The negotiated transmit throughput sent on this interface. Value

NegRxThroughput
The negotiated receive throughput received on this interface. Value

NegTxBurst
The negotiated transmit committed burst sent on this interface.

NegRxBurst
The negotiated receive committed burst received on this interface.

394

NegTxExcess
The negotiated transmit excess burst sent on this interface. Value

NegRxExcess
The negotiated receive excess burst received on this interface.

TxDiscardCIRPolice

the CIR.
Priority
The transfer priority used for connection setup of this SVC. Valid
priorities are 0 for LAN, 6 for NMSNAS and 11 for voice.
SvcIfIndex
The IfIndex of the tunneling PVC in which this SVC is established.
DiscardPriority
The discard priority used in setting this SVC. Possible values are
low, medium and high priority. A value of Low indicates that the
frames have a low priority and therefore have a high likelihood of
being discarded during periods of heavy congestion.
SetupPriority
Shows the priority of a path at call-establishment time. Also

lowest.
HoldingPriority

established. Also determines the likelihood of being bumped by a
new path, thus losing the bandwidth. A value of 1 is the highest
priority, and 5 is the lowest.
show gcm
backupLink
global
hwStatus
link
timer
unit
Use show gcm to show the global configuration parameters for the global circuit
manager.
214371-C Rev. 00
395
show gcm backupLink (entry/table)

Use show gcm backuplink to show entries in the GCM backup configuration
table for each index, unit index and link index. You must enter the Index in order
to display an individual entry: (One entry is shown when you use the entry option
Object
Parameter
<Index>
: INTEGER (1..255)

Index
: 2 (operational)
: 2 (configured)
UnitIndex
: 1 (operational)
: 1 (configured)
LinkIndex
: 3 (operational)
: 3 (configured)
Index
The index value which identifies an entry in the GCM configuration

table.
UnitIndex
The index value which identifies an entry in the GCM unit table.
LinkIndex
The index value that identifies an entry in the GCM link table. This
GCM Link is used for backup link activation.
show gcm global

Use show gcm global to show the global configuration parameters for the
GCM.
AdminStatus
TrapStatus
: disabled (operational)
: disabled (configured)
396

AutoActSelMode
: hardwareConfig (operational)
: hardwareConfig (configured)
AdminStatus
Shows the status of the GCM global configuration table as enabled

or disabled.
TrapStatus
Shows the status of the GCM traps as enabled or disabled.
AutoActSelMode
Shows the units auto activation selection mode. Possible values

are disabled and hwCfgAutoSelect. If hsCfgAutoSelect is shown,
the GCM activates one of the three GCM units, depending on the
hardware configuration.
show gcm hwStatus

Use show gcm hwStatus to show the GCM hardware interface status.
Index
Description
CurrentStatus
ActiveLinkStatus
isdn2
"ISDN on Port 2"
down
isdn3
"ISDN on Port 3"
down
frameRelay1
"FR on Port 1"
enableReq
frameRelay2
"FR on Port 2"
up
frameRelay3
"FR on Port 3"
enableReq
Index
The index that identifies a port defined in the GCM hardware status
table.
Description
Shows the type of interface and the associated port number.
CurrentStatus
Shows the status of the hardware interface after a reset.
ActiveLinkStatus
Shows the number of active GCM links on this hardware port.
214371-C Rev. 00
397
show gcm link configured (entry/table)

Use show gcm link to display the configured values that identify an entry in
the GCM link table as the primary link. You must enter the Index in order to
Object
Parameter
<Index>
: INTEGER (1..255)

Index
: 1
UnitIndex
: 1
Name
: "WAN primary"
SignalingType
: unusedEverUp
SignalingPCMIndex
: 1
ProtocolType
: frameRelay
ProtocolPCMIndex
: 2
Index
: 2
UnitIndex
: 1
Name
: "WAN backup"
SignalingType
: unusedEverUp
SignalingPCMIndex
: 1
ProtocolType
: frameRelay
ProtocolPCMIndex
: 3
Index
Number that identifies an entry in the GCM link table.
UnitIndex
Number that identifies an entry in the GCM unit table.
Name
Name of the GCM link.
SignalingType
The type of signaling channel, if a signaling protocol is used.

Possible values are reserved, ISDN or unusedEver-up.
SignalingPCMIndex
The index value that uniquely identifies an entry for the PCM.
398

ProtocolType
Shows the type of the protocol.
ProtocolPCMIndex
The index value that identifies an entry for the PCM. In the case of
the FRCM, this entry represents an index for the port.
show gcm link operational (entry/table)

Use show gcm link operational to display the values that are currently in
use by the Passport 4460 unit and which identify an entry in the GCM link table as
the primary link. You must enter the IfIndex in order to display an individual
Object
Parameter
<Index>
: INTEGER (1..255)

Index
: 1
UnitIndex
: 1
Name
: "WAN primary"
SignalingType
: unusedEverUp
SignalingPCMIndex
: 1
SignalingStatus
: up
ProtocolType
: frameRelay
ProtocolPCMIndex
: 2
ProtocolStatus
: cfgError
VoiceCalls
: 0
Index
: 2
UnitIndex
: 1
Name
: "WAN backup"
SignalingType
: unusedEverUp
SignalingPCMIndex
: 1
SignalingStatus
: up
214371-C Rev. 00

ProtocolType
: frameRelay
ProtocolPCMIndex
: 3
ProtocolStatus
: cfgError
VoiceCalls
: 0
399
Index
Number that identifies an entry in the GCM link table.
UnitIndex
Number that identifies an entry in the GCM unit table.
Name
Name of the GCM link.
SignalingType
The type of signaling channel, if a signaling protocol is used.

Possible values are reserved (unknown), ISDN or unusedEver-up.
SignalingPCMIndex
The index value that uniquely identifies an entry for the PCM.
SignalingStatus
Shows the status of the signaling link:

cfg-error - configuration error; the signaling link is not
configured or activated from the signaling CM.
info-wait - the GCM has sent an information request message
to the Signaling CM to request the status of this link. If the
GCM receives an error message, the status will be set to
cfg-error.
inactive - the link is inactive.
enable-wait - the GCM is trying to enable the hardware
interface and is waiting for the response from the signaling CM.
deferred - the activation of link is being deferred for 1 minute.
protocol-down - this indicates PLM or MSM is down.
activating - the activation of this link is in progress.
active - the signaling link is established.
disconnecting - the signaling CM deactivates this link.
up - this link is up forever.
ProtocolType
Shows the type of the protocol; either reserved (unknown) or

frameRelay.
ProtocolPCMIndex
The index value that identifies an entry for the PCM. In the case of
the FRCM, this entry represents an index for the port.
400

ProtocolStatus
Shows the status of the protocol link:

cfg-error - configuration error; the signaling link is not
configured or activated from the signaling CM.
info-wait - the GCM has sent an information request message
to the signaling CM to request the status of this link. If the
GCM receives an error message, the status will show cfg-error.
inactive - the link is inactive.
enable-wait - the GCM is trying to enable the hardware
interface and is waiting for the response from the signaling CM.
deferred - the activation of link is being deferred for 1 minute.
protocol-down - either the PLM or MSM is down.
activating - link activation is in progress.
wait-switch - the switching from the backup link to the primary
is delayed by the configuration
switching - the switching of the link is in progress
active - the signaling link is established.
disconnecting - the signaling CM deactivates this link.
ever-up - this link is always up.
VoiceCalls
The number of active voice calls.
show gcm timer (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Use show gcm timer to show the index values that define an entry in the GCM
timer table. Values in this table with the prefix "Inact" indicate when the
connection will be automatically disconnected. If the inactivity timer is
configured as a periodic timer, the InactPeriodic object designates the minute to
start inactivity.
You must enter the Index in order to display an individual entry: (One entry is
Object
Parameter
<Index>
: INTEGER (1..255)
214371-C Rev. 00
401

Index
: 1
UnitIndex
: 1
InactStartHour
: 0
InactStartMin
: 0
InactDurationtHour
: 1
InactDurationMin
: 0
InactMonday
: disabled
InactTuesday
: disabled
InactWednesday
: disabled
InactThursday
: disabled
InactFriday
: disabled
InactSaturday
: disabled
InactSunday
: disabled
InactPeriodic
: disabled
show gcm unit configured (entry/table)

Use show gcm unit to show the index values that define an entry into the GCM
unit table. You must enter the Index in order to display an individual entry: (One
entry is shown when you use the entry option and the full table of entries is shown
when you use the table option.)
Object
Parameter
<Index>
: INTEGER (1..3)

Index
: 1
Name
: "WAN Port2"
AdminStatus
: down
TimerStatus
: disabled
SwitchType
: fastSwitch
402

LinkIndex
: 1
BackupRemain
: 3
BackupSwitchDelay
: 0
PrimarySwitchDelay
: 0
RegionalLinkIndex
: 7
ModeConfiguration
: branch-node
LinkFailMonstatus
: disabled
LinkFailMonDurMin
: 1
LinkFailThrshold
: 1
Index
: 2
Name
: " ISDN Port2"
AdminStatus
: down
TimerStatus
: disabled
SwitchType
: fastSwitch
LinkIndex
: 4
BackupRemain
: 3
BackupSwitchDelay
: 0
PrimarySwitchDelay
: 0
RegionalLinkIndex
: 7
ModeConfiguration
: branch-node
LinkFailMonstatus
: disabled
LinkFailMonDurMin
: 1
LinkFailThrshold
: 1
Index
Shows the value that uniquely identifies an entry in the GCM unit
table.
Name
Name of the GCM unit.
AdminStatus
Shows the administration status of the GCM unit as up or down. If

the status is set to down, the administration is disabled for this unit
and all associated links.
TimerStatus
The GCM timer status is shown as enabled or disabled.
214371-C Rev. 00
403
SwitchType
Shows the type of the switching algorithm.

fast-switch - the GCM deactivates the backuplink after the
primary link is re-established regardless of the backup
transmission activity.
voice-switch - the backup link will be deactivated after the
primary link is re-established and all voice calls over the
backup link are disconnected.
manual-switch-backup - the GCM switches to the backup in
case of the primary failure. The switching back to the primary
port must be done manually.
manual-switch - the GCM can only be manually switched.
LinkIndex
Shows a value that uniquely identifies an entry in the GCM link

table as the primary link.
BackupRemain
The maximum number of minutes that the backup link remains

active after switching from backup to the primary.
BackupSwitchDelay
The number of minutes the switching has to be delayed before

switching to the primary link.
PrimarySwitchDelay
Not used.
RegionalLinkIndex
The index value that uniquely identifies an entry in the GCM Link
Table as the regional link index. This GCM link is activated only
during the down time of the backup link.
ModeConfiguration
branch-node - The GCM will first try to activate the primary

link. In the case of a failure, the GCM will activate one of the the
backup links. During the time the primary link is active, the
backup port is deactivated.
regional-node - This mode is identical to the branch-mode
except the backup link is not used. When the primary link is
active, the GCM will not deactivate the backup port.
central-site-node - There is no PANL DTE connection. In this
case, there is no need to have the backup functionality as the
GCM will enable both ports.
LinkFailMonstatus
The GCM link failure monitor status is shown as enabled or

disabled.
LinkFailMonDurMin
The number of minutes to monitor the GCM link Failure monitor

threshold activity. The duration time starts when first link failure
occured while the gcmLinkFailureMonStatus entity is enabled.
LinkFailThrshold
The maximum number of GCM link failures allowed before

switching from primary to backup.
404
show gcm unit operational (entry/table)

Use show gcm unit to show the index values that define an entry into the GCM
unit table. You must enter the Index in order to display an individual entry: (One
Object
Parameter
<Index>
: INTEGER (1..3)

Index
: 1
Name
: "WAN Port2"
AdminStatus
: up
TimerStatus
: disabled
SwitchType
: fastSwitch
LinkIndex
: 1
BackupRemain (mins)
: 3
BackupSwitchDelay
: 0
PrimarySwitchDelay
: 0
RegionalLinkIndex
: 7
ModeConfiguration
: branch-node
LinkFailMonstatus
: disabled
LinkFailMonDurMin
: 1
LinkFailThrshold
: 1
LinkMonCount
: 0
Index
: 2
Name
: " ISDN Port2"
AdminStatus
: down
TimerStatus
: disabled
SwitchType
: fastSwitch
LinkIndex
: 4
214371-C Rev. 00

BackupRemain
: 3
BackupSwitchDelay
: 0
PrimarySwitchDelay
: 0
RegionalLinkIndex
: 7
ModeConfiguration
: branch-node
LinkFailMonstatus
: disabled
LinkFailMonDurMin
: 1
LinkFailThrshold
: 1
LinkMonCount
: 0
405
Index
Shows the value that uniquely identifies an entry in the GCM unit
table.
Name
Name of the GCM unit.
AdminStatus
Shows the administration status of the GCM unit as up or down. If

the status is set to down, the administration is disabled for this unit
and all associated links.
TimerStatus
The GCM timer status is shown as enabled or disabled.
SwitchType
Shows the type of the switching algorithm.

fast-switch - the GCM deactivates the backuplink after the
primary link is re-established regardless of the backup
transmission activity.
voice-switch - the backup link will be deactivated after the
primary link is re-established and all voice calls over the
backup link are disconnected.
manual-switch-backup - the GCM switches to the backup in
case of the primary failure. The switching back to the primary
port must be done manually.
manual-switch - the GCM can only be manually switched.
LinkIndex
Shows a value that uniquely identifies an entry in the GCM link

table as the primary link.
BackupRemain
The maximum number of minutes that the backup link remains

active after switching from backup to the primary.
BackupSwitchDelay

switching to the primary link.
PrimarySwitchDelay
Not used.
RegionalLinkIndex

switching to the backup link.
406

ModeConfiguration
branch-node - The GCM will first try to activate the primary

link. In the case of a failure, the GCM will activate one of the the
backup links. During the time the primary link is active, the
backup port is deactivated.
regional-node - This mode is identical to the branch-mode
except the backup link is not used. When the primary link is
active, the GCM will not deactivate the backup port.
central-site-node - There is no PANL DTE connection. In this
case, there is no need to have the backup functionality as the
GCM will enable both ports.
LinkFailMonstatus
The GCM link failure monito status is shown as enabled or

disabled.
LinkFailMonDurMin
The number of minutes to monitor the GCM link Failure monitor

threshold activity. The duration time starts when first link failure
occured while the gcmLinkFailureMonStatus entity is enabled.
LinkFailThrshold
The maximum number of GCM link failures allowed before

switching from primary to backup.
LinkMonCount
The number of link failures counted during the duration time

specified as LinkFailureMonDurMin (above).
show hpip virtualPort (configured/operational) (entry/

table)
Use show hpip virtualPort to display the High Performance IP (HPIP)
virtual port. This command allows you to view the virtual ports for the HPIP links
over the WAN. The Link Control Protocol (LCP) and Network Control Protocol
(NCP) states of the HPIP link are displayed. When both are in an opened state,
this indicates that the hpip link is up. Information for the virtual port for the
console is not displayed with this command. If you need to display the PPA entry
for the console port, issue a show system interfaceExtension command.
Object
Parameter
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)
214371-C Rev. 00
407

IfIndex
WanPort
Enable
Mode
LCPState
NCPState
150
enable
listen
opened
opened
100
153
enable
listen
closed
closed
IfIndex
Indicates the IfIndex of the virtual port.
WanPort
Indicates the IfIndex of the WAN port on the Passport 4460 unit
that is being used for the HPIP link.
Enable
Indicates that the hpip virtual port is enabled or disabled.
Mode
This specifies the mode of the virtual port. Call indicates that the
virtual port will make the connection. Listen indicates that the
virtual port will listen for incoming connections.
LCPState
Indicates the LCP state of the PPP connection over this HPIP
virtual port. The LCP is used to establish, configure, and test the
data link connection.
NCPState
Indicates the NCP state of the (Point-to-Point Protocol) PPP

connection over this HPIP virtual port. The NCP is used to
establish and copnfigure different network layer protocols.
show icmp statistics

RxMessages
: 82
RxErrors
: 0
RxDestUnreachs
: 0
RxTimeExceeds
: 0
RxProblems
: 0
RxSrcQuenchs
: 0
RxRedirects
: 0
RxEchos
: 41
RxEchoReplys
: 41
RxTimestamps
: 0
RxTimestampReplys
: 0
RxAddrMasks
: 0
RxAddrMaskReplys
: 0
TxMsgs
: 200
TxErrors
: 0
TxDestUnreachs
: 0
TxTimeExceeds
: 0
TxProblems
: 0
TxSrcQuenchs
: 0
TxRedirects
: 0
TxEchos
: 41
TxEchoReplys
: 41
408

TxTimestamps
: 0
TxTimestampReplys
: 0
TxAddrMasks
: 0
TxAddrMaskReplys
: 0
RxMessages
The total number of ICMP messages received.
RxDestUnreachs
The number of ICMP Destination Unreachable messages

received.
RxProblems
The number of ICMP Parameter Problem messages received.
RxRedirects
The number of ICMP Redirect messages received.
RxEchoReplys
The number of ICMP Echo Reply messages received.
RxTimestampReplys The number of ICMP Timestamp Reply messages received.

RxAddrMaskReplys
The number of ICMP Address Mask Request messages received.
TxErrors
The number of ICMP messages that this entity did not send due to
problems discovered within ICMP. This value does not include
errors discovered outside the ICMP layer.
TxTimeExceeds
The number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages sent.
TxSrcQuenchs
The number of ICMP Source Quench messages sent.
TxEchos
The number of ICMP Echo Request messages sent.
TxTimestamps
The number of ICMP Timestamp Request messages sent.
TxAddrMasks
The number of ICMP Address Mask Reply messages sent.
RxErrors
The number of inbound packets that contained errors preventing

them from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol.
RxTimeExceeds
The number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages sent.
RxSrcQuenchs
The number of ICMP Source Quench messages received.
RxEchos
The number of ICMP Echo (request) messages sent.
RxTimestamps
The number of ICMP Timestamp (request) messages received.
RxAddrMasks
The number of ICMP Address Mask Reply messages received.
TxMsgs
The total number of ICMP messages which this entity attempted to

send.
TxDestUnreachs
The number of ICMP Destination Unreachable messages sent.
TxProblems
The number of ICMP Parameter Problem messages sent.
TxRedirects
The number of ICMP Redirect messages sent. For a host, this

object will always be zero, since hosts do not send redirects.
TxEchoReplys
The number of ICMP Echo Reply messages sent.
214371-C Rev. 00
409
TxTimestampReplys The number of ICMP Timestamp Reply messages sent.

TxAddrMaskReplys
The number of ICMP Address Mask Request messages sent.
show ip
address
base
bootp
console
invArp
parameters
route
tunnel
Use show ip to show internet protocol addresses and parameters.
show ip address (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Use show ip address to show IP address and other statistics for the specified
IfIndex or for all IfIndexes using the table command.
IfIndex
: 1
IPAddress
: 199.30.20.77
Mtu
: 1500
DataLinkType
: ether
KeepAlive
: on
ForwardBcast
: on
IPNumber
: numbered
RouteProtocolType
: disable
NetMask
: 255.0.0.0
BcastAddress
: 255.255.255.255
410
IfIndex
The IfIndex for this entry.
IPAddress
IP address for this entry.
Mtu
The size of the largest datagram that can be sent or received on

this interface. The value is shown in octets.
DataLinkType
The type of data link interface used with this entry.

csmacd - IEEE 802.3 CSMA/CD network, LLI compatibility
tpb - IEEE 802.4 Token Passing Bus, LLI compatibility
tpr - IEEE 802.5 Token Passing Ring, LLI compatibility
metro - IEEE 802.6 Metro Net, LLI compatibility
ether - Ethernet Bus, LLI compatibility
hdlc - ISO HDLC protocol support, bit synchronous
char - Character Synchronous protocol support
ctca - IBM Channel-to-Channel Adepter
fddi - fiber distributed data interface
frameRelay - frame relay
frIpOpt - frame relay IP option
other - Any medium not listed above.
invalid - Invalid
KeepAlive
Indicates whether keep alive signals are sent over this interface.
Possible values are off and on.
ForwardBcast
Indicates whether broadcast signals are sent over this interface.

Possible values are off and on.
IPNumber
Indicates whether numbered or unnumbered IP is used on this

interface.
RouteProtocolType
Indicates the IP routing protocol used on this interface. Possible

values are rip, ospf, passiveRIP and disabled.
NetMask
The IP address of the subnet mask associated with this entry. The
value is an IP address with all the network bits set to 1 and all the
hosts bits set to 0.
BcastAddress
The IP broadcast address associated with this entry.
show ip base
214371-C Rev. 00
rip
ripCompatibility
411
show ip base rip

Use show ip base rip to show whether or not RIP is turned on or off for this
access device. When RIP is on, the access device propagates routing information
to other access devices, gateways and hosts.
Rip
: on (operational)
: on (configured)
show ip base ripCompatibility

Use show ip base ripCompatibility to show the version of the routing
internet protocol. Rip1 indicates that only RIP version 1 packets are broadcast.
Rip1Compatible indicates that RIP version 2 packets are broadcast. Rip2 indicates
RIP version 2 packets are multicast.
RipCompatibility
: Rip1Compatible (operational)
: Rip1Compatible (configured)
show ip bootp (configured/operational)

Use show ip bootp to display the bootstrap protocol parameters.
RelayBootpPkts
: off
ServerAddress
: 255.255.255.255
NumberOfHops
: 4
ServerAddress2
: 255.255.255.255
412
RelayBootpPkts
The value of this object determines if the Passport 4460

unit will relay Bootp packets. When the Bootp Relay is on,
the Passport 4460 unit can forward Bootp requests to
servers on another network.
ServerAddress
Indicates the IP address to which the Bootp relay agent

will relay Bootp requests to.
NumberOfHops
Indicates the number of hops a Bootp packet is allowed to

make.
ServerAddress2
Indicates the second server for redundancy purpose, to

which the Bootp relay agent will relay Bootp requests to.
show ip console (configured/operational)

Use show ip console to view the configured or operational IPAddress of
the PC management port used to configure the Passport 4460 unit.
PcIpAddress
PcIpAddress
: 192.168.200.201
Displays the IP address given to the PC dialing into the
Passport 4460 unit through the console port when in
bridging mode for PPP functionality. In routing mode, the IP
address will be 0.0.0.0. In bridging mode, it will be a valid
IP address.
show ip invArp (entry/table)

Use show ip invArp to display information on the status (enabled or disabled)
of Inverse ARP for a protocol for a specific DLCI. Inverse ARP is used to get the
IP Address of the Core Router from the branch using the Frame Relay DLCI
Number that is used to connect to the Core Router.
214371-C Rev. 00
413
Object
Parameter
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)
<Protocol>
: ip

Ifindex
Protocol
Status
ip
enabled
Ifindex
Uniquely identifies the interface to which this entry is

applicable.
Protocol
The protocol that is used for Auto-discovery of the IP

address of the router.
Status
Shows whether InvArp is enabled or disabled.
show ip parameters
Use show ip parameters to show all current IP parameters.
Forwarding
: on
DefaultTimeToLive
: 60
RxInputDatagrams
: 50941
InputHeaderErrors
: 0
InputAddrErrors
: 0
FwdDatagrams
: 15022
RxUnknownProtoco
: 0
InputDiscards
: 0
InputDelivers
: 35837
TxRequests
: 21968
OutputDiscards
: 0
OutputNumRoutes
: 0
ReassembleTimeout
: 60
ReassembleNeed
: 0
ReassembleOK
: 0
ReassembleFail
: 0
FragmentOK
: 0
FragmentFail
: 0
FragmentCreate
: 0
RoutingDiscards
: 0
414

Forwarding
Shows whether this device is acting as an IP gateway with respect

to forwarding datagrams received by, but not addressed to, this
device.
on - acting as a gateway
off - not acting as a gateway
RxInputDatagrams
Shows the total number of input datagrams received, including

datagrams received in error.
InputAddrErrors
Shows the number of input datagrams discarded because the IP

address in the IP header destination field was not a valid address
to be received at this location.
RxUnknownProtocol The number of locally-addressed datagrams received successfully

s
but discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol.
InputDelivers
The total number of input datagrams successfully delivered to IP

user-protocols including ICMP.
OutputDiscards
The number of output IP datagrams where no problems were

encountered to prevent continued processing, but were discarded
(e.g. for lack of buffer space),
ReassembleTimeout The maximum length of time during which received fragments are
held while they are awaiting reassembly. Value stated in seconds.
ReassembleOK
The number of IP datagrams successfully reassembled.
FragmentOK
The number of IP datagrams that have been successfully

fragmented.
FragmentCreate
The number of IP datagram fragments that have been generated

as a result of fragmentation.
DefaultTimeToLive
The default value inserted into the Time-To-Live field of the IP

header of datagrams originated at this device.
InputHeaderErrors
The number of input datagrams discarded due to errors in their IP

headers.
FwdDatagrams
The number of input datagrams that were sent to this device, but
this entity was not their final IP destination.
InputDiscards
The number of input IP datagrams where no problems were

encountered to prevent continued processing, but were discarded
(e.g. for lack of buffer space),
TxRequests
The total number of IP datagrams that local IP user-protocols

supplied to IP in requests for transmission.
OutputNumRoutes
The number of IP datagrams discarded because no route could be

found to transmit them to their destination.
ReassembleNeed
The number of IP fragments received that needed to be

reassembled.
ReassembleFail
The number of failures detected by the IP ressembly algorithm.
214371-C Rev. 00
415
FragmentFail
The number of IP datagrams that were discarded because they

needed to be fragmented at this entity but could not be.
RoutingDiscards
The number of routing entries that were discarded even though

they are valid.
show ip route (entry/table)

Use show ip route to show IP routing table values where they have been
entered using the add command.
Object
Parameter
<DestAddress>
: IPAddress
416

DestAddress
IfIndex Metric NextHop
Type
NetMask
0.0.0.0
199.30.24.1
netmgmt
0.0.0.0
132.245.0.0
199.30.24.1
rip
255.255.0.0
134.177.0.0
199.30.24.1
rip
255.255.0.0
141.251.0.0
199.30.24.1
rip
255.255.0.0
192.32.0.0
199.30.24.1
rip
255.255.255.0
192.168.0.0
199.30.24.1
rip
255.255.255.0
192.168.18.0
199.30.24.1
rip
255.255.255.0
192.168.200.0
22
192.168.200.200
local
255.255.255.0
199.30.16.0
199.30.24.1
rip
255.255.255.0
199.30.17.0
199.30.24.1
rip
255.255.255.0
199.30.18.0
199.30.24.1
rip
255.255.255.0
199.30.19.0
199.30.24.1
rip
255.255.255.0
199.30.20.0
199.30.24.1
rip
255.255.255.0
DestAddress
The destination IP address of this route.
IfIndex
The IfIndex value of the next hop of this route.
Metric
The primary routing metric for this route. If this metric is not used,
the value should be set to -1.
NextHop
The IP address of the next hop of this route.
214371-C Rev. 00
417
Type
The routing mechanism through which this route was learned.

other - none of the following
local - non-protocol information, manually configured entries
used
netmgmt - set using network management protocol
icmp - obtained using ICMP redirect
The remaining values are all gateway routing protocols:
egp
ggp
hello
rip
is-is
es-is
ciscoIgrp
bbnSpfIgp
ospf
bgp
NetMask
The mask number to be linked with the destination address.
show ipx
circuit
remoteServices
rip
route
sap
services
staticRoute
system
Use show ipx to show all current IPX parameters.
show ipx circuit (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Use show ipx circuit to show current IPX circuit parameters.
418
You must enter the SysInstance and CircuitIndex in order to display an individual
<SysInstance>
:INTEGER (1 only)
<CircuitIndex>
:INTEGER (1..16)
A table similar to the following is displayedL

SysInstance
:1
CircuitIndex
:1
ExistState
: on
OperState
: up
IfIndex
:1
CircuitName
: LAN_IPX
CircuitType
: other
DataLinkType
: snap
LocalMaxPacketSize
:0
StaticStatus
: current
NetNumber
: 0000b0b3
StaticChanges
:0
InitFails
:1
Delays
:1
Throughput
:0
SysInstance
The unique identifier of the instance of IPX to which this entry

corresponds. This value is written when a new IPX entry is
created in the table.
Index
The ID number of this circuit for this instance of IPX.
ExistState
The validity of this circuit entry. Possible values are on and

off. A circuit with this value set to off is deleted from the table.
OperState
The operational state of the circuit. Possible values are down,

up, or sleeping.
IfIndex
The IfIndex for the interface used by this circuit.
CircuitName
Indicates the name given to the circuit.
214371-C Rev. 00
419
CircuitType
Indicates the type of circuit. Possible values are other,

broadcast, ptToPt, wanRIP, unnumberedRIP, dynamic,
wanWS.
DataLinkType
Type of data link on this circuit. Possible values are raw, snap,
type2 and type 8022.
LocalMaxPacketSize
The maximum size (including header), in bytes, that the

system supports locally on this circuit.
StaticStatus
Indicates whether the information about static routes and

services reached through this circuit matches that saved in
permanent storage (current). Possible values are unknown,
current, changed, read, reading, write, and writing. Setting the
value to write will write the information currently in use to
permanent storage, if supported. Setting the value to read will
replace any routes and services currently defined for the
circuit with those read from permanent storage, if supported.
NetNumber
The IPX network number of this circuit.
StaticChanges
The number of times the circuit has changed state.
InitFails
The number of times that initialization of this circuit has failed.
Delays
The period of time, in milliseconds, that it takes to transmit one

byte of data.
Throughput
The amount of data, in bits per second, that may flow through
the circuit if there is no other traffic.
show ipx remoteServices (entry/table)

You must enter the SysInstance, NetNumber, Node, Socket, Name, and Type in
<SysInstance>
:INTEGER (1 only)
<NetNumber>
:Net number (0x01 - 0xFFFFFFFE)
<Node>
:PhysAddress
<Socket>
:INTEGER (1..255)
<Name>
:"String" (1..48)
<Type>
:INTEGER (1..255)
420

SysInstance
: 1
NetNumber
: 00000410
Node
: 00:00:00:00:00:01
Socket
: 16390
Name
: "PARIS
Type
: 632
ProtocolType
: sap
HopCount
: 2
SysInstance
: 1
NetNumber
: 00000001
Node
: 00:00:00:00:00:01
Socket
: 16408
Name
: SAN_FRAN
Type
: 1614
ProtocolType
: sap
HopCount
: 2
SysInstance
: 1
NetNumber
: 00000001
Node
: 00:00:00:00:00:01
Socket
: 59525
Name
: "SAN_FRAN_PDC"
Type
: 1600
ProtocolType
: sap
HopCount
: 2
214371-C Rev. 00
421
SysInstance
System ID for this instance of IPX.
NetNumber
The network number portion of the IPX address for this service.
Node
The node portion of the IPX address for this service.
Socket
The socket portion of the IPX address for this service.
Name
The service name.
Type
The service type.
ProtocolType
The protocol from which knowledge of this service was obtained.
HopCount
The number of hops required to reach the service.
show ipx rip
circuit
system
show ipx rip circuit (entry/table)

<SysInstance>
:INTEGER (1 only)
<CircuitIndex>
:INTEGER (1..16)

SysInstance
:1
CircuitIndex
:1
State
:auto-on
Pace
:18
Update
:60
AgeMul
:0
PktSize
:0
422
TxPkts
:29
RxPkts
:0
SysInstance
The ID of this instance of RIP and IPX for the specified entry.
CircuitIndex
The ID of this circuit within this instance of RIP.
State
Indicates whether RIP information may be sent and received over

this circuit. Possible values are off, on, auto-on, and auto-off.
Pace
The maximum pace (speed) at which RIP packets may be sent on

this circuit. Value shown in packets per second.
Update
The RIP periodic update interval shown in seconds.
AgeMul
The holding multiplier for information received in RIP periodic

updates.
PktSize
The RIP packet size used on this circuit.
TxPackets
The number of RIP packets sent on this circuit.
RxPackets
The number of RIP packets received on this circuit.
show ipx route (entry/table)

You must enter the SysInstance and NetNumber in order to display an individual
<SysInstance>
:INTEGER (1 only)
<NetNumber>
:Net number (0x01 - 0xFFFFFFFE)

SysInstance
:1
NetNumber
:0000def
Protocol
:static
Ticks
:18
HopCount
:0
CircuitIndex
:2
NextHop
:00:e0:7b:0a:46:12
214371-C Rev. 00
423
SysInstance
The ID of this instance of RIP. This value links this instance of

RIP to an instance of IPX running on the system.
NetNum
The network number of the IPX destination.
Protocol
The routing protocol used to identify of this destination.
Ticks
The number of ticks required to reach this destination.
HopCount
The number of hops required to reach the destination.
CircuitIndex
The index number of the circuit used to reach the next hop.
NextHop
The NIC address of the next hop.
show ipx sap
circuit
system
show ipx sap circuit (entry/table)

<SysInstance>
:INTEGER (1 only)
<CircuitIndex>
:INTEGER (1..16)

SysInstance
:1
CircuitIndex
:1
State
:auto-on
Pace
:18
Update
:60
AgeMultiplier
:0
PktSize
:0
TxPkts
:0
RxPkts
:0
424

SysInstance
The ID of this instance of SAP and IPX for this entry.
CircuitIndex
The ID of this circuit, within this instance of SAP.
State
Indicates whether SAP information may be sent and received

over this circuit. Possible values are on and off.
Pace
The maximum pace (speed) at which SAP packets may be

sent on this circuit. Value shown in packets per second.
Update
The RIP periodic update interval shown in seconds.
AgeMultiplier
The holding multiplier for information received in RIP periodic

updates.
PktSize
The RIP packet size used on this circuit.
TxPkts
The number of RIP packets sent on this circuit.
RxPkts
The number of RIP packets received on this circuit.
show ipx sap system (entry/table)

You must enter the SysInstance in order to display an individual entry: (One entry
is shown when you use the entry option and the full table of entries is shown
<SysInstance>
:INTEGER (1 only)

SysInstance
State
IncorrectPackets
on
SysInstance
The ID of this instance of SAP. This value links this instance of

SAP to an instance of IPX running on the system.
State
Indicates the operational state of this instance of SAP. Possible

values are on or off.
IncorrectPackets
The number of times that a packet was received with an incorrectly

formatted SAP.
214371-C Rev. 00
425
show ipx services (entry/table)

Use show ipx services to show a table of IPX services indexed by name and
type.
You must enter the SysInstance, ServiceType, and ServiceName in order to
<SysInstance>
:INTEGER (1 only)
<ServiceType>
:INTEGER (1..255)
<ServiceName>
: "String" (1..48)

SysInstance
: 1
ServiceType
: 4
ServiceName
: "NETWARE_410"
ProtocolType
: sap
NetNumber
: 00000410
Node
: 00:00:00:00:00:01
Socket
: 1105
HopCount
: 2
SysInstance
: 1
ServiceType
: 619
ServiceName
: "DALLAS
ProtocolType
: sap
NetNumber
: 00000410
Node
: 00:00:00:00:00:01
Socket
: 5
426
HopCount
: 2
SysInstance
: 1
ServiceType
: 632
ServiceName
: "LONDON
ProtocolType
: sap
NetNumber
: 00000410
Node
: 00:00:00:00:00:01
Socket
: 16390
HopCount
: 2
SysInstance
The ID of this instance of IPX.
ServiceType
Type of IPX service.
ServiceName
Name assigned to this service.
ProtocolType
The routing protocol used to identify this destination.
NetNumber
The network portion of the IPX address number for this service.
Node
The node portion of the IPX address number for this service.
Socket
The socket portion of the IPX address number for this service.
HopCount
The number of hops it takes to reach the IPX service.
show ipx staticRoute (entry/table)

Use show ipx staticRoute to show information about all destinations
reached using the statically configured routes.
You must enter the SysInstance, CircuitIndex, and NetNumber in order to display
an individual entry: (One entry is shown when you use the entry option and the
full table of entries is shown when you use the table option.)
<SysInstance>
:INTEGER (1 only)
<CircuitIndex>
:INTEGER (1..16)
<NetNumber>
:Network number (0x01 - 0xFFFFFFFE)
214371-C Rev. 00
427

SysInstance
:1
CircuitIndex
:1
NetNumber
:0000b0b3
ExistState
:on
Ticks
:1
HopCount
:1
NextHopNICAddress
:00:00:00:00:00:00
SysInstance
CircuitIndex
ID number of the circuit used to reach the first hop in the static
route.
NetNumber
The IPX network number of the route destination.
ExistState
The state of this static route. Possible values are on or off.
Ticks
The delay required to reach the route destination. Value given in

tick counts.
HopCount
The number of hops necessary to reach the destination.
NextHopNICAddress The NIC address of the next hop.
show ipx system
advanced
basic
show ipx system advanced (entry/table)

<SysInstance>
:INTEGER (1 only)
428

SysInstance
:1
MaxPathSplits
:1
MaxHops
:0
RxTooManyHops
:0
RxFiltered
:0
NETBIOSPackets
:0
FwdPackets
:0
TxFiltered
:0
CircuitCount
:0
DestCount
:0
ServiceCount
:0
SysInstance
MaxPathSplits
The maximum number of paths that IPX may use to forward

packets.
MaxHops
The maximum number of hops a packet can take.
RxTooManyHops
The number of IPX packets discarded due to exceeding the

maximum hop count.
RxFiltered
The number of incoming IPX packets discarded due to filtering.
NETBIOSPackets
The number of NETBIOS packets received.
FwdPackets
The number of IPX packets forwarded.
TxFiltered
The number of outgoing IPX packets discarded due to filtering.
CircuitCount
The number of circuits known to this instance of IPX.
DestCount
The number usable destinations known to this instance of IPX.
ServiceCount
The number of services known to this instance of IPX.
214371-C Rev. 00
429
show ipx system basic (entry/table)

<SysInstance>
:INTEGER (1 only)
430

SysInstance
:1 (operational)
:1 (configured)
ExistState
:on (operational)
:on (configured)
NetNumber
:00000000 (configured)
Node
:00:00:00:00:00:00 (operational)
SystemName
:"mpa" (operational)
:"mpa" (configured)
RxPackets
:0 (operational)
RxHeaderErrors
:0 (operational)
RxUnknownSockets
:0 (operational)
RxDiscards
:0 (operational)
RxDelivers
:0 (operational)
NoRoutes
:0 (operational)
TxRequests
:0 (operational)
TxDiscards
:0 (operational)
214371-C Rev. 00
TxPackets
:0 (operational)
RouterStatus
431
Spoofing
SpoofDataLinkType
:raw (operational)
:raw (configured)
WanOptimization
SysInstance
ExistState
The state of this instance of IPX. Possible values are on and off.
NetNumber
The network number portion of the IPX address for this system.
Node
The node number portion of the IPX address for this system.
SystemName
The readable name assigned to this system.
RxPackets
The number of IPX packets received, including those received in

error.
RxHeaderErrors
The number of IPX packets discarded due to errors in their

headers.
RxUnknownSockets
The number of IPX packets discarded because the destination

socket was unknown.
RxDiscards
The number of IPX packets received but discarded.
RxDelivers
The total number of IPX packets delivered locally.
NoRoutes
The number of times no route was found to any destination.
TxRequests
The number of IPX packets supplied locally for transmission.
432

TxDiscards
The number of outgoing IPX packets discarded due to reasons

other than those accounted for as the following:
ipxBasicSysOutMalformedRequests, ipxAdvSysOutFiltered and
ipxAdvSysOutCompressDiscards.
TxPackets
The total number of IPX packets transmitted.
RouterStatus
Status of IPX routing for this instance. Possible values are enabled
or disabled.
Spoofing
Status of IPX spoofing for this instance. Possible values are

enabled or disabled.
SpoofDataLinkType
The DataLink type used for spoofing. Possible values are as

follows: raw, snap, type2, or type8022.
WANOptimization
Status of WAN optimization for this IPX instance. Possible values

are enabled or disabled.
show isdn
Use show isdn to show the defined parameters for isdn.
dialControl
physicalIf
show isdn dialControl
basePeer
callActive
callHistory
configuration
peer
show isdn dialControl basePeer (entry/table)

Use show isdn dialControl basePeer to show the list of peers from which
the managed device will accept calls or to which it will place them.
214371-C Rev. 00
433
You must enter the Id in order to display an individual entry: (One entry is shown
when you use the entry option and the full table of entries is shown when you use
the table option.)
<Id>
: INTEGER (1..2147483647)

Id
IfIndex
BChannel
Id
An ID for a single peer. There may be several IDs in this table for
one peer defining different ways of reaching the peer.
IfIndex
IfIndex for this ISDN peer.
BChannel
The value of this object specifies the B channel to be used for the
leased lines.
show isdn dialControl callActive (entry/table)

Use show isdn dialControl callActive to display the active call
information. These calls could be circuit switched or they could be virtual circuits.
An entry will be created when a call is started and deleted when a call is cleared.
<Index>
: INTEGER (1..2147483647)
434

SetUpTime
: 00Years 000Days 00:52:15
Index
: 1
PeerAddress
: "384100"
PeerSubAddress
: ""
PeerId
: 2
PeerIfIndex
: 18
LogicalIfIndex
: 19
ConnectTime
: 00Years 000Days 00:52:15
CallState
: active
CallOrigin
: originate
ChargedUnits
: 0
InfoType
: unrestrictedDigital
TxPackets
: 72286
TxBytes
: 5606401
RxPackets
: 47798
RxBytes
: 3510473
SetUpTime
The time when the call was started.
Index
A chronological entry of calls started within the same 10

milliseconds of time.
PeerAddress
The telephone number to which this call is connected.
PeerSubAddress
The subaddress of the connected call.
PeerId
The index value of the Peer Table entry to which this call was
made.
PeerIfIndex
The ifIndex number of the Peer Table entry to which this call was
made.
LogicalIfIndex
The ifIndex number of the B-channel through which this call was
made.
ConnectTime
The time when the call was connected.
CallState
Indicates whether or not the call is active.
CallOrigin
For active calls, this field will always indicate originate (for
outgoing calls).
ChargedUnits
The number of charged units for this connection. If charging

information is not supplied by the switch, this field will be 0.
214371-C Rev. 00

InfoType
The type of call. Options are speech, unrestrictedDigital,

unrestrictedDigital56, restrictedDigital, audio7, audio31, video,
packetSwitched, fax, and other.
TxPackets
The number of packets transmitted during this call.
TxBytes
The number of bytes transmitted during this call.
RxPackets
The number of packets received during this call.
RxBytes
435
show isdn dialControl callHistory
configuration
statistics
Use show isdn dialControl callHistory to show the stored past call
information. History of each and every call is stored, including unsuccessful and
rejected calls. An entry will be created when a call is cleared.
show isdn dialControl callHistory configuration

Use show isdn dialControl callHistory configuration to display
the configured parameters for the callHistory table.
MaxLength
: 5 (operational)
: 5 (configured)
RetainTimer
: 0 (operational)
MaxLength
The size of the Call History buffer in number of calls. A value of 0

indicates that no call history is maintained.
RetainTimer
The minimum length of time, in minutes, that a call history entry will
be maintained.
436
show isdn dialControl callHistory statistics (entry/table)

Use show isdn dialControl callHistory statistics to show stored
information such as the destination number, the call connect and disconnect time,
and the disconnection cause. These calls could be circuit switched or they could
be virtual circuits.
You must enter the ActiveIndex in order to display an individual entry: (One entry
<ActiveIndex>
: INTEGER (1..2147483647)

SetUpTime
: time when this call was started
ActiveIndex
: 1
PeerAddress
: "384100"
PeerSubAddress
: ""
PeerId
: 2
PeerIfIndex
: 18
LogicalIfIndex
: 19
DisconnectCause
: "111"
DisconnectText
: "Protocol Error"
ConnectTime
: 00Years 000Days 00:00:06
DisconnectTime
: 00Years 000Days 00:51:25
CallOrigin
: originate
ChargedUnits
: 0
InfoType
TxPackets
: 39052
TxBytes
: 3028404
RxPackets
: 25083
RxBytes
: 25083
214371-C Rev. 00
437
SetUpTime
The time when the call was started.
ActiveIndex
A chronological entry of calls started within the same 10

milliseconds of time.
PeerAddress
The telephone number to which this call is connected.
PeerSubAddress
The subaddress of the connected call.
PeerId
The index value of the Peer Table entry to which this call was
made.
PeerIfIndex
The IfIndex number of the Peer Table entry to which this call was
made.
LogicalIfIndex
The IfIndex number of the B-channel through which this call was
made.
DisconnectCause
The encoded network cause value associated with this call. This
value will depend on the interface type as well as on the protocol
and protocol version being used on this interface.
DisconnectText
The ASCII text describing the reason for call termination. This field
should be used only if a management station is unable to decode
the value of dialCtlPeerStatsLastDisconnectCause.
ConnectTime
The time when the call was connected.
DisconnectTime
The time when the call was disconnected.
CallOrigin
For active calls, this field will always indicate originate (for
outgoing calls).
ChargedUnits
The number of charged units for this connection. If charging

information is not supplied by the switch, this field will be 0.
InfoType
The type of call. Options are speech, unrestrictedDigital,

TxPackets
The number of packets transmitted during this call.
TxBytes
RxPackets
The number of packets received during this call.
RxBytes
show isdn dialControl configuration

Use show isdn dialControl configuration to display the security level
and traps configuration of the ISDN link.
438

AcceptMode
: acceptKnown (operational)
: acceptKnown (configured)
TrapStatus
AcceptMode
The security level for acceptance of incoming calls. Possible

values are acceptNone (will not accept any calls), acceptAll (will
accept all calls), acceptKnown (will accept known calls).
TrapStatus
Shows whether dialCtlPeerCallInformation and

dialCtlPeerCallSetup traps are generated for the peers. If the
status is enabled, traps will be generated for all peers. If the status
is disabled, traps will be generated only for peers having
dialCtlPeerCfgTrapEnable set to enabled.
show isdn dialControl peer base (configured/operational)

(entry/table)
the table option.)
<Id>
: INTEGER (1..2147483647)

Id
: 1
IfIndex
: 12
BChannel
: 1
LowerIf
: 16
OriginateAddress
: "384200"
SubAddress
: "11"
ClosedUserGroup
: ""
Speed
: 64000
InfoType
214371-C Rev. 00

Permission
: originate
CallRetries
: 1
RetryDelay
: 1
FailureDelay
: 0
TrapStatus
: disabled
439
Id
Identifies a single peer. There may be multiple entries for one peer
in order to support multilink as well as backup lines.
IfIndex
The ifIndex number of the interface used for calling this peer.
BChannel
Indicates whether B-1 or B-2 is calling this peer.
LowerIf
The ifIndex number of the D-channel on which the peer will be

called.
OriginateAddress
The telephone number on which the peer will be called.
SubAddress
The subaddress of the telephone number on which the peer will be

called.
ClosedUserGroup
Not Applicable at this time.
Speed
The line speed of the B-channel in bits per second.
InfoType
The information transfer capability to be used when calling this

peer. Options are speech, unrestrictedDigital,
Permission
Indicates whether or not callback is permitted for charging

purposes. Note: The Passport 4460 does not support callback at
this time. This field will always indicate originate (for outgoing
calls).
CallRetries
The number of calls that will be made to a non-responding

address. A value of 0 indicates that there is no limit to the number
of retries.
RetryDelay
The time, in seconds, between call retries.
FailureDelay
The time, in seconds, following a configured number of

unsuccessful call attempts, before calling is resumed. A value of 0
indicates that calling will not be resumed.
TrapStatus
Indicates whether trap generation is enabled or disabled for this

peer.
440
show isdn dialControl peer statistics (entry/table)

the table option.)
<Id>
: INTEGER (1..2147483647)

Id
: 1
IfIndex
: 12
ConnectTime
: 0
ChargedUnit
: 0
SucceededCalls
: 0
FailedCalls
: 0
AcceptedCalls
: 0
RefusedCalls
: 0
LastDisconnectCause
: "0"
LastDisconnectText
: "none"
LastSetupTime
: 00Years 000Days 00:00:00
Id
The index number of the peer.
IfIndex
The ifIndex number of the signaling entity.
ConnectTime
The accumulated time since startup (in seconds) of all calls.
ChargedUnit
The total number of charged units for this peer since startup. If
charging information is not supplied by the switch, this field will be 0.
SucceededCalls
The total number of calls completed to this peer.
FailedCalls
The total number of calls from this peer that have failed.
AcceptedCalls
The total number of calls accepted from this peer since system
startup.
RefusedCalls
The total number of calls refused from this peer since system
startup.
214371-C Rev. 00

LastDisconnect
Cause
441
The encoded network cause value associated with this call. This
value is updated whenever a call is started or cleared. This value
will depend on the interface type as well as on the protocol and
protocol version being used on this interface.
LastDisconnectText The ASCII text describing the reason for call termination. This field
should be used only if a management station is unable to decode
the value of dialCtlPeerStatsLastDisconnectCause.
LastSetupTime
The time in years, days, hours, minutes and seconds since the last
call to this peer was started.
show isdn physicalIf

Use show isdn physicalIf to show the physical basic rate interfaces.
baseLapd
basicRate
bearer (B) Channel
causeMap
directory
endPoint
lapd
signalStatistics
signalTable
show isdn physicalIf baseLapd
configured
operational
Use show isdn physicalIf baseLapd to show the unique identifier used as
the index into the isdn lapd counter reset table. This index specifies the particular
row of counter objects to be reset.
show isdn physicalIf baseLapd (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Use show isdn physicalIf baseLapd to show configuration and statistics
information for all LAPD (D channel Data Link Layer) interfaces on this device.
442
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)

IfIndex
:39
TxWindowSize
:1
RxWindowSize
:1
TxFrameSize
:200
RxFrameSize
:200
TimerT200
:1000
TimerT201
:2000
TimerT202
:2000
TimerT203
:10000
TimerTM20
:2500
N200
:3
N202
:3
NM20
:3
IfIndex
Shows the unique index for the physical interface of the D channel.
TxWindowSize
Shows the transmit window size. This value indicates the

maximum number of outstanding unacknowledged information
frames.
RxWindowSize
Shows the receive window size. This value indicates the maximum
number of outstanding unacknowledged information frames.
TxFrameSize
Shows the maximum transmit frame size in bytes.
RxFrameSize
Shows the maximum transmit frame size in bytes.
TimerT200
Shows the timer T200 value in milliseconds. T200 is the time to

wait for acknowledgment of a frame before initiating recovery.
TimerT201
Shows the timer T201 value in milliseconds. T201 is the minimum

time between the transmission of the TEI identity check messages.
214371-C Rev. 00
443
TimerT202

time between the transmission of the TEI identity request
messages.
TimerT203

time between the transmission of the TEI identity request
messages.
TimerTM20
Shows the timer TM20 value in milliseconds for TEI management.
N200
Shows the retry counter N200. This is the maximum number of

N202
The value of this object specifies the retry counter N202. This is
the maximum number of transmissions of a TEI identity request
message.
NM20
Shows the retry counter NM20 for TEI management.
show isdn physicalIf basicRate
configured
operational
Use show isdn physicalIf basicRate to show the parameters for all
physical basic rates on this device.
show isdn physicalIf basicRate configured (entry/table)

<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)

IfIndex
LineTopology
SignalMode
36
pointToMultipoint
active
444

IfIndex
An entry in the isdn basic rate table.
LineTopology
The line topology to be used for this interface. Possible values are
point to point or point to multipoint.
SignalMode
Shows the signaling channel operational mode for this interface:

if dialup then there is a signaling channel on this interface and
the signal mode is active.
if leased line then a signaling channel is not available and the
signal mode is inactive.
show isdn physicalIf basicRate operational (entry/table)

<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)

IfIndex
IfType
LineTopology
IfMode
SignalMode
36
isdns
pointToMultipoint
te
active
IfIndex
An entry in the isdn basic rate table.
IfType
Shows the physical interface type:

if 'S/T' interface, also called 'Four-wire Basic Access Interface',
then isdns
if 'U' interface, also called 'Two-wire Basic Access Interface',
then isdnu
LineTopology
The line topology to be used for this interface. Possible values are
point to point or point to multipoint.
IfMode
The physical interface mode.
SignalMode
Shows the signaling channel operational mode for this interface:

if dialup then there is a signaling channel on this interface and
the signal mode is active
if leased line then a signaling channel is not available and the
signal mode is inactive
214371-C Rev. 00
445
show isdn physicalIf bearer (entry/table)

Use show isdn physicalIf bearer to display the physical interface of the
B channel.
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)

IfIndex
33
ChannelType
dialup
CurrentStatus
idle
ChannelNumber
PeerAddress
""
SubAddress
""
CallOrigin
unknown
InformationType
unknown
MultiRate
false
CallSetupTime
00Years 000Days 00:00:00
CallConnectTime
00Years 000Days 00:00:00
ChargedUnits
IfIndex
34
ChannelType
dialup
CurrentStatus
idle
ChannelNumber
PeerAddress
""
SubAddress
""
446
CallOrigin
unknown
InformationType
unknown
MultiRate
false
CallSetupTime
00Years000Days00:00:00
CallConnectTime
00Years000Days00:00:00
ChargedUnits
IfIndex
Shows the unique index for the physical interface of the B channel.
ChannelType
Shows whether the B channel is connected to a dialup or a leased

line.
CurrentStatus
Shows the current call control state for this port.

Idle - shows when no call or call attempt is going active.
Connecting - shows when a connection attempt (outgoing call)
is being made.
Connected - shows when an incoming call is in the process of
validation.
Active - shows when a call is active on this interface.
ChannelNumber
Shows the B channel number.
PeerAddress
The ISDN address the current or last call is or was connected to.
SubAddress
The ISDN subaddress the current or last call is or was connected

to.
CallOrigin
Shows the call origin for the current or last call:

unknown - There were no calls on this interface since system
startup.
originate - Indicates outgoing calls.
answer - Indicates incoming calls.
callback - Not supported.
InformationType
Shows the information transfer capability for the current or last call:
speech - non-data connection
audio31 - 3.1 Khz data mode connection
audio7 - data mode connection, unrestricted digital information
with tone announcements
unrestrictedDigital - as defined in Q.931
unrestrictedDigital56 - as defined in Q.931 with 56K rate
adaptation.
214371-C Rev. 00
447
MultiRate
Shows whether the current or last call used multirate. Possible

values are true and false.
CallSetupTime
Shows the value of sysUpTime when the ISDN setup message for
the current or last call was sent or received. If since system startup
there has been no call on this interface this object has a value of
zero.
CallConnectTime
The value of sysUpTime when the ISDN connect message for the
current or last call was sent or received. If since system startup
there has been no call on this interface, this object has a value of
zero.
ChargedUnits
The number of charged units for the current or last connection.
show isdn physicalIf causeMap
configured
operational
Use show isdn physicalIf causeMap to display the table of QSIG cause
codes. The cause codes determine how the attached PBX responds to various
types of connection failures.
show isdn physicalIf directory <configured/operational>

<entry/table>
You must enter the Index in order to display an individual entry: (A single entry is
<Index>
: INTEGER (1..2147483647)

Index
: 131072
EgressLinkOutOfServ
: 0
ChanOrCircNotAvail
: 0
TemporaryFailure
: 0
SwitchCongestion
: 0
ReqChanOrCircNotAvai
: 0
448

ResourceUnavailable
: 0
ServNotAllowed
: 0
NoSuchChannel
: 0
IncompatDestination
: 0
Refer to define isdn physicalIf causeMap on page 159 for an explanation of the
displayed parameters.
show isdn physicalIf directory
configured
operational
Use show isdn physicalIf directory to display a table of the directory

numbers. The directory numbers identify incoming calls on the signaling channel
given in signaling index.
show isdn physicalIf directory configured (entry/table)

<Index>
: INTEGER (1..2147483647)

Index
: 1
Number
: "1212"
SignalingIndex
: 1
Index
: 2
Number
: "2323"
SignalingIndex
: 1
214371-C Rev. 00
449
Index
The index value that identifies this entry in the isdnDirectoryTable.
Number
Shows the directory number for this entry. Directory numbers are
used to identify incoming calls on the signaling channel.
SignalingIndex
An index pointing to an ISDN signaling channel. Incoming calls are

accepted on this signaling channel.
show isdn physicalIf directory operational (entry/table)

<Index>
: INTEGER (1..2147483647)

Index
: 1
Number
: "1212"
SignalingIndex
: 1
Status
: active
Index
: 2
Number
: "2323"
SignalingIndex
: 1
Status
: active
Index
The index value that identifies this entry in the isdnDirectoryTable.
Number
Shows the directory number for this entry. Directory numbers are
used to identify incoming calls on the signaling channel.
SignalingIndex
An index pointing to an ISDN signaling channel. Incoming calls are

accepted on this signaling channel.
Status
Upon creation of a row in the directory table, the row status is

internally set to active.
450
show isdn physicalIf endpoint
configured
operational
Use show isdn physicalIf endpoint to display the table containing

configuration parameters for terminal endpoints.
show isdn physicalIf endpoint configured (entry/table)

<Index>
: INTEGER (1..2147483647)

Index
:1
TEIType
: dynamic
TEIValue
: 127
ServiceProfileID
: "384000"
:
Index
: 86
TEIType
: dynamic
TEIValue
: 127
ServiceProfileID
: "384000"
Index
The index ID of this entry in the ISDN endpoint table.
TEIType
Terminal endpoint identifier type used for this terminal endpoint.

dynamic - TEI value is selected by the switch.
static - A TEI value must be entered in the ISDN endpoint TEI
value object.
TEIValue
Terminal endpoint identifier entered as a numeric value.
ServiceProfileId
The service profile identifier (SPID) information for this terminal

endpoint.
214371-C Rev. 00
451
show isdn physicalIf endpoint operational (entry/table)

Use show isdn physicalIf endpoint operational only if TEI values or
service profile identifier (SPID) numbers have to be entered.
<Index>
: INTEGER (1..2147483647)

Index
:2
IfIndex
: 36
IFType
: isdn
TEIType
: dynamic
TEIValue
: 127
ServiceProfileID
: "38402001"
Status
: active
Index
: 86
IfIndex
:5
IFType
: isdn
TEIType
: dynamic
TEIValue
: 127
ServiceProfileID
: "384000"
Status
: active
Index
The index ID of this entry in the ISDN endpoint table.
IfIndex
There is one entry in this table for each terminal endpoint and an
associated ifindex for each entry.
IFType
The line topology to be used for this interface.
452

TEIType
Terminal endpoint identifier type used for this terminal endpoint.

dynamic - TEI value is selected by the switch.
static - A TEI value must be entered in the ISDN endpoint TEI
value object.
TEIValue
Terminal endpoint identifier entered as a numeric value.
ServiceProfileID
The SPID information for this terminal endpoint.
Status
An IFType must be entered in order for the status to display as

active.
show isdn physicalIf lapd (entry/table)

Use show isdn physicalIf lapd to display the table holding configuration
and statistical information for all D Channel Data Link Layer (LAPD) interfaces
for this Passport 4460 unit.
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)

IfIndex
PrimaryChannel CurrentStatus
PeerSABME
RxFRMR
35
true
214371-C Rev. 00
inactive
453
IfIndex
Indicates an entry in the lapd table.
PrimaryChannel
true - this D channel is the designated primary D channel if

D channel backup is active. There must be exactly one
primary D channel configured. If D channel backup is not
used, this object has a value of true. Always returns 'true'.
As access device ISDN currently only supports BRI, it does
not support D channel backup. Note that D channel backup
means that a D channel on a PRI interface is used to
manage calls on other PRI trunks (required in North
America for H11 channels).
CurrentStatus
Indicates the operational status of this interface:

inactive - all layers are inactive
l1Active - layer 1 is activated, layer 2 datalink not established
(this option is set when a message is received from the D
channel)
l2Active - layer 1 is activated, layer 2 datalink established.
(this option is set when the Listener Task has successfully
received a TEI)
PeerSABME
Indicates the number of peer SABME frames received on this

interface. This is the number of peer-initiated new connections on
this interface.
RxFRMR
The number of LAPD FRMR response frames received. This is

the number of framing errors on this interface.
show isdn physicalIf signalStatistics (entry/table)

Use show isdn physicalIf signalStatistics to display the ISDN
signaling table containing statistics information for all ISDN signaling channels.
Only statistical information which is not already being counted in the ifTable is
being shown in this table.
You must enter the SignalingIndex in order to display an individual entry: (One
<SignalingIndex>
: INTEGER (1..2147483647)
454

SignalingIndex
:2
IncomingCalls
:0
ConnIncomingCalls
:0
OutgoingCalls
:0
ConnOutgoingCalls
:0
ChargedUnits
:0
SignalingIndex
The index value which uniquely identifies an entry in the

nvmIsdnSignalingTable. This managed object corresponds to the
port index used in the ICM ('primary' and 'backup' ports
supported).
IncomingCalls
The number of incoming calls on this interface.
ConnIncomingCalls
The number of incoming calls on this interface that were

connected.
OutgoingCalls
The number of outgoing calls on this interface.
ConnOutgoingCalls
The number of outgoing calls on this interface that were

connected.
ChargedUnits
The number of charging units on this interface since system

startup.
show isdn physicalIf signalTable configured (entry/table)

Use show isdn physicalIf signalTable configured to show an entry
that has been configured, but is not in use.
Object
Parameter
<Index>
: INTEGER (1..2147483647)
214371-C Rev. 00
455

Index
:1
Protocol
: etsi
CallingAddress
: 384000"
SubAddress
: "30"
InfoTrapStatus
: disabled
Index
:2
Protocol
: etsi
CallingAddress
: 384700"
SubAddress
: "30"
InfoTrapStatus
: disabled
456

Index
Indicates the index for this entry; obtained from the configured
table.
Protocol
Protocol type supported by the switch providing access to the

ISDN network:
dss1 - ITU DSS1 (formerly CCITT) Q.931
etsi - Europe / ETSI ETS300-102 (Euro-ISDN)
dass2 - U.K. / DASS2 (PRI)
ess4 - U.S.A. / AT&T 4ESS
dms100 - U.S.A. / Northern Telecom DMS100
ni1 - U.S.A. / National ISDN 1 (BRI)
ni2 - U.S.A. / National ISDN 2 (BRI, PRI)
ni3 - U.S.A. / next one
vn2 - France / VN2
vn3 - France / VN3
vn4 - France / VN4 (ETSI with changes),
vn6 - France / VN6 (ETSI with changes) delta document CSE
P 10-21 A test document CSE P 10-20 A
kdd - Japan / KDD
ins64 - Japan / NTT INS64
itr6 - Germany/ 1TR6 (BRI, PRI)
cornet - Germany/ Siemens HiCom CORNET
ts013 - Australia / TS013 (formerly TPH 1962, BRI)
ts014 - Australia / TS014 (formerly TPH 1856, PRI)
qsig - Q.SIG
swissnet2 - SwissNet-2
CallingAddress
The ISDN address assigned to this signaling channel.
SubAddress
Supplementary information to the ISDN address assigned to this

signaling channel. Usually, the subaddress is defined in Q.931. If
there is no such number defined or required, this is a zero length
string.
InfoTrapStatus
Indicates the status of the isdnMibCallInformation traps. Possible

values are enabled and disabled.
214371-C Rev. 00
457
show isdn physicalIf signalTable operational (entry/table)

Use show isdn physicalIf signalTable operational table to show
the full table of entries that are currently in use.
Object
Parameter
<Index>
: INTEGER (1..2147483647)

Index
IfIndex
42
Protocol
etsi
CallingAddress
"384020"
SubAddress
"30"
BChannelCnt
InfoTrapStatus
disabled
Status
active
priSide
TE
Index
131072
IfIndex
Protocol
qsig
CallingAddress
"384000"
SubAddress
"30"
BChannelCnt
InfoTrapStatus
disabled
Status
active
priSide
TE
458
Index
Indicates the index for this entry; obtained from the configured
table.
Protocol
Protocol type supported by the switch providing access to the

ISDN network:
dss1 - ITU DSS1 (formerly CCITT) Q.931
etsi - Europe / ETSI ETS300-102 (Euro-ISDN)
dass2 - U.K. / DASS2 (PRI)
ni1 - U.S.A. / National ISDN 1 (BRI)
ni2 - U.S.A. / National ISDN 2 (BRI, PRI)
ni3 - U.S.A. / next one
vn2 - France / VN2
vn3 - France / VN3
vn4 - France / VN4 (ETSI with changes),
vn6 - France / VN6 (ETSI with changes) delta document CSE
P 10-21 A test document CSE P 10-20 A
kdd - Japan / KDD
itr6 - Germany/ 1TR6 (BRI, PRI)
cornet - Germany/ Siemens HiCom CORNET
ts013 - Australia / TS013 (formerly TPH 1962, BRI)
ts014 - Australia / TS014 (formerly TPH 1856, PRI)
qsig - Q.SIG
CallingAddress
The ISDN address assigned to this signaling channel.
SubAddress
Supplementary information to the ISDN address assigned to this

signaling channel. Usually, the subaddress is defined in Q.931. If
there is no such number defined or required, this is a zero length
string.
BChannelCnt
The total number of bearer channels ( B channels) managed by

this signaling channel.
InfoTrapStatus
Indicates the status of the isdnMibCallInformation traps; whether or

not they are generated for calls. Possible values are enabled and
disabled.
214371-C Rev. 00
459
Status
Show the operational status of rows in the ISDN signaling table:

active - an existing row for a dialup ISDN interface
inactive - for a leased line ISDN interface
priSide
NT mode or TE mode. Note that priSide indicates proper

information for T1 and E1 cards provisioned for PRI only. BRI cards
always display Unknown" as the value.
show lapb parameters (configured/operational) (entry/

table)
Use show lapb parameters configured to display configuration
information about the parameters that have been entered, but are not necessarily in
use in the LAPB interface. Use show lapb parameters operational to
display configuration information about the parameters currently set in the LAPB
interface.
Object
Parameter
<Index>
: INTEGER (1..255)

Index
:20
LowerInterface
:180
TransmitKWinSize
:7
ReceiveKWinSize
:7
RxmitCount
:20
T1AckTimer
:3000
T2AckDelayTimer
:100
T3DisconnectTimer
:60000
T4IdleTimer
:60000
460
BusyTimer
:10000
StationType
:dce
Sequencing
:modulo8
Index
The ifIndex value for the LAPB interface.
LowerInterface
This object identifies the ifIndex of the interface immediately

below this interface (ie. physical or virtual port). A value of 0
indicates that this LAPB instance is not assigned to an
underlying port.
TransmitKWinSize
The current PDU window size this interface uses to

transmit. This is the maximum number of unacknowledged
sequenced PDUs that may be outstanding from this DTE at
any one time.
ReceiveKWinSize
The current receive PDU window size for this interface.

This is the maximum number of unacknowledged
sequenced PDUs that may be outstanding from the DCE
remote DTE at any one time.
RxmitCount
The current N2 retry counter used for this interface. This

specifies the number of times a PDU will be resent after the
T1 timer expires without an acknowledgement for the PDU.
T1AckTimer
The current T1 timer for this interface. This specifies the

maximum time in milliseconds to wait for acknowledgment
of a PDU.
T2AckDelayTimer

maximum time in milliseconds to wait before sending an
acknowledgment for a sequenced PDU.
T3DisconnectTimer

time in milliseconds to wait before considering the link
disconnected. A value of zero indicates the link will be
considered disconnected upon completion of the frame
exchange to disconnect the link.
T4IdleTimer

maximum time in milliseconds to allow without frames being
exchanged on the data link. A value of 2147483647
indicates no idle timer is being kept.
BusyTimer
Duration to wait before transmitting an RR frame after

receiving an RNR from the remote peer.
StationType
Identifies the desired station type of this interface.
Sequencing
This value identifies the modulus to be used for LAPB

sequence numbers.
214371-C Rev. 00
461
show lapb statistics (entry/table)

Use show lapb statistics to display the objects recorded by LAPB to
provide information about the traffic flow through the interface.
Object
Parameter
<Index>
: INTEGER (1..255)

Index
:20
BytesRx
:0
BytesTx
:0
BadLengthRx
:0
UnknownRx
:0
T1Expiries
:0
T4Expiries
:0
T4AfterN2Expiries
:0
RRCmdRx
:2
RRRspRx
:1
RRCmdTx
:0
RRRspTx
:2
RRCmdPollTx
:0
RNRCmdRx
:0
RNRRspRx
:0
RNRCmdTx
:0
RNRRspTx
:0
RNRCmdPollTx
:0
REJCmdRx
:0
REJRspRx
:0
462

REJCmdTx
:0
REJRspTx
:0
REJCmdPollTx
:0
SABMECmdRx
:0
SABMECmdTx
:0
DISCCmdRx
:1
DISCCmdTx
:1
UARspRx
:1
UARspTx
:1
DMRspRx
:0
DMRspTx
:1
ICmdRx
:1
ICmdTx
:1
FRMRRspRx
:0
FRMRRspTx
:0
FramesRetransmit
:0
BadFramesRx
:0
DiscardedFramesRx
:0
IgnoredFramesRx
:0
SABMCmdRx
:1
SABMCmdTx
:0
Index
The ifIndex value for the LAPB Interface.
BytesRx
Number of bytes received on this interface.
BytesTx
Number of bytes transmitted on this interface.
BadLengthRx
Number of frames received with an invalid length.
UnknownRx
Number of unknown frames received.
T1Expiries
Number of T1 timer expiries.
T4Expiries
Number of T4 timer expiries.
T4AfterN2Expiries
Number of times the T4 timer has expired after N2 times.
RRCmdRx
Number of RR cmd frames received.
RRRspRx
Number of RR rsp frames received.
RRCmdTx
Number of RR cmd frames transmitted.
214371-C Rev. 00
463
RRRspTx
Number of RR rsp frames transmitted.
RRCmdPollTx
Number of RR cmd frames transmitted with the poll bit set.
RNRCmdRx
Number of RNR cmd frames received.
RNRRspRx
Number of RNR rsp frames received.
RNRCmdTx
Number of RNR cmd frames transmitted.
RNRRspTx
Number of RNR rsp frames transmitted.
RNRCmdPollTx
Number of RNR cmd frames transmitted with the poll bit set.
REJCmdRx
Number of reject cmd frames received.
REJRspRx
Number of reject rsp frames received.
REJCmdTx
Number of reject cmd frames transmitted.
REJRspTx
Number of reject rsp frames transmitted.
REJCmdPollTx
Number of reject cmd frames transmitted with the poll bit

set.
SABMECmdRx
Number of SABME cmd frames received.
SABMECmdTx
Number of SABME cmd frames transmitted.
DISCCmdRx
Number of DISC cmd frames received.
DISCCmdTx
Number of DISC cmd frames transmitted.
UARspRx
Number of UA rsp frames transmitted.
UARspTx
Number of UA rsp frames transmitted.
DMRspRx
Number of DM rsp frames received.
DMRspTx
Number of DM rsp frames transmitted.
ICmdRx
Number of I-frame cmd frames received.
ICmdTx
Number of I-frame cmd frames transmitted.
FRMRRspRx
Number of Frame Reject rsp frames received.
FRMRRspTx
Number of Frame Reject rsp frames transmitted.
FramesRetransmit
Number of frames retransmitted.
BadFramesRx
Number of bad frames received.
DiscardedFramesRx
Number of received frames that were discarded.
IgnoredFramesRx
Number of received frames that were ignored.
SABMCmdRx
Number of SABM cmd frames received.
SABMCmdTx
Number of SABM cmd frames transmitted.
464
show msm
Use show msm to show configuration and statistics for MPANL signaling
management (msm).
dceLinkStatus
dnaStatus
dteLink
lapfParameters
linkStatus
profile
statistics
Note: The terms PANL-DCE and PANL-DTE refer to the logical
(switching) function of the port, not the port clocking mode associated
with physical DCE or DTE.
Note: The terms MPANL and PANL both refer to the same protocol and
may be used interchangeably. PANL will be used wherever possible.
show msm dceLinkStatus (entry/table)

IfIndex
247
RemoteNodeId
RemoteCustId
RxRemoteBandwidth
64000
MaxRemoteFrameSize
80
RemoteDLCIRange
63
IfIndex
248
214371-C Rev. 00
RemoteNodeId
RemoteCustId
RxRemoteBandwidth
64000
MaxRemoteFrameSize
80
RemoteDLCIRange
63
IfIndex
249
RemoteNodeId
RemoteCustId
RxRemoteBandwidth
64000
MaxRemoteFrameSize
80
RemoteDLCIRange
63
IfIndex
IfIndex associated with the PANL DCE link.
RemoteNodeId
DCE remote node ID.
RemoteCustId
DCE remote customer ID.
RxRemoteBandwidth
Remote receiving bandwidth.
465
MaxRemoteFrameSize DCE remote frame size.

RemoteDLCIRange
The highest DLCI value allowed for the remote side.
show msm dnaStatus (entry/table)

PrefixNumber
DNA prefix number of the attached device
IfIndex
IfIndex value showing the appropriate DCE PANL interface.
Association
Status corresponding to the specified DNA prefix. Possible values

are associatedDNA and deassociatedDNA.
show msm dteLink configured (entry/table)

Use show msm dtelink configured to show DTE link information for the
physical IfIndex entry which has been configured, but is not operational for the
PANL link between the access device and the frame relay switch.
466
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER
(1..255)
Indicates an IfIndex entry in the signaling line

parameters table. This value is associated with PANL
DTE line parameters.

IfIndex
: 144
MaxSubChannelRange
: 63
DTEReceiverBW
: 64000
DCEReceiverBW
: 64000
DTEMaxFrameSize
: 80
DCEMaxFrameSize
: 80
IfIndex
:255
MaxSubChannelRange
:63
DTEReceiverBW
:64000
DCEReceiverBW
:64000
DTEMaxFrameSize
:80
DCEMaxFrameSize
:80
Object
Parameter
Description
MaxSubChannelRange
:INTEGER
(17..255)
The highest DLCI number that can be

used on this link. User DLCIs start at 17
and the maximum allowable DLCI on the
PANL link is 255. Obtain this number
from your network administrator.
DTEReceiverBW
:INTEGER
(16000..2048000)
The maximum throughput in bits per

second that the PANL DTE (normally the
Passport 4460 unit) is capable of
receiving. Obtain this number from your
network administrator.
214371-C Rev. 00
467
DCEReceiverBW
:INTEGER
(16000..2048000)

second that the PANL DCE (normally
the Passport Function Processor (FP))
is capable of receiving. Obtain this
number from your network administrator.
DTEMaxFrameSize
:INTEGER
(50..4100)
The maximum size in bytes of frames

transmitted by the Passport 4460 unit to
the frame relay switch. Obtain this
DCEMaxFrameSize
:INTEGER
(50..4100)

received by the Passport 4460 unit from
the frame relay switch. Obtain this
Note: The operational values of DTEReceiverBW and DCEReceiverBW

shown in the table above correspond to the values that have been
provisioned for the PANL IfIndex on the device. If the provisioned values
do not match the values configured on the frame relay switch, then this
table will not indicate the actual line speed of the PANL link, since the
frame relay switch, acting as DCE, controls the line speed.
It is not possible to display the actual line speed using the CLI if the
provisioned line speed does not match the actual line speed as determined
by the frame relay switch.
show msm dteLink operational (entry/table)

Use show msm dtelink operational to show DTE link information for the
physical IfIndex entry that is currently in use for the PANL link between the
access device and the frame relay switch.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER
(1..255)
Indicates an IfIndex entry in the signaling line parameters

table. This value is associated with PANL DTE line
parameters.
468

IfIndex
:144
MaxSubChannelRange
:63
DTEReceiverBW
:64000
DCEReceiverBW
:64000
DTEMaxFrameSize
:80
DCEMaxFrameSize
:80
IfIndex
:255
MaxSubChannelRange
:63
DTEReceiverBW
:64000
DCEReceiverBW
:64000
DTEMaxFrameSize
:80
DCEMaxFrameSize
:80
Object
Parameter
Description
MaxSubChannelRange
:INTEGER (17..255)

second that the PANL DTE (normally
the Passport 4460 unit) is capable of
receiving. Obtain this number from
DTEReceiverBW
:INTEGER
(16000..2048000)

second that the PANL DTE (normally
the Passport 4460 unit) is capable of
receiving. Obtain this number from
DCEReceiverBW
:INTEGER
(16000..2048000)
The highest DLCI number that can

be used on this link. User DLCIs start
at 17 and the maximum allowable
DLCI on the PANL link is 255. Obtain
this number from your network
administrator.
214371-C Rev. 00
469
DTEMaxFrameSize
:INTEGER (50..4100)

transmitted by the Passport 4460
unit to the frame relay switch. Obtain
administrator.
DCEMaxFrameSize
:INTEGER (50..4100)

received by the Passport 4460 unit
from the frame relay switch. Obtain
administrator.
show msm lapfParameters (operational/configured)

Use show msm lapfParameters to show the current values of the LAPF
global parameters.
T200
:1703 (operational)
:1703 (configured)
T203
:600000 (configured)
N200
:17 (operational)
:17 (configured)
The values are defined as follows:

Object
Description
T200
Specifies the T200 timer value in milliseconds. T200 is the time to wait
for an acknowledgement to a frame before initiating recovery.
T203
Specifies the T203 timer value in milliseconds. T203 is the maximum

time allowed without frames being exchanged.
N200
Specifies the retry counter N200. This is the maximum number of

show msm linkStatus (entry/table)

Use show msm linkStatus to show the link status for the IfIndexes used for
the PANL link between the Passport 4460 unit and the frame relay switch.
470
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER
(1..255)

parameters.

IfIndex
: 155
InterfaceType
: dte
LAPFStatus
: up
LocalComponentName
"MPA/D1_ MPANL/155"
RemoteComponentName
"EM/CONF2 Mpanl/600 SigMpanl"
RemoteGenCfgType
: nortelAccessDevice
PANLStatus
: up
InterfaceType
Indicates the link status interface type.
LAPFStatus
The status (up or down) of the Link Access Procedure for

Frame-mode bearer services on the PANL link.
LocalComponent
Name
MPA is a pre-programmed identifier for the device; D1_1 is the

configured node name; PANL/155 is a system-generated identifier
indicating the ifIndex number of the physical port providing the
PANL link.
RemoteComponent
Name
Generated by the device software after the PANL link has been
established; CONF2 is the remote node name of the frame relay
switch.
RemoteGenCfgType Indicates the device type of the remote unit; i.e. the type of the unit
directly connected to this particular netlink DTE/DCE interface.
PANLStatus
214371-C Rev. 00
Indicates the current PANL status; up or down.
471
show msm profile

Use show msm profile to show the entries in the PANL signaling profile
parameters table.
NodeId
: 1 (operational)
: 1 (configured)
CustomerId
: 0 (operational)
: 0 (configured)
DNAPrefix
: "[x121]302469" (operational)
: "[x121]302469" (configured)
NodeId
An integer from 1 to 65535 that uniquely identifies a unit. Used as

an index into the MSM Profile Table. Provisioned using define
msm profile nodeid.
CustomerId
An integer from 0 to 65535 that uniquely identifies the customer to

which this 4460 unit belongs; used in registering the Egress table.
Provisioned using define msm profile customerid.
DNAPrefix
The prefix of the Device Network Address that uniquely identifies

this Passport 4460 unit within the network topology.
show msm statistics (entry/table)

Use show msm statistics (entry/table) to display the PANL switch
map connection statistics for the physical IfIndexes used for the MPANL link
between the device and the frame relay switch. This example is for the primary
WAN link on IfIndex 149. It shows the number of PANL switch map links
established, the number of disconnects that have occurred and the number of times
the link has been reestablished.
472
Object
Parameter
Description
<IfIndex>
:INTEGER
(1..255)

parameters.

IfIndex
: 149
Established
: 2
Disconnects
: 1
TxProfile
: 0
RxProfile
: 0
TxRestartReq
: 0
RxRestartReq
: 0
DnaAssociation
: 0
DnaDeassociation
: 0
TxPANLInfoElements
: 0
RxPANLInfoElements
: 0
IfIndex
IfIndex for MSM statistics in the LAP-F connections table.
Established
The number of times the LAP-F connection was established.
Disconnects
The number of times a LAP-F connection was broken.
TxProfile
The number of profiles sent without a restart request.
RxProfile
The number of profiles received without a restart request.
TxRestartReq
The number of restart requests sent.
RxRestartReq
The number of restart requests sent.
DnaAssociation
Counter showing the number of DNA prefix associations.
DnaDeassociation
Counter showing the number of DNA prefix deassociations.
TxPANLInfoElements Counter showing the number of PANL information elements sent.

RxPANLInfoElements Counter showing the number of PANL information elements sent.
214371-C Rev. 00
473
show nac
cache
parameters
server
statistics
show nac cache configured (entry/table)

Use show nac cache configured to display current information about
the NAC cache contents.
You must enter the EgressString in order to display an individual entry: (One entry
<EgressString>
:String (1..40)

EgressString
: "11"
ServerIPAddress
: 127.0.0.1"
DNA
: "[x121]30218114574000"
EntryVipAddress
: 200.212.1.1
EgressString
: "123"
ServerIPAddress
: "127.0.0.1"
DNA
: "[x121]30218114579200"
EntryVipAddress
: 200.211.1.1
EgressString
EgressDialString associated with a voice channel.
ServerIpAddress
Network address of the server that resolved this entry.
474

DNA
DNA address of the unit holding this voice channel.
EntryVipAddress
Indicates the IP network address associated with the Dial

Number. Value of this object is valid only for VIP service.
show nac cache operational (entry/table)

Use show nac cache operational (entry/table) to display current
information about the NAC cache contents.
You must enter the EgressString in order to display an individual entry: (One entry
<EgressString>
:String (1..40)

EgressString
: "11"
ServerIPAddress
: 127.0.0.1"
DNA
: "[x121]30218114574000"
Type
: learned
NumOfTimesAccessed
: 1
EntryVipAddress
: 200.212.1.1
EgressString
: "123"
ServerIPAddress
: "127.0.0.1"
DNA
: "[x121]30218114579200"
Type
: static
NumOfTimeAccessed
: 0
EntryVipAddress
: 200.211.1.1
EgressString
EgressDialString associated with a voice channel.
ServerIpAddress
Network address of the server that resolved this entry.
DNA
DNA address of the unit holding this voice channel.
214371-C Rev. 00

Type
475
learned: cache entry was obtained from the NAS server.

static: cache entry was entered by the user.
NumOfTimesAccessed The number of times this telephone address has been accessed
from the local cache.
EntryVipAddress
Indicates the IP network address associated with the Dial

Number. Value of this object is valid only for VIP service.
show nac parameters

Use show nac parameters to display the configured and operational
parameters for the Network Address Client (NAC).
AddrResolveRetries
: 3 (operational)
: 3 (configured)
AddrResolveTimeOut
: 5 (operational)
: 5 (configured)
CacheStatus
NumOfCacheEntries
: 1000 (configured)
CustomerId
: 1 (operational)
1 (configured)
AddrResolveRetries
The number of times an address resolution request is sent to the

server to get the DNA address.
AddrResolveTimeOut The time in milliseconds after which an address resolution request

will be re-sent in case the previous one is not answered.
CacheStatus
Status of the caching process for previously resolved addresses.

Possible values are enabled or disabled.
476

NumOfCacheEntries
Maximum number of address resolutions to be cached in memory.
CustomerID
A unique number used to identify all units belonging to a particular

customer. This allows a single server to serve more than one
customer.
show nac server configured (entry/table)

Use show nac server configured to show information about the
configured NAC server.

You must enter the IPAddress in order to display an individual entry: (One entry is
<IPAddress>
:IPAddress

IPAddress
:199.30.20.56
Name
:"Company_NAC_Server"
Status
:enabled
HelloTime
:60
Type
:primary
IPAddress
Network address of the server.
Name
Name of the server supplied by the user.
Status
Availability status of the server to be used for address resolution.

HelloTime
The interval of between transmission of two consecutive Hello

messages to the server. Value shown in seconds.
Type
Status type of the NAC server. Possible values are primary and
secondary.
214371-C Rev. 00
477
show nac server operational (entry/table)

Use show nac server configured to show information about the NAC
server that is currently in use.

<IPAddress>
:IPAddress

IPAddress
199.30.20.56
Name
"Company_NAC_Server"
AvailStatus
transition
Status
enabled
HelloTime
60
Type
primary
RegisterCount
Hello1Count
Hello2Count
1254
Hello3Count
RequestCount
ResolvedCount
NotFoundCount
TimeoutCount
IPAddress
Network address of the server.
Name
Name of the server that you supply.
478

Status
Availability status of the server to be used for address resolution.

HelloTime
The interval of between transmission of two consecutive Hello

messages to the server. Value shown in seconds.
Type
Status type of the NAC server. Possible values are primary and
secondary. A primary server is the preferred server and is first
consulted for address resolution. A secondary server is used as
an alternative if the primary is not responding. All servers have to
be marked secondary if you want round-robin load sharing
between servers.
RegisterCount
The number of times this server has acknowledged a registration

change.
Hello1Count
The number of keep alive hellos sent to this server.
Hello2Count
The number of hellos indicating a change in registration table to

this server.
Hello3Count
The number of hellos sent that request a response. Used to revive

a notAvailable server.
RequestCount
The number of DN-DNA requests to this server since start up.
ResolvedCount
The number of DN-DNA requests resolved by this server since

start up.
NotFoundCount
The number of DN-DNA requests with phone number not found in

server since start up.
TimeoutCount
The number of entries resent due to timeouts since start up.
show nac statistics

Use show nac statistics to display various NAC server statistics.
CacheEntriesCount
: 0
StaticEntriesCount
: 0
RequestsCount
: 0
LocalResolvedCount
: 0
PurgeCount
: 0
VoiceRegisterCount
: 0
DNAChangeCount
: 1
ServerCount
: 0
ServerRequestCount
: 0
ServerResolvedCount
: 0
ServerNotFoundCount
: 0
TimeoutCount
: 0
Hello1Count
: 0
Hello2Count
: 0
Hello3Count
: 0
RegisterCount
: 0
214371-C Rev. 00
479
CacheEntriesCount
Number of entries currently in cache. Includes learned and static

entries.
RequestsCount
Total number of DNA requests received from voice.
PurgeCount
Total purge requests received from voice.
DNAChangeCount
Total DNA changes received from driver. These can be either

learned or provisioned.
ServerRequestCount
Total DN-DNA requests made to all servers.
ServerNotFoundCount Total DN-DNA requests resolved with phone number not found in
server.
Hello1Count
The number of keep alive hellos sent to this server.
Hello3Count
The number of hellos sent that request a response. Used to

revive a notAvailable server.
StaticEntriesCount
Number of static entries currently in cache.
LocalResolvedCount
Total number of DN-DNA requests resolved out of local cache.
VoiceRegisterCount
Total number of re-register requests received from voice.
ServerCount
Total number of servers configured to resolve addresses.
ServerResolvedCount Total number of DN-DNA requests resolved by all servers.

TimeoutCount
Total number of DN-DNA requests timed out.
Hello2Count
The number of hellos indicating a change in registration table to

this server.
RegisterCount
The number of times this server has acknowledged a registration

change.
show nas
basic
mpa
statistics
system
show nas basic (entry/table)

Use show nas basic entry to display the Network Address Server (NAS)
basic table.
480
You must enter the CustomerId and DNDigits in order to display an individual
Object
Parameter
Description
<CustomerId> :INTEGER
(1..65535)
The unique identifier of the customer network. This ID

corresponds to a row in this table.
<DNDigits>
The DNA digits in ASCII format which uniquely identify the

row in the table.
: "String"
(1..40)

CustomerId
:1
DNDigits
:"4110"
DNADigits
:"[x121]200"
DNState
:valid
VipAddress
:0.0.0.0
CustomerId
:1
DNDigits
:"4220"
DNADigits
:"[x121]200"
DNState
:valid
VipAddress
:0.0.0.0
CustomerID
The unique identifier of the customer network. This ID corresponds to a

row in this table.
DNADigits
The DNA digits in ASCII format which uniquely identify the row in the
table.
DNDigits
The DN digits in ASCII format which uniquely identify the row in the
table. Every egress entry has a unique DN number assigned to the
channel.
DNState
The validity of this entry in the DN table.
VipAddress
The IP network address associated with the dial number.
214371-C Rev. 00
481
show nas mpa (entry/table)

Use show nas mpa to display entries for each access device registered with the
Network Address Server (NAS).
You must enter the CustomerId and DNADigits in order to display an individual
Object
Parameter
Description
<CustomerId> :INTEGER
(1..65535)
The unique identifier of the customer network. This ID

corresponds to a row in this table.
<DNADigits>
The DNA digits in ASCII format which uniquely identify the

row in the table.
: "String"
(1..48)

CustomerID
:1
DNADigits
: "[x121]200"
State
: valid
IPAddress
: 199.30.20.77
SupportedDNs
:2
CustomerID
The unique identifier of the customer network.
DNADigits
The DNA digits in ASCII format that identify a row in the table.
State
The state of this entry in the table. Possible values are valid and
invalid.
IPAddress
The network address used to communicate with this NAS.
SupportedDNs
The number of DN entries supported; the size of the egress table.
show nas statistics table

Use show nas statistics table to display the vital statistics for this
Newtork Address Server.
482

RxDNARequests
:0
RxDNAResolveds
:0
RxDNAUnResolveds :0
RxNACHellos
:0
RxRegisters
:0
RxUnknowns
:0
RegisterSuccess
:0
RegisterFails
:0
TimeOuts
:0
TxNASHellos
:0
TxRegisterRequest
:0
RxDNARequests
Address mapping requests received by this server from devices

belonging to all customers served by this NAS.
RxDNAUnResolveds The number of address mapping requests this server was unable
to resolve.
RxRegisters
Number of register messages received by this server from devices

belonging to all customers serviced by this NAS.
RegisterSuccess
Number of register packets successfully serviced by this server.
TimeOuts
Number of devices aged out from the database due to HELLO

messages not received in time.
TxRegisterRequest
Number of NAS register-request messages sent out by this NAS.
RxDNAResolveds
Number of DN-DNA mappings resolved by this NAS.
RxNACHellos
Number of hello messages received from all devices belonging to

all customers that are serviced by this NAS.
RxUnknowns
Number of unknown messages received by this server.
RegisterFails
Number of device registration attempts failed by this server.
TxNASHellos
Number of NAS hello messages sent out by this NAS.
show nas system parameters

Use show nas system parameters to display the system parameters
required by the NAS.
AgingTime
: 800 operational
: 800 configured
214371-C Rev. 00

TableSize
: 0 (operational)
NumOfRegisteredDN
: 0 (operational)
483
AgingTime
The server age time for aging the registered Passport 4460
entries.
TableSize
Number of devices belonging to all customers that are currently

registered with this server.
NumOfRegisteredDN Number of registered of Dail Numbers (DNs) belonging to all

customers that are currently registered with this server.
show ospf
area
areaAggregate
host
interface
interfaceMetric
linkState
externalLinkState
neighbor
parameters
stub
virtualInterface
virtualNeighbor
show ospf area configured (entry/table)

Use show ospf area configured to display the Open Shortest Path First
(OSPF) area data structure which is configured. This table contains information
about various areas including the interfaces and virtual links which are configured
as part of these areas. Area 0.0.0.0 is the backbone area.
484
You must enter the AreaID in order to display an individual entry: (One entry is
<AreaID>
: IPAddress

AreaID
: 0.0.0.1
ImportStatus
: externalImport
AreaID
The Area ID has the same format as an IP Address (a

32-bit integer uniquely identifying an area), but has the
function of defining a summarization point for Link State
Advertisements.
ImportStatus
Import Status is the area's support for importing

Autonomous System (AS) external link-state
advertisements.
show ospf area operational (entry/table)

Use show ospf area operational to display the OSPF area data structure
which is currently in use. This table contains information about various areas
including the interfaces and virtual links which are configured as part of these
areas. Area 0.0.0.0 is the backbone area.
<AreaID>
: IPAddress

AreaID
:0.0.0.1
ImportStatus
:externalImport
214371-C Rev. 00
485
SpfRuns
:4
BorderRouterCount
:1
AutoSysRtrCount
:0
LSACount
:9
LSACheckSumSum
:270991
AreaID
The Area ID has the same format as an IP Address (a 32-bit

integer uniquely identifying an area), but has the function of
defining a summarization point for Link State
Advertisements.
ImportStatus
The area's support for importing AS external link-state

advertisements.
SpfRuns
The number of times that the intra-area route table has

been calculated using this area's link-state database.
BorderRouterCount
The total number of area border routers that can be reached

within this area. This starts at zero and is calculated in each
SPF pass.
AutoSysRtrCount
The total number of AS border routers reachable within

this area. This is initially zero, and is calculated in each
SPF Pass.
LSACount
The total number of link-state advertisements in this

area's link-state database, excluding AS External LSA's.
LSACheckSumSum
The 32-bit unsigned sum of the link-state advertisements

LS checksums contained in this area's link-state database.
This sum excludes external (LS type 5) link-state
advertisements. The sum can be used to determine if there
has been a change in a router's link-state database, and
to compare the link-state database of two routers.
show ospf areaAggregate (configured/operational) (entry/

table)
Use show ospf areaAggregate configured to show a range of IP
addresses specified by an IP address/IP network mask pair.
486
You must enter the AreaID, NetAddress, and MaskAddress in order to display an
<AreaID>
: IPAddress
<NetAddress>
: IPAddress
<MaskAddress>
: IPAddress

AreaID
:0.0.0.0
NetAddress
:15.0.0.0
MaskAddress
:255.0.0.0
AreaID
:0.0.0.0
NetAddress
:192.168.111.24
MaskAddress
:255.255.255.248
AreaID
:0.0.0.0
NetAddress
:192.168.200.0
MaskAddress
:255.255.255.0
AreaID
The area the address aggregate is to be found within.
NetAddress
The IP Address of the net or subnet indicated by the range.
MaskAddress
The subnet mask that pertains to the net or subnet.
show ospf host (configured/operational) (entry/table)

<IPAddress>
214371-C Rev. 00
: IPAddress
487

AreaID
:0.0.0.0
NetAddress
:15.0.0.0
MaskAddress
:255.0.0.0
AreaID
:0.0.0.0
NetAddress
:192.168.111.24
MaskAddress
:255.255.255.248
AreaID
:0.0.0.0
NetAddress
:192.168.200.0
MaskAddress
:255.255.255.0
AreaID
The area the address aggregate is to be found within.
NetAddress
The IP Address of the net or subnet indicated by the range.
MaskAddress
The subnet mask that pertains to the net or subnet.
show ospf interface configured (entry/table)

Use show ospf interface configured to display the OSPF interface table
which augments the IP address table with OSPF specific information.
<IPAddress>
: IPAddress

IPAddress
:15.0.0.1
AreaID
:0.0.0.0
488
Type
:broadcast
AdminStatus
:enabled
RouterPriority
:1
TransmitDelay
:1
ReTransmitInterval
:5
HelloInterval
:10
RouterDeadInterval
:40
PollInterval
:120
AuthorType
:none
IPAddress
:192.168.111.26
AreaID
:0.0.0.0
Type
:nbma
AdminStatus
:enabled
RouterPriority
:1
TransmitDelay
:1
ReTransmitInterval
:5
HelloInterval
:10
RouterDeadInterval
:40
IPAddress
The IP address of this OSPF interface.
AreaID

Advertisements.
Type
Indicates the OSPF interface type and is derived from the

corresponding value of ifType. Possible values are:
broadcast - broadcast LANs, such as Ethernet and
IEEE 802.5
nbma - X.25 and similar technologies
pointToPoint - links that are definitively point to point .
214371-C Rev. 00
489
AdminStatus
The OSPF interface's administrative status. The value

formed on the interface, and the interface will be advertised
as an internal route to some area. The value disabled
denotes that the interface is external to OSPF.
RouterPriority
The priority of this interface. Used in multi-access

networks, this field is used in the designated router
election algorithm. The value 0 signifies that the router is
not eligible to become the designated router on this
particular network. In the event of a tie in this value, routers
will use their Router ID as a tie breaker.
TransmitDelay
The estimated number of seconds it takes to transmit a

link state update packet over this interface.
ReTransmitInterval
The number of seconds between link-state advertisement

retransmissions, for adjacencies belonging to this
interface. This value is also used when retransmitting
database description and link-state request packets.
HelloInterval
The length of time, in seconds, between the Hello packets

that the router sends on the interface. This value must be
the same for all routers attached to a common network.
RouterDeadInterval
The number of seconds that a router's Hello packets have

not been seen before its neighbors declare the router down.
This is a multiple of the Hello interval and must be the
same for all routers attached to a common network.
show ospf interface operational (entry/table)

Use show ospf interface operational to display the OSPF interface
table currently in use, which augments the IP address table with OSPF specific
information.
<IPAddress>
: IPAddress

IPAddress
:15.0.0.1
AreaID
:0.0.0.0
490
Type
:broadcast
AdminStatus
:enabled
RouterPriority
:1
TransmitDelay
:1
ReTransmitInterval
:5
HelloInterval
:10
RouterDeadInterval
:40
PollInterval
:0
InterfaceState
:designatedRouter
DesignatedRouter
:15.0.0.1
BckupDesignatedRtr
:0.0.0.0
NumOfEvents
:2
AuthorType
:none
IPAddress
The IP address of this OSPF interface.
AreaID

Advertisements.
Type
The OSPF interface type. By way of a default, this field may

be intuited from the corresponding value of ifType. Broad
cast LANs, such as Ethernet and IEEE 802.5, take the
value 'broadcast', X.25 and similar technologies take the
value 'nbma', and links that are definitively point to point
take the value pointToPoint.
AdminStatus
The OSPF interface's administrative status. The value

formed on the interface, and the interface will be advertised
as an internal route to some area. The value disabled
denotes that the interface is external to OSPF.
RouterPriority
The priority of this interface. Used in multi-access

networks, this field is used in the designated router
election algorithm. The value 0 signifies that the router is
particular network. In the event of a tie in this value, routers
will use their Router ID as a tie breaker.
TransmitDelay

link state update packet over this interface.
214371-C Rev. 00
491
ReTransmitInterval

retransmissions, for adjacencies belonging to this
interface. This value is also used when retransmitting
database description and link-state request packets.
HelloInterval

the same for all routers attached to a common network.
RouterDeadInterval

not been seen before it's neighbors declare the router down.
This should be a multiple of the Hello interval. This value
must be the same for all routers attached to a common
network.
PollInterval
The larger time interval, in seconds, between the Hello

packets sent to an inactive non-broadcast multi-access
neighbor.
InterfaceState
The OSPF interface state. Possible values are:

down
loopback
waiting
pointToPoint
designatedRouter
backupDesignatedRouter
otherDesignatedRouter
DesignatedRouter
The priority of this neighbor in the designated router

election algorithm. The value 0 means that the neighbor is
particular network.
BckupDesignatedRtr
The IP Address of the backup designated router.
NumOfEvents
The number of times this OSPF interface has changed its

state, or an error has occurred.
AuthorType
The Authentication Key. If the Area's Authorization Type is

simplePassword, and the key length is shorter than 8 octets,
the agent will left adjust and zero fill to 8 octets. Note that
unauthenticated interfaces need no authentication key, and
simplePassword authentication cannot use a key of more
than 8 octets.
492
show ospf interfaceMetric (configured/operational) (entry/

table)
<IPAddress>
: IPAddress

IPAddress
Value
15.0.0.1
192.168.111.26
192.168.200.200
show ospf linkState (entry/table)

Use show ospf linkState to display the Link State Database containing the
Link State advertisements from throughout the areas that the device is attached
to.This table is identical to the OSPF LSDB table in format, but contains only
External Link State advertisements. The purpose is to allow external LSAs to be
displayed once for the router rather than once in each non-stub area.
You must enter the AreaID, LsdbType, LinkStateID, and RouterID in order to
<AreaID>
:IPAddress
<LsdbType>
:routerLink | networkLink |summaryLink | asSummaryLink |

asExternalLink | multicastLink | nssaExternalLink
<LinkStateID>
:IPAddress
<RouterID>
:IPAddress
214371-C Rev. 00
493

AreaID
:0.0.0.0
LsdbType
:routerLink
LinkStateID
:13.0.0.1
RouterID
:13.0.0.1
SequenceNum
:-2147483617
LSAAge
:717
Checksum
:23038
Advertisement
:0
AreaID
:0.0.0.0
LsdbType
:routerLink
LinkStateID
:192.168.200.200
RouterID
:192.168.200.200
SequenceNum
:-2147482174
LSAAge
:12
Checksum
:13909
Advertisement
:0
AreaID
The 32 bit identifier of the area from which the LSA was
received.
LsdbType
The type of the link state advertisement. Each link state

type has a separate advertisement format. Possible values
are:
routerLink
networkLink
summaryLink
asSummaryLink
asExternalLink
multicastLink
nssaExternalLink
494

LinkStateID
LS Type specific field containing either a router ID or an IP

address; it identifies the piece of the routing domain that is
being described by the advertisement.
RouterID
The 32 bit number that uniquely identifies the originating

router in the AS.
SequenceNum
The sequence number field is a signed 32-bit integer. It is

used to detect old and duplicate link state advertisements.
The space of sequence numbers is linearly ordered.
The larger the sequence number the more recent the
advertisement.
LSAAge
The age of the link state advertisement in seconds.
Checksum
The checksum of the complete contents of the

advertisement, except for the age field. The age field is
excepted so that an advertisement's age can be
incremented without updating the checksum.
Advertisement
The entire LSA including its header.
show ospf externalLinkState (entry/table)

Use show ospf externalLinkState to display the External Link State table.
This table is identical to the OSPF LSDB table in format, but contains only
External Link State Advertisements. The purpose is to allow external LSAs to be
displayed once for the router rather than once in each non-stub area.
You must enter the LsdbType, LinkStateID, and RouterID in order to display an
<LsdbType>
:asExternalLink
<LinkStateID>
:IPAddress
<RouterID>
:IPAddress

ExtLsdbType
:INTEGER
ExtLsdbLsid
:INTEGER
ExtLsdbRouterId
:IPAddress
214371-C Rev. 00
495
ExtLsdbSequence
:RouterID
ExtLsdbAge
:INTEGER
ExtLsdbChecksum
:INTEGER
ExtLsdbAdvertisement
:INTEGER
ExtLsdbType
The type of the link state advertisement. Each link state

type has a separate advertisement format.
ExtLsdbLsid
An LS Type specific field containing either a Router ID or an

IP Address it identifying the piece of the routing domain that
is being described by the advertisement.
ExtLsdbRouterId
The 32 bit number that uniquely identifies the originating

router in the AS.
ExtLsdbSequence
The sequence number field is a signed 32-bit integer. It is

used to detect old and duplicate link state advertisements.
The larger the sequence number the more recent the
advertisement.
ExtLsdbAge
The age of the link state advertisement in seconds.
ExtLsdbChecksum
The checksum of the complete contents of the

advertisement, except for the age field. The age field is
excepted so that an advertisement's age can be
incremented without updating the checksum.
ExtLsdbAdvertisement
The entire LSA including its header.
show ospf neighbor configured (entry/table)

Use show ospf neighbor configured to display the OSPF neighbor table
which describes all configured neighbors in the locality of the subject router. This
table contains non-virtual neighbor information.
<IPAddress>
:IPAddress
496

IPAddress
Priority
192.168.111.25
IPAddress
The IP address this neighbor is using in its IP Source

Address. On links with no address, this will not be 0.0.0.0,
but the address of another of the neighbor's interfaces.
Priority

election algorithm. The value 0 signifies that the neighbor is
particular network.
show ospf neighbor operational (entry/table)

Use show ospf neighbor operational to display the OSPF neighbor table
which describes all neighbors in the locality of the subject router which are
currently in use. This table contains non-virtual neighbor information.
<IPAddress>
:IPAddress

IPAddress
:192.168.111.25
RouterId
:13.0.0.1
OptionsField
:1
Priority
:1
RelationState
:full
NumOfEvents
:16
ReTransQLength
:0
214371-C Rev. 00
497
IPAddress
The IP address this neighbor is using in its IP Source

Address. On links with no address, this will not be 0.0.0.0,
but the address of another of the neighbor's interfaces.
RouterId
A 32-bit integer (represented as IPAddress) uniquely

identifying the neighboring router in the Autonomous
System.
OptionsField
A Bit Mask corresponding to the neighbor's options field.

Possible values are:
Bit 0 - indicates that the system will operate on Type

of Service metrics other than TOS 0. If 0, the neighbor
will ignore all metrics except the TOS 0 metric.
Bit 1 - indicates that the associated area accepts and
operates on external information; if 0 it is a stub area.
Bit 2 - indicates that the system is capable of routing IP
Multicast datagrams; i.e., that it implements the
Multicast Extensions to OSPF.
Bit 3 - indicates that the associated area is an
NSSA. These areas are capable of carrying type 7
external advertisements, which are translated into type
5 external advertisements at NSSA borders.
Priority

election algorithm. The value 0 signifies that the neighbor is
particular network.
RelationState
The state of the relationship with this neighbor. Possible

values are:
down
attempt
init
twoWay
exchangeStart
exchange
loading
full
NumOfEvents
The number of times this neighbor relationship has changed

state or an error has occurred.
ReTransQLength
The current length of the retransmission queue.
498
show ospf parameters configured

Use show ospf parameters to display global parameters for the OSPF
process that are configured in the router.
RouterId
:192.168.200.200
AdminStatus
:enabled
RouterStatus
:false
RouterId
A 32-bit integer uniquely identifying the router in the

Autonomous System. This should default to the value of
one of the router's IP interface addresses to ensure
uniqueness.
AdminStatus
The administrative status of OSPF in the router. Enabled

means that OSPF is active on at least one interface.
Disabled means OSPF is disabled on all interfaces.
RouterStatus
A flag to show whether this router is an area border router.
show ospf parameters operational

Use show ospf parameters to display global parameters for the OSPF
process that are currently in use in the router.
RouterId
:192.168.200.200
AdminStatus
:enabled
VersionNumber
:version2
AreaRouterStatus
:false
AutoSysRtrStatus
:false
ExternalLSACount
:0
LSAChecksumSum
:0
ReceivedNewLSAs
:34
NumberOfNewLSA :621
214371-C Rev. 00
499
RouterId
A 32-bit integer uniquely identifying the router in the

Autonomous System. This should default to the value of
one of the router's IP interface addresses to ensure
uniqueness.
AdminStatus
The administrative status of OSPF in the router. Enabled

means that OSPF is active on at least one interface.
Disabled means OSPF is disabled on all interfaces.
AreaRouterStatus
A flag to note whether this router is an area border router.
ExternalLSACount
The number of external (LS type 5) link-state advertisements

in the link-state database.
NumberOfNewLSA
The number of new link-state advertisements that have

been originated. This number is incremented each time the
router originates a new LSA.
VersionNumber
The current version number of the OSPF protocol - 2.
AutoSysRtrStatus
A flag to note whether this router is configured as an AS

border router.
LSAChecksumSum
The 32-bit unsigned sum of the link-state advertisements LS

checksums contained in this area's link-state database. This
sum excludes external (LS type 5) link-state advertisements.
The sum can be used to determine if there has been a
change in a router's link-state database, and to compare the
link-state database of two routers.
ReceivedNewLSAs
The number of link-state advertisements received

determined to be new instances. This number does not
include newer instances of self-originated link-state
advertisements.
show ospf stub (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Use show ospf stub to display the areas in the OSPF network where there is a
single exit point from that area or when it is not necessary for routing outside of
the area to take an optimal path. Stub areas help to reduce memory requirements
of the routers inside of the area.
<AreaID>
:IPAddress
500

AreaID
Metric
0.0.0.4
AreaID
The 32 bit identifier for the stub area. On creation, this can
be derived from the instance.
Metric
The metric value applied at the indicated type of service

(TOS). By default, this equals the least metric at the TOS
among the interfaces to other areas.
show ospf virtualInterface (configured/operational) (entry/

table)
Use show ospf virtualInterface to display the virtual interface table. This
table describes the configured virtual links that the OSPF process is transmitted
on.
You must enter the AreaID and VirtualNeighbor in order to display an individual
<AreaID>
:IPAddress
<VirtualNeighbor>
:IPAddress

AreaID
:0.0.0.1
VirtualNeighbor
:12.0.0.1
TransmitDelay
:1
ReTransmitInterval
:5
HelloInterval
:10
RouterDeadInterval
:60
AuthorType
:none
214371-C Rev. 00
501
AreaID
The transit area that the virtual link goes across. (this is not
0.0.0.0. )
VirtualNeighbor
The router ID of the virtual neighbor.
TransmitDelay

link-state update packet over this interface.
ReTransmitInterval

retransmissions for neighbors belonging to this interface.
This value is also used when retransmitting database
description and link-state request packets. This value
should be well over the expected roundtrip time.
HelloInterval

the same for the virtual neighbor.
RouterDeadInterval

not been seen before it's neighbors declare the router down.
This should be some multiple of the Hello interval. This
value must be the same for the virtual neighbor.
AuthorType
The authentication type specified for a virtual interface.

Additional authentication types may be assigned locally.
Initially only none and simplePassword are supported.
show ospf virtualneighbor (entry/table)

Use show ospf virtualneighbor to display the OSPF Virtual Neighbor
Table. OSPF routers at the end of a virtual link are virtual neighbors. This table
displays all virtual neighbors.
You must enter the AreaID and RouterId in order to display an individual entry:
(One entry is shown when you use the entry option and the full table of entries is
shown when you use the table option.)
<AreaID>
:IPAddress
<RouterId>
:IPAddress

ospfVirtNbrArea
:0.0.0.1
ospfVirtNbrRtrId
:192.168.200.200
ospfVirtNbrIpAddr
:192.168.111.25
502
ospfVirtNbrOptions
INTEGER
ospfVirtNbrState
INTEGER
ospfVirtNbrEvents
Counter
ospfVirtNbrLsRetransQLen
Gauge
ospfVirtNbrHelloSuppressed TruthValue
ospfVirtNbrArea
The transit area identifier.
ospfVirtNbrRtrId
A 32-bit integer uniquely identifying the neighboring

router in the AS.
ospfVirtNbrIpAddr
The IP address this Virtual Neighbor is using.
ospfVirtNbrOptions
A Bit Mask corresponding to the neighbor's options

field. Possible values are:
Bit 0 - indicates that the system will operate on

Type of Service metrics other than TOS 0. If 0, the
neighbor will ignore all metrics except the TOS 0
metric.
Bit 1 - indicates that the associated area accepts
and operates on external information; if 0 it is a stub
area.
Bit 2 - indicates that the system is capable of
routing IP Multicast datagrams; i.e., that it
implements the Multicast Extensions to OSPF.
Bit 3 - indicates that the associated area is an
NSSA. These areas are capable of carrying type 7
external advertisements, which are translated into
type 5 external advertisements at NSSA borders.
ospfVirtNbrState
The state of the virtual neighbor relationship. Possible

values are:
down
attempt
init
twoWay
exchangeStart
exchange
loading
full
ospfVirtNbrEvents
The number of times this virtual link has changed its

state or an error has occurred.
214371-C Rev. 00
503
ospfVirtNbrLsRetransQLen
The current length of the retransmission queue.
ospfVirtNbrHelloSuppressed
Indicates whether Hello packets are being suppressed

to the neighbor.
show port
Use show port to show the parameters, values and statistics for the specified
port.
ifNumber
parameters
show port ifNumber

This option is not supported.
show port parameters (entry/table)

Use show port parameters to show communications parameters for a single
IfIndex or for all of the configured IfIndexes in the device. The following is a
sample display for IfIndex 4, the virtual port used for carrying network
management traffic.
IfIndex
: 4
Description
: "FrameRelay Virtual Port"
IfType
: other
Mtu
: 0
Speed
: 0
PhysAddress
: 0
AdminStatus
: up
OperStatus
: up
LastChange
: 00Years 000Days 00:00:00
RxOctets
: 573240
RxUnicastPackets
: 2958
504

RxNonUnicastPackets
: 0
RxDiscards
: 0
RxErrors
: 0
RxUnknownProtocols
: 0
TxOctets
: 620
TxUnicastPackets
: 31
TxNonUnicastPackets
: 0
TxDiscards
TxErrors
TxQueueLength
Specific
"0.0"
Description
A textual string containing information about the interface.
IfType
The type of interface, distinguished according to the physical or

link protocol(s) immediately below the network layer in the
protocol stack; for a virtual interface, the type is Other.
Mtu
Maximum Transfer Unit. The size in octets of the largest

datagram that can be sent or received on this interface.
Speed
An estimate of the current bandwidth of the interface in bits per

second (bps).
PhysAddress
The address of the interface at the protocol layer immediately

below the network layer in the protocol stack. For interfaces not
having such an address, an octet string of zero length will be
shown.
AdminStatus
Indicates whether the interface will be UP, DOWN, or in the

Testing state when the next reset occurs. In the Testing state, no
operational packets can be passed.
OperStatus
The current operational state of the interface.
LastChange
The value of SysUpTime at the time the interface entered its

current operational state. If the current state was entered prior to
the last system reset, this field will contain a zero value.
RxOctets
The number of octets received on this interface since the last

reset of the counters, including framing characters.
RxUnicastPackets
The number of subnetwork-unicast packets delivered to a

higher-layer protocol since the last reset of the counters.
RxNonUnicastPackets The number of subnetwork-broadcast or subnetwork-multicast

packets delivered to a higher-layer protocol.
214371-C Rev. 00
505
RxDiscards
The number of inbound packets on this interface that were

discarded even though no errors were detected to prevent them
from being delivered to a higher-layer protocol.
RxErrors
The number of inbound packets that contained errors, thus

preventing them from being delivered to a higher-layer protocol.
RxUnknownProtocols
The number of packets received on this interface that were

discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol.
TxOctets
The total number of octets transmitted out of this interface since

the last reset of the counters, including framing characters.
TxUnicastPackets
The total number of packets that higher-layer protocols requested

be transmitted to a subnetwork-unicast address, including those
that were discarded or not sent.
TxNonUnicastPackets The total number of packets that higher-layer protocols requested

be transmitted to a subnetwork-broadcast or
subnetwork-multicast address, including those that were
discarded or not sent.
TxDiscards
The number of outbound packets on this interface that were

discarded even though no errors were detected to prevent them
from being transmitted.
TxErrors
The number of outbound packets on this interface that could not

be transmitted because of errors.
TxQueueLength
The number of bytes of memory in the transmit queue for this

interface.
Specific
A reference to MIB definitions specific to the particular media

being used for this interface.
show rsi
Use show rsi to show the RSI system configuration parameters.
cache
definedParameters
server
setParameters
statistics
506
show rsi cache (entry/table)

Use show rsi cache to show the maximum number of address resolutions
cached in memory. (One entry is shown when you use the entry option and the
DNDigits
:"1003"
DNAAddress
:"[x121]30218114579200"
ProfileNumber
:1
NumberOfHits
:0
ServerDNA
:"[x121]30218114574000"
DNDigits
:"1020"
DNAAddress
:"[x121]30218114579200"
ProfileNumber
:1
NumberOfHits
:0
ServerDNA
:"[x121]30218114574000"
DNDigits
:"1025"
DNAAddress
:"[x121]30218114579200"
ProfileNumber
:1
NumberOfHits
:0
ServerDNA
:"[x121]30218114574000"
DNDigits
Specifies the dialing number sequence resolved to a DNA. Used

as the index to the RSI cache configuration table.
DNAAddress
The DNA address of the destination unit for the specified DN digit
string.
ProfileNumber
The number of the profile associated with this entry.
214371-C Rev. 00
507
NumberOfHits
The number of times this entry was used by this unit for resolving
dialed digits.
ServerDNA
The DNA address of the server that resolved this entry.
show rsi definedParameters (configured/operational)

Shows configuration parameters applicable to the RSI-RSA interface.
VNCSId
VNCSId
: 1
NumOfCacheEntries
: 10
Shows the VNCS ID for this database.
NumOfCacheEntries The maximum number of address resolutions to be cached in

memory.
show rsi server configured (entry/table)

Use show rsi server configured to show the RSI server configuration.
(The RSI server is configured using the add rsi server command.) This table
provides the list of servers from which the unit can use to request address
resolutions. You must enter the DNAAddress in order to display an individual
Object
Parameter
<DNAAddress>
: "String" (1..28)

DNAAddress
:"[x121]121456789121"
ServerName
:"RSI_Server_2"
ServerType
:primary
508

DNAAddress
The RSI server DNA address specifies the DNA digits

corresponding to a unique RSA. This value is used as the index to
the RSI server configuration table.
ServerName
ServerType
Indicates the preferred server type that that will be consulted for
address resolution. Possible values are primary and secondary.
show rsi server operational (entry/table)

Use show rsi server operational to show the RSI server configuration
that is currently in use. (The RSI server is configured using the add rsi server
command.) This table provides the list of servers from which the unit can use to
request address resolutions. You must enter the DNAAddress in order to display
an individual entry: (One entry is shown when you use the entry option and the
Object
Parameter
<DNAAddress>
: "String" (1..28)

DNAAddress
:"[x121]121456789121"
ServerName
:"RSI_Server_2"
ServerType
:primary
PortId
:0
DLCI
:0
AvailStatus
:notAvailable
LastDisconnectCause
:"No reasons"
NumOfDNARequest
:0
NumOfDNAResolved
:0
NumOfPhoneNotFound
:0
NumberOfTimeout
:0
NumberOfRecovery
:0
214371-C Rev. 00
509
DNAAddress
The RSI server DNA address specifies the DNA digits

corresponding to a unique RSA. This value is used as the
index to the RSI server configuration table.
ServerName
ServerType
Indicates the preferred server type that that will be consulted

for address resolution. Possible values are primary and
secondary.
PortID
The value of this object indicates the current WAN port being
used for the DLCI call between RSI and RSA. When a
connection to a remote server is established, either the
primary or the backup port are in use. This field corresponds
to the WAN port numbering convention for primary and
backup links.
DLCI
The value of this object indicates the DLCI of the RSI-RSA

connection. When a connection to a remote server is
established, a DLCI is assigned for transferring data across a
virtual channel. This DLCI is useful for debugging. When no
connection is present, the DLCI will be reported as 0.
AvailStatus
The value of this object indicates the availability of the server

for address resolution. The server is 'available' if this
Passport 4460 unit has been successfully communicating
with it. The server is 'notAvailable' if the Passport 4460 unit
has temporarily lost communication with it.
LastDisconnectCause
The string displayed by this object indicates the reason for

the last RSI-RSA call disconnect for this server. When a
connection to a remote server is disconnected, a cause code
may be generated to aid in determining the reason for the
call disconnect. This shows the last reported reason.
NumOfDNARequest
The value of this object indicates the number of DN-DNA

requests to this server since start up.
NumOfDNAResolved
The value of this object indicates the number of DN-DNA's

resolved by this server since start up.
NumOfPhoneNotFound
The value of this object indicates the number of DN-DNA

requests with phone numbers not found in server since start
up.
NumberOfTimeout
The value of this object indicates the number of entries

resent due to timeouts since start up.
NumberOfRecovery
The value of this object indicates the number of times RSI

has attempted to reestablish a connection to this server.
510
show rsi setParameters (configured/operational)

Use show rsi setParameters to show the rsi system configuration
parameters. The objects in this group can be set.
NumOfAddrResRequest
: 1
ResReqTimeOut
CacheStatus
: enabled
: 5
AddrResRequest
Shows the number of times an address resolution request is sent

to the RSA to get a DNA address.
ResReqTimeOut
Shows the timeout period after which an address resolution

request will be re-sent to the RSA in case the previous one is not
answered. Shown in tenths of a second.
CacheStatus
Shows the ability to cache previously resolved addresses or the

capability to remove previously resolved addresses from the
cache. Possible values are enabled, disabled or flush.
show rsi statistics

Use show rsi statistics to show the rsi statistics counter parameters.
CacheCount
: 0
RxDNAReqCount
: 0
LocalResolvedCount
: 0
RxPurgeCount
: 0
ServerCount
: 0
ServerRequestCount
: 0
ServerResolvedCount
: 0
PhoneNotFoundCount
: 0
TimeoutCount
: 0
RecoveryCount
: 0
CacheCount
Shows the number of entries currently in the RSI cache.
LocalResolvedCount
Shows the number of DN-DNA requests resolved out of the local

RSI cache.
ServerCount
Shows the number of servers configured to resolve addresses.
ServerResolvedCount Shows the number of DN-DNA requests resolved by all servers.

TimeoutCount
Shows the number of DN-DNA requests timed out.
RxDNAReqCount
Shows the number of DN-DNA requests received from the voice

application.
RxPurgeCount
Shows the number of purge requests received from the voice

application.
214371-C Rev. 00

ServerRequestCount
511
Shows the number of DN-DNA requests made to all servers.
PhoneNotFoundCoun Shows the number of DN-DNA requests with phone numbers not
t
found in servers.
RecoveryCount
Shows the number of attempts to connect to all servers.
show sna
llc
sdlc
switching
show sna llc configured (entry/table)

Use show sna llc configured to display the configured LLC parameters for
each index number.
Object
Parameter
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)

IfIndex
:10
Type
:ban
PortName
:llc20010
T2AckDelayTimer
:300
AckTimer
:5000
RcvWindow
:7
PbitTimer
:5000
RejTimer
:5
512
BusyTimer
:5
InactTimer
:30
XIDTimer
:6
XIDRetries
:10
TESTTimer
:6
TESTRetries
:10
NewWindowAcks
:4
MaxRetries
:5
LocalRingNum
:0
IfIndex
The LLC2 interface index value of the specific entry.
Type
This parameter identifies the underlying interface used by

LLC2 as either an ethernet port or a BAN encapsulated
PVC.
PortName
An octet string used to identify the physical or virtual port on

which this interface exists. The name may contain only
ASCII printable characters and must be unique within the
administered system.
T2AckDelayTimer
The default acknowledgment timer for this interface. This

specifies the maximum time in milliseconds to wait before
sending an acknowledgment for a sequenced PDU. A value
of zero means there will be no delay in acknowledgment
generation.
AckTimer
The maximum time, in milliseconds that LLC2 expects an

acknowledgement to a transmitted I-frame.
RcvWindow
The default receive window size. This represents the

maximum number of unacknowledged I-frames that may be
received. A value of zero would cause the system to use a
default value determined by the switching.
PbitTimer
The time (in milliseconds) to wait for a response to a frame

sent with the poll bit set.
RejTimer
The time (in seconds) to wait for a response to a reject

frame.
BusyTimer
The time (in seconds) that LLC2 waits for indication of

clearance of a busy condition at the adjacent link station.
InactTimer
The time (in seconds) that an RR `keep alive frame is sent

on an otherwise idle link.
XIDTimer
Period in seconds between XID retries.
214371-C Rev. 00
513
XIDRetries
Maximum number of XID retries. A value of 65535 indicates

that the XID retries will occur indefinitely.
TESTTimer
Period in seconds between TEST retries.
TESTRetries
Maximum number of TEST retries. A value of 65535

indicates that the TEST retries will occur indefinitely.
NewWindowAcks
Number of I-frames that must be acknowledged before the

dynamic window algorithm increments the current working
window size.
MaxRetries
The maximum number of times an attempt is made to

retransmit a response across the interface. This value
applies to llcPortAckTimer, llcPortPbitTimer, llcPortRejTimer
and llcPortBusyTimer.
LocalRingNum
Displays the number of the ring to which the LAN device is

attached. This is for token ring networks only.
show sna llc operational (entry/table)

Use show sna llc operational to display the operational LLC parameters
for each index number.
Object
Parameter
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)

IfIndex
:10
Type
:ban
Name
:llc20010
T2AckDelayTimer
:300
AckTimer
:5000
RcvWindow
:7
PbitTimer
:5000
514
RejTimer
:5
BusyTimer
:5
InactTimer
:30
XIDTimer
:6
XIDRetries
:10
TESTTimer
:6
TESTRetries
:10
NewWindowAcks
:4
MaxRetries
:5
LocalRingNum
:0
IfIndex
The LLC2 interface index value of the specific entry.
Type
This parameter identifies the underlying interface used by

LLC2 as either an ethernet port or a BAN encapsulated
PVC.
PortName
An octet string used to identify the physical or virtual port on

which this interface exists. The name may contain only
ASCII printable characters and must be unique within the
administered system.
T2AckDelayTimer
The default acknowledgment timer for this interface. This

specifies the maximum time in milliseconds to wait before
sending an acknowledgment for a sequenced PDU. A value
of zero means there will be no delay in acknowledgment
generation.
AckTimer
The maximum time, in milliseconds that LLC2 expects an

acknowledgement to a transmitted I-frame.
RcvWindow
The default receive window size. This represents the

maximum number of unacknowledged I-frames that may be
received. A value of zero would cause the system to use a
default value determined by the switching.
PbitTimer
The time (in milliseconds) to wait for a response to a frame

sent with the poll bit set.
RejTimer
The time (in seconds) to wait for a response to a reject

frame.
BusyTimer
The time (in seconds) that LLC2 waits for indication of

clearance of a busy condition at the adjacent link station.
InactTimer
The time (in seconds) that an RR `keep alive frame is sent

on an otherwise idle link.
214371-C Rev. 00
515
XIDTimer
Period in seconds between XID retries.
XIDRetries
Maximum number of XID retries. A value of 65535 indicates

that the XID retries will occur indefinitely.
TESTTimer
Period in seconds between TEST retries.
TESTRetries
Maximum number of TEST retries. A value of 65535

indicates that the TEST retries will occur indefinitely.
NewWindowAcks
Number of I-frames that must be acknowledged before the

dynamic window algorithm increments the current working
window size.
MaxRetries
The maximum number of times an attempt is made to

retransmit a response across the interface. This value
applies to llcPortAckTimer, llcPortPbitTimer, llcPortRejTimer
and llcPortBusyTimer.
LocalRingNum
Displays the number of the ring to which the LAN device is

attached. This is for token ring networks only.
show sna sdlc port configured (entry/table)

Use show sna sdlc port configured to display the configured SDLC port
parameters for each index number.
Object
Parameter
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)

IfIndex
:161
Name
:sdlc0161
LowerInterface
:159
Role
:primary
Type
:leased
Topology
:pointTopoint
516
SlowPollTimer
:2000
MaxRcvWindow
:7
WriteTimer
:1000
WriteTimerRetry
:65535
ConnTimer
:10000
ConnTimerRetry
:65535
PrimaryDuplex
:full-duplex
SecondaryDuplex
:full-duplex
UseReject
:yes
IfIndex
The ifIndex of the SDLC interface.
Name
An octet string that defines the physical port to which this

interface is assigned. It has implementation-specific
significance. Its value is unique within the administered
system. It must contain only ASCII printable characters.
Should an implementation choose to accept a write
operation for this object, it causes the logical port definition
associated with the table instance to be moved to a different
physical port. A write operation does not take effect until
the port is cycled inactive.
LowerInterface

below this interface (i.e. a physical or virtual port). A value
of 0 indicates that this SDLC instance is not assigned to a
physical or virtual port.
Role
This object describes the role that the link station assumes
the next time a connection is established. Even though this
is defined as a port object, it is a link station attribute in the
sense that a role is per link station. However, it is not
possible to vary link station roles on a particular port. For
example, if an SDLC port is configured to primary, all link
stations on that port must be primary.
Type
Shows whether the SDLC port is to connect to a leased or

switched line. However, here only leased is supported.
Topology
Shows whether the SDLC port is capable of operating in

either a point-to-point or multipoint topology.
nvmSdlcPortTopology - multipoint implies the port can also
operate in a point-to-point topology. nvmSdlcPortTopology pointToPoint does not imply the port can operate in a
multipoint topology. A write operation to this administrative
value does not take effect until the SDLC port has been
cycled inactive.
214371-C Rev. 00
517
SlowPollTimer
Shows the elapsed time (in 1/100ths of a second) between

polls for failed secondary link station addresses. Depending
on the implementation, a write operation to this
administered value may not take effect until the port is
cycled inactive. This object only has meaning for SDLC
ports where Role is set to primary and Topology is set to
multipoint.
MaxRcvWindow
Shows the maximum number of unacknowledged frames

that can be received. A value of zero indicates that the value
passed on an XID exchange is used.
WriteTimer
Shows the maximum time that the data link layer allows for
frames to be truncated. The value is given in milliseconds.
WriteTimerRetry
Shows the maximum number of retries attempted to

transmit a frame. A value of 65535 indicates infinite retries.
ConnTimer
Shows how long the data link layer will wait before failing an
attempt to activate a port. The value is expressed in
milliseconds.
ConnTimerRetry
Shows the number of times the data link layer will attempt to
retry an activate port request. A value of 65535 indicates
that the activate request will retry infinitely.
PrimaryDuplex
Shows whether the primary station on this link supports full

or half duplex.
SecondaryDuplex
Shows whether the secondary station on this link supports

full or half duplex.
UseReject
Shows whether the link can send a reject whenever an

I-frame is received with an invalid sequence number.
show sna sdlc port operational (entry/table)

Use show sna sdlc port operational to display the operational SDLC
port parameters for each index number.
Object
Parameter
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)
518

IfIndex
: 161
Name
: sdlc0161
LowerInterface
: 159
Role
: primary
Type
: leased
Topology
: pointTopoint
SlowPollTimer
: 2000
MaxRcvWindow
:7
WriteTimer
: 1000
WriteTimerRetry
: 65535
ConnTimer
: 10000
ConnTimerRetry
: 65535
PrimaryDuplex
: full-duplex
SecondaryDuplex
: full-duplex
UseReject
: yes
SlowPollMethod
: pollpause
LastFailTime
: 00Years000Days00:00:02
LastFailCause
: physical
State
: up
IfIndex
Name
An octet string that defines the physical port to which this

interface is assigned. It has implementation-specific
significance. Its value is unique within the administered
system. It must contain only ASCII printable characters.
Should an implementation choose to accept a write
operation for this object, it causes the logical port definition
associated with the table instance to be moved to a different
physical port. A write operation does not take effect until
the port is cycled inactive.
214371-C Rev. 00
519
LowerInterface

below this interface (i.e. a physical or virtual port). A value
of 0 indicates that this SDLC instance is not assigned to a
physical or virtual port.
Role
This object describes the role that the link station assumes
the next time a connection is established. Even though this
is defined as a port object, it is a link station attribute in the
sense that a role is per link station. However, it is not
possible to vary link station roles on a particular port. For
example, if an SDLC port is configured to primary, all link
stations on that port must be primary.
Type
Shows whether the SDLC port is to connect to a leased or

switched line. (Type should always show the SDLC port
connected to a leased line as this is all that is supported at
this time.)
Topology
Shows whether the SDLC port is capable of operating in

either a point-to-point or multipoint topology.
nvmSdlcPortTopology - multipoint implies the port can also
operate in a point-to-point topology. nvmSdlcPortTopology pointToPoint does not imply the port can operate in a
multipoint topology. A write operation to this administrative
value does not take effect until the SDLC port has been
cycled inactive.
SlowPollTimer
Shows the elapsed time (in 1/100ths of a second) between

polls for failed secondary link station addresses. Depending
on the implementation, a write operation to this
administered value may not take effect until the port is
cycled inactive. This object only has meaning for SDLC
ports where Role is set to primary and Topology is set to
multipoint.
MaxRcvWindow
Shows the maximum number of unacknowledged frames

that can be received. A value of zero indicates that the value
passed on an XID exchange is used.
WriteTimer
Shows the maximum time that the data link layer allows for
frames to be truncated. The value is given in milliseconds.
WriteTimerRetry
Shows the maximum number of retries attempted to

transmit a frame. A value of 65535 indicates infinite retries.
ConnTimer
Shows how long the data link layer will wait before failing an
attempt to activate a port. The value is expressed in
milliseconds.
ConnTimerRetry
Shows the number of times the data link layer will attempt to
retry an activate port request. A value of 65535 indicates
that the activate request will retry infinitely.
PrimaryDuplex
Shows whether the primary station on this link supports full

or half duplex.
520

SecondaryDuplex
Shows whether the secondary station on this link supports

full or half duplex.
UseReject
Shows whether the link can send a reject whenever an

I-frame is received with an invalid sequence number.
SlowPollMethod
Shows the exact method that is in effect for periodically

polling failed secondary link station addresses. This object
only has meaning for SDLC ports where Role is set to
primary and Topology is set to multipoint.
LastFailTime
Shows the value of sysUpTime when this SDLC port last

failed. If the port has not failed, then this value shall be
zero.
LastFailCause
Shows the cause of the last failure of this SDLC port. If the
port has not failed, then this object has a value of undefined.
State
Shows the current operational state of the SDLC port.
show sna sdlc linkstation configured (entry/table)

Use show sna sdlc linkstation configured to display the SDLC link
station administrative table for configured parameters for each link station
address.
You must enter the IfIndex and Address in order to display an individual entry:
Object
Parameter
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)
<Address>
: INTEGER (1..254)

IfIndex
: 161
Address
:1
Name
: PU1
REPLYTO
: 255
MRetries
: 15
214371-C Rev. 00
521
TRetries
: 50
NRetries
: 40
RNRLimit
: 18000
GroupPollAddress
:0
RRTurnAroundTimer
: 500
PollIFrame
: yes
IfIndex
Address
Shows the poll address of the secondary link station for this
SDLC link. It uniquely identifies the SDLC link station within
a single SDLC port.
Name
An octet string that defines the local name of the SDLC link
station.
REPLYTO
Shows the reply timeout (in 1/100ths of a second) for an

SDLC link station. This object only has meaning for SDLC
ports where Role is set to primary
MRetries
Shows the number of retries in a retry sequence for the

local SDLC link station. A retry sequence is a series of
retransmitted frames (data or control) for which no positive
acknowledgement is received.
TRetries
Shows the interval (in 1/100ths of a second) between retry

sequences for the local SDLC link station if multiple retry
sequences are specified. A retry sequence is a series of
retransmitted frames ( data or control) for which no positive
NRetries
Shows the number of times that a retry sequence is

repeated for the local SDLC link station. A retry sequence
is a series of retransmitted frames (data or control) for which
no positive acknowledgement is received.
RNRLimit
Shows the length of time (in 1/100ths of a second) that an

SDLC link station will allow its adjacent link station to
remain in a busy (RNR) state before declaring it inoperative.
GroupPollAddress
Shows the group poll address for this link station instance.
If group poll is not in effect for this link station instance, the
value for SdlcLSGPoll should be zero.
522

RRTurnAroundTimer
Shows the time that a secondary station waits before

turning the poll-bit around when it has no work to do. This
value is expressed in milliseconds.
PollIFrame
Shows whether the link station is permitted to send an

I-frame with the poll-bit set.
show sna sdlc linkstation operational (entry/table)

Use show sna sdlc linkstation operational to display the SDLC link
station administrative table for operational parameters for each link station
address.
Object
Parameter
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)
<Address>
: INTEGER (1..254)

IfIndex
: 161
Address
:1
Name
: PU1
Role
: primary
State
: contacted
REPLYTO
: 255
MRetries
: 15
TRetries
: 50
NRetries
: 40
RNRLimit
: 18000
LastFailCause
: undefined
LastFailCtrlIn
:0
214371-C Rev. 00
523
LastFailCtrlOut
:0
LastFailFRMRInfo
:0
LastFailREPLYTOs
:0
GroupPollAddress
:0
RRTurnAroundTimer
: 500
PollIFrame
: yes
LastFailFrame
: 00Years000Days00:00:00
IfIndex
Address
a single SDLC port.
Name
An octet string that defines the local name of the SDLC link
station.
Role
Shows the current role that the link station is assuming.
State
Shows the operational state of the SDLC link station.
REPLYTO
Shows the reply timeout (in 1/100ths of a second) for an

SDLC link station. This object only has meaning for SDLC
ports where Role is set to primary
MRetries
Shows the number of retries in a retry sequence for the

local SDLC link station. A retry sequence is a series of
retransmitted frames (data or control) for which no positive
TRetries
Shows the interval (in 1/100ths of a second) between retry

sequences for the local SDLC link station if multiple retry
sequences are specified. A retry sequence is a series of
retransmitted frames ( data or control) for which no positive
NRetries
Shows the number of times that a retry sequence is

repeated for the local SDLC link station. A retry sequence
is a series of retransmitted frames (data or control) for which
no positive acknowledgement is received.
RNRLimit
Shows the length of time (in 1/100ths of a second) that an

SDLC link station will allow its adjacent link station to
remain in a busy (RNR) state before declaring it inoperative.
LastFailCause
Shows the cause of the last failure of this SDLC link station.
If the link station has not failed, then this object will have a
value of undefined
524

LastFailCtrlIn
Shows the last control octet or octets (depending on

modulus) received by this SDLC link station at the time of
the last failure. If the link station has not failed, then this
value has no meaning.
LastFailCtrlOut
Shows the last control octet or octets (depending on

modulus) sent by this SDLC link station at the time of the
last failure. If the link station has not failed, then this value
has no meaning.
LastFailFRMRInfo
Shows the information field of the FRMR frame if the last

failure for this SDLC link station was the result of an invalid
frame. If the link station has not failed, then this value has
no meaning.
LastFailREPLYTOs
Shows the number of times that the REPLYTO timer had

expired for an SDLC link station at the time of the last
failure. If the link station has not failed, then this value has
no meaning.
GroupPollAddress
Shows the group poll address for this link station instance.
If group poll is not in effect for this link station instance, the
value for SdlcLSGPoll should be zero.
RRTurnAroundTimer
Shows the time that a secondary station waits before

turning the poll-bit around when it has no work to do. This
value is expressed in milliseconds.
PollIFrame
Shows whether the link station is permitted to send an

I-frame with the poll-bit set.
LastFailFrame
Shows the value of sysUpTime when this SDLC link station

last failed. If the link station has not failed, then this value is
zero.
show sna sdlc statistics port (entry/table)

Use show sna sdlc statistics port to display the statistics recorded for
each index number.
Object
Parameter
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)
214371-C Rev. 00
525

IfIndex
: 161
DwarfFrames
:0
Polls Tx/Rx
: 397
PollRsps Tx/Rx
: 397
LocalBusies
:0
RemoteBusies
:0
InFramesIn
:8
InFramesOut
: 11
OctetsIn
: 1545
OctetsOut
: 1919
ProtocolErrs
:0
ActivityTOs
:0
RNRLimits
:0
RetriesExps
:0
RetransmitsIn
:0
RetransmitsOut
:0
IfIndex
DwarfFrames
Shows the total number of frames received by this port

which were delivered intact by the physical layer, but were
too short to be legal.
Polls Tx/Rx
This counter serves two different roles depending on

whether the interface is provisioned as 'primary' or
'secondary'. When the interface acts as a 'primary', it shows
the number of polls transmitted to adjacent link stations sent
by this port since the port was created. When the interface
acts as a 'secondary', it shows the number of polls received
from the attached device.
PollRsps Tx/Rx
This counter serves two different roles depending on

whether the interface is provisioned as 'primary' or
'secondary'. When the interface acts as a 'primary', it shows
the number of polls responses received from adjacent link
stations. When the interface acts as a 'secondary', it shows
the number of polls responses sent back to the attached
device.
526

LocalBusies
Shows the total number of times that the local SDLC link
stations on this port have entered a busy state (RNR).
RemoteBusies
Shows the total number of times that the remote SDLC link
stations on this port have entered a busy state (RNR).
InFramesIn
Shows the total number of I-Frames that have been

received by SDLC link stations on this port.
InFramesOut
Shows the total number of I-Frames that have been

transmitted by SDLC link stations on this port.
OctetsIn
Shows the total octets received from remote SDLC link

stations on this port. This object covers the address,
control, and information field of I-Frames only.
OctetsOut
Shows the total octets transmitted to remoter SDLC link

stations on this port. This object covers the address,
control, and information field of I-Frames only.
ProtocolErrs
Shows the total number of times that the SDLC link stations
on this port have deactivated the link as a result of having
received a protocol violation from the remote link station.
ActivityTOs
on this port have deactivated the link as a result of no
activity on the link.
RNRLimits
on this port have deactivated the link as a result of its
RNRLIMIT timer expiring.
RetriesExps
on this port have deactivated the link as a result of a retry
sequence being exhausted.
RetransmitsIn
Shows the total number of I-Frames retransmitted by

remote link stations for all SDLC link stations on this port.
RetransmitsOut
Shows the total number of I-Frames retransmitted by all

local SDLC link stations on this port.
show sna sdlc statistics linkstation (entry/table)

Use show sna sdlc statistics port to display the SDLC link station
statistics table for each link station address.
214371-C Rev. 00
527
Object
Parameter
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)
<Address>
: INTEGER (1..254)

IfIndex
: 161
Address
:1
BLUSsIn
: 434
BLUSsOut
: 444
OctetsIn
: 1617
OctetsOut
: 1991
PollsOut
: 433
PollRspsOut
: 433
LocalBusies
:0
RemoteBusies
:0
RetransmitIn
:0
RetransmitOut
:0
IoctetsIn
: 705
IoctetsOut
: 1033
IFramesIn
:8
IFramesOut
: 11
UIFramesIn
:0
UIFramesOut
:0
XIDsIn
:1
XIDsOut
:1
TESTsIn
:0
528
TESTsOut
:0
REJsIn
:0
REJsOut
:0
FRMRsIn
:0
FRMRsOut
:0
SIMsIn
:0
SIMsOut
:0
RIMsIn
:0
RIMsOut
:0
DISCIn
:0
DISCOut
:0
UAIn
:1
UAOut
:0
DMIn
:0
DMOut
:0
SNRMIn
:0
SNRMOut
:1
ProtocolErrs
:0
ActivityTOs
:0
RNRLimits
:0
RetriesExps
:0
RetransmitsIn
:0
RetransmitsOut
:0
IfIndex
Address
a single SDLC port.
BLUSsIn
Shows the total basic link units (BLUs; frames) received

from an adjacent SDLC link station since link station
startup.
214371-C Rev. 00
529
BLUSsOut
Shows the total basic link units (BLUs; frames) received

from an adjacent SDLC link station since link station
startup.
OctetsIn
Shows the total octets received from an adjacent SDLC link

station since link station startup. This object covers the
address, control, and information field of I-Frames only.
OctetsOut
Shows the total octets transmitted to an adjacent SDLC link

station since link station startup. This object covers the
address, control, and information field of I-Frames only.
PollsOut
Shows the total polls sent to an adjacent SDLC link station

since link station startup.
PollRspsOut
Shows the total number of poll responses sent to the

adjacent SDLC link station since link station startup. This
value includes I-frames that are sent in response to a poll.
LocalBusies
Shows the total number of times that the local SDLC link
station has entered a busy state (RNR) since link station
startup.
RemoteBusies
Shows the total number of times that an adjacent (remote)

SDLC link station has entered a busy state (RNR) since link
station startup.
RetransmitIn
Shows the number of resent I-frames received.
RetransmitOut
Shows the number of I-frames retransmitted.
IoctetsIn
Shows the number of octets received within I-frames.
IoctetsOut
Shows the number of octets transmitted within I-frames.
IFramesIn
Shows the total I-frames received from an adjacent SDLC

link station since link station startup.
IFramesOut
Shows the total I-frames transmitted to an adjacent SDLC

UIFramesIn
Shows the total UI-frames received from an adjacent SDLC

link station since link station startup.;
UIFramesOut
Shows the total UI-frames transmitted to an adjacent SDLC

XIDsIn
Shows the total XID frames received from an adjacent

SDLC link station since link station startup.
XIDsOut
Shows the total XID frames transmitted to an adjacent

TESTsIn
Shows the total TEST frames, commands or responses,

received from an adjacent SDLC link station since link
station startup.
530

TESTsOut
Shows the total TEST frames, commands or responses,

transmitted to an adjacent SDLC link station since link
station startup.
REJsIn
Shows the total REJ frames received from an adjacent

SDLC link station since link station startup.;
REJsOut
Shows the total REJ frames transmitted to an adjacent

FRMRsIn
Shows the total frame reject (FRMR) frames received from

an adjacent SDLC link station since link station startup.
FRMRsOut
Shows the total frame reject (FRMR) frames transmitted to

an adjacent SDLC link station since link station startup.
SIMsIn
Shows the total set initialization mode (SIM) frames

station startup.
SIMsOut
Shows the total set initialization mode (SIM) frames

station startup.
RIMsIn
Shows the total request initialization mode (RIM) frames

station startup.
RIMsOut
Shows the total request initialization mode (RIM) frames

station startup.
DISCIn
Shows the total number of disconnect (DISC) requests

station startup.
DISCOut
Shows the total number of disconnect (DISC) requests

station startup.
UAIn
Shows the total number of unnumbered acknowledgements

(UA) requests received from an adjacent SDLC link station
UAOut
Shows the total number of unnumbered acknowledgements

(UA) requests transmitted to an adjacent SDLC link station
DMIn
Shows the total number of disconnect mode (DM) requests

station startup.
DMOut
Shows the total number of disconnect mode (DM) requests

station startup.
214371-C Rev. 00
531
SNRMIn
Shows the total number of set normal response mode

(SNRM/SNRME) requests received from an adjacent SDLC
SNRMOut
Shows the total number of set normal response mode

(SNRM/SNRME) requests transmitted to an adjacent SDLC
ProtocolErrs
Shows the total occurrences, since link station startup,

where this SDLC link station has inactivated the link as a
result of receiving a frame from its adjacent link station
which was in violation of the protocol.
ActivityTOs
Shows the total occurrences, since startup, where this

SDLC link station has inactivated the link as a result of no
activity on the link.
RNRLimits

SDLC link station has inactivated the link as a result of its
RNRLIMIT timer expiring.
RetriesExps

SDLC link station has inactivated the link as a result of a
retry sequence being exhausted.
RetransmitsIn
Shows the total number of information frames retransmitted

by the remote link station because the N(s) received from
that link station indicated that one or more information
frames sent by that station were lost. This event causes the
first missing information frame of a window and all
subsequent information frames to be retransmitted.
RetransmitsOut
Shows the total number of information frames retransmitted

to a remote link station because the N(r) received from that
link station indicated that one or more information frames
sent to that station were lost. This event causes the first
missing information frame of a window and all subsequent
information frames to be retransmitted.
show sna switching circuit statistics (entry/table)

Use show sna switching circuit statistics to display the circuit
statistics for each index number.
You must enter the S1MacAddress, S1SAP, S2MacAddress, and the S2SAP in
Object
Parameter
<S1MacAddress>
MacAddress (size12)
532

<S1SAP>
Sap (0x00-0xFF)
<S2MacAddress>
MacAddress (size12)
<S2SAP>
Sap (0x00-0xFF)

S1MacAddress
:11:11:11:11:11:00
S1SAP
:04
S2MacAddress
:11:11:11:11:11:10
S2SAP
:04
S1IfIndex
:10
S1DlcType
:llc
S1CircuitId
:418f0760000
S1Dlc
:0
Origin
:s1
EntryTime
:00Years000Days00:02:01
StateTime
:00Years000Days00:01:57
State
:connected
Priority
:low
S1MacAddress
The MAC Address of end station 1 used for this circuit.
S1SAP
The SAP at end station 1 used for this circuit.
S2MacAddress
The MAC Address of end station 2 used for this circuit.
S2SAP
The SAP at End Station 2 used for this circuit.
S1IfIndex
The ifEntry index of the local interface through which S1 can

be reached.
S1DlcType
The DLC protocol in use between the switching node and

S1.
S1CircuitId
The Circuit ID assigned by this switching node to this circuit.

The first four octets are the DLC port Id, and the second
four octets are the Data Link Correlator. If the switching SSP
was not used to establish this circuit, the value will be a
string of zero length.
214371-C Rev. 00
533
S1Dlc
Points to a conceptual row of the underlying DLC MIB,

which could either be the standard MIBs (e.g., the SDLC),
or an enterprise-specific DLC MIB.
Origin
This object specifies which of the two end stations initiated

the establishment of this circuit.
EntryTime
The amount of time (in hundredths of a second) since this

circuit table conceptual row was created.
StateTime
The amount of time (in hundredths of a second) since this

circuit entered the current state.
State
The current state of this circuit. The agent, implementation

specific, may choose to keep entries for some period of time
after circuit disconnect, so the manager can gather the time
and cause of disconnection.
Priority
The transmission priority of this circuit as understood by this

switching node. This value is determined by the two
switching nodes at circuit startup time. If this switching node
does not support switching circuit priority, the value
`unsupported' should be returned.
show sna switching circuit status

Use show sna switching circuit status to display the number of
circuits that are active and the number of circuits that have been created.
Actives
:16
Creates
:24
show sna switching node configured

Use show sna switching node configured to display the configured node
parameters.
VirtSegmentLFSize
:516
BridgeNumber
:1
VirtRingNumber
:4095
TestConnTimer
:60
534
CircuitTimer
:60
DefRcvWindow
:7
DefSendWindow
:7
show sna switching node operational

Use show sna switching node operational to display the operational
node parameters.
VirtSegmentLFSize
:516
BridgeNumber
:1
VirtRingNumber
:4095
TestConnTimer
:60
CircuitTimer
:60
DefSendWindow :7
DefRcvWindow
:7
VersionString
StdPacingSupport
:none
Status
:active
UpTime
:00Years
000Days
00:09:48
ResourceNBExclvty
:false
ResourceMacExclvty
:false
:"SNAP-DLSw
v3.0"
show sna switching linkstation configured (entry/table)

Use show sna switching linkstation configured to display the
configured link station parameters for each link station address.
214371-C Rev. 00
535
Object
Parameter
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)
<Address>
: INTEGER (1..254)

IfIndex
:161
Address
:1
LocalMacAddress
:11:11:11:11:11:10
LocalSap
:04
RemoteMacAddress
RemoteSap
Prox-XID
IfIndex
Value for the SDLC port which owns this link station.
Address
This value is the poll address of the secondary link station

for this SDLC link. It uniquely identifies the SDLC link station
within a single SDLC port.
LocalMacAddress
The virtual MAC address used to represent the

SDLC-attached link station to the rest of the switching
network.
LocalSap
The SAP used to represent this link station.
RemoteMacAddress
The MAC address to which Sw (switching) should attempt to

connect this link station. If this information is not available, a
length of zero for this object should be returned.It is only
necessary for the SNA device that initiates the session.
RemoteSap
The SAP of the remote station to which this link station is

connected. If this information is not available, a length of
zero for this object is returned. It is only populated if the
RemoteMac is provisioned.
Prox-XID
This value is a proxy xid that the user can configure on the
Passport 4460 unit for the attached SDLC controller.
536
show sna switching linkstation operational (entry/table)

Use show sna switching linkstation operational to display the
operational link station parameters for each link station address.
Object
Parameter
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)
<Address>
: INTEGER (1..254)

IfIndex
:161
Address
:1
LocalMacAddress
:11:11:11:11:11:10
LocalSap
:04
RemoteMacAddress
:11:11:11:11:11:00
RemoteSap
:04
Prox-XID
IfIndex
Value for the SDLC port which owns this link station.
Address
This value is the poll address of the secondary link station

for this SDLC link. It uniquely identifies the SDLC link station
within a single SDLC port.
LocalMacAddress
The virtual MAC address used to represent the

SDLC-attached link station to the rest of the switching
network.
LocalSap
The SAP used to represent this link station.
RemoteMacAddress
The MAC address to which Sw should attempt to connect

this link station. If this information is not available, a length
of zero for this object should be returned.It is only
necessary for the SNA device that initiates the session.
214371-C Rev. 00
537
RemoteSap
The SAP of the remote station to which this link station is

connected. If this information is not available, a length of
zero for this object is returned. It is only populated if the
RemoteMac is provisioned.
Prox-XID
This value is a proxy xid that the user can configure on the
Passport 4460 unit for the attached SDLC controller.
show snmp statistics

Use show snmp statistics to show statistics regarding SNMP
communications. Some of the parameters in the display will show a value of zero
in implementations that are optimized to support specific functions to a
management agent or a management station. Note that the parameters in the
display refer to an SNMP entity. There may be several SNMP entities residing on
a managed node.
RxPackets
: 323
TxPackets
: 322
RxBadVersions
: 0
RxBadCommunityNames
: 0
RxBadCommunityUses
: 0
RxASNParseErrors
: 0
RxTooBigs
: 0
RxNoSuchNames
: 0
RxBadValues
: 0
RxReadOnlys
: 0
RxGeneralErrors
: 0
RxValidGet/GetNexts
: 2410
RxValidSets
: 24
RxGetRequests
: 81
RxGetNexts
: 218
RxSetRequests
: 24
RxGetResponses
: 0
RxTraps
: 16190
TxTooBigs
: 0
TxNoSuchNames
: 28
TxBadValues
: 2
TxGeneralErrors
: 0
TxGetRequests
: 0
TxGetNexts
: 0
TxSetRequests
: 0
TxGetResponses
: 322
TxTraps
: 0
AuthenTraps
enabled
538
RxPackets
The total number of SNMP messages delivered to the SNMP

entity from the device.
TxPackets
The total number of SNMP messages passed from the SNMP

entity to the device.
RxBadVersions

entity which were for an unsupported SNMP version.
RxBadCommunity

entity which used an SNMP community name not known to the
entity.
RxBadCommunityUses The total number of SNMP messages delivered to the SNMP

entity which represented an operation not allowed by the SNMP
community named in the message.
RxASNParseErrors
The total number of ASN.1 or BER errors encountered by the

SNMP entity when decoding received SNMP messages.
RxTooBigs
The total number of SNMP PDUs delivered to the SNMP entity

for which the value of the error-status field is tooBig.
RxNoSuchNames

for which the value of the error-status field is noSuchName.
RxBadValues

for which the value of the error-status field is badValue.
RxReadOnlys
The total number of valid SNMP PDUs delivered to the SNMP

entity for which the value of the error-status field is readOnly.
Note: It is a protocol error to generate an SNMP PDU which
contains readOnly in the error-status field. This object provides
a means of detecting incorrect implementations of the SNMP.
RxGeneralErrors

for which the value of the error-status field is genErr.
RxValidGet/GetNexts
The total number of MIB objects that have been received

successfully by the SNMP entity as a result of valid
Get-Request and Get-Next PDUs.
RxValidSets
The total number of MIB objects that have been altered

successfully by the SNMP entity as a result of valid
Set-Request PDUs.
RxGetRequests
The total number of Get-Request PDUs that have been

accepted and processed by the SNMP entity.
RxGetNexts
The total number of Get-Next PDUs that have been accepted

and processed by the SNMP entity.
RxSetRequests
The total number of Set-Request PDUs that have been

214371-C Rev. 00
539
RxGetResponses
The total number of Get-Response PDUs that have been

RxTraps
The total number of SNMP Trap PDUs that have been accepted
and processed by the SNMP entity.
TxTooBigs
The total number of SNMP PDUs generated by the SNMP entity

for which the value of the error-status field is tooBig.
TxNoSuchNames

for which the value of the error-status field is noSuchName.
TxBadValues

for which the value of the error-status field is badValue.
TxGeneralErrors

for which the value of the error-status field is genErr.
TxGetRequests
The total number of Get-Request PDUs generated by the SNMP

entity.
TxGetNexts
The total number of Get-Nextt PDUs generated by the SNMP

entity.
TxSetRequests
The total number of Set-Request PDUs generated by the SNMP

entity.
TxGetResponses
The total number of Get-Response PDUs generated by the

SNMP entity.
TxTraps
The total number of SNMP Trap PDUs generated by the SNMP

entity.
AuthenTraps
Indicates whether or not authentication traps have been

enabled. The default setting is enabled.
show system
Use show system to show system values, parameters and statistics.
administration
card (Passport 4460 units)
chassisStatus
commitTrack
communityString
configUpdate
consolePort
540
firmware
hardware
IfIndex
image
interfaceExtension
masterClock
privilege
restartReason
rollback
statistics
system
timeOfDay
traps
show system admininistration

Use show system administration to show system information used by the
system administrator.
ConfigVersion
: "Nortel Networks Passport 4460"
ObjectID
: "1.3.6.1.4.1.335.1.4"
UpTime
: 00Years 005Days 17:21:19
Contact
: "MIS Department"
NodeName
: "PP4460"
Location
: "Simi Valley, CA"
Services
:4
ConfigVersion
The Configuration Version that this access device is running

on.The Configuration Version that this access device is running
on.The release number, revision number and date of the installed
factory default configuration file.
ObjectID
A unique number for this device; assigned by the factory.
UpTime
The time the system has been running since the last reset.
Contact
Contact name for this unit. Provisioned using set system

administration.
214371-C Rev. 00
541
NodeName
Unique name for this unit. Provisioned using set system

administration.
Location
Location name for this unit. Provisioned using set system

administration.
Services
Shows the number of software services currently in operation on

this device.
show system card (entry/table)

Use show system card to show information about a single card or module in
the device or shows a table of all cards and modules in the device. The modules
and cards are designated as follows:
Base module - base

Expansion modules - exp1 and exp2
PCMCIA card - pcmciaExp
show system card entry

Use show system card entry to show information about an individual card
or module.
<PhysicalInterfModule>
:limA | lim1|
lim2 | lim3 |
lim4 | limB |
limC | limD |
limE | base |
exp1 | exp2 |
pcmciaExp

PhysicalInterfModule:
: exp1
ModuleName
: "FXS Voice Module - Dual Channel"
PcbPartNumber
: "205084-A"
542
PcbReleaseString
: "01"
SerialNumber
: "00000002"
ManufactureDate
: "072999"
show system card table

Use show system card table to show information for each card or module
installed in the device.
LogicalInterfModule
: base
ModuleName
: "EBM"
PcbPartNumber
: "204947-B"
PcbReleaseString
: "41"
SerialNumber
: "PED0012478"
ManufactureDate
: "2-9-00"
LogicalInterfModule
: exp1
ModuleName
: "FXS Voice Module - Dual Channel"
PcbPartNumber
: "205084-A"
PcbReleaseString
: "01"
SerialNumber
: "00000002"
ManufactureDate
: "072999"
LogicalInterfModule
: exp2
ModuleName
: "T1 Voice Module"
PcbPartNumber
: "205299-A"
PcbReleaseString
: "01"
SerialNumber
: "sso24g0013"
ManufactureDate
: "07211999"
LogicalInterfModule
: pcmciaExp
214371-C Rev. 00
ModuleName
: "NO_MODULE_INSTALLED"
PcbPartNumber
: ""
PcbReleaseString
: ""
SerialNumber
: ""
ManufactureDate
: ""
543
show system chassisStatus

Use show system chassisStatus to show the status of the device hardware.
NumberOfSlots
: 6Slots
CoolingFan
: running
Type
: type B
Status
: normal
PowerSupplyCnt
: 1
Redundant
: no
RedundantStatus
: none
NumberOfSlots
Indicates the number of slots in the Passport unit. The Passport

4460 unit only has a 6 Slot option. They are Port 1, Port 2,
PCMCIA 1, PCMCIA 2 (Flash Card), Exp 1, and Exp 2.
Type
Specifies the type of power supply based on the type of voltage.

Type A = AC voltage; Type B = DC voltage.
PowerSupplyCnt
Indicates how many power supplies are in the unit.
CoolingFan
Indicates the status of the cooling fan. Options are running or

notRunning.
Status
Indicates the general status of the unit. Options are normal and
fault.
Redundant
Indicates whether or not the unit contains a redundant power

supply.
show system commitTrack

Use show system commitTrack to show the counter for commit tracking.
Counter
: 4
SrcIPAddrLastCommit
: 199.40.30.78
544

CommunityLastCommit
: "micom"
TimeLastCommit
: 00Years 003Days 00:29:50
Counter
The number of commit commands executed since the last

default reset (cold start).
SrcIPAddrLastCommit
The IP address of the SNMP manager that issued the last

successful set operation.
CommunityLastCommit Contains the community string (password) of the user who was
logged into the CLI the last time a code or configuration bank
was committed, or a confirm rollback command was
executed. This field is cleared after any reset, and the system
inserts micom.
TimeLastCommit
The elapsed time since a code or configuration bank was last

committed.
show system communityString

Use show system communityString to show the current password for a
single community string index or the passwords for all of the community string
indices.
show system communityString entry

<StringIndex>
: nSP-Configurator | nSP-Operator |
nSP-Monitor | customer-Configurator |
customer-Operator | customer-Monitor
A table similar to the following is displayed when you use the show system
communityString customer-Configurator option:
StringIndex
StringCommunity
customer-Configurator
"regional"
214371-C Rev. 00
545
show system communityString table

The default community string table similar to the following is displayed:
StringIndex
StringCommunity
nSP-Configurator
"private"
nSP-Operator
"public"
nSP-Monitor
"proxy"
customer-Configurator
"regional"
customer-Operator
"core"
customer-Monitor
"nortel"
show system configUpdate

Use show system configUpdate to show the current status of the
configuration update function. ConfigUpdate is enabled by using the set
command.
ConfigUpdate
:ok
show system consolePort

Use show system consolePort to show the current baud rate, data bits, stop
bits and parity settings for the management port on the ethernet base module.
These values are set using the set system consoleport command.
BaudRate
: 9600bps
StopBits
: 1
DataBits
: 8
Parity
: off
show system firmware

Use show system firmware to show the current status of all system firmware.
546

OperationType
: accessRouter
CommitConfigBank
: none
ConfigSaveBank
: bank3
ActiveConfigBank
: bank3
ConfigReadBank
: bank3
CodeReadBank
: bank1
CommitCodeBank
: bank1
CodeVersion
: "Passport_4460_Appl_Rel_4.2.0_Rev 0.4.0 12/11/00

15:07:13"
ConfigVersion

15:07:13"
All non-volatile memory is logically divided into five memory banks: one bank
for boot code (Bank 0), two for application code and two for configuration data.
Bank 1 and Bank 2 each contain one application file; Bank 3 and Bank 4 each
store one configuration file. It is possible for Passport 4460 to store two different
versions of application code and two different versions of configuration data. Only
one version of boot code can be stored in Bank 0. The memory banks are set using
the set system firmware command. Other items in this display are described
below.
OperationType
This parameter is not currently implemented.
CodeVersion
The release number, revision number and date of the

currently-running application code.
ConfigVersion
The release number, revision number and date the configuration

file was provisioned.
show system hardware

Use show system hardware to show information that identifies the system
hardware.
RevisionLevel
: 41
ManufactureRevDate
: "2-9-00"
SerialNumber
: "PED0012478"
214371-C Rev. 00

ModuleID
:1
MACAddress
: 00:e0:7b:0a:46:1a
CPUType
: "Passport 4460 / MPC860MH-MPC860T"
GenCfgType
: passport4460
ClockSync
: notSupported
RevisionLevel
547
The hardware revision level of the Ethernet Base Module.
ManufactureRevDate The manufacture date of the board identified by serial number

below.
SerialNumber
The serial number of the Ethernet Base Module of this unit.
ModuleID
Factory information only.
MACAddress
The MAC address of the Ethernet port on the base module.
CPUType
Indicates the CPU type for this access device.
GenCfgType
Indicates the model type for this access device.
ClockSync
Indicates whether or not the Passport 4460 Base Module supports

Clock Sync. Possible values are Supported and notSupported.
show system IfIndex (configured/operational)

Use show system ifIndex to show all IfIndexes associated with the
Passport 4460 unit.
Ifindex
IfExtType
PPA
IfSlot
ethernetCsmacd
base
propVirtual
base
other
base
propVirtual
base
other
exp1
other
exp1
ds1
exp2
other
exp2
other
exp2
548
10
other
exp2
11
other
exp2
12
other
exp2
13
other
exp2
14
other
exp2
15
other
exp2
16
other
exp2
17
other
exp2
18
other
exp2
19
other
exp2
20
other
exp2
21
other
exp2
22
other
exp2
23
other
exp2
24
other
exp2
25
other
exp2
26
other
exp2
27
other
exp2
28
other
exp2
29
other
exp2
30
other
exp2
31
other
exp2
32
isdns
base
33
ds0
base
34
ds0
base
35
lapd
base
36
isdn
base
37
console
base
149
frameRelay
base
214371-C Rev. 00
150
propMultiplexor
base
151
other
base
153
propMultiplexor
base
154
t1csu
base
155
frameRelay
base
156
propMultiplexor
base
157
rs232
base
183
propMultiplexor
exp2
184
x21
exp2
549
The Passport 4460 unit supports up to 15 WAN ports: 3 on the base module, and 6
on each of two expansion ports. The WAN ports are assigned fixed ifIndex
numbers as shown in the tables below.
Table 1 Base Module
Port Number
IfIndex - Port
IfIndex - Connector
IfIndex - Frame Relay
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
Table 2 Data Expansion Module 1

Port Number
IfIndex - Port
IfIndex - Connector
159
160
161
162
163
164
Table 3 Data Expansion Module 2

Port Number
IfIndex - Port
IfIndex - Connector
183
184
185
186
187
188
550
Note: When the hardware is installed, the port and connector ifIndex
values are assigned. The frame relay ifIndex number is only assigned
when the port is configured with a protocol support type of
frameRelayDTE or frameRelayDCE.
Following is a typical IfIndex Table for a device containing two Data Expansion
Modules (DEMs) and an Analog Voice Module.
1
ethernetCsmacd
0 base
propVirtual
0 base
other
0 base
propVirtual
1 base
other
0 exp1
other
0 exp1
30
console
0 base
150
propMultiplexor
1 base
151
other
1 base
152
frameRelay
1 base
153
propMultiplexor
2 base
154
other
2 base
156
propMultiplexor
3 base
157
other
3 base
158
frameRelay
3 base
159
propMultiplexor
1 exp1
160
other
1 exp1
161
frameRelay
1 exp1
162
propMultiplexor
2 exp1
163
other
2 exp1
164
frameRelay
3 exp1
214371-C Rev. 00
551
show system image

Use show system image show information about the software associated with
each operational ifIndex in the Passport 4460 unit.
The following is a display for IfIndexes 1, 2 and 3:
Index
: 1
Bank
: bank0
Software
: boot
Filename
: "BT4_1_0.BOOT"
Version
: "Passport_4460_Boot_Rel_4.1.0_Rev 0.0.37 05/31/00

18:47:58"
Size
: 276128
CommitStatus
: committed
BurnCount
: 0
Index
: 2
Bank
: bank1
Software
: code
Filename
: "PR4_1_0.CMP"
Version

18:53:58"
Size
: 1737244
CommitStatus
: committed
BurnCount
: 11
Index
: 3
Bank
: bank1
Software
: code
Filename
: : "IO4_1_0.CMP"
552
Version

18:53:58"
Size
: 500292
CommitStatus
: committed
BurnCount
: 11
Items listed by the show system image command are defined here:
Bank
The memory bank where the software module for this ifIndex is
stored.
Software
The type of software: boot, code, or config.
Filename
The filename of the software module running on this ifIndex.
Version
The release number and revision level of the software module.
Size
The size of the software module in bytes.
CommitStatus
Committed (write-protected) or uncommitted.
BurnCount
The number of writes to Flash memory that have occurred since

the last default reset (cold start).
Note: During a TFTP software download, you cannot display system

image information. This is because any read access to a flash memory
bank would abort a write operation in progress on that memory bank.
show system InterfaceExtension (configured/operational)

entry
Use show system InterfaceExtension (configured/operational)
entry to display extended information about a single configured or operational
ifIndex.
Object
Parameter
Description
<Ifindex>
: INTEGER (1..255)
Choose the IfIndex for which

you want to display the
configuration details.
214371-C Rev. 00
553
The example shows the display from the show system

interfaceExtension configured entry 1 command.
Ifindex
:1
IfExtName
: "Base,Ethernt/1"
IfExtType
: ethernetCsmacd
LnkUpDownTrapEnable : yes
ConnectorPresent
: yes
PersistenceType
: non-volatile
IfExtState
: configured
PPA
:0
IfSlot
: base
Channel
: -1
PPADevicesType
: ethDriver
Descriptions of the items listed by the show system interfaceExtension

command are listed here.
IfExtName
A pre-programmed interface name. If the interface does not

have a name, a 0 is used.
IfExtType
The type of interface.
LnkUpDownTrapEnable Indicates whether or not a trap will be generated when the link
goes UP or DOWN.
ConnectorPresent
Yes if the interface is physical; No if the interface is logical or

virtual.
PersistenceType
Indicates whether the Persistence Type is volatile or

non-volatile.
IfExtState
Indicates whether or not this ifExt entry is configured.
PPA
Indicates the PPA number of the interface and is internally

assigned. See show system ifIndex for more
information.
IfSlot
The Passport 4460 slot where the interface is located. Slots are
named, not numbered, as follows: Base module is base; WAN,
Expansion, and PCMCIA modules are exp1, exp2, and
pcmciaExp.
554

Channel
Used for serial data connections and for DSP voice channels.
The channel number is used along with the ifSlot and PPA
number to uniquely identify an interface within a device type;
however, the channel number itself is not unique across all
device types.
For interfaces describing serial data connections (data ports),
the channel number refers to the physical data channel. For
interfaces describing DSP voice channels, the channel number
refers to the corresponding voice channel number. For interface
types that are not channelized, the value of -1 is used.
PPADevicesType
Indicates the PPA device type of this interface.
Note: The Channel Number object displays a value of -1 for all modules
except the ISDN. When an ISDN module is installed, an actual channel
number value will be displayed.
show system InterfaceExtension (configured/operational)

table
Use show system InterfaceExtension (configured/operational)
table to display extended information about all configured or operational
IfIndexes.
Ifindex
:1
IfExtName
: "Base,Ethernt/1"
IfExtType
: ethernetCsmacd
ConnectorPresent
: yes
PersistenceType
: non-volatile
IfExtState
: configured
PPA
:0
IfSlot
: base
Channel
: -1
PPADevicesType
: ethDriver
214371-C Rev. 00
Ifindex
:2
IfExtName
: ""
IfExtType
: propVirtual
555
ConnectorPresent
: no
PersistenceType
: non-volatile
IfExtState
: configured
PPA
:0
IfSlot
: base
Ifindex
:3
IfExtName
: ""
IfExtType
: other
ConnectorPresent
: no
PersistenceType
: non-volatile
IfExtState
: configured
PPA
:0
IfSlot
: base
Channel
: -1
PPADevicesType
: loopDriver
For descriptions of these parameters, see descriptions under show system

InterfaceExtension (configured/operational) entry on
page 552
show system privilege

Use show system privilege to show the current system community string
privilege level for the local CLI port. The nSP-Configurator value is the highest
privilege.
556
To display a complete list of privilege levels and their passwords, use the show
system communitystring table command.
LastCommunPrivLev
: nSP-Configurator
show system RestartReason

Use show system RestartReason to show the type of reset last used on the
local Passport 4460. Where the last reset was initiated by the system, the display
will indicate: unknown. Where the unit is power-cycled, the display will indicate
UnknownHardwareFault. Other possible RestartReason responses are
cliCurrentReset, hwButtonOrCLICPUReset or
hwButtonDefaultUnknownSWState.
A sample display is shown here.
RestartReason
: CLIDefaultResetUnknownSWState
TimeOfLastReset
:""
show system rollback

Use show system rollback to show the current status of the system rollback
feature. If rollback is disabled, the status will indicate not-required. If rollback is
enabled, the status will be one of the following:
required - configuration changes have been made, the unit has been reset, and
the confirm rollback confirm command has NOT been issued.
not-required - the unit has been reset, but no configuration changes have been
made; rollback is not required even though it is enabled.
next-reset - configuration changes have been made, but the unit has not yet
been reset.

Feature
: disable
Status
: not-required
214371-C Rev. 00
557
Note: When the status is required and a confirm rollback

confirm is executed, the status will change to not-required.
Subsequently, if further configuration changes are made, the status will
change to next-reset until a reset command is issued.
show system statistics

Use show system statistics to show the current system utilization
percentages for CPU, internal RAM and link bandwidth.
CPUmasterUtilization
: 6
LinkTxBWUtilization
: 13
CPUslaveUtilization
: 2
LinkRxBWUtilization
: 11
MasterRAMUtilization
: 74
SlaveRAMUtilization
: 76
Note: The LinkTxBWUtilization and LinkRxBWUtilization percentages

shown in this table are based on the line speed that is indicated by the
show wan parameters port configured table command. The
baud rate shown on this display may not equal the actual bandwidth of the
link. If there is a discrepancy, set the correct line speed using the define
wan port baudrate command.
show system system

Use show system system to show current system configuration for the CPU,
physical ports, RTC battery and memory.
CPUConfig
: companion040
PrimaryWANPort
: present
PriWANPortPhyMedia
DCESerPortPhyMedia
: v35
ExpanModule1
: present
ExpanModule2
: present
RTCBatteryStatus
: batteryOK
link56k
558

DRAMSize
: 16Mbytes
FlashMemorySize
: 16Mbytes
DCSimm
: notPresent
CPUConfig
The CPU configuration for this Passport 4460 unit.
PriWANPortPhyMedia The type of interface installed in Port 2 of the Base Module.

Options are none, unknown, link56k, generalserial, t1e1, isdn.
DCESerPortPhyMedia Indicates the detected DCE serial port on the base module.
Options are none, unknown, rs232, v35, v36, and x21.
ExpanModule1
Indicates whether or not Expansion module 1 is detected.
ExpanModule2
Indicates whether or not Expansion module 2 is detected.
RTCBatteryStatus
TimeOfDay/SRAM module detected.
DRAMSize
Total installed DRAM memory size in megabytes.
FlashMemorySize
Total installed Flash memory size in megabytes.
DCSimm
Indicates the presence of the data compression (DC) hardware

(SIMM).
show system timeOfDay

Use show system timeOfDay to show the current date and time of day as
entered with the set system timeofday command. The date is displayed in
mm/dd/yyyy format.
12/21/2000
16:57:44
Thursday
show system traps trapSubscription (entry/table)

Use show system traps trapSubscription to show the IP addresses and
community strings of the workstations that have been configured to receive trap
messages.
Object
Parameter
Description
<IPAddress>
: IPAddress
Trapsubscription IP Address.
214371-C Rev. 00
559

IPAddress
CommunityString
199.32.32.32
"public"
IPAddress
IP address of the SNMP Manager subscribing Traps.
CommunityString
Community string (password) for this subscriber.
show system traps threshold

Use show system traps threshold to show the current utilization
percentages that will trigger trap messages to be sent to the designated network
management stations. The default threshold percentages are 90%.
CPUUtilThres
90
BandwidthUtilThres
90
RAMUtilThres
90
CPUUtilThres
Shows the configured threshold fo CPU utilization.
BandwidthUtilThres
Shows the configured threshold for bandwidth utilization.
RAMUtilThres
Shows the configured threshold fo RAM utilization.
show tcp
connection
parameters
560
show tcp connection (entry/table)

<LocalAddress>
: IPAddress
<LocalPort>
: INTEGER (0..65535)
<RemoteAddress>
: IPAddress
<RemotePort>
: INTEGER (0..65535)

State
:listen
LocalAddress
:0.0.0.0
LocalPort
:23
RemoteAddress
:0.0.0.0
RemotePort
:0
State
:listen
LocalAddress
:0.0.0.0
LocalPort
:80
RemoteAddress
:0.0.0.0
RemotePort
:0
214371-C Rev. 00
561
State
State of this TCP connection. Possible values:

closed
listen
synSent
synReceived
established
finWait1
finWait2
closeWait
lastAck
closing
timeWait
deleteTCB
LocalAddress
The local IP address for this TCP connection. The value 0.0.0.0 is
used when a connection is in a listen state and will accept
connections for any IP interface associated with the node.
LocalPort
The local port number for this TCP connection.
RemoteAddress
The remote IP address for this TCP connection.
RemotePort
The remote port number for this TCP connection.
562
show tcp parameters

RetranTimeOutAlgorit
: vanj
RetranTimeOutMin
: 133
RetranTimeOutMax
: 133333
MaxConnect
: 256
ActiveOpens
: 0
PassiveOpens
: 0
AttemptFails
: 0
EstablishedResets
: 0
CurrentEstablish
: 0
RxSegments
: 0
TxSegments
: 0
RetranSegments
: 0
RxErrors
: 0
TxResets
: 0
RetranTimeOutAlgorit The algorithm used to determine the timeout value used for
retransmitting unacknowledged octets. Possible values are listed
here:
other - none of the following
constant - a constant rto
rsre - MIL-STD-1778, Appendix B
vanj - Van Jacobson's algorithm
RetranTimeOutMin
The minimum value permitted by a TCP implementation for the

retransmission timeout. Shown in milliseconds.
MaxConnect
The limit on the total number of TCP connections the entity can
support. Where the maximum number of connections is dynamic,
this object should show the value -1.
PassiveOpens
The number of times TCP connections have made a direct

transition to the SYN-RCVD state from the LISTEN state.
EstablishedResets

transition to the CLOSED state from either the ESTABLISHED
state or the CLOSE-WAIT state.
RxSegments
The number of segments received, including those received in

error. This count includes segments received on currently
established connections.
RetranSegments
The number of TCP segments transmitted containing one or more

previously transmitted octets.
TxResets
The number of segments sent, including those on current

connections but excluding those containing only retransmitted
octets.
RetranTimeOutMax
The maximum value permitted by a TCP implementation for the

retransmission timeout. Shown in milliseconds.
ActiveOpens

transition to the SYN-SENT state from the CLOSED state.
214371-C Rev. 00
563
AttemptFails

transition to the CLOSED state from either the SYN-SENT state
or the SYN-RCVD state, plus the number of times TCP
connections have made a direct transition to the LISTEN state
from the SYN-RCVD state.
CurrentEstablish
The number of TCP connections where the current state is either

ESTABLISHED or CLOSE- WAIT.
show tftp
error
parameters
state
Use show tftp to show the current status of tftp metrics.
show tftp error

Use show tftp error to show errors transmitted using tftp.
LastOperStatus
: idle
ServerIPAddr
: 0.0.0.0
FileName
: ""
TransferBank
: none
PortNumber
: 0
564
LastOperStatus
Shows the error status of last TFTP operation.

idle - No download has been done.
download-success - A download completed without
error
out-of-memory - Not enough free memory
flash-error - Could not write to flash memory
download-failed -Download failed for an unknown
reason
chksum-error - The file to download has a checksum
error
retrieving-file - The file to download is being retrieved
protocol-error - TFTP had an error talking to the
server
server-error - The TFTP server sent error message.
Could be a bad file name.
timeout - Could be bad IP address or network error
connection-error - Setup of connection failed \
bad-file - The file to be download was rejected
ServerIPAddr
The IP Address of the last TFTP Server.
FileName
The filename and path (in ASCII) of the previously

downloaded file.
TransferBank
Shows the bank number for the last TFTP attempt.
PortNumber
Shows the port number for the last TFTP attempt.
214371-C Rev. 00
565
show tftp parameters

ServerIPAddress
: 0.0.0.0 (operational)
: 0.0.0.0 (configured)
RemoteFileName
: " " (operational)

: " " (configured)
TimeOut
: 0 (operational)
10 (configured)
RetransmissionCount
: 3 (operational)
: 3 (configured)
PortNumber
: 69 (operational)
: 69 (configured)
ConfigUploadBank
: bank3 (operational)
: bank3 (configured)
ServerIPAddress
The IP Address of the TFTP Server.
RemoteFileName
The filename and path (in ASCII) to be downloaded.
TimeOut
The TFTP timeout period in seconds.
RetransmissionCount The number of times the TFTP request will be repeated for
un-responsive TFTP servers.
PortNumber
The port number for the TFTP server.
ConfigUploadBank
The configuration bank receiving the TFTP data.
show tftp state

Use show tftp state to show the current status of the TFTP interface.
Possible values are idle and downloading.
State
: idle
566
show tm
Shows traffic management status and parameters.
global
parameters
statistics
status
show tm global
Shows global traffic management link status. These objects are provisioned by
using the define tm command.
RateEnforcement
LineEfficiency
WeightedRoundRobin
RateEnforcement
Shows the status of rate enforcement as enabled or disabled.
LineEfficiency
Shows the status of line efficiency as enabled or disabled.
WeightedRoundRobin Shows the status of weighted round robin as enabled or disabled.
214371-C Rev. 00
567
show tm parameters (entry/table)

Note: When the table display shows a value of n/a for the
MPANLDlciNum parameter, this means that the DlciNum does not exist
for this entry.
Use show tm parameters to show traffic management parameter values for
each port.
WANPhysicalPortNum
: 2
FRDlciNu
: 16
MPANLDlciNum
: 16
Priority
: 7
CommittedInfoRate
: 64000
ExcessInfoRate
: 0
MaxBurstByteSz
: 8000
MaxBurstFrmSz
: 50
AvgPacketSize
: 1000
MaxPacketSize
: 1500
DeltaTime
: 5
ConsecutiveFrame
: 10
WANPhysicalPortNum The WAN physical port number.

FRDlciNu
The DLCI of the tunneling PVC.
MPANLDlciNum
The MPANL DLCI identifying the virtual connection.
Priority
The emission priority of the class. Shown as a number from 1 to 8

where 1 is the highest priority and 8 is the lowest.
CommittedInfoRate
The committed information rate of the class. The possible range

is 0 to the maximum bandwidth of the link. Shown in bits per
second.
ExcessInfoRate
The excess information rate of the class. The excess bandwidth

required to accommodate momentary bursts of traffic. Shown in
bits per second.
MaxBurstByteSz
The maximum burst allowed for this class shown in bytes.
MaxBurstFrmSz
The maximum burst allowed for this class shown in frames.
568

AvgPacketSize
The average packet size that will be transmitted by this class in

bytes.
MaxPacketSize
The maximum packet size that will be transmitted by this class in

bytes.
DeltaTime
The delta time used for FECN bit management. Counts of frames
received with the FECN bit set and cleared are maintained for this
amount of time and are used to increase or decrease throughput
rate as per Q.922 Appendix I.
ConsecutiveFrame
The number of consecutive frames received with the BECN bit

set which causes a transmit rate reduction. Any range may be
specified by the LMI user at the time of the DCLI assignment.
show tm statistics (entry/table)

Use show tm statistics to show traffic management statistics for each port.
for this entry.
WANPhysicalPortNum
: 2
FRDlciNum
: 16
MPANLDlciNum
: 0
TxTotalBytes
: 141620
TxTotalFrames
: 17690
TxTotalFrags
: 17690
RxTotalBytes
: 35460
RxTotalFrames
: 17690
RxTotalFrags
: 17690
PktsDiscQueFull
: 0
PktsDiscQueOverflow
: 0
EmissionQueueFai
: 0
EmissionQueueFull
: 0
RxTotalFecnClea
: 0
214371-C Rev. 00

RxTotalFecnSet
: 0
RxTotalBecn
: 0
569

FRDlciNum
MPANLDlciNum
TxTotalBytes
The total number of bytes transmitted by this class.
TxTotalFrames
The total number of frames transmitted by this class.
TxTotalFrags
The total number of fragments transmitted by this class.
RxTotalBytes
The total number of bytes received by this class.
RxTotalFrames
The total number of frames received by this class.
RxTotalFrags
The total number of fragments received by this class.
PktsDiscQueFull
The number of packets discarded because the traffic shaping

queue was full.
PktsDiscQueOverflow
The number of packets discarded because the traffic shaping

queue overflowed.
EmissionQueueFail
The number of packets discarded because the packet

submission to emission queue failed.
EmissionQueueFull
The number of times an attempt was made to submit the frame to

emission queue by TM but the emission queue was full.
RxTotalFecnClea
The number of frames received with FECN bi off for this class.
RxTotalFecnSet
The total number of frames received with FECN bit set for this
class.
RxTotalBecn
The total number of frames received with BECN bit set for this
class.
show tm status (entry/table)

Use show tm status to show traffic management parameter status.
for this entry.
570

WANPhysicalPortNum
: 2
FRDlciNum
: 16
MPANLDlciNum
: 16
CurrentInfoRate
: 64000
MinInfoRate
: 0
AvgTxRate
: 0
BytesQueued
: 0
FramesQueued
: 0

FRDlciNum
MPANLDlciNum
CurrentInfoRate
The current information rate for this VC. Shown in bits per
second.
MinInfoRate
The minimum information rate for this VC. Shown in bits per
second.
AvgTxRate
The average transmit rate on this VC. Shown in bits per second.
BytesQueued
The number of bytes in the transmit queue for this VC.
FramesQueued
The number of frames in the transmit queue of this VC.
show traps
Shows general objects which identity the systems trap parameters, values and
statistics. CLI will show a list of traps or the following message:
No Traps Pending
show t1e1
214371-C Rev. 00
ds0Usage
ds0Signaling
lineParameters
571
lineStatus
profile
statistics
Use show t1e1 to show the t1/e1 parameters, values and statistics for the
following T1 or E1 objects:
572
show t1e1 ds0Usage entry

Object
Parameter
Description
<LineID>
: line1 | line2
The T1/E1 line identification

specifies which line you are
configuring. Used as an
index to the T1/E1 DS0
usage configuration table.
show t1e1 ds0Usage table

Object
Parameter
Description
<LineID>
: line2
The T1/E1 line identification

specifies which line you are
configuring. Used as an
index to the T1/E1 DS0
usage configuration table.
<DS0UsageString>
: 1-24
The value of this object lists

which DS0 channel is
available. You may use only
the DS0 channels listed; the
rest are assumed
unsubscribed and cannot be
assigned to any of the DSP
channels. For T1 DS0 1-24
is mapped to time slot 0-23.
For E1, DS0 1-30 is mapped
to time slot 1-15 and 17-31.
You may enter the string in
the following ways:
'1,2,...,30': DS0 channel
1,2,...,30. '7-18': DS0
channel 7 to 18.
'1,2,3,16-21': DS0 1 to 3 and
16 to 21. This command will
cause all DSP channels in
that line to be reset
automatically.
show t1e1 ds0Signaling entry

Use show t1e1 ds0Signaling to show the value of the object that selects the
DS0 channels for the t1/e1 connection.
214371-C Rev. 00
573
Object
Parameter
Description
<LineIndex>
line1 | line2
Specifies which line is to be displayed.

Used as an index to the T1/E1 Line
Status Display table.
<DS0Index>
: INTEGER (1..30)
Specifies which time slot is to be

displayed. Used as an index to the T1/
E1 DS0 Channel Signaling Display table.
For T1, 24 is the maximum. An error will
be returned if a value greater than 24 is
selected.
You will see a display similar to the following when you issue the entry option of
the command:
LineIndex
DS0Index
RxABCDBits
TxABCDBits
line2
show t1e1 ds0Signaling table

Use show t1e1 ds0Signaling to show the value of the object that selects the
DS0 channels for the t1/e1 connection.
You will see a display similar to the following when you issue the table option of
the command:
LineIndex
DS0Index
RxABCDBits
TxABCDBits
line2
line2
15
line2
15
line2
15
line2
15
line2
15
...etc.
574
show t1e1 lineParameters (entry/table)

Use show t1e1 lineParameters to show the table that provides the Passport
4460 unit t1/e1 line display parameters.
Object
Parameter
Description
<LineIndex>
: line1 | line2

You will see a display similar to the following when you issue the command
(using the localEnd option): (One entry is shown when you use the entry option
LineIndex
Profile
line2
show t1e1 lineStatus (entry/table)

Use show t1e1 lineStatus to show the table that provides the Passport 4460
unit t1/e1 line statistic counters display parameters.
Object
Parameter
Description
<LineIndex>
: line1 | line2

LineIndex
The T1/E1 line identification. Used as an index to the T1/E1

DS0 channel connection configuration table.
Interface
Shows the interface type as either T1 or E1.
TestMode
Shows if the specified line is in a loopback test mode. Possible

values are none, inLineLoopback, inChannelLoopback
orinChannelPatternTest.
AISAlarmDetected
Indicates if the AIS (Alarm Indication Signal) alarm is preset for

the specified line.
RedAlarmDetected
Indicates if the Red alarm is preset for the specified line.
214371-C Rev. 00
575
YellowAlarmDetected
Indicates if the Yellow alarm is preset for the specified line.

(Not applicable for E1.)
TS16AISDetected
Indicates if the TS16 (Time Slot 16) AIS alarm is preset for the
specified line. (Not applicable for T1.)
OOSMFAlarmDetected
Indicates if the OOSMF (Out Of Signal Multi-Frame) alarm is

preset for the specified line. (Not applicable for T1.)
MFASAlarmDetected
Shows if the MFAS (Multi-Frame Alignment Signal - Y bit) alarm

is preset for the specified line. (Not applicable for T1.)
FASAlarmDetected
Indicates if the FAS (Frame Alignment Signal - A bit) alarm is

OOCMFAlarmDetected
Indicates if the OOCMF (Out Of CRC Multi-Frame) alarm is

show t1e1 profile (entry/table)

Use show t1e1 profile to show the entries in the t1/e1 profile configuration
table.
Object
Parameter
Description
<Profile>
: INTEGER (1..2)
The value of this object indicates the

profile to be used to configure the
specified T1/E1 line. Choose 1 as the
default profile for the local line. Choose 2
as the default profile for the network line.
You will see a display similar to the following when you issue the command
(using the table option): (One entry is shown when you use the entry option and
the full table of entries is shown when you use the table option.)
Profile
T1FrameFormat
superFrame(D4)
T1LineCode
ami
E1LineCode
hdb3
T1BuildOut
lessThan133Feet
T1LoopbackStatus
disable
E1CRC4Status
disable
576
T1IdleCode
127
E1IdleCode
85
SignalProtocol
cas
ClockSource
internal
Profile
T1FrameFormat
superFrame(D4)
T1LineCode
ami
E1LineCode
hdb3
T1BuildOut
lessThan133Feet
T1LoopbackStatus
disable
E1CRC4Status
disable
T1IdleCode
127
E1IdleCode
85
SignalProtocol
cas
ClockSource
internal
Profile
Shows the profile number used as an index to the T1/E1 profile

T1FrameFormat
Shows the T1 frame format used in the line. Possible values are
superFrame or extendedSuperFrame.
T1LineCode
Shows the T1 coding format used in the line. Possible values are
aMI or b8ZS.
E1LineCode
Shows the E1 coding format used in the line. Values include aMI or
HDB3.
T1BuildOut
Shows the cable length attached to the specified T1 line.
T1LoopbackStatus
Shows the status of the T1 line loopback. Possible values are

enabled or disabled. Enabled is expected as default for a local T1
line profile. Disabled is expected as default for a network T1 line
profile.
E1CRC4Status
Shows whether the E1 line CRC4 is enabled or disabled.
T1TIdleCode
The value of this object shows the code to be filled in the T1 line
when idle.
214371-C Rev. 00
577
E1IdleCode
The value of this object shows the code to be filled in the E1 line
when idle.
SignalProtocol
The value of this object shows whether the line is being used as
CCS or CAS.
ClockSource
The value of this object shows where the system clock comes
from.
show t1e1 statistics (entry/table)

Use show t1e1 statistics to show the entries in the t1e1 line statistics
display table of the Passport 4460 unit.
Object
Parameter
Description
<LineIndex>
: line1 | line2

You will see a display similar to the following when you issue the command using
the entry option: (One entry is shown when you use the entry option and the full
LineIndex
line2
Interface
t1
FrameBitError
CodeViolation
FarEndBlockError
CRCError
BufferOverrun
BufferUnderrun
FrameSyncBitError
OutOfFrame
61354606
TotalFrameSlip
578
LineIndex
The T1/E1 line identification. Used as an index to the T1/E1 DS0

line statistics table.
Interface
Indicates the interface type as either T1 or E1.
FrameBitError
Shows the framing bit errors on the specified line. Valid for E1 only.
For T1, 0 will be returned.
CodeViolation
Shows the line code violations on the specified line.
FarEndBlockError
Shows the far end block errors on the specified line. Valid for E1
only. For T1, 0 will be returned.
CRCError
Shows the CRC errors on the specified line. Valid for E1 only. For
T1, 0 will be returned.
BufferOverrun
Shows the buffer overruns on the specified line. Valid for E1 only.
BufferUnderrun
Shows the buffer underruns on the specified line. Valid for E1 only.
FrameSyncBitError
Shows the frame synchronization bit errors on the specified line.

Valid for T1 only. For E1, 0 will be returned.
OutOfFrame
Shows the total frame slips on the specified line. Valid for T1 only.
For E1, 0 will be returned.
TotalFrameSlip
Shows the out of frame statistics on the specified line. Valid for T1
only. For E1, 0 will be returned.
show udp
Use show udp to show the configuration tables for the User Datagram Protocol
(UDP).
listen
statistics
show udp listen

The UDP listener table contains information about the entitys UDP end-points on
which a local application is currently accepting datagrams.
214371-C Rev. 00
579
show udp listen (entry/table)

LocalAddress
LocalPort
0.0.0.0
161
0.0.0.
162
0.0.0.0
1000
0.0.0.0
1025
0.0.0.0
1026
0.0.0.0
17185
127.0.0.1
1024
LocalAddress
Shows the local IP address for this UDP listener. When there is a
UDP listener that is willing to accept datagrams for any IP interface
associated with this node, the value 0.0.0.0 is used.
LocalPort
The local port number for this UDP listener.
show udp statistics

Use show udp statistics to show udp statistics.
RxDatagrams
: 342
NumberOfPorts
:1
RxErrors
:0
TxDatagrams
: 341
RxDatagrams
The total number of UDP datagrams delivered to UDP users.
RxErrors
The number of received UDP datagrams that could not be

delivered for reasons other than the lack of an application at the
destination port.
NumberOfPorts
The total number of UDP datagrams received for which there was
no application at the destination port.
TxDatagrams
The total number of UDP datagrams sent from this entity.
580
show voice
Use show voice to display VNET voice channel configuration parameters for
identifying a voice channel with its corresponding voice profile.
channelStatus
egressTable
ingressTable
parameters
profile
statistics
switching
systemStatus
transMethod
vip
show voice channelStatus

<CardNumber>
: exp1 | exp2
<ChannelNumber>
:INTEGER (1..30)

CardNumber
: exp1
ChannelNumber
: 2
InterfaceType
: isdn-bri
DSPOperStatus
: idle
NetworkConnect
RemoteChHWType
: ""
RemoteChNodeName
: ""
RemoteChNumber
: ""
RemoteChSigProtocol
: ""
RemoteFrameIfVer
: 0
214371-C Rev. 00

RemoteChVoiceAlg
: ""
RemoteChFaxAlg
: ""
RemoteChModemAlg
: ""
CardType
: bri-voicemodule
DSPNumber
: 1
TimeSlotAssigned
: 1
DSPSoftwareID
: "X74B"
CauseCode
: 0
DiagCode
: 0
IngressSignalLevel
: -61
EgressSignalLevel
: -61
581
CardNumber
The card number LIM (logical interface module) for a particular

voice channel. Used as an index to the VNET voice channel
status display table.
ChannelNumber
The position of the voice channel in the lim.
InterfaceType
Shows the interface type of the specified voice channel.
DSPOperStatus
Shows the current DSP status of the specified voice channel.

Possible values:
dead (the DS0 is not operable)
notReady
downloadFailure
forceConnected
forceConnected-TimedOut
idle
switchConnectInProgress
switchConnected
switchDisconnectInProgress
busyOut
codeDownloadInProgress
pcmChannelNotInstalled
pcmChannelMinorAlarm
channelDisabled (no timeslot is assigned)
blocked (dial blocking has been activated)
582

NetworkConnect
Shows the current channel network connect status of the

specified voice channel. Possible values:
idle
callInProgress
locallyConnected
remotelyConnected
disconnectInProgress
RemoteChHWType
Shows the remote voice channel hardware type corresponding to

the specified voice channel. This will be the NULL string if the
specified voice channel is not connected.
RemoteChNodeName Shows the remote voice channel node name corresponding to

the specified voice channel.
RemoteChNumber
Shows the remote voice channel number corresponding to the

RemoteChSigProtocol Shows the remote voice channel signal protocol.

RemoteFrameIfVer
Shows the remote voice channel interface type corresponding to

the specified voice channel.
RemoteChVoiceAlg
Shows the final negotiated voice algorithm running on both sides

of a voice channel connection.
RemoteChFaxAlg
Shows the final negotiated voice fax algorithm and maximum

speed running on both sides of a voice fax channel connection.
RemoteChModemAlg
Shows the final negotiated voice modem algorithm and maximum

speed running on both sides of a voice modem channel
connection.
CardType
Shows the expansion card type where the channel is resident.
DSPNumber
Shows the DSP number that this channel belongs to. For analog
voice, each DSP controls two channels. For digital voice, each
DSP controls 3 channels.
TimeSlotAssigned
Shows which time slot is assigned to this channel. FVM, AVM,

BVM:1-4; TVM:1-24; EVM:1-30.
DSPSoftwareID
Shows the DSP software ID and version.
CauseCode
Shows the reason for disconnection of the last call.
DiagCode
Shows the reason for disconnection of the last call.
IngressSignalLevel
Shows the current input level which is used to adjust the input
level gain.
EgressSignalLevel
Shows the current output level whcih is used to adjust the output
level gain.
214371-C Rev. 00
583
show voice egressTable (entry/table)

Use show voice egressTable to show values as they are listed in the egress
table. These objects are set using the set voice egressTable command.
You must enter the EgressIndex in order to display an individual entry: (One entry
Object
Parameter
<EgressIndex>
: INTEGER (1..60)

EgressIndex
PhoneNumber
"4110"
ManipulationString
""
ChannelList
"B1"
EgressIndex
PhoneNumber
"4220"
ManipulationString
""
ChannelList
""
EgressIndex
PhoneNumber
""
ManipulationString
""
ChannelList
""
EgressIndex
The value of this object indicates the index to the egress

table.
PhoneNumber
The value of this object indicates the phone number that

voice channels are associated with.
584

ManipulationString
An entry in the VNET Voice Egress Digit Manipulation

Configuration table.
ChannelList
The value of this object selects voice channels associated

with the phone number. Range is 0 to 172. Valid characters
are decimal digits, A, 'B', and '-'.
'A' refers to exp1.
B' refers to exp2.
-' is used for a range of channels.
show voice ingressTable (entry/table)

Use show voice ingressTable to show values as they are listed in the
ingress table. These objects are set using the set voice ingressTable
command. You must enter the IngressIndex in order to display an individual entry:
Object
Parameter
<IngressIndex>
: INTEGER (1..60)

IngressIndex
:1
IngressNumber
:""
ManipulationString
:""
TransportMethod
as-system
IngressIndex
:2
IngressNumber
:""
ManipulationString
:""
TransportMethod
: as-system
IngressIndex
:3
IngressNumber
:""
214371-C Rev. 00
ManipulationString
:""
TransportMethod
: as-system
585
show voice parameters (entry/table)

Use show voice parameters to show the VNET voice channel configuration
parameters for identifying a voice channel with the corresponding voice profile.
You must enter the CardNumber and ChannelNumber in order to display an
Object
Parameter
<CardNumber>
:exp1| exp2
<ChannelNumber>
:INTEGER (1..30)

CardNumber ChannelNumber ProfileID SwitchingProfileID InterfaceType
exp1
fxs-loop-start
exp1
fxs-loop-start
exp2
t1-cas
exp2
t1-cas
exp2
t1-cas
exp2
t1-cas
exp2
t1-cas
exp2
t1-cas
CardNumber
The card number of a particular voice channel.
ChannelNumber
The position of the voice channel in the lim.
ProfileID
Shows the profile identification number used to configure the

SwitchingProfileID
Shows the profile identification number used for a switching call.
InterfaceType
Shows the interface type of the specified voice channel.
586
show voice profile

Use show voice profile to show the current VNET Voice Profile
configuration and operational tables.
show voice profile operational (entry/table)

These parameters areset using the set voice profile command. The entry
option displays one profile and the table option displays all of the profiles in the
table.
Object
Parameter
<Profile>
: INTEGER (1..60)

Profile
:1
Mode
: voiceFax
DigitizingRate
: G.729-20ms
InputLevelGain
: -3
OutputLevelAttn
:0
BusyOutMode
: systemControlled
Bandwidth
: voiceActivated
Background
: regenerated
EMSignalFormat
: dc
DVMSignalFormat
: tieTrunk
NumOfRings
:1
AnalogOperation
: fourWire
RingFrequency
: 25Hz
FaxDigitizingRate
: 7200bps
DiscSupervision
: powerInterrupt
LineImpedance
: 600ohms
214371-C Rev. 00
MaxOutputLevel
: 0dBmNominal
MaxNumFwdDigits
:7
RegenerationFormat
: dtmf (or DialPulse)
CallProgressTone
: northAmerica
DTMFToneDetector
: enable
Jitter
: 50
EchoCanceller
: enable
CompanderFormat
: uLaw
PremiumVoice
: disabled
EndOfDialCharStatus
: disable
IdlePattern
: 255
DtmfGenBurstLen
: time100msec
DtmfDetRegBurstLen
: time100msec
RegenDelayHighReso
: 10
DialDigTimeLimReso
: 100
MinEchoRetLoss
: six-dB
EcanDisableMode
: g165/g168-mode
EcanDblTalkDetect
: enable
EcanHighPassFilter
: enable
EcanFilterMode
: enable
FVMInterfaceType
: fxs-loopstart
EnhBckGrndNoiseLvl
: -40
EnhSilenceHngOvr
:3
BRIClockSource
: internal
EVMInterfaceType
: em-TypeI
587
show voice statistics
channel
network
588
Use show voice statistics to show voice channel statistics.
show voice statistics channel

Object
Parameter
Description
<CardNumber>
: exp1 | exp2
The card number of a particular

voice channel.
<ChannelNumber>
: INTEGER (1..30)
The position of the voice channel

in the selected card.

CardNumber
: exp2
ChannelNumber
: 1
ConnTimeOfOutCall
: 0
ConnTimeOfIncomCall
: 0
NumOfOutCallSucceed
: 0
NumOfOutCallFailed
: 0
NumOfIncCallAccepted
: 0
NumOfIncCallRejected
: 0
NumOfResets
: 1
NumOfRetries
: 1
RxBBCFrames
: 0
LostSpeechFrames
: 0
LostControlFrames
: 0
RxInvalPayloadFrame
: 0
RxInvalPUMPMsg
: 0
WatchDogsOutofOrdr
: 5
InvalidChannelNum
: 0
NumOfTimeOut
: 0
SpeechFramesRcvd
: 0
214371-C Rev. 00
ControlFramesRcvd
: 0
MgmtFramesRcvd
: 50405
SpeechFramesSent
: 0
ControlFramesSent
: 0
MgmtFramesSent
: 716
FramesDiscarded
: 0
PacketsRcvdByDSP
: 38
BadPcktsRcvdByDSP
: 0
JitterBufUnderRun
: 0
JitterBufOverRun
: 0
IngrBufOverRun
: 0
EgrBufOverRun
: 0
ClippedSampleCount
: 0
RunOutOfMIPS
: 0
NumOfCfgErrors
: 0
589
CardNumber
The card number of a particular voice channel.
ChannelNumber
The position of the voice channel in the card.
ConnTimeOfOutCall
Shows the total connection time since the last statistics reset for
the specified voice channel outgoing calls. Value shown in
seconds.
ConnTimeOfIncomCall
Shows the total connection time since the last statistics reset for
the specified voice channel incoming calls. This value excludes
local calls.
NumOfOutCallSucceed Shows the total number of positive call responses sent from the
remote DSP since the last statistics reset for the specified voice
channel.
NumOfOutCallFailed
Shows the total number of negative call responses sent from the
channel.
NumOfIncCallAccepted Shows the total number of positive call responses sent to the
channel.
590

NumOfIncCallRejected Shows the total number of negative call responses sent to the
channel.
NumOfResets
Shows the total number of resets sent to the DSP

corresponding to the specified voice channel.
NumOfRetries
Shows the total number of no responses sent from the DSP

since the last DSP reset corresponding to the specified voice
channel
RxBBCFrames
Shows the number of frames with Bad Byte Count received from
the DSP corresponding to the specified voice channel.
LostSpeechFrames
Shows the number of speech frames sent by the remote that

were lost since power up corresponding to the specified voice
channel.
LostControlFrames
Shows the number of control frames sent by the remote that

were lost corresponding to the specified voice channel.
RxInvalPayloadFrame
The value of this object indicates the total number of payload

frames received from the remote with bad length or frame type
corresponding to the specified voice channel.
RxInvalPUMPMsg
The value of this object indicates the total number of PUMP

messages received from the remote with unknown message
type, IEs, or invalid length corresponding to the specified voice
channel.
WatchDogsOutofOrdr
The value of this object indicates the total number of watchdog

frames received by the DSP out of order.
InvalidChannelNum
The value of this object indicates the total number of frames

received from the DSP with invalid channel numbers. This is a
per DSP counter.
NumOfTimeOut
The value of this object indicates the total number of times that
DSP does not respond to the request or report its status.
SpeechFramesRcvd
The value of this object indicates the total number of pure

speech frames received from the DSP.
ControlFramesRcvd
The value of this object indicates the total number of control

frames received from the DSP.
MgmtFramesRcvd
The value of this object indicates the total number of

management frames received from the DSP.
SpeechFramesSent
The value of this object indicates the total number of pure

speech frames sent to DSP.
ControlFramesSent
The value of this object indicates the total number of control

frames sent to DSP.
MgmtFramesSent
The value of this object indicates the total number of

management frames sent to DSP.
214371-C Rev. 00
591
FramesDiscarded
The value of this object indicates the total number of frames

discarded by the host due to queue overflow.
PacketsRcvdByDSP
The value of this object indicates the total number of frames (all
types) received by the DSP. This is a per DSP counter.
BadPcktsRcvdByDSP
The value of this object indicates the total number of bad frames
received by the DSP.
JitterBufUnderRun
the DSP did not received packet in time.
JitterBufOverRun
the DSP received too many packets.
IngrBufOverRun
the DSP is unable to deliver a packet to the host. (The host
could not process the frame quickly enough). This is a per DSP
counter.
EgrBufOverRun
the DSP egress message pipe is overflow. (The DSP could not
process the frame quickly enough). This is a per DSP counter.
ClippedSampleCount
The value of this object indicates the total number of samples

that are equal to the maximum energy supported. A large
number of samples indicates a gain problem.
RunOutOfMIPS
the DSP is run out of MIPS. (The 32-bit idle count<256 is
considered as run out of MIPS). This is a per DSP counter.
NumOfCfgErrors
The value of this object indicates the total number of bad

configuration parameters reported by the DSP.
show voice statistics network

Use show voice statistics network to show voice network statistics.
SucceededOutSVCCalls
:0
FailedOutSVCCalls
:0
AcceptedInSVCCalls
:0
RejectedInSVCCalls
:0
SucceededDNARequests
:0
FailedDNARequests
:0
FailedBuffAllocation
:0
NumOfActiveCalls
:0
592
SucceededOutSVCCalls Shows the number of successful SVC calls since the last
network statistics reset.
FailedOutSVCCalls
Shows the total number of unsuccessful SVC calls since the

last network statistics reset.
AcceptedInSVCCalls
Shows the total number of SVC calls accepted by this access

device since the last network statistics reset.
RejectedInSVCCalls
Shows the total number of SVC calls rejected by this access

device since the last network statistics reset.
SucceedDNARequest
Shows the number of successful DNA requests received by

this access device since the last network statistics reset.
FailedDNARequests
Shows the number of unsuccessful DNA requests received by

this access device since the last network statistics reset.
FailedBuffAllocations
Shows the total number of streams buffers not available to this

access device.
NumActiveCalls
Shows the number of calls in progress or connected in this

access device.
214371-C Rev. 00
593
show voice switching (entry/table)

Use show voice switching to show the object values that indicate the profile
used for a switching call. For the entry option, you must enter a profile number
between 1 and 60.
Profile
:1
OutgoingCallRestr
: noRestriction
IncomingCallRestr
: noRestriction
ClosedUserGroupId
:0
RestrictionClass
:0
AutoCallIndexNum
:0
TxPriority
: 11
AutoCallType
normal
AddServerSelect
vncs
AutoRingDown
disable
VoiceAlgNegotiate
: ""
FaxAlgNegotiate
: ""
LocalRouting
: on
Profile
Shows the profile number
OutGoingCallRestr
Shows how to handle outgoing calls for channel switching.

noRestriction - include CUG ID in outgoing call
closedUserGroupCall - include restriction class in outgoing call
restrictionClassCall - include both CUG ID and restriction
bothCUGandRCCall - class in outgoing call
inhibitAll - outgoing call is not allowed.
594

IncomingCallRestr
Specifies how to handle incoming calls for voice channel

switching.
noRestriction
checkCUGID - check CUG ID for incoming call. (The CUG ID
must be verified before a call is accepted.)
checkRestrictionClassCode - check restriction class code for
incoming call. (The RCC must be greater than or equal to the
specified RCC for call is accepted.)
cUGandPublicClassInhibit - check both CUG and RCC before
an incoming call is accepted.
inhibitAll - incoming call is not allowed.
ClosedUserGroupId
Shows the closed user group ID for a voice channel.
RestrictionClass
Shows the restriction class code for a voice channel.
AutoCallIndexNum
Shows the voice channel auto call destination number by

indicating an index into the ingress table.
TxPriority
Shows the priority of the voice data to be transmitted. Possible

range is from 1 to 15 with the higher numbers indicating higher
priority.
AutoCallType
Shows a voice channel Auto Call destination number by specifying

an index into the ingress table.
AddServerSelect
Indicates which DNA server is used.
AutoRingDown
The value of this object enables or disables the Auto Ring Down
feature. This object is only relevant with Hoot N Holler and analog
voice channels.
VoiceAlgNegotiate
The value of this object indicates the final negotiated voice

algorithm running on both sides of a voice channel connection.
FaxAlgNegotiate
The value of this object indicates the final negotiated voice fax
algorithm and maximum speed running on both sides of a voice
fax channel connection.
LocalRouting
Shows whether or not local routing is turned on or off.
show wan
214371-C Rev. 00
channel
ifindexconn
async
parameters
statistics
595
Use show wan to display wan interface parameters and statistics.
show wan channel (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Use show wan channel to display the configured or operational channels on
the channelized wan ports.
Object
Parameter
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)

IfIndex
:254
WanIfIndex
:153
LimNum
:base
PortNum
:2
ChannelNumber
:1
TimeSlots
:1,
IfIndex
Index for the wan DS0 channel table.
WanIfIndex
Indicates the IfIndex of the physical wan port this DS0

channel/bundle is associated with.
LimNum
Indicates the lim corresponding to the DS0 channel/bundle.
PortNum
Indicates the physical port number corresponding to the

DS0 channel/bundle.
ChannelNumber
Indicates the index corresponding to the DS0 channel/

bundle on a given port. It uniquely identifies a channel
within a physical port.
TimeSlots
The value of this object selects the DS0 channels for the T1/
E1 CSU line connection. Valid characters are decimal digits,
comma (','), and hyphen ('-').
596
show wan ifindexconn (configured/operational) (entry/

table)
Use show wan ifindexconn configured to display the drop and insert
connections that will take effect on the next bootup. Use show ifindexconn
operational to display the drop and insert connections that took effect at the
last bootup.
You must enter the FromifIndex in order to display an individual entry: (One entry
Object
Parameter
<FromifIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)

FromifIndex
ToifIndex
33
51
FromIfIndex
Index for the WAN ifIndex connection table; the IfIndex of

the data port you want to drop and insert onto the
channelized WAN port. (Ifindex of one side of the
connection.)
Toifindex
Inicates the IfIndex of the channel you are adding to the

channelized WAN port for data drop and insert. (Ifindex of
the other side of the connection.)
show wan async (entry/table)

Use show wan async to display the parameters for the async ports.
214371-C Rev. 00
597
Object
Parameter
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)

IfIndex
BaudRate
DataBits
Parity
StopBits
FlowControl
153
9600
none
dc1-dc3
IfIndex
IfIndex value for the WAN port.
BaudRate
Baud rate of the asynchronous WAN interface.
DataBits
Number of data bits for the asynchronous WAN interface.
Parity
Parity of the asynchronous WAN interface.
StopBits
Number of stop bits for the asynchronous WAN interface.
FlowControl
Number of stop bits for the asynchronous WAN interface.
show wan parameters port configured (entry/table)

Use show wan parameters port configured to show configured
parameter values for all of the WAN interfaces in the device.
Object
Parameter
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)
A table similar to the following is displayed

IfIndex
: 33
IfType
: v35
598

Mode
: dte
BaudRate
: 64000
MaxRxFrameSize
: 4000
NumOfRxBuffers
: 200
RxQueueSize
: 20
TxQueueSize
: 10
IfSlot
: base
IfChannel
:1
ProtocolSupport
: hdlc
HTDSCutThrough
: no
IdleChar
: 255
SyncChar
: 126
EncodeMethod
: nrz
PortNumber
:1
TimeSlots
: "1,"
show wan parameters port operational (entry/table)

Use show wan parameters port operational to show configured
parameter values for all of the WAN interfaces in the device.
Object
Parameter
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)

IfIndex
33
IfType
v35
Mode
dte
BaudRate
64000
214371-C Rev. 00
MaxRxFrameSize
ProtocolType
4000
: hdlc
NumOfRxBuffers
200
RxQueueSize
20
TxQueueSize
10
IfSlot
: base
IfChannel
:1
ProtocolSupport
: hdlc
HTDSCutThrough
HTDSFragSize
599
no
:0
IdleChar
255
SyncChar
126
EncodedMethod
nzr
PortNumber
:1
TimeSlots
CTS(Indication)
: off
RTS(Control)
: off
IfIndex
The ifIndex corresponding to a physical WAN port.
IfType
The signaling characteristics of the port. Options are RS-232, V.35,

X.21, CSU/DSU, ISDN-BRI, or none.
Notes:
The show wan parameter port configured command displays
the interface type of the cable that is connected.
The show wan parameter port operational command shows
how the port is currently operating.
The show wan parameter port configured command displays
none if no cable is connected.
Mode
The mode (connection type) used on this port: DCE, DTE or auto
This determines whether the Passport 4460 receives or transmits
clocking signals - DCE or DTE. The auto option allows the
Passport 4460 unit to auto-sense the cable type whether it be dte
or dce and then set the mode according to what type it is.
600

BaudRate
The transmission rate of this port, in bits per second. For DCE
ports, this variable controls the baud rate; for DTE ports, this
variable must be set to match the baud rate of the other end
(DCE).
MaxRxFrameSize
The maximum frame size that will be received on this interface (in
bytes).
ProtocolType
The link protocol type.
NumOfRxBuffers
The number of buffers configured to receive data.
RxQueueSize
The size of each receive buffer (in bytes).
TxQueueSize
The size of each transmit buffer (in bytes).
IfSlot
The slot location of the module containing this port.
IfChannel
The channel number of this wan port. If the wan interface is not
channelized, the value of -1 is used.
ProtocolSupport
The transmission protocol supported on this port:

: none | standardFr | switchingFr | htds | cbr | sdlc | x25 | async |
pppHdlc | channel | hdlc | bypass | casBypass*
*casBypass is only supported by the T1 expansion module.
HTDSCutThrough
Sets the HTDS Cut-Through state: yes (active) or no (inactive).
HTDSFragSize
The maximum fragment size created by HTDS Cut-Through.
IdleChar
The idle character required for Constant Bit Rate (CBR) transfer.
SyncChar
The 8 bit syncronization character required by the Constant Bit

Rate (CBR) transfer method.
EncodeMethod
Indicates the transmit/receive data encoding method.
PortNumber
The value of this object indicates the port number for this wan
interface.
TimeSlots
The value of this object selects the DS0 channels for the T1/E1
CSU line connection. Valid characters are decimal digits, comma
(','), and hyphen ('-').
CTS(Indication)
For RS232/V.35/V.36, CTS is the Clear To Send signal status. For

X.21, CTS is the Control Signal Status.
RTS(Control)
For RS232/V.35/V.36, RTS is the Ready To Send signal status. For

X.21, RTS is the Indication Signal Status.
214371-C Rev. 00
601
show wan statistics
port
voFr
Use show wan statistics to show the WAN statistics for port, traffic class
and voice over frame relay.
show wan statistics port (entry/table)

Use show wan statistics port to show WAN statistical information for all
of the WAN interfaces in the device.
Object
Parameter
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)

IfIndex
: 153
RxBlockCount
: 48749
TxBlockCount
: 229152
TxLinkUnderRuns
:0
TxLinkOverflows
:0
RxBadPackets
: 24446
TxLinkErrors
:0
TxBwUtilization
RxBwUtilization
RxCRCErrors
RxAbortSeqCnts
RxNonOctetAligCnts
RxOverruns
RxFrmLenViolations
602

IfIndex
The ifIndex corresponding to this WAN port.
RxBlockCount
The number of frames received over this port.
TxBlockCount
The number of frames transmitted over this port.
TxLinkUnderRuns
The number of reported link underruns. An underrun occurs when

data is not available for transmission.
TxLinkOverflows
The number of reported link overflows. An overflow occurs when

an outgoing packet is too large for transmission.
RxBadPackets
The number of HDLC packets discarded.
TxLinkErrors
The number of times CTS (clear to send) went down while a packet
was being transferred or a link underrun occured.
TxBwUtilization
The transmit bandwidth utilization on this physical link from 0 to

100 percent.
RxBwUtilization
The receive bandwidth utilization on this physical link from 0 to 100

percent.
RxCRCErrors
Number of CRC errors that are received on this physical link.
RxAbortSeqCnts
Number of times that a minimum of seven consecutive frames was

received during frame reception.
RxNonOctetAligCnts Number of frames received that contained a number of bits not

exactly divisible by eight.
RxOverruns
Number of receiver overruns occured during frame reception.
RxFrmLenViolations This attribute counts VoFr protocol violations detected in the data
from the interface.
show wan statistics vofr (entry/table)

Use show wan statistics voFr to show the table and entries for voice over
frame relay statistics.
Object
Parameter
<IfIndex>
: INTEGER (1..255)
214371-C Rev. 00
603

IfIndex
: 153
HiPriorityCount
:0
FragmentCount
:0
PackingCount
:0
RxFragmentCount
:0
LostFragmentCount
:0
ProtViolationCount
:0
IfIndex
The ifIndex of the port.
HiPriorityCount
The number of high-priority outbound frames which have been

fragmented (when frame size exceeds Maximum Frame Size).
FragmentCount
The number of fragmentation actions applied to outbound frames.
PackingCount
The number of outbound fragments packaged with other frames or

fragments
RxFragmentCount
The number of incoming fragments which were assembled into

larger frames.
LostFragmentCount
The number of incoming lost fragments.
ProtViolationCount
The number of incoming protocol violations detected.
show x25
callParam
clearedConn
connection
parameters
pvc
routing
statistics
Use show x25 to display the parameters and statistics related to the packet layer.
604
show x25 callParam (entry/table)

Use show x25 callParam to display the X.25 call parameters in use and where
they are being used (packet sizes, window sizes, fast select, throughput class size,
charging information, RPOA, transit delay, called and calling addresses).
Object
Parameter
<Index>
: INTEGER (1..255)

Index
:2
InPacketSize
:128
OutPacketSize
:128
InWindowSize
:2
OutWindowSize
:2
FastSelect
:notSpecified
InThruPutClassSize
:0
OutThruPutClassSize
:0
Cug
:Unknown
Nui
ChargingInfo
:local
Rpoa
TrnstDly
:0
CalledAddress
:1000
CallingAddress
:20
Index
A unique entry which is referenced by other objects

which identify call parameters.
InPacketSize
The maximum receive packet size for this

connection.
214371-C Rev. 00
605
OutPacketSize
The maximum transmit packet size for this

connection.
InWindowSize
The maximum receive window size for this

connection.
OutWindowSize
The maximum transmit window size for this

connection.
FastSelect
Indicates whether fast select was specified for this

connection.
InThruPutClassSize
The receive throughput class size in effect for this

connection. A value of zero indicates none was
specified.
OutThruPutClassSize
Indicates the transmit throughput class size in effect

for this connection. A value of zero indicates class
size was not specified.
Cug
Indicates the CUG type specified for this connection.
Nui
Indicates the NUI information that was specified for

this connection. A zero length string indicates NUI
was not specified.
ChargingInfo
Indicates whether local or reverse charging was

requested for this connection.
Rpoa
Contains the RPOA information that was specified for

this connection. A zero length string indicates RPOA
was not specified.
TrnstDly
Identifies the transit delay requested during call

establishment for this connection. A value of 65536
indicates that transit delay was not specified.
CalledAddress
Identifies the called address (destination) as

indicated in the Call Request packet for this
connection.
CallingAddress
Identifies the calling address (originator) as indicated

in the Call Request packet for this connection.
show x25 clearedConn (entry/table)

Use show x25 clearedConn to display information on cleared calls; such as
start time, end time, octets, packets, interrupts, resets, clearing cause and
diagnostic codes. The display table is limited to the 9 most recent cleared calls.
606
the table option.)
Object
Parameter
<Id>
: INTEGER (1..255)
214371-C Rev. 00
607

Id
:2
StartTime
:00Years 000Days 00:03:58
EndTime
:00Years 000Days 00:03:59
OrigOctets
:0
DestOctets
:0
OrigPackets
:0
DestPackets
:0
OrigInterrupts
:0
DestInterrupts
:0
OrigResets
:0
DestResets
:0
ClearingCause
:0
ClearingDiag
:134
Id
Connection Identifier that uniquely identifies a

connection in the cleared connection table.
StartTime
Stores the system time tick at the moment the

connection was created.
EndTime

OrigOctets
Contains the number of data octets received from the

calling DTE.
DestOctets

called DTE.
OrigPackets
Contains the number of data packets received from

the calling DTE.
DestPackets

the called DTE.
OrigInterrupts
Contains the number of interrupt packets received

from the calling DTE.
DestInterrupts
Contains the number of interrupt packets received

from the called DTE.
OrigResets
This object contains the number of reset packets

received from the calling DTE.
608

DestResets

received from the called DTE.
ClearingCause
This object contains the clearing cause.
ClearingDiag
This object contains the clearing diagnostic code.
show x25 connection (entry/table)

Use show x25 clearedConn to display information on the X.25 connections
for the active call list. LCNs, connection state, type of connection, call parameter
index, start time, octets, packets, interrupts, and resets are shown. Refer to
Configuring and Operating Passport 4400 Software, Data Services, X.25 Services,
Administering the X.25 Services, CLI Administration Functions, X.25 Show
Commands for more detailed information about this command.
the table option.)
Object
Parameter
<Id>
: INTEGER (1..255)

Id
:8
Source
:182
SourceLCN
:18
Destination
:52
DestinationLCN
:1
State
:active
Type
:svc
CallParmIndex
:8
StartTime
:00Years 001Days 20:51:12
OrigOctets
:0
DestOctets
:0
OrigPackets
:0
214371-C Rev. 00
609
DestPackets
:0
OrigInterrupts
:0
DestInterrupts
:0
OrigResets
:0
DestResets
:0
Id
Connection Identifier that uniquely identifies a

connection on this interface
Source
The ifIndex of source X.25 port.
SourceLCN
Identifies the specific destination X.25 layer 3, SVC

or PVC connection number.
Destination
The ifIndex of destination X.25 port.
DestinationLCN
Identifies the specific X.25 layer 3, PVC or SVC

connection number.
State
Current connection state; 'out-of-order' applies to

PVCs only and 'pending' and 'clearing' apply to SVCs
only.
Type
Indicates the type of connection; either switched

(SVC) or permanent (PVC).
CallParmIndex
Reference to call parameters in the call parameter

table.
StartTime

OrigOctets

calling DTE.
DestOctets

called DTE.
OrigPackets

the calling DTE.
DestPackets

the called DTE.
OrigInterrupts
This object contains the number of interrupt packets

DestInterrupts
This object contains the number of interrupt packets

610

OrigResets

DestResets

show x25 parameters configured (entry/table)

Use show x25 parameters configured to display the configured X.25
parameters (interface number and mode, maximum active circuits, sequencing,
timers, restart/reset/clear counts, number of PVCs, version, Dbit action, packet
sizes, window sizes).
Object
Parameter
<Index>
: INTEGER (1..255)

Index
:52
LowerInterface
:51
InterfaceMode
:dce
MaxActiveCircuits
:32
PacketSequencing
:8modulo
RestartTimer
:180000
CallTimer
:200000
ResetTimer
:180000
ClearTimer
:180000
AckDelayTimer
:500
RestartCount
:1
ResetCount
:1
ClearCount
:1
NumberPVCs
:0
214371-C Rev. 00
611
VersionSupported
:x88
DbitAction
:application
LocMaxPcktSize
:1024
Loc MaxWSize
:7
LocDefPcktSize
:128
LocDefWSize
:2
RemMaxPcktSize
:1024
RemMaxWSize
:7
RemDefPcktSize
:128
RemDefWSize
:2
LICChannel
:0
HICChannel
:0
LTCChannel
:1
HTCChannel
:64
LOCChannel
:0
HOCChannel
:0
Index
The ifIndex value for the X.25 interface.
LowerInterface
This object identifies the ifIndex of the interface

immediately below this interface (ie. the LAPB
instance).
InterfaceMode
Identifies whether the packet layer will operate in

DTE or DCE mode.
MaxActiveCircuits
Maximum number of circuits this PLE can support,

including PVCs.
PacketSequencing
Identifies the modulus of the packet layer sequence

numbers.
RestartTimer
The T20 restart timer in milliseconds.
CallTimer
The T21 Call timer in milliseconds.
ResetTimer
The T22 Reset timer in milliseconds.
ClearTimer
The T23 Clear timer in milliseconds.
612

AckDelayTimer
Determines the amount of time (in msec) that the

packet layer will wait before acknowledging a
received data packet. A value of zero instructs the
packet layer to immediately acknowledge all received
data packets.
RestartCount
The R20 restart retransmission count.
ResetCount
The R22 Reset retransmission count.
ClearCount
The R23 Clear retransmission count.
NumberPVCs
The number of PVC configured for this PLE. The

PVCs use channel numbers from 1 to this number.
VersionSupported
Determines the level of protocol compliance with the

X.25 standards.
DbitAction
This object determines whether the application is

required to acknowledge packets with d-bit set, or
whether the packet layer can acknowledge.
LocMaxPcktSize
The maximum negotiated packet size that will be

LocMaxWSize
The maximum negotiated window size that will be

LocDefPcktSize
The default packet size for this interface.
LocDefWSize
The default window size for this interface.
RemMaxPcktSize

accepted by the remote interface.
RemMaxWSize

RemDefPcktSize
The default packet size for the remote interface.
RemDefWSize
The default window size for the remote interface.
LICChannel
Lowest Incoming channel. A value of zero indicates

no channels reserved for this range.
HICChannel
Highest Incoming channel. A value of zero indicates

no channels in this range.
LTCChannel
Lowest Two-way channel. A value of zero indicates

HTCChannel
Highest Two-way channel. A value of zero indicates

no channel in this range.
LOCChannel
Lowest outgoing channel. A value of zero indicates

HOCChannel
Highest outgoing channel. A value of zero indicates

214371-C Rev. 00
613
show x25 parameters operational (entry/table)

Use show x25 parameters operational to display the operational X.25
parameters (interface number and mode, maximum active circuits, sequencing,
timers, restart/reset/clear counts, number of PVCs, version, D bit action, packet
sizes, window sizes).
Object
Parameter
<Index>
: INTEGER (1..255)

Index
:52
LowerInterface
:51
InterfaceMode
:dce
MaxActiveCircuits
:32
PacketSequencing
:8modulo
RestartTimer
:180000
CallTimer
:200000
ResetTimer
:180000
ClearTimer
:180000
AckDelayTimer
:500
RestartCount
:1
ResetCount
:1
ClearCount
:1
NumberPVCs
:0
VersionSupported
:x88
DbitAction
:application
LocMaxPcktSize
:1024
Loc MaxWSize
:7
LocDefPcktSize
:128
614

LocDefWSize
:2
RemMaxPcktSize
:1024
RemMaxWSize
:7
RemDefPcktSize
:128
RemDefWSize
:2
LICChannel
:0
HICChannel
:0
LTCChannel
:1
HTCChannel
:64
LOCChannel
:0
HOCChannel
:0
Index
LowerInterface
This object identifies the ifIndex of the interface

immediately below this interface (ie. the LAPB
instance).
InterfaceMode
Identifies whether the packet layer will operate in

DTE or DCE mode.
MaxActiveCircuits
Maximum number of circuits this PLE can support,

including PVCs.
PacketSequencing
Identifies the modulus of the packet layer sequence

numbers.
RestartTimer
The T20 restart timer in milliseconds.
CallTimer
The T21 Call timer in milliseconds.
ResetTimer
The T22 Reset timer in milliseconds.
ClearTimer
The T23 Clear timer in milliseconds.
AckDelayTimer
Determines the amount of time (in msec) that the

packet layer will wait before acknowledging a
received data packet. A value of zero instructs the
packet layer to immediately acknowledge all received
data packets.
RestartCount
The R20 restart retransmission count.
ResetCount
The R22 Reset retransmission count.
ClearCount
The R23 Clear retransmission count.
214371-C Rev. 00
615
NumberPVCs
The number of PVC configured for this PLE. The

PVCs use channel numbers from 1 to this number.
VersionSupported
Determines the level of protocol compliance with the

X.25 standards.
DbitAction
This object determines whether the application is

required to acknowledge packets with d-bit set, or
whether the packet layer can acknowledge.
LocMaxPcktSize

LocMaxWSize

LocDefPcktSize
The default packet size for this interface.
LocDefWSize
The default window size for this interface.
RemMaxPcktSize

RemMaxWSize

RemDefPcktSize
The default packet size for the remote interface.
RemDefWSize
The default window size for the remote interface.
LICChannel
Lowest Incoming channel. A value of zero indicates

HICChannel
Highest Incoming channel. A value of zero indicates

no channels in this range.
LTCChannel
Lowest Two-way channel. A value of zero indicates

HTCChannel
Highest Two-way channel. A value of zero indicates

no channel in this range.
LOCChannel
Lowest outgoing channel. A value of zero indicates

HOCChannel
Highest outgoing channel. A value of zero indicates

show x25 pvc (entry/table)

Use show x25 pvc to display information about the X.25 PVCs (source,
destination, packet sizes, window sizes).
616
Object
Parameter
<ifSource>
: INTEGER (1..255)
<CircuitSource>
: INTEGER (1..4095)

ifSource
:52
CircuitSource
:1
ifDestination
:182
CircuitDestination
:1
SourcePcktSize
:0
SourceWindowSize
:0
DestPcktSize
:0
DestWindowSize
:0
ifSource
The ifIndex of source X.25 port.
CircuitSource
Source LCN; the LCN to be used by the source X.25

port for this PVC definition.
ifDestination
The ifIndex of destination X.25 port.
CircuitDestination
Destination LCN; the LCN to be used by the

destination X.25 port for this PVC definition.
SourcePcktSize
Indicates the maximum packet size to be used in the

source port's egress direction. A value of 0 indicates
that the default packet size is being used.
SourceWindowSize
Indicates the packet layer window size to be used in

the source port's egress direction. A value of 0
indicates that the default window size is being used.
DestPcktSize
Indicates the maximum packet size to be used in the

destination port's egress direction. A value of 0
indicates that the default packet size is being used.
DestWindowSize
Indicates the packet layer window size to be used in

the destination port's egress direction. A value of 0
indicates that the default window size is being used.
214371-C Rev. 00
617
show x25 routing (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Use show x25 routing configured to display the configured X.25 routing
table (destination IfIndex, DNA pattern). This table provides a configured view of
all reachable X.25 DNAs.
Object
Parameter
<Index>
: INTEGER (1..255)

Index
DestinationIfIndex
DnaPattern
182
1*
179
1*
52
2*
show x25 statistics (entry/table)

Use show x25 statistics to display the statistics recorded for each index
number. Call request packets, call accept packets, interrupt packets, receiver not
ready (RNR) packets, receiver ready (RR) packets, reset packets, restart packets,
clear and clear confirmation packets, call collisions, remote procedure errors, total
connections, bytes received and transmitted, packets received and transmitted are
displayed.
Object
Parameter
<Index>
: INTEGER (1..255)
618

Index
:52
CallsIn
:2
CallsOut
:2
AcceptIn
:2
AcceptOut
:1
InterruptsIn
:0
InterruptsOut
:0
RNRIn
:0
RNROut
:0
RRIn
:0
RROut
:0
ResetIn
:0
ResetOut
:0
RestartsIn
:2
RestartsOut
:5
RestartConfIn
:4
RestartConfOut
:1
ClearsIn
:1
ClearsOut
:2
ClearConfIn
:2
ClearConfOut
:1
CallCollisions
:0
RemProcErr
:0
TotalsVCsEst
:3
BytesIn
:0
BytesOut
:0
PacketsIn
:0
PacketsOut
:0
214371-C Rev. 00
619
Index
CallsIn
The number of Call Request/Indication packets

received on this interface.
CallsOut
The number of Call Request/Indication packets sent

on this interface.
AcceptIn
The number of Call Accept packets received on this

interface.
AcceptOut
The number of Call Accept packets sent on this

interface.
InterruptsIn
The number of Interrupt packets received on this

interface.
InterruptsOut
The number of interrupt packets sent on this

interface.
RNRIn
The number of receiver-not-ready packets received

on this interface.
RNROut
The number of receiver-not-ready packets sent on

this interface.
RRIn
The number of receiver-ready packets received on

this interface.
RROut
The number of receiver-ready packets sent on this

interface.
ResetIn
The number of Reset packets received on this

interface.
ResetOut
The number of Reset packets sent on this interface.
RestartsIn
The number of Restart packets received on this

interface.
RestartsOut
The number of Restart packets sent on this interface.
RestartConfIn
The number of Restart confirmation packets received

on this interface.
RestartConfOut
The number of Restart confirmation packets sent on

this interface.
ClearsIn
The number of Clear packets received on this

interface.
ClearsOut
The number of Clear packets sent on this interface.
ClearConfIn
The number of Clear confirmation packets received

on this interface.
ClearConfOut
The number of Clear confirmation packets sent on

this interface.
620

CallCollisions
The number of Call collisions that have occurred on

this interface.
RemProcErr
The number of remote procedure errors detected on

this interface.
TotalsVCsEst
The total number of connections that have been

established on this interface.
BytesIn
The number of bytes received on this interface.
BytesOut
The number of bytes sent on this interface.
PacketsIn
The number of data packets received on this

interface.
PacketsOut
The number of data packets sent on this interface.
214371-C Rev. 00
621
Appendix A
CLI Value Prompts
The following value prompts are defined as to their use in the CLI.
bridge
A bridge ID is an identification number for the bridge device. Represented as an 8
octet address. The first two octets indicate the bridge identification number, the
remaining six octets are the bridge physical address. See the following example:
01:02:10:C5:11:06:00:77 === 01:02 for Bridge ID
counter
Counter displays statistical information monitored by the device. Counters have
read-only access. Counters are expressed as non-negative integers. They can be
incremented but not deincremented. The unit of measure displayed by the counter
is usually identified on the screen.
gauge
Gauge displays a percentage utilization of the device resources. Gauge has
read-only access permission. Gauge is expressed as an integer value. The resource
measured and displayed by gauge is usually identified on the screen.
integer
Integer requires that the user enter a number value. In some cases, a decimal value
will be permitted. The value entered by the user must be between the range
displayed on the screen. See the following example:
INTEGER (1..32)
622 Appendix A CLI Value Prompts
IPAddress
IPAddress requires that the user enter an IP Address. This value must be expressed
as a four octet address with a dot (.) separating the octets. See the example:
IPAddress
199.245.20.77
netnumber
Netnumber requires that the user enter a network identification number. This
value must be expressed as a four octets in hexadecimal notation. This prompt
only appears in the IPX service. Applicable range is from 0x01 to 0xffffffff. A
hexadecimal prefix, such as (0x) is required.
phyaddress
Phyaddress is used to model media addresses and has to be entered a 6 octet
address in the canonical order. See the example:
10:C5:11:06:00:77
string
String requires that the user enter ASCII text data. All string values must be
entered between quote ( ).characters. The range for the number of text
characters allowed is displayed on the screen. The null string will be accepted
only if the minimum range shown on the screen starts with zero (0) as shown in
the example. If the range starts with 1, the null character will not be allowed.
STRING (0..255)
timeout
Timeout displays information about the spanningtree timer as monitored by the
device. Timeout has read-only access permission. Timeout is expressed in units of
1/100 of a second.
214371-C Rev. 00
Appendix A CLI Value Prompts 623
timeticks
Timeticks displays statistical information as monitored by the device. Timeticks
have read-only access permission. Timeticks are expressed as an integer value in
1/100 of a second.
624 Appendix A CLI Value Prompts
214371-C Rev. 00
625
Appendix B
Value Prompts Abbreviations
Value prompt...
and its meaning...
add
address
admin
administration
auto
automatic
bw
bandwidth
bcast
broadcast
clk
clock
cntl
control
coll
collision
cnt
count
cntr
counter
ex
excess
xchange
exchange
fwd
forward
id
identification
if
interface
info
information
inv
inverse
lbk
loopback
max
maximum
min
minimum
misc
miscellaneous
net
network
626 Appendix B Value Prompts Abbreviations

Value prompt...
and its meaning...
num
number
oper
operational
phy
physical
rx
receive
req
require
res
resolve
sec
second
sys
system
thres
threshold
tx
transmit
util
utilization
214371-C Rev. 00
627
Index
Numerics
analogOperation 270
56kLineStatus 318
AreaID 485, 486

ArpSpoofing 88, 308
A
AcceptedCalls 440
AcceptedInSVCCalls 592
AcceptIn 619
AcceptMode 155, 438
AcceptOut 619
AckDelayTimer 612, 614
AckTimer 512, 514
Action 51, 52, 53
ActiveIndex 437
ActivePanlDlciSVC 344, 388
ActiveTunnelingPVC 388
ActiveVCs 356
ActivityTOs 526, 531
Address 521, 523, 528, 535, 536
AddressLength 349
AddressType 349
AddrResolveRetries 475
AddrResolveTimeOut 475
AddrResRequest 510
AdminStatus 141, 145, 396, 489
AdmittedCUGs 356
AgeMultiplier 422, 424
AgingTime 88, 308, 315, 483
AISAlarm 324
AlignmentErrors 328
Association 465
AttriDiscardPriority 351
AttriHoldPriority 351
AuthenTraps 539
AuthorType 491
AutoActSelMode 396
AutoActStatus 141
AutoSysRtrCount 485
AvailStatus 509
B
B7ZeroSuppress 321
B8ZeroSuppress 321
backGround 270
BackupLink 140
BackupRemain 145, 403, 405
BackupSwitchDelay 145, 403, 405
BadFramesRx 463
BadLengthRx 462
BadPcktsRcvdByDSP 591
Bandwidth 169, 170
bandwidth 270, 625
bandwidthUtilThres 257
BaudRate 194, 252, 600
BcastAddress 149
BChannel 156, 170, 439
628
Index
BckupDesignatedRtr 491
CallRetries 156, 439
BECN 104
CallSetupTime 447
bidirectional 110
CallsIn 619
BlueAlarmStatus 325
CallsOut 619
BLUSsIn 528
CallState 434
BLUSsOut 529
CallTimer 611, 614
BorderRouterCount 485
CardNumber 581
bothCUGandRCCCall 283
CardType 582
BpvOrLnCdViolations 324
CarrierSenseErrors 328
BRIClockSource 278
CauseCode 582
bridge 621
channelList 266
BridgeAddress 309, 469
ChannelNumber 446, 581
bridgeFwdDelay 234, 235, 236
ChannelType 446
bridgeHelloTime 234, 235, 236
ChargedUnit 440
bridgeMaxAge 235
ChargedUnits 434, 437, 447, 454
busyOutMode 270
ChargingInfo 605
BusyTimer 512, 514
CheckBothCUGandRcCode 282
BytesIn 620
CheckCUGID 282
BytesOut 620
CheckRestrictionClassCode 282, 283
BytesRx 462
CircIndex 422
BytesTx 462
CircuitCount 428
CircuitDestination 616
CircuitIndex 69, 423, 424, 427
CacheEntriesCount 479
CircuitName 69
CacheStatus 475, 510
CircuitSource 616
CallCollisions 620
CircuitState 358
CallConnectTime 447
CircuitThroughput 370
CalledAddress 605
ClaimedBandWidth 352
CalledDNA 352
ClearConfIn 619
CallingAddress 165, 456, 458, 605
ClearConfOut 619
CallingDNA 352
ClearCount 612, 614
CallOrigin 434, 437, 446
ClearingCause 608
CallOriginator 364, 370, 385, 393
ClearingDiag 608
CallParmIndex 609
ClearsIn 619
callProgressTone 270
ClearsOut 619
214371-C Rev. 00
Index
ClearTimer 611, 614
Cug 605
ClippedSampleCount 591
CUGAccess 355
clockingSource 237, 238
CUGFacility 355
ClockSource 197, 317, 320
CUGIC 356
clockSource 261
CUGICType 355
ClosedUserGroup 156
CurrentStatus 446
ClosedUserGroupCall 283
CustomerID 171, 480
629
closedUserGrpId 281
cold start 291
CommittedBurst 358
d0connection 240
CommonCntlRegister1 323
DataFrames 345
DataLinkType 69, 149, 153, 410, 419
DbitAction 612, 615
DCDefNegMode 342, 345
CommunityLastCommit 544
DCDefRetryCount 342, 345
ConfigVersion 540
DCDefRetryTime 342, 345
ConnectId 121, 360
DCE 169
ConnectTime 344, 434, 437, 440
DCEMaxFrameSize 169, 467, 469
ConnectType 360
DCEPVCLMIState 376
ConnIncomingCalls 454
DCEReceiverBW 169, 467, 468
ConnOutgoingCalls 454
DCNegMode 367, 369, 386
ConnTimer 517, 519
DCNumOfRetry 386
ConnTimerRetry 517, 519
DCRatio 386
ConsecutiveFrames 104, 337, 344
DCReset 386
ControlFramesRcvd 590
DCRetryCount 367, 369
ControlFramesSent 590
DCRetryTime 367, 369
CoreTrap 387
DCSwitch 387, 388
coreTrap 136
dcSwitch 136
CoreTrapEnable 388
DebugStatus 309
cpuUtilThres 257
DefaultTimeToLive 414
CRC4 321
DelayExDiscards 306
CRC4Errors 324
delta 104
CreationTime 358, 364, 370, 385, 393
DesignatedBridge 314
CSULoopback 317
DesignatedCost 314
CTS(Indication) 600
DesignatedPort 314
630
Index
DesignatedRoot 312, 314
DMRspTx 463
DesignatedRouter 491
DNA 124, 474
DestAddress 50, 92, 93
dna 78, 133
DestCount 428
DNAAddress 506, 508, 509
Destination 609
DnaAssociation 472
DestinationLCN 609
DNAChangeCount 479
DestInterrupts 607, 609
DnaDeassociation 472
DestMask 50, 92, 93
DNADigits 480
DestOctets 607, 609
DNAPrefix 171
DestPackets 607, 609
DNASuffix 356
DestPcktSize 616
DNDigits 480, 506
DestResets 608, 610
DNState 480
DestWindowSize 616
DS0BasicRate 321
DiagCode 582
DS0Connection 321
dialDigTimeLimReso 271
DSCPMap 52, 53, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 211
digitizingRate 271
DSCPMask 52, 53, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 211
Direction 90, 91, 92
DSPNumber 582
DiscardedFramesRx 463
DSPOperStatus 581
DiscardPriority 133, 362, 365, 367, 369, 371, 380,

385, 394
DSPSoftwareID 582
DISCCmdRx 463
DTEMaxFrameSize 169, 467, 469
DISCCmdTx 463
DTEReceiverBW 170, 466, 468
DISCIn 530
dtmfToneDetecto 272
DisconnectCause 437
dvmSignalingFormat 272
DisconnectedCalls 356
DwarfFrames 525
DTE 169
DisconnectText 437
DisconnectTime 437
DISCOut 530
e1CRC4Status 261
discSupervision 271
e1IdleCode 261, 262
DLCI 358, 509
e1LineCode 262
DLCIAssignMethod 352
ecanDisableMode 276
DlciNumber 389
ecanDoubleTalkDetect 277
DMIn 530
ecanFilterMode 277
DMOut 530
ecanHighPassFilter 277
DMRspRx 463
echoCanceller 272
214371-C Rev. 00
Index
EgrBufOverRun 591
FECN 104
EgressIndex 266
FilterAddress 49, 89, 90, 91
EgressSignalLevel 582
FilterEType 310
EgressString 473, 474
FilterMask 49, 89, 90, 91
emSignalFormat 273
FilterNumber 310
EncodeMethod 194, 600
FilterPortIndex 310
endOfDialCharStatus 273
FilterStatus 310
EndTime 607
FlowControl 104, 105, 344
enhBckGrndNoiseLevel 277
FltrAction 331
enhSilenceHngOvrTime 277
FltrDstAddr 331
EntryVipAddress 474, 475
FltrDstMask 331
EtypeFilter 303, 305
FltrPortId 331
EtypeFilterType 303, 305
FltrProtId 331
ExcessBurst 358
FltrSrcAddr 331
ExcessiveCollisions 328
FltrSrcMask 331
ExistState 153, 418, 427
ForwardBcast 149, 410
ExtLsdbAdvertisement 495
ForwardDelay 312
ExtLsdbAge 495
Forwarding 414
ExtLsdbChecksum 495
FragmentCount 603
ExtLsdbLsid 495
FragmentCreate 414
ExtLsdbRouterId 495
FragmentFail 415
ExtLsdbSequence 495
FragmentOK 414
ExtLsdbType 495
FrameFormat 321
631
frameFormat 240
FramesDiscarded 591
FailedBuffAllocations 592
FramesRetransmit 463
FailedCalls 356, 440
FrameTooLongs 328
FailedDNARequests 592
FrCoreState 355
FailedOutSVCCalls 592
FRMRRspRx 463
FailureDelay 157, 439
FRMRRspTx 463
FASErrors 324
FRMRsIn 530
FastSelect 605
FRMRsOut 530
FAWSync 318
FVMInterfaceType 277
faxDigitizingRate 273
FwdDatagrams 414
FCSErrors 328
FwdDelay 312
632
Index
FwdPackets 428
ifDestination 616
FwdTransitions 314
IfIndex 306, 514, 516, 518, 521, 523, 525, 528, 599
IfLim 600
IFramesIn 529
GetNexts 538
IFramesOut 529
GroupPollAddress 521, 524
ifSource 616
IfType 195, 599
IgnoredFramesRx 344, 463
HDB3 321
ImportStatus 484, 485
HeaderErrorRx 344
InactDuration 144
Hello1Count 478, 479
InactDurationHour 144
InactDurationMin 144
InactFriday 144
HelloInterval 489, 491
InactMonday 144
HelloTime 312, 476, 478
InactPeriodic 144
HICChannel 612, 615
InactSaturday 144
HiPriorityCount 603
InactStartHour 144
HOCChannel 612, 615
InactStartMin 144
HoldingPriority 134, 367, 369, 371, 380, 386, 394
InactSunday 144
HoldTime 312
InactThursday 144
HopCount 423, 426, 427
InactTimer 512, 514
HTCChannel 612, 615
InactTuesday 144
HTDSCutThrough 600
InactWednesday 144
HTDSCutThru 195
InBc 377
HTDSFragSize 600
InBe 377
HTDSIdleChar 600
InCIR 377
HTDSSyncChar 600
incomingCallRestr 282
IncomingCalls 454
IncorrectPackets 424
ICmdRx 463
Index 462, 604, 611, 614, 619
ICmdTx 463
InFltrAction 330
Id 607, 609
InFltrAddr 330
IdleChar 195
InFltrMask 330
idlePattern 274
InFltrPortId 330
IfChannel 600
InFltrProtId 330
214371-C Rev. 00
Index
InFltrScrDst 330
IPAddress 622
InfoRateAdjInterval 108, 337, 341, 344
ipNumbered 149
633
InfoRateAdjTriggNum 341
InformationType 446
InfoTrapStatus 165, 456, 458
jitter 274
InfoType 157, 435, 437, 439
JitterBufOverRun 591
InFramesIn 526
JitterBufUnderRun 591
InFramesOut 526
IngrBufOverRun 591
ingress 267
KeepAlive 149, 410
IngressSignalLevel 582
InhibitAll 282, 283
InitiatedCalls 356
LanCalls 354
InPackets 422, 424
LAPFState 355
InPacketSize 604
LAPFStatus 470
InputAddrErrors 414
LastChange 360, 377, 504
InputDelivers 414
LastDisconnectCause 441, 509
InputDiscards 414
LastDisconnectText 441
InputHeaderErrors 414
LastFailCause 520, 523
inputLevelGain 274
LastFailCtrlIn 524
integer 621
LastFailCtrlOut 524
InterfaceMode 611, 614
LastFailFrame 524
InterfaceState 491
LastFailFRMRInfo 524
InterfaceType 581
LastFailREPLYTOs 524
InternalMACTxErrors 328
LastFailTime 520
InterruptsIn 619
LastSetupTime 441
InterruptsOut 619
LastTimeChange 358, 364, 370, 385, 393
InThruPutClassSize 605
LastTimeDiscReason 360
InvalidBPVCount 319
LateCollisions 328
InvalidChannelNum 590
LearnEntryDiscards 315
InvalidDLCIRx 344
LICChannel 612, 615
InvArp 151
LineBuildout 320
InWindowSize 605
lineBuildOut 240
IoctetsIn 529
LineCntlRegisterE1 323
IoctetsOut 529
LineCntlRegisterT1 323
634
Index
LineCodeViolation 325
LowerInterface 516, 519, 611, 614
LineEfficiency 192
LSACheckSumSum 485
lineImpedance 274
LSACount 485
LineSpeed 320
LTCChannel 612, 615
LineStatus 324
LineTopology 159
LineType 320
MACFilter 303, 305
LinkDownCounter 354
MACFilterType 303, 305
LinkFailMonDurMin 145
ManipulationString 266, 267
LinkFailMonstatus 146
MaskAddress 486
LinkFailThreshold 146
MaxActiveCircuits 611, 614
LinkIndex 146
MaxAge 312
LinkUpCounter 354
MaxDLCI 111, 347
LMIStatus 354
MaxDLCIPerLine 137, 387, 388
LmiTrap 137
MaxHops 428
LMIType 349
MaxInfo 316
LocalBusies 526, 529
MaxLength 435
LocalMacAddress 535, 536
MaxNumberOfCalls 111, 347
LocalResolvedCount 479, 510
MaxNumberOFDLCI 387
LocalRingNum 513, 515
MaxNumberOfDLCI 137, 388
LocalSap 535, 536
maxNumFwdDigits 275
LocalSVC 354
MaxOutputLevel 275
LOCChannel 612, 615
MaxPathSplits 428
LocDefPcktSize 612, 615
MaxRcvWindow 517, 519
LocDefWSize 612, 615
MaxRetries 513, 515
LocMaxPcktSize 612, 615
MaxRxBurst 134
LocMaxWSize 612, 615
MaxRxBurstSize 379
LogicalIfIndex 434, 437
MaxRxCIR 390, 392
LongFramesRx 344
loopback 237, 238, 241, 321, 625
MaxRxFrameSize 104, 105, 111, 132, 195, 337,

347, 600
LoopPresent 318
MaxRxSize 134, 361, 366, 369, 379
LostControlFrames 590
MaxRxThroughput 111, 348, 362, 367, 369, 379
LostFragmentCount 603
MaxSubChannelRange 466, 468
LostSpeechFrames 590
MaxTxBurst 134
LowerIf 157, 439
MaxTxBurstSize 134, 379
214371-C Rev. 00
Index
MaxTxCIR 390, 392
N393 357
MaxTxFrameSize 111, 132, 337, 347
Name 516, 518, 521, 523
MaxTxSize 361, 366, 369, 379
NegMaxRxSize 364, 370, 385, 393
MaxTxThroughput 112, 348, 361, 367, 369, 379
NegMaxTxSize 364, 370, 385, 393
MaxVirtualPort 137, 387, 388
NegRxBurst 371, 385, 393
MgmtFramesRcvd 590
NegRxBurstSize 364
MgmtFramesSent 590
NegRxExcess 371, 385, 394
MinDLCI 112, 347
NegRxExcessSize 364
minEchoRetLoss 276
NegRxThroughput 364, 370, 385, 393
MinRxThroughput 112, 348, 361, 367, 369
NegTxBurst 371, 385, 393
MinTxThroughput 348, 361, 366, 369
NegTxBurstSize 364
Mode 599
NegTxExcess 371, 385, 394
mode 275
NegTxExcessSize 364
ModeConfiguration 146, 403, 406
NegTxThroughput 364, 370, 385, 393
MPANL 169
NetAddress 486
MRetries 521, 523
NETBIOSPackets 428
MsgRxStatus 351
NetChannelInactive 339
MsgRxStatusInq 351
NetlinkIfIndex 359
MsgTxStatus 351
NetLinkRelErrors 339
MsgTxStatusInq 351
NetMask 149, 417
msm, lapfParameters 170, 469
NetN392 339
MsmTrap 137, 387
NetN393 339
MSMTrapEnable 388
NetNum 423, 426
Mtu 149, 410, 504
NetNumber 69, 154, 427
MtuExDiscards 306
netnumber 622
Multicast 349
NetProtocolErrors 339
MultipleCollFrames 328
NetT392 339
MultiRate 447
NetworkConnect 582
635
newlink EvmInterfaceType 278
NewWindowAcks 513, 515
N200 163, 171, 443, 469
NextHop 416, 423
N202 163
NextHopNICAddress 427
n202 443
Nm20 163, 443
N391 117, 357
Node 426
N392 117, 357
NodeID 171
636
Index
NoRestriction 282, 283

NoRoutes 431
NotFoundCount 478
NRetries 521, 523
nSP_Configurator 251
nSP_Monitor 251
nSP_Operator 251
Nui 605
NumActiveCalls 592
NumberingPlan 137, 387, 388
NumberOfHits 507
NumberOfPorts 349, 579
NumberOfRecovery 509
NumberOfSlots 543
NumberOfTimeout 509
NumberPlan 340
NumberPVCs 612, 615
NumOfCacheEntries 181, 476
NumOfCfgErrors 591
NumOfDNARequest 509
NumOfDNAResolved 509
NumOfEvents 491
NumOfIncCallAccepted 589
NumOfIncCallRejected 590
NumOfOutCallFailed 589
NumOfPhoneNotFound 509
NumOfPorts 310
NumOfResets 590
NumOfRetries 590
O
ObjectID 540
OctetsIn 526, 529
OctetsOut 526, 529
Order 90, 91, 92, 94, 96, 97
OriginateAddress 157, 439
OrigInterrupts 607, 609
OrigOctets 607, 609
OrigPackets 607, 609
OrigResets 607, 610
OutBc 378
OutBe 378
OutCIR 378
OutFltrAction 330
OutFltrAddr 330
OutFltrMask 330
OutFltrPortId 330
OutFltrProtId 330
OutFltrScrDst 330
outgoingCallRestr 283
OutgoingCalls 454
OutMaxFrameSize 378
OutPackets 422, 424
OutPacketSize 605
OutputDiscards 414
outputLevelAttn 276
OutputNumRoutes 414
OutThruPutClassSize 605
OutWindowSize 605
numOfRings 276
NumOfRxBuffers 196, 600
NumOfTimeOut 590
NumOfTimesAccessed 475
NumUnsRstrtAtmpts 352
P
Pace 422, 424
PacketSequencing 611, 614
PacketsIn 620
PacketSize 422, 424
214371-C Rev. 00
Index
PacketsOut 620
PortNumber 600
PacketsRcvdByDSP 591
premiumVoice 276
PackingCount 603
PrimaryDuplex 517, 519
PanlLmiTrap 387
PrimarySwitchDelay 146, 403, 405
PanlLmiTrapEnable 388
Priority 92, 93, 95, 96, 98, 311, 394
PANLStatus 470
priSide 166
PathCost 303
ProfileNumber 506
payLoadLbkStatus 241
Protocol 423, 426
PayloadLoopback 321
ProtocolBinding 372
PbitTimer 512, 514
ProtocolErrs 526, 531
PcIpAddress 412
ProtocolPCMIndex 142, 398, 399
PeerAddress 434, 437, 446
ProtocolSpec 311
PeerDLCI 352
ProtocolStatus 400
PeerId 434, 437
ProtocolSupport 196, 600
PeerIfIndex 434, 437
ProtocolType 49, 50, 89, 91, 92, 93, 142, 600
PeerNetwork 352
ProtViolationCount 603
PeerSubAddress 434, 437
Prox-XID 535, 537
Permission 439
PurgeCount 479
phoneNumber 266
PVCLMIStatus 338, 344
637
phyaddress 622
PhysicalPort 389
PhysicalPortIfIndex 389
QoSRxBrstSizGrntd 352
PlmTrap 137, 387
QoSRxExRateGrntd 352
PlmTrapEnable 388
QoSRxThrput 352
PollIFrame 522, 524
QoSTxBrstSizGrntd 352
PollInterval 491
QoSTxExRateGrntd 352
PollRsps Tx/Rx 525
QoSTxThrput 352
PollRspsOut 529
Polls Tx/Rx 525
PollsOut 529
ramUtilThres 257
port 306
RateEnforcement 104, 105, 192, 337, 341, 345
PortCircuit 306
RcvWindow 512, 514
PortID 51, 509
ReasonForDisconnect 362
PortId 49, 90, 91, 92, 93
ReassembleFail 414
PortName 512, 514
ReassembleNeed 414
638
Index
ReassembleOK 414
RemoteChModemAlg 582
ReassembleTimeout 414
RemoteChNodeName 582
ReceivedBECNs 358, 370, 384, 393
RemoteChNumber 582
ReceivedFECNs 358, 370, 384, 393
RemoteChSigProtocol 582
ReceivedFrames 358, 370, 385, 393
RemoteChVoiceAlg 582
ReceivedOctets 358, 370, 385, 393
RemoteFrameIfVer 582
RecoveryCount 511
RemoteGenCfgType 470
RedAlarm 324
remoteLbkStatus 241
RedAlarmStatus 325
RemoteLoopback 321
Redundant 543
RemoteMacAddress 535, 536
RefusedCalls 440
RemoteNetDLCI 360
regenDelayHighReso 271
RemoteSap 535, 537
RegionalLinkIndex 146, 403, 405
RemProcErr 620
RegisterCount 478, 479
REPLYTO 521, 523
RegisterFails 482
RequestCount 478
RegisterSuccess 482
RequestedCalls 356
REJCmdPollTx 463
RequestsCount 479
REJCmdRx 463
ResetCount 612, 614
REJCmdTx 463
ResetIn 619
RejectedCUGs 356
ResetOut 619
RejectedInSVCCalls 592
ResetTimer 611, 614
REJRspRx 463
ResolvedCount 478
REJRspTx 463
ResReqTimeOut 510
REJsIn 530
RestartConfIn 619
REJsOut 530
RestartConfOut 619
RejTimer 512, 514
RestartCount 612, 614
ReleasedCalls 356
RestartsIn 619
RemDefPcktSize 612, 615
RestartsOut 619
RemDefWSize 612, 615
RestartState 355
RemMaxPcktSize 612, 615
RestartTimer 611, 614
RemMaxWSize 612, 615
restrictionClass 283
RemoteAlarm 324
RetainTimer 435
RemoteBusies 526, 529
RetransmitIn 529
RemoteChFaxAlg 582
ReTransmitInterval 489, 491
RemoteChHWType 582
RetransmitOut 529
214371-C Rev. 00
Index
639
RetransmitsIn 526, 531
RoutingDiscards 415
RetransmitsOut 526, 531
RowStatus 359
RetriesExps 526, 531
Rpoa 605
RetryDelay 157, 439
RRCmdPollTx 463
RIMsIn 530
RRCmdRx 462
RIMsOut 530
RRCmdTx 462
ringFrequency 276
RRIn 619
RipGwyFltrAction 333
RROut 619
RipGwyFltrAddr 333
RRRspRx 462
RipGwyFltrMask 333
RRRspTx 463
RipInFltrAction 334
RRTurnAroundTimer 522, 524
RipInFltrAddr 334
RsBc 345
RipInFltrMask 334
RSI 180
RipOutFltrAction 334
RsiCalls 354
RipOutFltrAddr 334
RstartT316Timer 352
RipOutFltrMask 334
RstrtAckT317Timer 352
RNRCmdPollTx 463
RTS(Control) 600
RNRCmdRx 463
RunOutOfMIPS 591
RNRCmdTx 463
RxAbortSeqCnts 602
RNRIn 619
RxActivations 345
RNRLimit 521, 523
RxAddrMaskReplys 408
RNRLimits 526, 531
RxAddrMasks 408
RNROut 619
RxASNParseErrors 538
RNRRspRx 463
RxBadCommunity 538
RNRRspTx 463
RxBadCommunityUses 538
Role 516, 519, 523
RxBadPackets 602
RootCost 312
RxBadValues 538
RootPort 312
RxBadVersions 538
RouteDestination 416
RxBBCFrames 590
RouteIfIndex 416
RxBc 338, 342, 390, 391
RouteMetric1 416
RxBe 104, 105, 106, 132, 338, 342, 345, 390, 391
RouteProtocolType 149
RxBECNs 363
RouterDeadInterval 489, 491
RxBlockCount 602
RouterPriority 489, 490
RxBurstSize 112, 348, 362, 367, 369
RouterStatus 154, 432
RxBwUtilization 602
640
Index
RxBytes 435, 437
RxGetRequests 538
RxCarrierLoss 324, 325
RxGetResponses 539
RxCIR 132
RxHeaderErrors 431
RxCntlRegister1 323
RxInputDatagrams 414
RxCntlRegister2 323
RxInsertionLoss 318
RxCRCErrors 602
RxInternalMACErrors 328
RxDatagrams 579
RxInvalPayloadFrame 590
RxDeactivations 345
RxInvalPUMPMsg 590
RxDeFrames 392
RxLevel 325
RxDelivers 431
RxLMI 344
RxDestUnreachs 408
RxLoopDoCodeDetect 325
RxDiscards 316, 392, 431, 505
RxLoopUpCodeDetect 325
RxDNAReqCount 510
RxLossofSignal 318
RxDNARequests 482
RxMaxFrameSize 341, 345, 390, 391
RxDNAResolveds 482
RxMessages 408
RxDNAUnResolveds 482
RxMsgCallProceeding 353
RxEchoReplys 408
RxMsgConnect 354
RxEchos 408
RxMsgDisConnect 354
RxElasStrEmpty 324
RxMsgRelease 354
RxElasStrFull 324
RxMsgReleaseComp 354
RxElasticStoreEmpty 325
RxMsgSetup 353
RxElasticStoreFull 325
RxMsgStatus 354
RxErrAcks 345
RxMsgStatusInquery 354
RxErrors 345, 408, 505, 579
RxNACHellos 482
RxExcess 134
RxNonOctetAligCnts 602
RxExcessBurstSize 112, 348, 362, 367, 369, 380
RxNonUnicastPackets 504
RxExcessFrames 392
RxNoSuchNames 538
RxFECNs 363
RxOctets 345, 364, 388, 392, 504
RxFiltered 428
RxOkAcks 345
RxFragmentCount 603
RxOverruns 602
RxFrames 316, 364, 388, 392
RxPackets 431, 435, 437, 538
RxFrameSize 442
RxPANLInfoElements 472
RxFrmLenViolations 602
RxProblems 408
RxGeneralErrors 538
RxProfile 472
RxGetNexts 538
RxPulseViolation 325
214371-C Rev. 00
Index
641
RxPurgeCount 510
ServerCount 479, 510
RxQueueSize 196, 600
ServerDNA 507
RxReadOnlys 538
ServerIpAddress 473, 474
RxRedirects 408
ServerName 508, 509
RxRegisters 482
ServerNotFoundCount 479
RxRestartReq 472
ServerRequestCount 479, 511
RxSetRequests 538
ServerResolvedCount 479, 510
RxSignalMagnitude 319
ServerType 508, 509
RxSrcQuenchs 408
ServiceCount 428
RxSyncLoss 324, 325
ServiceName 426
RxThroughput 104, 105, 135, 338, 341, 345
ServiceProfileID 450, 452
RxTimeExceeds 408
ServiceProfileId 162
RxTimestampReplys 408
ServiceType 426
RxTimestamps 408
SetupPriority 135, 367, 369, 371, 380, 385, 394
RxTooBigs 538
SetUpTime 434, 437
RxTooManyHops 428
ShortFramesRx 344
RxTraps 539
SignalingIndex 70, 162, 454
RxUnicastPackets 504
SignalingPCMIndex 143, 397, 399
RxUnknownProtocols 414, 505
SignalingType 143, 397, 399
RxUnknowns 345, 482
SignalMode 159
RxUnknownSockets 431
signalProtocol 262
RxValidGet 538
SIMsIn 530
RxValidSets 538
SIMsOut 530
RxWindowSize 164, 442
SingleCollFrames 328
SlowPollMethod 520
SlowPollTimer 517, 519
SABMCmdRx 463
SNRMIn 531
SABMCmdTx 463
SNRMOut 531
SABMECmdRx 463
Socket 426
SABMECmdTx 463
Source 609
SapFilter 303, 305
SourceLCN 609
SapFilterType 303, 305
SourcePcktSize 616
SecondaryDuplex 517, 520
SourceWindowSize 616
SentFrames 358, 370, 384, 393
SpanDebugStatus 234, 309
SentOctets 358, 370, 384, 393
SpanningTree 88, 308
642
Index
spanningTree 235, 236

SpeechFramesRcvd 590
SpeechFramesSent 590
SpfRuns 485
SpoofCacheAge 234, 309
SpoofDataLinkType 154, 432
Spoofing 432
spoofing 154
SpoofThreshold 234, 309
SpoofThresholdAge 309
SpvcCalls 354
SQETestErrors 328
SRCAddress 50
SrcAddress 92, 93
SrcIPAddrLastCommit 544
SRCMask 50
SrcMask 92, 93
StartTime 607, 609
State 422, 424, 520, 523, 609
StaticEntriesCount 479
SubAddress 158, 166, 439, 446, 456, 458
SucceedDNARequest 592
SucceededCalls 356, 440
SucceededOutSVCCalls 592
SupportedDNs 481
SVCDLCI 351, 360
SVCDNA 360
SVCIfIndex 360, 365
SVCUserState 360
SwitchDisconnReason 377
SwitchType 147, 375, 377
switchType 131
SyncChar 195
SysInstance 69, 418, 422, 423, 424, 426, 427
SystemName 154
214371-C Rev. 00
T
t1BuildOut 262
T1Expiries 462
t1FrameFormat 262
t1LineCode 263
T1LineStatus 325
t1LoopbackStatus 263
T200 170, 469
T203 171
T2AckDelayTimer 512, 514
T303 113, 347
T305 113, 347
T308 113, 347
T310 113, 347
T391 117, 357
T4AfterN2Expiries 462
T4Expiries 462
TableSize 483
TEIType 163, 450, 452
TEIValue 163, 450, 452
TESTRetries 513, 515
TESTsIn 529
TESTsOut 530
TESTTimer 513, 515
Throughput 358, 364, 385, 393
Ticks 423, 427
TimeLastCommit 544
TimeoutCount 478, 479, 510
TimeOuts 482
TimerStatus 147
TimerT200 164, 170, 442, 469
TimerT201 164, 442
TimerT202 164, 443
TimerT203 164, 171, 443
TimerTM20 163, 443
Index
643
TimeSinceTopChange 311
TxEchoReplys 408
TimeSlotAssigned 582
TxEchos 408
TimeSlots 600
TxElasStrEmpty 324
Topology 516, 519
TxElasStrFull 324
TopologyChanges 312
TxErrors 408, 505
TotalsVCsEst 620
TotalTunnelingPVC 388
TxExcessBurstSize 113, 135, 348, 362, 367, 369,

380
TransitSVC 354
TxExcessFrames 392
TransmitDelay 489, 490
TxExpirations 344
TransportMethod 267
TxFiltered 428
TrapStatus 141, 155, 158, 321, 396, 438, 439
TxFrames 316, 363, 388, 392
trapsubscription 80
TxFrameSize 164, 442
TRetries 521, 523
TxGeneralErrors 539
TrnstDly 605
TxGetNexts 539
TunnelIfIndex 389
TxGetRequests 539
TunnelingPVCDlci 352
TxGetResponses 539
TxAddrMaskReplys 409
TxIdle 237, 317
TxAddrMasks 408
txIdle 241
TxBadValues 539
TxIdleCode 320
TxBc 337, 342, 345, 390, 392
txIdleCode 241
TxBe 132, 338, 342, 345, 390, 392
TxInfoRateAdjust 341
TxBlockCount 602
TxLinkErrors 602
TxBurstSize 113, 348, 362, 367, 369
TxLinkOverflows 602
TxBwUtilization 602
TxLinkUnderRuns 602
TxBytes 435, 437
TxLMI 344
TxCIR 132
TxMaxFrameSize 341, 345, 390, 392
TxCntlRegister1 323
TxMsgs 408
TxCntlRegister2 323
TxMsgSetup 353
TxControlModeIdle 317
TxMstCallProceeding 354
txControlModeIdle 237
TxMstConnect 354
TxDatagrams 579
TxMstDisConnect 354
TxDeferred 328
TxMstRelease 354
TxDestUnreachs 408
TxMstReleaseComp 354
TxDiscardCIRPolice 364, 371, 385, 394
TxMstStatus 354
TxDiscards 432, 505
TxMstStatusInquery 354
644
Index
TxNASHellos 482
UARspTx 463
TxNonUnicastPackets 505
UIFramesIn 529
TxNoSuchNames 539
UIFramesOut 529
TxOctets 363, 388, 392, 505
undCoun 511
TxOutOfService 237, 317
UnitIndex 144
TxPackets 432, 435, 437, 538
UnknownRx 462
TxPANLInfoElements 472
Update 422, 424
TxPriority 125, 135, 362, 364, 380
upload 293
txPriority 283
UpTime 540
TxProblems 408
UseReject 517, 520
TxProfile 472
TxPulseViolation 325
TxQueueLength 505
VCSignalProtocol 340
TxQueueSize 197, 600
VersionSupported 612, 615
TxRedirects 408
VipAddress 480
TxRegisterRequest 482
VirtualPortIfIndex 360
TxRequests 414, 431
VirtualPortState 360
TxRestartReq 472
VncsId 181
txRxClkSource 239
VoiceCalls 354
TxSetRequests 539
VoiceOverBooking 387, 388
TxSrcQuenchs 408
voiceOverbooking 138
TxThroughput 104, 106, 135, 338, 341, 345
VoicePriority 138, 387, 388
TxTimeExceeds 408
VoiceRegisterCount 479
TxTimestampReplys 409
VPIfIndex 359
TxTimestamps 408
TxTooBigs 539
TxUnicastPackets 505
WANOptimization 154, 432
TxWindowSize 164, 442
warm start 291
Type 417, 475, 476, 478, 488, 512, 514, 516, 519,
609
WatchDogsOutofOrdr 590
WeightedRoundRobin 192
WriteTimer 517, 519
WriteTimerRetry 517, 519
UAIn 530
UAOut 530
UARspRx 463
214371-C Rev. 00
X
XIDExpirations 344
Index
645
XIDRetries 513, 515

XIDsIn 529
XIDsOut 529
XIDTimer 512, 515
Y
YellowAlarmStatus 325
Z
ZeroSuppressDisable 317

Nortel Ospf PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Nortel Ospf PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Part No. 214371-C Rev.

Reference for Passport 4460

Copyright 2004 Nortel Networks

Restricted rights legend

Nortel Networks Inc. software license agreement

Reference for Passport 4460 Command Line Interface (CLI)

add isdn directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Reference for Passport 4460 Command Line Interface (CLI)

define isdn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Reference for Passport 4460 Command Line Interface (CLI)

delete gcm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

Reference for Passport 4460 Command Line Interface (CLI)

set system timeOfDay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

Reference for Passport 4460 Command Line Interface (CLI)

show csu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

Reference for Passport 4460 Command Line Interface (CLI)

show nas statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481

Reference for Passport 4460 Command Line Interface (CLI)

show tftp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 563

Reference for Passport 4460 Command Line Interface (CLI)

What is the Command Line Interface

What Should you Know Before Using the CLI

Reference for Passport 4460 Command Line Interface (CLI)

For information on installing, connecting, and powering-up Passport 4430/4450/

Logging into and out of the CLI

At the login prompt, enter the following command:

Reference for Passport 4460 Command Line Interface (CLI)

Exit the CLI utility by entering the following command:

Navigating the CLI

Type the Enter key to complete each command line entry.

Using the CLI for Remote Configuration

Components of the CLI

Reference for Passport 4460 Command Line Interface (CLI)

Reference for Passport 4460 Command Line Interface (CLI)

Use logout to log out of, or exit, the CLI.

Services available in the CLI:

aot - asynchronous over transfer control protocol

Interpreting CLI Responses

The three types of responses are:

Command Successful Response

Command Successful Response

Reference for Passport 4460 Command Line Interface (CLI)

Client Timed Out

New Trap Received

Reference for Passport 4460 Command Line Interface (CLI)

Reference for Passport 4460 Command Line Interface (CLI)

: "Nortel Networks Passport 4460"

: 00Years 002Days 06:31:20

NVM Parallel Display

SNMP Group Format

Reference for Passport 4460 Command Line Interface (CLI)

Note: You do not have to execute a reset system current reset

Reference for Passport 4460 Command Line Interface (CLI)

Chapter 2 Add Commands

Note: The parameter IfIndex is used in many of the CLI commands.

Use add aot (Asynchronous Over Transfer Control Protocol (TCP)/Internet

add aot interface

Chapter 2 Add Commands

Indicates the IfIndex of the

Choose between primary

add aot peer

Reference for Passport 4460 Command Line Interface (CLI)